summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/include/media
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorDaniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>2024-04-07 18:49:45 +0000
committerDaniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>2024-04-07 18:49:45 +0000
commit2c3c1048746a4622d8c89a29670120dc8fab93c4 (patch)
tree848558de17fb3008cdf4d861b01ac7781903ce39 /include/media
parentInitial commit. (diff)
downloadlinux-2c3c1048746a4622d8c89a29670120dc8fab93c4.tar.xz
linux-2c3c1048746a4622d8c89a29670120dc8fab93c4.zip
Adding upstream version 6.1.76.upstream/6.1.76
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'include/media')
-rw-r--r--include/media/cec-notifier.h166
-rw-r--r--include/media/cec-pin.h79
-rw-r--r--include/media/cec.h547
-rw-r--r--include/media/davinci/ccdc_types.h30
-rw-r--r--include/media/davinci/vpbe.h184
-rw-r--r--include/media/davinci/vpbe_display.h122
-rw-r--r--include/media/davinci/vpbe_osd.h382
-rw-r--r--include/media/davinci/vpbe_types.h74
-rw-r--r--include/media/davinci/vpbe_venc.h37
-rw-r--r--include/media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h177
-rw-r--r--include/media/davinci/vpfe_types.h38
-rw-r--r--include/media/davinci/vpif_types.h78
-rw-r--r--include/media/davinci/vpss.h111
-rw-r--r--include/media/demux.h600
-rw-r--r--include/media/dmxdev.h213
-rw-r--r--include/media/drv-intf/cx2341x.h283
-rw-r--r--include/media/drv-intf/cx25840.h262
-rw-r--r--include/media/drv-intf/exynos-fimc.h157
-rw-r--r--include/media/drv-intf/msp3400.h213
-rw-r--r--include/media/drv-intf/renesas-ceu.h26
-rw-r--r--include/media/drv-intf/s3c_camif.h38
-rw-r--r--include/media/drv-intf/sh_vou.h30
-rw-r--r--include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h28
-rw-r--r--include/media/drv-intf/tea575x.h70
-rw-r--r--include/media/dvb-usb-ids.h471
-rw-r--r--include/media/dvb_ca_en50221.h142
-rw-r--r--include/media/dvb_demux.h354
-rw-r--r--include/media/dvb_frontend.h834
-rw-r--r--include/media/dvb_math.h66
-rw-r--r--include/media/dvb_net.h97
-rw-r--r--include/media/dvb_ringbuffer.h280
-rw-r--r--include/media/dvb_vb2.h280
-rw-r--r--include/media/dvbdev.h489
-rw-r--r--include/media/frame_vector.h47
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/ad9389b.h37
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/adp1653.h114
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/adv7183.h35
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/adv7343.h55
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/adv7393.h20
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/adv7511.h33
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/adv7604.h157
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/adv7842.h227
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/ak881x.h22
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/bt819.h24
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/cs5345.h27
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/cs53l32a.h22
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/ir-kbd-i2c.h62
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/lm3560.h84
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/lm3646.h84
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/m52790.h81
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/m5mols.h25
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/mt9m032.h22
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/mt9p031.h18
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/mt9t001.h10
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/mt9t112.h27
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/mt9v011.h14
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/mt9v022.h13
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/mt9v032.h12
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/noon010pc30.h21
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/ov2659.h22
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/ov7670.h20
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/ov772x.h58
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/ov9650.h24
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/rj54n1cb0c.h16
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/s5c73m3.h56
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/s5k4ecgx.h33
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/s5k6aa.h48
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/saa6588.h31
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/saa7115.h128
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/saa7127.h28
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/sr030pc30.h17
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/tc358743.h117
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/tda1997x.h42
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/ths7303.h28
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/tvaudio.h52
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/tvp514x.h91
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/tvp7002.h41
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/tw9910.h40
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/uda1342.h16
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/upd64031a.h27
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/upd64083.h45
-rw-r--r--include/media/i2c/wm8775.h32
-rw-r--r--include/media/imx.h11
-rw-r--r--include/media/media-dev-allocator.h63
-rw-r--r--include/media/media-device.h513
-rw-r--r--include/media/media-devnode.h168
-rw-r--r--include/media/media-entity.h1352
-rw-r--r--include/media/media-request.h442
-rw-r--r--include/media/mipi-csi2.h46
-rw-r--r--include/media/rc-core.h379
-rw-r--r--include/media/rc-map.h353
-rw-r--r--include/media/rcar-fcp.h38
-rw-r--r--include/media/tpg/v4l2-tpg.h668
-rw-r--r--include/media/tuner-types.h205
-rw-r--r--include/media/tuner.h228
-rw-r--r--include/media/tveeprom.h116
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-async.h316
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-common.h597
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h1583
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-dev.h644
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-device.h568
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h254
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-event.h208
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-fh.h161
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-flash-led-class.h186
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-fwnode.h484
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-h264.h89
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-image-sizes.h46
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h792
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-jpeg.h157
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-mc.h223
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-mediabus.h254
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h893
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-rect.h207
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-subdev.h1504
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-uvc.h367
-rw-r--r--include/media/v4l2-vp9.h233
-rw-r--r--include/media/videobuf-core.h233
-rw-r--r--include/media/videobuf-dma-contig.h30
-rw-r--r--include/media/videobuf-dma-sg.h102
-rw-r--r--include/media/videobuf-vmalloc.h43
-rw-r--r--include/media/videobuf2-core.h1274
-rw-r--r--include/media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h32
-rw-r--r--include/media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h26
-rw-r--r--include/media/videobuf2-dvb.h69
-rw-r--r--include/media/videobuf2-memops.h40
-rw-r--r--include/media/videobuf2-v4l2.h390
-rw-r--r--include/media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h20
-rw-r--r--include/media/vsp1.h120
129 files changed, 25990 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/include/media/cec-notifier.h b/include/media/cec-notifier.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1c839734
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/cec-notifier.h
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * cec-notifier.h - notify CEC drivers of physical address changes
+ *
+ * Copyright 2016 Russell King.
+ * Copyright 2016-2017 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LINUX_CEC_NOTIFIER_H
+#define LINUX_CEC_NOTIFIER_H
+
+#include <linux/err.h>
+#include <media/cec.h>
+
+struct device;
+struct edid;
+struct cec_adapter;
+struct cec_notifier;
+
+#if IS_REACHABLE(CONFIG_CEC_CORE) && IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CEC_NOTIFIER)
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_conn_register - find or create a new cec_notifier for the given
+ * HDMI device and connector tuple.
+ * @hdmi_dev: HDMI device that sends the events.
+ * @port_name: the connector name from which the event occurs. May be NULL
+ * if there is always only one HDMI connector created by the HDMI device.
+ * @conn_info: the connector info from which the event occurs (may be NULL)
+ *
+ * If a notifier for device @dev and connector @port_name already exists, then
+ * increase the refcount and return that notifier.
+ *
+ * If it doesn't exist, then allocate a new notifier struct and return a
+ * pointer to that new struct.
+ *
+ * Return NULL if the memory could not be allocated.
+ */
+struct cec_notifier *
+cec_notifier_conn_register(struct device *hdmi_dev, const char *port_name,
+ const struct cec_connector_info *conn_info);
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_conn_unregister - decrease refcount and delete when the
+ * refcount reaches 0.
+ * @n: notifier. If NULL, then this function does nothing.
+ */
+void cec_notifier_conn_unregister(struct cec_notifier *n);
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_cec_adap_register - find or create a new cec_notifier for the
+ * given device.
+ * @hdmi_dev: HDMI device that sends the events.
+ * @port_name: the connector name from which the event occurs. May be NULL
+ * if there is always only one HDMI connector created by the HDMI device.
+ * @adap: the cec adapter that registered this notifier.
+ *
+ * If a notifier for device @dev and connector @port_name already exists, then
+ * increase the refcount and return that notifier.
+ *
+ * If it doesn't exist, then allocate a new notifier struct and return a
+ * pointer to that new struct.
+ *
+ * Return NULL if the memory could not be allocated.
+ */
+struct cec_notifier *
+cec_notifier_cec_adap_register(struct device *hdmi_dev, const char *port_name,
+ struct cec_adapter *adap);
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_cec_adap_unregister - decrease refcount and delete when the
+ * refcount reaches 0.
+ * @n: notifier. If NULL, then this function does nothing.
+ * @adap: the cec adapter that registered this notifier.
+ */
+void cec_notifier_cec_adap_unregister(struct cec_notifier *n,
+ struct cec_adapter *adap);
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_set_phys_addr - set a new physical address.
+ * @n: the CEC notifier
+ * @pa: the CEC physical address
+ *
+ * Set a new CEC physical address.
+ * Does nothing if @n == NULL.
+ */
+void cec_notifier_set_phys_addr(struct cec_notifier *n, u16 pa);
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_set_phys_addr_from_edid - set parse the PA from the EDID.
+ * @n: the CEC notifier
+ * @edid: the struct edid pointer
+ *
+ * Parses the EDID to obtain the new CEC physical address and set it.
+ * Does nothing if @n == NULL.
+ */
+void cec_notifier_set_phys_addr_from_edid(struct cec_notifier *n,
+ const struct edid *edid);
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_parse_hdmi_phandle - find the hdmi device from "hdmi-phandle"
+ * @dev: the device with the "hdmi-phandle" device tree property
+ *
+ * Returns the device pointer referenced by the "hdmi-phandle" property.
+ * Note that the refcount of the returned device is not incremented.
+ * This device pointer is only used as a key value in the notifier
+ * list, but it is never accessed by the CEC driver.
+ */
+struct device *cec_notifier_parse_hdmi_phandle(struct device *dev);
+
+#else
+
+static inline struct cec_notifier *
+cec_notifier_conn_register(struct device *hdmi_dev, const char *port_name,
+ const struct cec_connector_info *conn_info)
+{
+ /* A non-NULL pointer is expected on success */
+ return (struct cec_notifier *)0xdeadfeed;
+}
+
+static inline void cec_notifier_conn_unregister(struct cec_notifier *n)
+{
+}
+
+static inline struct cec_notifier *
+cec_notifier_cec_adap_register(struct device *hdmi_dev, const char *port_name,
+ struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+ /* A non-NULL pointer is expected on success */
+ return (struct cec_notifier *)0xdeadfeed;
+}
+
+static inline void cec_notifier_cec_adap_unregister(struct cec_notifier *n,
+ struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void cec_notifier_set_phys_addr(struct cec_notifier *n, u16 pa)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void cec_notifier_set_phys_addr_from_edid(struct cec_notifier *n,
+ const struct edid *edid)
+{
+}
+
+static inline struct device *cec_notifier_parse_hdmi_phandle(struct device *dev)
+{
+ return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * cec_notifier_phys_addr_invalidate() - set the physical address to INVALID
+ *
+ * @n: the CEC notifier
+ *
+ * This is a simple helper function to invalidate the physical
+ * address. Does nothing if @n == NULL.
+ */
+static inline void cec_notifier_phys_addr_invalidate(struct cec_notifier *n)
+{
+ cec_notifier_set_phys_addr(n, CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/cec-pin.h b/include/media/cec-pin.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..483bc4769
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/cec-pin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * cec-pin.h - low-level CEC pin control
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef LINUX_CEC_PIN_H
+#define LINUX_CEC_PIN_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <media/cec.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct cec_pin_ops - low-level CEC pin operations
+ * @read: read the CEC pin. Returns > 0 if high, 0 if low, or an error
+ * if negative.
+ * @low: drive the CEC pin low.
+ * @high: stop driving the CEC pin. The pull-up will drive the pin
+ * high, unless someone else is driving the pin low.
+ * @enable_irq: optional, enable the interrupt to detect pin voltage changes.
+ * @disable_irq: optional, disable the interrupt.
+ * @free: optional. Free any allocated resources. Called when the
+ * adapter is deleted.
+ * @status: optional, log status information.
+ * @read_hpd: optional. Read the HPD pin. Returns > 0 if high, 0 if low or
+ * an error if negative.
+ * @read_5v: optional. Read the 5V pin. Returns > 0 if high, 0 if low or
+ * an error if negative.
+ * @received: optional. High-level CEC message callback. Allows the driver
+ * to process CEC messages.
+ *
+ * These operations (except for the @received op) are used by the
+ * cec pin framework to manipulate the CEC pin.
+ */
+struct cec_pin_ops {
+ int (*read)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+ void (*low)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+ void (*high)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+ bool (*enable_irq)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+ void (*disable_irq)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+ void (*free)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+ void (*status)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct seq_file *file);
+ int (*read_hpd)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+ int (*read_5v)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+
+ /* High-level CEC message callback */
+ int (*received)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_msg *msg);
+};
+
+/**
+ * cec_pin_changed() - update pin state from interrupt
+ *
+ * @adap: pointer to the cec adapter
+ * @value: when true the pin is high, otherwise it is low
+ *
+ * If changes of the CEC voltage are detected via an interrupt, then
+ * cec_pin_changed is called from the interrupt with the new value.
+ */
+void cec_pin_changed(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool value);
+
+/**
+ * cec_pin_allocate_adapter() - allocate a pin-based cec adapter
+ *
+ * @pin_ops: low-level pin operations
+ * @priv: will be stored in adap->priv and can be used by the adapter ops.
+ * Use cec_get_drvdata(adap) to get the priv pointer.
+ * @name: the name of the CEC adapter. Note: this name will be copied.
+ * @caps: capabilities of the CEC adapter. This will be ORed with
+ * CEC_CAP_MONITOR_ALL and CEC_CAP_MONITOR_PIN.
+ *
+ * Allocate a cec adapter using the cec pin framework.
+ *
+ * Return: a pointer to the cec adapter or an error pointer
+ */
+struct cec_adapter *cec_pin_allocate_adapter(const struct cec_pin_ops *pin_ops,
+ void *priv, const char *name, u32 caps);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/cec.h b/include/media/cec.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9c007f835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/cec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,547 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * cec - HDMI Consumer Electronics Control support header
+ *
+ * Copyright 2016 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_CEC_H
+#define _MEDIA_CEC_H
+
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/debugfs.h>
+#include <linux/device.h>
+#include <linux/cdev.h>
+#include <linux/kthread.h>
+#include <linux/timer.h>
+#include <linux/cec-funcs.h>
+#include <media/rc-core.h>
+
+#define CEC_CAP_DEFAULTS (CEC_CAP_LOG_ADDRS | CEC_CAP_TRANSMIT | \
+ CEC_CAP_PASSTHROUGH | CEC_CAP_RC)
+
+/**
+ * struct cec_devnode - cec device node
+ * @dev: cec device
+ * @cdev: cec character device
+ * @minor: device node minor number
+ * @lock: lock to serialize open/release and registration
+ * @registered: the device was correctly registered
+ * @unregistered: the device was unregistered
+ * @lock_fhs: lock to control access to @fhs
+ * @fhs: the list of open filehandles (cec_fh)
+ *
+ * This structure represents a cec-related device node.
+ *
+ * To add or remove filehandles from @fhs the @lock must be taken first,
+ * followed by @lock_fhs. It is safe to access @fhs if either lock is held.
+ *
+ * The @parent is a physical device. It must be set by core or device drivers
+ * before registering the node.
+ */
+struct cec_devnode {
+ /* sysfs */
+ struct device dev;
+ struct cdev cdev;
+
+ /* device info */
+ int minor;
+ /* serialize open/release and registration */
+ struct mutex lock;
+ bool registered;
+ bool unregistered;
+ /* protect access to fhs */
+ struct mutex lock_fhs;
+ struct list_head fhs;
+};
+
+struct cec_adapter;
+struct cec_data;
+struct cec_pin;
+struct cec_notifier;
+
+struct cec_data {
+ struct list_head list;
+ struct list_head xfer_list;
+ struct cec_adapter *adap;
+ struct cec_msg msg;
+ struct cec_fh *fh;
+ struct delayed_work work;
+ struct completion c;
+ u8 attempts;
+ bool blocking;
+ bool completed;
+};
+
+struct cec_msg_entry {
+ struct list_head list;
+ struct cec_msg msg;
+};
+
+struct cec_event_entry {
+ struct list_head list;
+ struct cec_event ev;
+};
+
+#define CEC_NUM_CORE_EVENTS 2
+#define CEC_NUM_EVENTS CEC_EVENT_PIN_5V_HIGH
+
+struct cec_fh {
+ struct list_head list;
+ struct list_head xfer_list;
+ struct cec_adapter *adap;
+ u8 mode_initiator;
+ u8 mode_follower;
+
+ /* Events */
+ wait_queue_head_t wait;
+ struct mutex lock;
+ struct list_head events[CEC_NUM_EVENTS]; /* queued events */
+ u16 queued_events[CEC_NUM_EVENTS];
+ unsigned int total_queued_events;
+ struct cec_event_entry core_events[CEC_NUM_CORE_EVENTS];
+ struct list_head msgs; /* queued messages */
+ unsigned int queued_msgs;
+};
+
+#define CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME_RETRY 3
+#define CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME_NEW_INITIATOR 5
+#define CEC_SIGNAL_FREE_TIME_NEXT_XFER 7
+
+/* The nominal data bit period is 2.4 ms */
+#define CEC_FREE_TIME_TO_USEC(ft) ((ft) * 2400)
+
+struct cec_adap_ops {
+ /* Low-level callbacks, called with adap->lock held */
+ int (*adap_enable)(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool enable);
+ int (*adap_monitor_all_enable)(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool enable);
+ int (*adap_monitor_pin_enable)(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool enable);
+ int (*adap_log_addr)(struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 logical_addr);
+ void (*adap_unconfigured)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+ int (*adap_transmit)(struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 attempts,
+ u32 signal_free_time, struct cec_msg *msg);
+ void (*adap_nb_transmit_canceled)(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+ const struct cec_msg *msg);
+ void (*adap_status)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct seq_file *file);
+ void (*adap_free)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+
+ /* Error injection callbacks, called without adap->lock held */
+ int (*error_inj_show)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct seq_file *sf);
+ bool (*error_inj_parse_line)(struct cec_adapter *adap, char *line);
+
+ /* High-level CEC message callback, called without adap->lock held */
+ void (*configured)(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+ int (*received)(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_msg *msg);
+};
+
+/*
+ * The minimum message length you can receive (excepting poll messages) is 2.
+ * With a transfer rate of at most 36 bytes per second this makes 18 messages
+ * per second worst case.
+ *
+ * We queue at most 3 seconds worth of received messages. The CEC specification
+ * requires that messages are replied to within a second, so 3 seconds should
+ * give more than enough margin. Since most messages are actually more than 2
+ * bytes, this is in practice a lot more than 3 seconds.
+ */
+#define CEC_MAX_MSG_RX_QUEUE_SZ (18 * 3)
+
+/*
+ * The transmit queue is limited to 1 second worth of messages (worst case).
+ * Messages can be transmitted by userspace and kernel space. But for both it
+ * makes no sense to have a lot of messages queued up. One second seems
+ * reasonable.
+ */
+#define CEC_MAX_MSG_TX_QUEUE_SZ (18 * 1)
+
+/**
+ * struct cec_adapter - cec adapter structure
+ * @owner: module owner
+ * @name: name of the CEC adapter
+ * @devnode: device node for the /dev/cecX device
+ * @lock: mutex controlling access to this structure
+ * @rc: remote control device
+ * @transmit_queue: queue of pending transmits
+ * @transmit_queue_sz: number of pending transmits
+ * @wait_queue: queue of transmits waiting for a reply
+ * @transmitting: CEC messages currently being transmitted
+ * @transmit_in_progress: true if a transmit is in progress
+ * @transmit_in_progress_aborted: true if a transmit is in progress is to be
+ * aborted. This happens if the logical address is
+ * invalidated while the transmit is ongoing. In that
+ * case the transmit will finish, but will not retransmit
+ * and be marked as ABORTED.
+ * @xfer_timeout_ms: the transfer timeout in ms.
+ * If 0, then timeout after 2.1 ms.
+ * @kthread_config: kthread used to configure a CEC adapter
+ * @config_completion: used to signal completion of the config kthread
+ * @kthread: main CEC processing thread
+ * @kthread_waitq: main CEC processing wait_queue
+ * @ops: cec adapter ops
+ * @priv: cec driver's private data
+ * @capabilities: cec adapter capabilities
+ * @available_log_addrs: maximum number of available logical addresses
+ * @phys_addr: the current physical address
+ * @needs_hpd: if true, then the HDMI HotPlug Detect pin must be high
+ * in order to transmit or receive CEC messages. This is usually a HW
+ * limitation.
+ * @is_enabled: the CEC adapter is enabled
+ * @is_configuring: the CEC adapter is configuring (i.e. claiming LAs)
+ * @must_reconfigure: while configuring, the PA changed, so reclaim LAs
+ * @is_configured: the CEC adapter is configured (i.e. has claimed LAs)
+ * @cec_pin_is_high: if true then the CEC pin is high. Only used with the
+ * CEC pin framework.
+ * @adap_controls_phys_addr: if true, then the CEC adapter controls the
+ * physical address, i.e. the CEC hardware can detect HPD changes and
+ * read the EDID and is not dependent on an external HDMI driver.
+ * Drivers that need this can set this field to true after the
+ * cec_allocate_adapter() call.
+ * @last_initiator: the initiator of the last transmitted message.
+ * @monitor_all_cnt: number of filehandles monitoring all msgs
+ * @monitor_pin_cnt: number of filehandles monitoring pin changes
+ * @follower_cnt: number of filehandles in follower mode
+ * @cec_follower: filehandle of the exclusive follower
+ * @cec_initiator: filehandle of the exclusive initiator
+ * @passthrough: if true, then the exclusive follower is in
+ * passthrough mode.
+ * @log_addrs: current logical addresses
+ * @conn_info: current connector info
+ * @tx_timeouts: number of transmit timeouts
+ * @notifier: CEC notifier
+ * @pin: CEC pin status struct
+ * @cec_dir: debugfs cec directory
+ * @status_file: debugfs cec status file
+ * @error_inj_file: debugfs cec error injection file
+ * @sequence: transmit sequence counter
+ * @input_phys: remote control input_phys name
+ *
+ * This structure represents a cec adapter.
+ */
+struct cec_adapter {
+ struct module *owner;
+ char name[32];
+ struct cec_devnode devnode;
+ struct mutex lock;
+ struct rc_dev *rc;
+
+ struct list_head transmit_queue;
+ unsigned int transmit_queue_sz;
+ struct list_head wait_queue;
+ struct cec_data *transmitting;
+ bool transmit_in_progress;
+ bool transmit_in_progress_aborted;
+ unsigned int xfer_timeout_ms;
+
+ struct task_struct *kthread_config;
+ struct completion config_completion;
+
+ struct task_struct *kthread;
+ wait_queue_head_t kthread_waitq;
+
+ const struct cec_adap_ops *ops;
+ void *priv;
+ u32 capabilities;
+ u8 available_log_addrs;
+
+ u16 phys_addr;
+ bool needs_hpd;
+ bool is_enabled;
+ bool is_configuring;
+ bool must_reconfigure;
+ bool is_configured;
+ bool cec_pin_is_high;
+ bool adap_controls_phys_addr;
+ u8 last_initiator;
+ u32 monitor_all_cnt;
+ u32 monitor_pin_cnt;
+ u32 follower_cnt;
+ struct cec_fh *cec_follower;
+ struct cec_fh *cec_initiator;
+ bool passthrough;
+ struct cec_log_addrs log_addrs;
+ struct cec_connector_info conn_info;
+
+ u32 tx_timeouts;
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_CEC_NOTIFIER
+ struct cec_notifier *notifier;
+#endif
+#ifdef CONFIG_CEC_PIN
+ struct cec_pin *pin;
+#endif
+
+ struct dentry *cec_dir;
+
+ u32 sequence;
+
+ char input_phys[32];
+};
+
+static inline void *cec_get_drvdata(const struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+ return adap->priv;
+}
+
+static inline bool cec_has_log_addr(const struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 log_addr)
+{
+ return adap->log_addrs.log_addr_mask & (1 << log_addr);
+}
+
+static inline bool cec_is_sink(const struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+ return adap->phys_addr == 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * cec_is_registered() - is the CEC adapter registered?
+ *
+ * @adap: the CEC adapter, may be NULL.
+ *
+ * Return: true if the adapter is registered, false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool cec_is_registered(const struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+ return adap && adap->devnode.registered;
+}
+
+#define cec_phys_addr_exp(pa) \
+ ((pa) >> 12), ((pa) >> 8) & 0xf, ((pa) >> 4) & 0xf, (pa) & 0xf
+
+struct edid;
+struct drm_connector;
+
+#if IS_REACHABLE(CONFIG_CEC_CORE)
+struct cec_adapter *cec_allocate_adapter(const struct cec_adap_ops *ops,
+ void *priv, const char *name, u32 caps, u8 available_las);
+int cec_register_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct device *parent);
+void cec_unregister_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+void cec_delete_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap);
+
+int cec_s_log_addrs(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_log_addrs *log_addrs,
+ bool block);
+void cec_s_phys_addr(struct cec_adapter *adap, u16 phys_addr,
+ bool block);
+void cec_s_phys_addr_from_edid(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+ const struct edid *edid);
+void cec_s_conn_info(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+ const struct cec_connector_info *conn_info);
+int cec_transmit_msg(struct cec_adapter *adap, struct cec_msg *msg,
+ bool block);
+
+/* Called by the adapter */
+void cec_transmit_done_ts(struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 status,
+ u8 arb_lost_cnt, u8 nack_cnt, u8 low_drive_cnt,
+ u8 error_cnt, ktime_t ts);
+
+static inline void cec_transmit_done(struct cec_adapter *adap, u8 status,
+ u8 arb_lost_cnt, u8 nack_cnt,
+ u8 low_drive_cnt, u8 error_cnt)
+{
+ cec_transmit_done_ts(adap, status, arb_lost_cnt, nack_cnt,
+ low_drive_cnt, error_cnt, ktime_get());
+}
+/*
+ * Simplified version of cec_transmit_done for hardware that doesn't retry
+ * failed transmits. So this is always just one attempt in which case
+ * the status is sufficient.
+ */
+void cec_transmit_attempt_done_ts(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+ u8 status, ktime_t ts);
+
+static inline void cec_transmit_attempt_done(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+ u8 status)
+{
+ cec_transmit_attempt_done_ts(adap, status, ktime_get());
+}
+
+void cec_received_msg_ts(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+ struct cec_msg *msg, ktime_t ts);
+
+static inline void cec_received_msg(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+ struct cec_msg *msg)
+{
+ cec_received_msg_ts(adap, msg, ktime_get());
+}
+
+/**
+ * cec_queue_pin_cec_event() - queue a CEC pin event with a given timestamp.
+ *
+ * @adap: pointer to the cec adapter
+ * @is_high: when true the CEC pin is high, otherwise it is low
+ * @dropped_events: when true some events were dropped
+ * @ts: the timestamp for this event
+ *
+ */
+void cec_queue_pin_cec_event(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool is_high,
+ bool dropped_events, ktime_t ts);
+
+/**
+ * cec_queue_pin_hpd_event() - queue a pin event with a given timestamp.
+ *
+ * @adap: pointer to the cec adapter
+ * @is_high: when true the HPD pin is high, otherwise it is low
+ * @ts: the timestamp for this event
+ *
+ */
+void cec_queue_pin_hpd_event(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool is_high, ktime_t ts);
+
+/**
+ * cec_queue_pin_5v_event() - queue a pin event with a given timestamp.
+ *
+ * @adap: pointer to the cec adapter
+ * @is_high: when true the 5V pin is high, otherwise it is low
+ * @ts: the timestamp for this event
+ *
+ */
+void cec_queue_pin_5v_event(struct cec_adapter *adap, bool is_high, ktime_t ts);
+
+/**
+ * cec_get_edid_phys_addr() - find and return the physical address
+ *
+ * @edid: pointer to the EDID data
+ * @size: size in bytes of the EDID data
+ * @offset: If not %NULL then the location of the physical address
+ * bytes in the EDID will be returned here. This is set to 0
+ * if there is no physical address found.
+ *
+ * Return: the physical address or CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID if there is none.
+ */
+u16 cec_get_edid_phys_addr(const u8 *edid, unsigned int size,
+ unsigned int *offset);
+
+void cec_fill_conn_info_from_drm(struct cec_connector_info *conn_info,
+ const struct drm_connector *connector);
+
+#else
+
+static inline int cec_register_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+ struct device *parent)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static inline void cec_unregister_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void cec_delete_adapter(struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void cec_s_phys_addr(struct cec_adapter *adap, u16 phys_addr,
+ bool block)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void cec_s_phys_addr_from_edid(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+ const struct edid *edid)
+{
+}
+
+static inline u16 cec_get_edid_phys_addr(const u8 *edid, unsigned int size,
+ unsigned int *offset)
+{
+ if (offset)
+ *offset = 0;
+ return CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID;
+}
+
+static inline void cec_s_conn_info(struct cec_adapter *adap,
+ const struct cec_connector_info *conn_info)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void
+cec_fill_conn_info_from_drm(struct cec_connector_info *conn_info,
+ const struct drm_connector *connector)
+{
+ memset(conn_info, 0, sizeof(*conn_info));
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * cec_phys_addr_invalidate() - set the physical address to INVALID
+ *
+ * @adap: the CEC adapter
+ *
+ * This is a simple helper function to invalidate the physical
+ * address.
+ */
+static inline void cec_phys_addr_invalidate(struct cec_adapter *adap)
+{
+ cec_s_phys_addr(adap, CEC_PHYS_ADDR_INVALID, false);
+}
+
+/**
+ * cec_get_edid_spa_location() - find location of the Source Physical Address
+ *
+ * @edid: the EDID
+ * @size: the size of the EDID
+ *
+ * This EDID is expected to be a CEA-861 compliant, which means that there are
+ * at least two blocks and one or more of the extensions blocks are CEA-861
+ * blocks.
+ *
+ * The returned location is guaranteed to be <= size-2.
+ *
+ * This is an inline function since it is used by both CEC and V4L2.
+ * Ideally this would go in a module shared by both, but it is overkill to do
+ * that for just a single function.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int cec_get_edid_spa_location(const u8 *edid,
+ unsigned int size)
+{
+ unsigned int blocks = size / 128;
+ unsigned int block;
+ u8 d;
+
+ /* Sanity check: at least 2 blocks and a multiple of the block size */
+ if (blocks < 2 || size % 128)
+ return 0;
+
+ /*
+ * If there are fewer extension blocks than the size, then update
+ * 'blocks'. It is allowed to have more extension blocks than the size,
+ * since some hardware can only read e.g. 256 bytes of the EDID, even
+ * though more blocks are present. The first CEA-861 extension block
+ * should normally be in block 1 anyway.
+ */
+ if (edid[0x7e] + 1 < blocks)
+ blocks = edid[0x7e] + 1;
+
+ for (block = 1; block < blocks; block++) {
+ unsigned int offset = block * 128;
+
+ /* Skip any non-CEA-861 extension blocks */
+ if (edid[offset] != 0x02 || edid[offset + 1] != 0x03)
+ continue;
+
+ /* search Vendor Specific Data Block (tag 3) */
+ d = edid[offset + 2] & 0x7f;
+ /* Check if there are Data Blocks */
+ if (d <= 4)
+ continue;
+ if (d > 4) {
+ unsigned int i = offset + 4;
+ unsigned int end = offset + d;
+
+ /* Note: 'end' is always < 'size' */
+ do {
+ u8 tag = edid[i] >> 5;
+ u8 len = edid[i] & 0x1f;
+
+ if (tag == 3 && len >= 5 && i + len <= end &&
+ edid[i + 1] == 0x03 &&
+ edid[i + 2] == 0x0c &&
+ edid[i + 3] == 0x00)
+ return i + 4;
+ i += len + 1;
+ } while (i < end);
+ }
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_CEC_H */
diff --git a/include/media/davinci/ccdc_types.h b/include/media/davinci/ccdc_types.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..971984dc1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/davinci/ccdc_types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Texas Instruments Inc
+ *
+ **************************************************************************/
+#ifndef _CCDC_TYPES_H
+#define _CCDC_TYPES_H
+enum ccdc_pixfmt {
+ CCDC_PIXFMT_RAW,
+ CCDC_PIXFMT_YCBCR_16BIT,
+ CCDC_PIXFMT_YCBCR_8BIT
+};
+
+enum ccdc_frmfmt {
+ CCDC_FRMFMT_PROGRESSIVE,
+ CCDC_FRMFMT_INTERLACED
+};
+
+/* PIXEL ORDER IN MEMORY from LSB to MSB */
+/* only applicable for 8-bit input mode */
+enum ccdc_pixorder {
+ CCDC_PIXORDER_YCBYCR,
+ CCDC_PIXORDER_CBYCRY,
+};
+
+enum ccdc_buftype {
+ CCDC_BUFTYPE_FLD_INTERLEAVED,
+ CCDC_BUFTYPE_FLD_SEPARATED
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpbe.h b/include/media/davinci/vpbe.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e74a93475
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/davinci/vpbe.h
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Texas Instruments Inc
+ */
+#ifndef _VPBE_H
+#define _VPBE_H
+
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-ioctl.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-device.h>
+#include <media/davinci/vpbe_osd.h>
+#include <media/davinci/vpbe_venc.h>
+#include <media/davinci/vpbe_types.h>
+
+/* OSD configuration info */
+struct osd_config_info {
+ char module_name[32];
+};
+
+struct vpbe_output {
+ struct v4l2_output output;
+ /*
+ * If output capabilities include dv_timings, list supported timings
+ * below
+ */
+ char *subdev_name;
+ /*
+ * defualt_mode identifies the default timings set at the venc or
+ * external encoder.
+ */
+ char *default_mode;
+ /*
+ * Fields below are used for supporting multiple modes. For example,
+ * LCD panel might support different modes and they are listed here.
+ * Similarly for supporting external encoders, lcd controller port
+ * requires a set of non-standard timing values to be listed here for
+ * each supported mode since venc is used in non-standard timing mode
+ * for interfacing with external encoder similar to configuring lcd
+ * panel timings
+ */
+ unsigned int num_modes;
+ struct vpbe_enc_mode_info *modes;
+ /*
+ * Bus configuration goes here for external encoders. Some encoders
+ * may require multiple interface types for each of the output. For
+ * example, SD modes would use YCC8 where as HD mode would use YCC16.
+ * Not sure if this is needed on a per mode basis instead of per
+ * output basis. If per mode is needed, we may have to move this to
+ * mode_info structure
+ */
+ u32 if_params;
+};
+
+/* encoder configuration info */
+struct encoder_config_info {
+ char module_name[32];
+ /* Is this an i2c device ? */
+ unsigned int is_i2c:1;
+ /* i2c subdevice board info */
+ struct i2c_board_info board_info;
+};
+
+/*amplifier configuration info */
+struct amp_config_info {
+ char module_name[32];
+ /* Is this an i2c device ? */
+ unsigned int is_i2c:1;
+ /* i2c subdevice board info */
+ struct i2c_board_info board_info;
+};
+
+/* structure for defining vpbe display subsystem components */
+struct vpbe_config {
+ char module_name[32];
+ /* i2c bus adapter no */
+ int i2c_adapter_id;
+ struct osd_config_info osd;
+ struct encoder_config_info venc;
+ /* external encoder information goes here */
+ int num_ext_encoders;
+ struct encoder_config_info *ext_encoders;
+ /* amplifier information goes here */
+ struct amp_config_info *amp;
+ unsigned int num_outputs;
+ /* Order is venc outputs followed by LCD and then external encoders */
+ struct vpbe_output *outputs;
+};
+
+struct vpbe_device;
+
+struct vpbe_device_ops {
+ /* Enumerate the outputs */
+ int (*enum_outputs)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev,
+ struct v4l2_output *output);
+
+ /* Set output to the given index */
+ int (*set_output)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev,
+ int index);
+
+ /* Get current output */
+ unsigned int (*get_output)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev);
+
+ /* Set DV preset at current output */
+ int (*s_dv_timings)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev,
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings *dv_timings);
+
+ /* Get DV presets supported at the output */
+ int (*g_dv_timings)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev,
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings *dv_timings);
+
+ /* Enumerate the DV Presets supported at the output */
+ int (*enum_dv_timings)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev,
+ struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *timings_info);
+
+ /* Set std at the output */
+ int (*s_std)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev, v4l2_std_id std_id);
+
+ /* Get the current std at the output */
+ int (*g_std)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev, v4l2_std_id *std_id);
+
+ /* initialize the device */
+ int (*initialize)(struct device *dev, struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev);
+
+ /* De-initialize the device */
+ void (*deinitialize)(struct device *dev, struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev);
+
+ /* Get the current mode info */
+ int (*get_mode_info)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev,
+ struct vpbe_enc_mode_info*);
+
+ /*
+ * Set the current mode in the encoder. Alternate way of setting
+ * standard or DV preset or custom timings in the encoder
+ */
+ int (*set_mode)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev,
+ struct vpbe_enc_mode_info*);
+ /* Power management operations */
+ int (*suspend)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev);
+ int (*resume)(struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev);
+};
+
+/* struct for vpbe device */
+struct vpbe_device {
+ /* V4l2 device */
+ struct v4l2_device v4l2_dev;
+ /* vpbe dispay controller cfg */
+ struct vpbe_config *cfg;
+ /* parent device */
+ struct device *pdev;
+ /* external encoder v4l2 sub devices */
+ struct v4l2_subdev **encoders;
+ /* current encoder index */
+ int current_sd_index;
+ /* external amplifier v4l2 subdevice */
+ struct v4l2_subdev *amp;
+ struct mutex lock;
+ /* device initialized */
+ int initialized;
+ /* vpbe dac clock */
+ struct clk *dac_clk;
+ /* osd_device pointer */
+ struct osd_state *osd_device;
+ /* venc device pointer */
+ struct venc_platform_data *venc_device;
+ /*
+ * fields below are accessed by users of vpbe_device. Not the
+ * ones above
+ */
+
+ /* current output */
+ int current_out_index;
+ /* lock used by caller to do atomic operation on vpbe device */
+ /* current timings set in the controller */
+ struct vpbe_enc_mode_info current_timings;
+ /* venc sub device */
+ struct v4l2_subdev *venc;
+ /* device operations below */
+ struct vpbe_device_ops ops;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpbe_display.h b/include/media/davinci/vpbe_display.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d8751ea92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/davinci/vpbe_display.h
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Texas Instruments Incorporated - https://www.ti.com/
+ */
+#ifndef VPBE_DISPLAY_H
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_H
+
+/* Header files */
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-common.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-fh.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h>
+#include <media/davinci/vpbe_types.h>
+#include <media/davinci/vpbe_osd.h>
+#include <media/davinci/vpbe.h>
+
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_MAX_DEVICES 2
+
+enum vpbe_display_device_id {
+ VPBE_DISPLAY_DEVICE_0,
+ VPBE_DISPLAY_DEVICE_1
+};
+
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_DRV_NAME "vpbe-display"
+
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_MAJOR_RELEASE 1
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_MINOR_RELEASE 0
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_BUILD 1
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_VERSION_CODE ((VPBE_DISPLAY_MAJOR_RELEASE << 16) | \
+ (VPBE_DISPLAY_MINOR_RELEASE << 8) | \
+ VPBE_DISPLAY_BUILD)
+
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_VALID_FIELD(field) ((V4L2_FIELD_NONE == field) || \
+ (V4L2_FIELD_ANY == field) || (V4L2_FIELD_INTERLACED == field))
+
+/* Exp ratio numerator and denominator constants */
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_H_EXP_RATIO_N 9
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_H_EXP_RATIO_D 8
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_V_EXP_RATIO_N 6
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_V_EXP_RATIO_D 5
+
+/* Zoom multiplication factor */
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_ZOOM_4X 4
+#define VPBE_DISPLAY_ZOOM_2X 2
+
+/* Structures */
+struct display_layer_info {
+ int enable;
+ /* Layer ID used by Display Manager */
+ enum osd_layer id;
+ struct osd_layer_config config;
+ enum osd_zoom_factor h_zoom;
+ enum osd_zoom_factor v_zoom;
+ enum osd_h_exp_ratio h_exp;
+ enum osd_v_exp_ratio v_exp;
+};
+
+struct vpbe_disp_buffer {
+ struct vb2_v4l2_buffer vb;
+ struct list_head list;
+};
+
+/* vpbe display object structure */
+struct vpbe_layer {
+ /* Pointer to the vpbe_display */
+ struct vpbe_display *disp_dev;
+ /* Pointer pointing to current v4l2_buffer */
+ struct vpbe_disp_buffer *cur_frm;
+ /* Pointer pointing to next v4l2_buffer */
+ struct vpbe_disp_buffer *next_frm;
+ /* vb2 specific parameters
+ * Buffer queue used in vb2
+ */
+ struct vb2_queue buffer_queue;
+ /* Queue of filled frames */
+ struct list_head dma_queue;
+ /* Used for video buffer handling */
+ spinlock_t irqlock;
+ /* V4l2 specific parameters */
+ /* Identifies video device for this layer */
+ struct video_device video_dev;
+ /* Used to store pixel format */
+ struct v4l2_pix_format pix_fmt;
+ enum v4l2_field buf_field;
+ /* Video layer configuration params */
+ struct display_layer_info layer_info;
+ /* vpbe specific parameters
+ * enable window for display
+ */
+ unsigned char window_enable;
+ /* number of open instances of the layer */
+ unsigned int usrs;
+ /* Indicates id of the field which is being displayed */
+ unsigned int field_id;
+ /* Identifies device object */
+ enum vpbe_display_device_id device_id;
+ /* facilitation of ioctl ops lock by v4l2*/
+ struct mutex opslock;
+ u8 layer_first_int;
+};
+
+/* vpbe device structure */
+struct vpbe_display {
+ /* layer specific parameters */
+ /* lock for isr updates to buf layers*/
+ spinlock_t dma_queue_lock;
+ /* C-Plane offset from start of y-plane */
+ unsigned int cbcr_ofst;
+ struct vpbe_layer *dev[VPBE_DISPLAY_MAX_DEVICES];
+ struct vpbe_device *vpbe_dev;
+ struct osd_state *osd_device;
+};
+
+struct buf_config_params {
+ unsigned char min_numbuffers;
+ unsigned char numbuffers[VPBE_DISPLAY_MAX_DEVICES];
+ unsigned int min_bufsize[VPBE_DISPLAY_MAX_DEVICES];
+ unsigned int layer_bufsize[VPBE_DISPLAY_MAX_DEVICES];
+};
+
+#endif /* VPBE_DISPLAY_H */
diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpbe_osd.h b/include/media/davinci/vpbe_osd.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4fc4f2a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/davinci/vpbe_osd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007-2009 Texas Instruments Inc
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 MontaVista Software, Inc.
+ *
+ * Andy Lowe (alowe@mvista.com), MontaVista Software
+ * - Initial version
+ * Murali Karicheri (mkaricheri@gmail.com), Texas Instruments Ltd.
+ * - ported to sub device interface
+ */
+#ifndef _OSD_H
+#define _OSD_H
+
+#include <media/davinci/vpbe_types.h>
+
+#define DM644X_VPBE_OSD_SUBDEV_NAME "dm644x,vpbe-osd"
+#define DM365_VPBE_OSD_SUBDEV_NAME "dm365,vpbe-osd"
+#define DM355_VPBE_OSD_SUBDEV_NAME "dm355,vpbe-osd"
+
+/**
+ * enum osd_layer
+ * @WIN_OSD0: On-Screen Display Window 0
+ * @WIN_VID0: Video Window 0
+ * @WIN_OSD1: On-Screen Display Window 1
+ * @WIN_VID1: Video Window 1
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * An enumeration of the osd display layers.
+ */
+enum osd_layer {
+ WIN_OSD0,
+ WIN_VID0,
+ WIN_OSD1,
+ WIN_VID1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum osd_win_layer
+ * @OSDWIN_OSD0: On-Screen Display Window 0
+ * @OSDWIN_OSD1: On-Screen Display Window 1
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * An enumeration of the OSD Window layers.
+ */
+enum osd_win_layer {
+ OSDWIN_OSD0,
+ OSDWIN_OSD1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum osd_pix_format
+ * @PIXFMT_1BPP: 1-bit-per-pixel bitmap
+ * @PIXFMT_2BPP: 2-bits-per-pixel bitmap
+ * @PIXFMT_4BPP: 4-bits-per-pixel bitmap
+ * @PIXFMT_8BPP: 8-bits-per-pixel bitmap
+ * @PIXFMT_RGB565: 16-bits-per-pixel RGB565
+ * @PIXFMT_YCBCRI: YUV 4:2:2
+ * @PIXFMT_RGB888: 24-bits-per-pixel RGB888
+ * @PIXFMT_YCRCBI: YUV 4:2:2 with chroma swap
+ * @PIXFMT_NV12: YUV 4:2:0 planar
+ * @PIXFMT_OSD_ATTR: OSD Attribute Window pixel format (4bpp)
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * An enumeration of the DaVinci pixel formats.
+ */
+enum osd_pix_format {
+ PIXFMT_1BPP = 0,
+ PIXFMT_2BPP,
+ PIXFMT_4BPP,
+ PIXFMT_8BPP,
+ PIXFMT_RGB565,
+ PIXFMT_YCBCRI,
+ PIXFMT_RGB888,
+ PIXFMT_YCRCBI,
+ PIXFMT_NV12,
+ PIXFMT_OSD_ATTR,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum osd_h_exp_ratio
+ * @H_EXP_OFF: no expansion (1/1)
+ * @H_EXP_9_OVER_8: 9/8 expansion ratio
+ * @H_EXP_3_OVER_2: 3/2 expansion ratio
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * An enumeration of the available horizontal expansion ratios.
+ */
+enum osd_h_exp_ratio {
+ H_EXP_OFF,
+ H_EXP_9_OVER_8,
+ H_EXP_3_OVER_2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum osd_v_exp_ratio
+ * @V_EXP_OFF: no expansion (1/1)
+ * @V_EXP_6_OVER_5: 6/5 expansion ratio
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * An enumeration of the available vertical expansion ratios.
+ */
+enum osd_v_exp_ratio {
+ V_EXP_OFF,
+ V_EXP_6_OVER_5,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum osd_zoom_factor
+ * @ZOOM_X1: no zoom (x1)
+ * @ZOOM_X2: x2 zoom
+ * @ZOOM_X4: x4 zoom
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * An enumeration of the available zoom factors.
+ */
+enum osd_zoom_factor {
+ ZOOM_X1,
+ ZOOM_X2,
+ ZOOM_X4,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum osd_clut
+ * @ROM_CLUT: ROM CLUT
+ * @RAM_CLUT: RAM CLUT
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * An enumeration of the available Color Lookup Tables (CLUTs).
+ */
+enum osd_clut {
+ ROM_CLUT,
+ RAM_CLUT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum osd_rom_clut
+ * @ROM_CLUT0: Macintosh CLUT
+ * @ROM_CLUT1: CLUT from DM270 and prior devices
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * An enumeration of the ROM Color Lookup Table (CLUT) options.
+ */
+enum osd_rom_clut {
+ ROM_CLUT0,
+ ROM_CLUT1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum osd_blending_factor
+ * @OSD_0_VID_8: OSD pixels are fully transparent
+ * @OSD_1_VID_7: OSD pixels contribute 1/8, video pixels contribute 7/8
+ * @OSD_2_VID_6: OSD pixels contribute 2/8, video pixels contribute 6/8
+ * @OSD_3_VID_5: OSD pixels contribute 3/8, video pixels contribute 5/8
+ * @OSD_4_VID_4: OSD pixels contribute 4/8, video pixels contribute 4/8
+ * @OSD_5_VID_3: OSD pixels contribute 5/8, video pixels contribute 3/8
+ * @OSD_6_VID_2: OSD pixels contribute 6/8, video pixels contribute 2/8
+ * @OSD_8_VID_0: OSD pixels are fully opaque
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * An enumeration of the DaVinci pixel blending factor options.
+ */
+enum osd_blending_factor {
+ OSD_0_VID_8,
+ OSD_1_VID_7,
+ OSD_2_VID_6,
+ OSD_3_VID_5,
+ OSD_4_VID_4,
+ OSD_5_VID_3,
+ OSD_6_VID_2,
+ OSD_8_VID_0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum osd_blink_interval
+ * @BLINK_X1: blink interval is 1 vertical refresh cycle
+ * @BLINK_X2: blink interval is 2 vertical refresh cycles
+ * @BLINK_X3: blink interval is 3 vertical refresh cycles
+ * @BLINK_X4: blink interval is 4 vertical refresh cycles
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * An enumeration of the DaVinci pixel blinking interval options.
+ */
+enum osd_blink_interval {
+ BLINK_X1,
+ BLINK_X2,
+ BLINK_X3,
+ BLINK_X4,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum osd_cursor_h_width
+ * @H_WIDTH_1: horizontal line width is 1 pixel
+ * @H_WIDTH_4: horizontal line width is 4 pixels
+ * @H_WIDTH_8: horizontal line width is 8 pixels
+ * @H_WIDTH_12: horizontal line width is 12 pixels
+ * @H_WIDTH_16: horizontal line width is 16 pixels
+ * @H_WIDTH_20: horizontal line width is 20 pixels
+ * @H_WIDTH_24: horizontal line width is 24 pixels
+ * @H_WIDTH_28: horizontal line width is 28 pixels
+ */
+enum osd_cursor_h_width {
+ H_WIDTH_1,
+ H_WIDTH_4,
+ H_WIDTH_8,
+ H_WIDTH_12,
+ H_WIDTH_16,
+ H_WIDTH_20,
+ H_WIDTH_24,
+ H_WIDTH_28,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum osd_cursor_v_width
+ * @V_WIDTH_1: vertical line width is 1 line
+ * @V_WIDTH_2: vertical line width is 2 lines
+ * @V_WIDTH_4: vertical line width is 4 lines
+ * @V_WIDTH_6: vertical line width is 6 lines
+ * @V_WIDTH_8: vertical line width is 8 lines
+ * @V_WIDTH_10: vertical line width is 10 lines
+ * @V_WIDTH_12: vertical line width is 12 lines
+ * @V_WIDTH_14: vertical line width is 14 lines
+ */
+enum osd_cursor_v_width {
+ V_WIDTH_1,
+ V_WIDTH_2,
+ V_WIDTH_4,
+ V_WIDTH_6,
+ V_WIDTH_8,
+ V_WIDTH_10,
+ V_WIDTH_12,
+ V_WIDTH_14,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct osd_cursor_config
+ * @xsize: horizontal size in pixels
+ * @ysize: vertical size in lines
+ * @xpos: horizontal offset in pixels from the left edge of the display
+ * @ypos: vertical offset in lines from the top of the display
+ * @interlaced: Non-zero if the display is interlaced, or zero otherwise
+ * @h_width: horizontal line width
+ * @v_width: vertical line width
+ * @clut: the CLUT selector (ROM or RAM) for the cursor color
+ * @clut_index: an index into the CLUT for the cursor color
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * A structure describing the configuration parameters of the hardware
+ * rectangular cursor.
+ */
+struct osd_cursor_config {
+ unsigned xsize;
+ unsigned ysize;
+ unsigned xpos;
+ unsigned ypos;
+ int interlaced;
+ enum osd_cursor_h_width h_width;
+ enum osd_cursor_v_width v_width;
+ enum osd_clut clut;
+ unsigned char clut_index;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct osd_layer_config
+ * @pixfmt: pixel format
+ * @line_length: offset in bytes between start of each line in memory
+ * @xsize: number of horizontal pixels displayed per line
+ * @ysize: number of lines displayed
+ * @xpos: horizontal offset in pixels from the left edge of the display
+ * @ypos: vertical offset in lines from the top of the display
+ * @interlaced: Non-zero if the display is interlaced, or zero otherwise
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * A structure describing the configuration parameters of an On-Screen Display
+ * (OSD) or video layer related to how the image is stored in memory.
+ * @line_length must be a multiple of the cache line size (32 bytes).
+ */
+struct osd_layer_config {
+ enum osd_pix_format pixfmt;
+ unsigned line_length;
+ unsigned xsize;
+ unsigned ysize;
+ unsigned xpos;
+ unsigned ypos;
+ int interlaced;
+};
+
+/* parameters that apply on a per-window (OSD or video) basis */
+struct osd_window_state {
+ int is_allocated;
+ int is_enabled;
+ unsigned long fb_base_phys;
+ enum osd_zoom_factor h_zoom;
+ enum osd_zoom_factor v_zoom;
+ struct osd_layer_config lconfig;
+};
+
+/* parameters that apply on a per-OSD-window basis */
+struct osd_osdwin_state {
+ enum osd_clut clut;
+ enum osd_blending_factor blend;
+ int colorkey_blending;
+ unsigned colorkey;
+ int rec601_attenuation;
+ /* index is pixel value */
+ unsigned char palette_map[16];
+};
+
+/* hardware rectangular cursor parameters */
+struct osd_cursor_state {
+ int is_enabled;
+ struct osd_cursor_config config;
+};
+
+struct osd_state;
+
+struct vpbe_osd_ops {
+ int (*initialize)(struct osd_state *sd);
+ int (*request_layer)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer);
+ void (*release_layer)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer);
+ int (*enable_layer)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer,
+ int otherwin);
+ void (*disable_layer)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer);
+ int (*set_layer_config)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer,
+ struct osd_layer_config *lconfig);
+ void (*get_layer_config)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer,
+ struct osd_layer_config *lconfig);
+ void (*start_layer)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer,
+ unsigned long fb_base_phys,
+ unsigned long cbcr_ofst);
+ void (*set_left_margin)(struct osd_state *sd, u32 val);
+ void (*set_top_margin)(struct osd_state *sd, u32 val);
+ void (*set_interpolation_filter)(struct osd_state *sd, int filter);
+ int (*set_vid_expansion)(struct osd_state *sd,
+ enum osd_h_exp_ratio h_exp,
+ enum osd_v_exp_ratio v_exp);
+ void (*get_vid_expansion)(struct osd_state *sd,
+ enum osd_h_exp_ratio *h_exp,
+ enum osd_v_exp_ratio *v_exp);
+ void (*set_zoom)(struct osd_state *sd, enum osd_layer layer,
+ enum osd_zoom_factor h_zoom,
+ enum osd_zoom_factor v_zoom);
+};
+
+struct osd_state {
+ enum vpbe_version vpbe_type;
+ spinlock_t lock;
+ struct device *dev;
+ dma_addr_t osd_base_phys;
+ void __iomem *osd_base;
+ unsigned long osd_size;
+ /* 1-->the isr will toggle the VID0 ping-pong buffer */
+ int pingpong;
+ int interpolation_filter;
+ int field_inversion;
+ enum osd_h_exp_ratio osd_h_exp;
+ enum osd_v_exp_ratio osd_v_exp;
+ enum osd_h_exp_ratio vid_h_exp;
+ enum osd_v_exp_ratio vid_v_exp;
+ enum osd_clut backg_clut;
+ unsigned backg_clut_index;
+ enum osd_rom_clut rom_clut;
+ int is_blinking;
+ /* attribute window blinking enabled */
+ enum osd_blink_interval blink;
+ /* YCbCrI or YCrCbI */
+ enum osd_pix_format yc_pixfmt;
+ /* columns are Y, Cb, Cr */
+ unsigned char clut_ram[256][3];
+ struct osd_cursor_state cursor;
+ /* OSD0, VID0, OSD1, VID1 */
+ struct osd_window_state win[4];
+ /* OSD0, OSD1 */
+ struct osd_osdwin_state osdwin[2];
+ /* OSD device Operations */
+ struct vpbe_osd_ops ops;
+};
+
+struct osd_platform_data {
+ int field_inv_wa_enable;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpbe_types.h b/include/media/davinci/vpbe_types.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6015cda23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/davinci/vpbe_types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Texas Instruments Inc
+ */
+#ifndef _VPBE_TYPES_H
+#define _VPBE_TYPES_H
+
+enum vpbe_version {
+ VPBE_VERSION_1 = 1,
+ VPBE_VERSION_2,
+ VPBE_VERSION_3,
+};
+
+/* vpbe_timing_type - Timing types used in vpbe device */
+enum vpbe_enc_timings_type {
+ VPBE_ENC_STD = 0x1,
+ VPBE_ENC_DV_TIMINGS = 0x4,
+ /* Used when set timings through FB device interface */
+ VPBE_ENC_TIMINGS_INVALID = 0x8,
+};
+
+/*
+ * struct vpbe_enc_mode_info
+ * @name: ptr to name string of the standard, "NTSC", "PAL" etc
+ * @std: standard or non-standard mode. 1 - standard, 0 - nonstandard
+ * @interlaced: 1 - interlaced, 0 - non interlaced/progressive
+ * @xres: x or horizontal resolution of the display
+ * @yres: y or vertical resolution of the display
+ * @fps: frame per second
+ * @left_margin: left margin of the display
+ * @right_margin: right margin of the display
+ * @upper_margin: upper margin of the display
+ * @lower_margin: lower margin of the display
+ * @hsync_len: h-sync length
+ * @vsync_len: v-sync length
+ * @flags: bit field: bit usage is documented below
+ *
+ * Description:
+ * Structure holding timing and resolution information of a standard.
+ * Used by vpbe_device to set required non-standard timing in the
+ * venc when lcd controller output is connected to a external encoder.
+ * A table of timings is maintained in vpbe device to set this in
+ * venc when external encoder is connected to lcd controller output.
+ * Encoder may provide a g_dv_timings() API to override these values
+ * as needed.
+ *
+ * Notes
+ * ------
+ * if_type should be used only by encoder manager and encoder.
+ * flags usage
+ * b0 (LSB) - hsync polarity, 0 - negative, 1 - positive
+ * b1 - vsync polarity, 0 - negative, 1 - positive
+ * b2 - field id polarity, 0 - negative, 1 - positive
+ */
+struct vpbe_enc_mode_info {
+ unsigned char *name;
+ enum vpbe_enc_timings_type timings_type;
+ v4l2_std_id std_id;
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings dv_timings;
+ unsigned int interlaced;
+ unsigned int xres;
+ unsigned int yres;
+ struct v4l2_fract aspect;
+ struct v4l2_fract fps;
+ unsigned int left_margin;
+ unsigned int right_margin;
+ unsigned int upper_margin;
+ unsigned int lower_margin;
+ unsigned int hsync_len;
+ unsigned int vsync_len;
+ unsigned int flags;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpbe_venc.h b/include/media/davinci/vpbe_venc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..93cf6a5fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/davinci/vpbe_venc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Texas Instruments Inc
+ */
+#ifndef _VPBE_VENC_H
+#define _VPBE_VENC_H
+
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+#include <media/davinci/vpbe_types.h>
+
+#define DM644X_VPBE_VENC_SUBDEV_NAME "dm644x,vpbe-venc"
+#define DM365_VPBE_VENC_SUBDEV_NAME "dm365,vpbe-venc"
+#define DM355_VPBE_VENC_SUBDEV_NAME "dm355,vpbe-venc"
+
+/* venc events */
+#define VENC_END_OF_FRAME BIT(0)
+#define VENC_FIRST_FIELD BIT(1)
+#define VENC_SECOND_FIELD BIT(2)
+
+struct venc_platform_data {
+ int (*setup_pinmux)(u32 if_type, int field);
+ int (*setup_clock)(enum vpbe_enc_timings_type type,
+ unsigned int pixclock);
+ int (*setup_if_config)(u32 pixcode);
+ /* Number of LCD outputs supported */
+ int num_lcd_outputs;
+ struct vpbe_if_params *lcd_if_params;
+};
+
+enum venc_ioctls {
+ VENC_GET_FLD = 1,
+};
+
+/* exported functions */
+struct v4l2_subdev *venc_sub_dev_init(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+ const char *venc_name);
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h b/include/media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ad53031e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Texas Instruments Inc
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VPFE_CAPTURE_H
+#define _VPFE_CAPTURE_H
+
+#ifdef __KERNEL__
+
+/* Header files */
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <linux/clk.h>
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-fh.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-ioctl.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-device.h>
+#include <media/videobuf-dma-contig.h>
+#include <media/davinci/vpfe_types.h>
+
+#define VPFE_CAPTURE_NUM_DECODERS 5
+
+/* Macros */
+#define VPFE_MAJOR_RELEASE 0
+#define VPFE_MINOR_RELEASE 0
+#define VPFE_BUILD 1
+#define VPFE_CAPTURE_VERSION_CODE ((VPFE_MAJOR_RELEASE << 16) | \
+ (VPFE_MINOR_RELEASE << 8) | \
+ VPFE_BUILD)
+
+#define CAPTURE_DRV_NAME "vpfe-capture"
+
+struct vpfe_pixel_format {
+ u32 pixelformat;
+ /* bytes per pixel */
+ int bpp;
+};
+
+struct vpfe_std_info {
+ int active_pixels;
+ int active_lines;
+ /* current frame format */
+ int frame_format;
+};
+
+struct vpfe_route {
+ u32 input;
+ u32 output;
+};
+
+struct vpfe_subdev_info {
+ /* Sub device name */
+ char name[32];
+ /* Sub device group id */
+ int grp_id;
+ /* Number of inputs supported */
+ int num_inputs;
+ /* inputs available at the sub device */
+ struct v4l2_input *inputs;
+ /* Sub dev routing information for each input */
+ struct vpfe_route *routes;
+ /* check if sub dev supports routing */
+ int can_route;
+ /* ccdc bus/interface configuration */
+ struct vpfe_hw_if_param ccdc_if_params;
+ /* i2c subdevice board info */
+ struct i2c_board_info board_info;
+};
+
+struct vpfe_config {
+ /* Number of sub devices connected to vpfe */
+ int num_subdevs;
+ /* i2c bus adapter no */
+ int i2c_adapter_id;
+ /* information about each subdev */
+ struct vpfe_subdev_info *sub_devs;
+ /* evm card info */
+ char *card_name;
+ /* ccdc name */
+ char *ccdc;
+ /* vpfe clock */
+ struct clk *vpssclk;
+ struct clk *slaveclk;
+ /* Function for Clearing the interrupt */
+ void (*clr_intr)(int vdint);
+};
+
+struct vpfe_device {
+ /* V4l2 specific parameters */
+ /* Identifies video device for this channel */
+ struct video_device video_dev;
+ /* sub devices */
+ struct v4l2_subdev **sd;
+ /* vpfe cfg */
+ struct vpfe_config *cfg;
+ /* V4l2 device */
+ struct v4l2_device v4l2_dev;
+ /* parent device */
+ struct device *pdev;
+ /* number of open instances of the channel */
+ u32 usrs;
+ /* Indicates id of the field which is being displayed */
+ u32 field_id;
+ /* flag to indicate whether decoder is initialized */
+ u8 initialized;
+ /* current interface type */
+ struct vpfe_hw_if_param vpfe_if_params;
+ /* ptr to currently selected sub device */
+ struct vpfe_subdev_info *current_subdev;
+ /* current input at the sub device */
+ int current_input;
+ /* Keeps track of the information about the standard */
+ struct vpfe_std_info std_info;
+ /* std index into std table */
+ int std_index;
+ /* CCDC IRQs used when CCDC/ISIF output to SDRAM */
+ unsigned int ccdc_irq0;
+ unsigned int ccdc_irq1;
+ /* number of buffers in fbuffers */
+ u32 numbuffers;
+ /* List of buffer pointers for storing frames */
+ u8 *fbuffers[VIDEO_MAX_FRAME];
+ /* Pointer pointing to current v4l2_buffer */
+ struct videobuf_buffer *cur_frm;
+ /* Pointer pointing to next v4l2_buffer */
+ struct videobuf_buffer *next_frm;
+ /*
+ * This field keeps track of type of buffer exchange mechanism
+ * user has selected
+ */
+ enum v4l2_memory memory;
+ /* Used to store pixel format */
+ struct v4l2_format fmt;
+ /*
+ * used when IMP is chained to store the crop window which
+ * is different from the image window
+ */
+ struct v4l2_rect crop;
+ /* Buffer queue used in video-buf */
+ struct videobuf_queue buffer_queue;
+ /* Queue of filled frames */
+ struct list_head dma_queue;
+ /* Used in video-buf */
+ spinlock_t irqlock;
+ /* IRQ lock for DMA queue */
+ spinlock_t dma_queue_lock;
+ /* lock used to access this structure */
+ struct mutex lock;
+ /* number of users performing IO */
+ u32 io_usrs;
+ /* Indicates whether streaming started */
+ u8 started;
+ /*
+ * offset where second field starts from the starting of the
+ * buffer for field separated YCbCr formats
+ */
+ u32 field_off;
+};
+
+/* File handle structure */
+struct vpfe_fh {
+ struct v4l2_fh fh;
+ struct vpfe_device *vpfe_dev;
+ /* Indicates whether this file handle is doing IO */
+ u8 io_allowed;
+};
+
+struct vpfe_config_params {
+ u8 min_numbuffers;
+ u8 numbuffers;
+ u32 min_bufsize;
+ u32 device_bufsize;
+};
+
+#endif /* End of __KERNEL__ */
+#endif /* _DAVINCI_VPFE_H */
diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpfe_types.h b/include/media/davinci/vpfe_types.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e65c9a48d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/davinci/vpfe_types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2008-2009 Texas Instruments Inc
+ */
+#ifndef _VPFE_TYPES_H
+#define _VPFE_TYPES_H
+
+#ifdef __KERNEL__
+
+enum vpfe_pin_pol {
+ VPFE_PINPOL_POSITIVE,
+ VPFE_PINPOL_NEGATIVE
+};
+
+enum vpfe_hw_if_type {
+ /* BT656 - 8 bit */
+ VPFE_BT656,
+ /* BT1120 - 16 bit */
+ VPFE_BT1120,
+ /* Raw Bayer */
+ VPFE_RAW_BAYER,
+ /* YCbCr - 8 bit with external sync */
+ VPFE_YCBCR_SYNC_8,
+ /* YCbCr - 16 bit with external sync */
+ VPFE_YCBCR_SYNC_16,
+ /* BT656 - 10 bit */
+ VPFE_BT656_10BIT
+};
+
+/* interface description */
+struct vpfe_hw_if_param {
+ enum vpfe_hw_if_type if_type;
+ enum vpfe_pin_pol hdpol;
+ enum vpfe_pin_pol vdpol;
+};
+
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpif_types.h b/include/media/davinci/vpif_types.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d03e5c543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/davinci/vpif_types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Texas Instruments Inc
+ */
+#ifndef _VPIF_TYPES_H
+#define _VPIF_TYPES_H
+
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+
+#define VPIF_CAPTURE_MAX_CHANNELS 2
+#define VPIF_DISPLAY_MAX_CHANNELS 2
+
+enum vpif_if_type {
+ VPIF_IF_BT656,
+ VPIF_IF_BT1120,
+ VPIF_IF_RAW_BAYER
+};
+
+struct vpif_interface {
+ enum vpif_if_type if_type;
+ unsigned hd_pol:1;
+ unsigned vd_pol:1;
+ unsigned fid_pol:1;
+};
+
+struct vpif_subdev_info {
+ const char *name;
+ struct i2c_board_info board_info;
+};
+
+struct vpif_output {
+ struct v4l2_output output;
+ const char *subdev_name;
+ u32 input_route;
+ u32 output_route;
+};
+
+struct vpif_display_chan_config {
+ const struct vpif_output *outputs;
+ int output_count;
+ bool clip_en;
+};
+
+struct vpif_display_config {
+ int (*set_clock)(int, int);
+ struct vpif_subdev_info *subdevinfo;
+ int subdev_count;
+ int i2c_adapter_id;
+ struct vpif_display_chan_config chan_config[VPIF_DISPLAY_MAX_CHANNELS];
+ const char *card_name;
+};
+
+struct vpif_input {
+ struct v4l2_input input;
+ char *subdev_name;
+ u32 input_route;
+ u32 output_route;
+};
+
+struct vpif_capture_chan_config {
+ struct vpif_interface vpif_if;
+ struct vpif_input *inputs;
+ int input_count;
+};
+
+struct vpif_capture_config {
+ int (*setup_input_channel_mode)(int);
+ int (*setup_input_path)(int, const char *);
+ struct vpif_capture_chan_config chan_config[VPIF_CAPTURE_MAX_CHANNELS];
+ struct vpif_subdev_info *subdev_info;
+ int subdev_count;
+ int i2c_adapter_id;
+ const char *card_name;
+
+ struct v4l2_async_subdev *asd[VPIF_CAPTURE_MAX_CHANNELS];
+ int asd_sizes[VPIF_CAPTURE_MAX_CHANNELS];
+};
+#endif /* _VPIF_TYPES_H */
diff --git a/include/media/davinci/vpss.h b/include/media/davinci/vpss.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..315fa77e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/davinci/vpss.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments Inc
+ *
+ * vpss - video processing subsystem module header file.
+ *
+ * Include this header file if a driver needs to configure vpss system
+ * module. It exports a set of library functions for video drivers to
+ * configure vpss system module functions such as clock enable/disable,
+ * vpss interrupt mux to arm, and other common vpss system module
+ * functions.
+ */
+#ifndef _VPSS_H
+#define _VPSS_H
+
+/* selector for ccdc input selection on DM355 */
+enum vpss_ccdc_source_sel {
+ VPSS_CCDCIN,
+ VPSS_HSSIIN,
+ VPSS_PGLPBK, /* for DM365 only */
+ VPSS_CCDCPG /* for DM365 only */
+};
+
+struct vpss_sync_pol {
+ unsigned int ccdpg_hdpol:1;
+ unsigned int ccdpg_vdpol:1;
+};
+
+struct vpss_pg_frame_size {
+ short hlpfr;
+ short pplen;
+};
+
+/* Used for enable/disable VPSS Clock */
+enum vpss_clock_sel {
+ /* DM355/DM365 */
+ VPSS_CCDC_CLOCK,
+ VPSS_IPIPE_CLOCK,
+ VPSS_H3A_CLOCK,
+ VPSS_CFALD_CLOCK,
+ /*
+ * When using VPSS_VENC_CLOCK_SEL in vpss_enable_clock() api
+ * following applies:-
+ * en = 0 selects ENC_CLK
+ * en = 1 selects ENC_CLK/2
+ */
+ VPSS_VENC_CLOCK_SEL,
+ VPSS_VPBE_CLOCK,
+ /* DM365 only clocks */
+ VPSS_IPIPEIF_CLOCK,
+ VPSS_RSZ_CLOCK,
+ VPSS_BL_CLOCK,
+ /*
+ * When using VPSS_PCLK_INTERNAL in vpss_enable_clock() api
+ * following applies:-
+ * en = 0 disable internal PCLK
+ * en = 1 enables internal PCLK
+ */
+ VPSS_PCLK_INTERNAL,
+ /*
+ * When using VPSS_PSYNC_CLOCK_SEL in vpss_enable_clock() api
+ * following applies:-
+ * en = 0 enables MMR clock
+ * en = 1 enables VPSS clock
+ */
+ VPSS_PSYNC_CLOCK_SEL,
+ VPSS_LDC_CLOCK_SEL,
+ VPSS_OSD_CLOCK_SEL,
+ VPSS_FDIF_CLOCK,
+ VPSS_LDC_CLOCK
+};
+
+/* select input to ccdc on dm355 */
+int vpss_select_ccdc_source(enum vpss_ccdc_source_sel src_sel);
+/* enable/disable a vpss clock, 0 - success, -1 - failure */
+int vpss_enable_clock(enum vpss_clock_sel clock_sel, int en);
+/* set sync polarity, only for DM365*/
+void dm365_vpss_set_sync_pol(struct vpss_sync_pol);
+/* set the PG_FRAME_SIZE register, only for DM365 */
+void dm365_vpss_set_pg_frame_size(struct vpss_pg_frame_size);
+
+/* wbl reset for dm644x */
+enum vpss_wbl_sel {
+ VPSS_PCR_AEW_WBL_0 = 16,
+ VPSS_PCR_AF_WBL_0,
+ VPSS_PCR_RSZ4_WBL_0,
+ VPSS_PCR_RSZ3_WBL_0,
+ VPSS_PCR_RSZ2_WBL_0,
+ VPSS_PCR_RSZ1_WBL_0,
+ VPSS_PCR_PREV_WBL_0,
+ VPSS_PCR_CCDC_WBL_O,
+};
+/* clear wbl overflow flag for DM6446 */
+int vpss_clear_wbl_overflow(enum vpss_wbl_sel wbl_sel);
+
+/* set sync polarity*/
+void vpss_set_sync_pol(struct vpss_sync_pol sync);
+/* set the PG_FRAME_SIZE register */
+void vpss_set_pg_frame_size(struct vpss_pg_frame_size frame_size);
+/*
+ * vpss_check_and_clear_interrupt - check and clear interrupt
+ * @irq - common enumerator for IRQ
+ *
+ * Following return values used:-
+ * 0 - interrupt occurred and cleared
+ * 1 - interrupt not occurred
+ * 2 - interrupt status not available
+ */
+int vpss_dma_complete_interrupt(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/demux.h b/include/media/demux.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf00a5a41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/demux.h
@@ -0,0 +1,600 @@
+/*
+ * demux.h
+ *
+ * The Kernel Digital TV Demux kABI defines a driver-internal interface for
+ * registering low-level, hardware specific driver to a hardware independent
+ * demux layer.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Convergence GmbH
+ *
+ * based on code:
+ * Copyright (c) 2000 Nokia Research Center
+ * Tampere, FINLAND
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DEMUX_H
+#define __DEMUX_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/errno.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/time.h>
+#include <linux/dvb/dmx.h>
+
+/*
+ * Common definitions
+ */
+
+/*
+ * DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE: Maximum length (in bytes) of a section/PES filter.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE
+#define DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE 18
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * DMX_MAX_SECFEED_SIZE: Maximum length (in bytes) of a private section feed
+ * filter.
+ */
+
+#ifndef DMX_MAX_SECTION_SIZE
+#define DMX_MAX_SECTION_SIZE 4096
+#endif
+#ifndef DMX_MAX_SECFEED_SIZE
+#define DMX_MAX_SECFEED_SIZE (DMX_MAX_SECTION_SIZE + 188)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * TS packet reception
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum ts_filter_type - filter type bitmap for dmx_ts_feed.set\(\)
+ *
+ * @TS_PACKET: Send TS packets (188 bytes) to callback (default).
+ * @TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY: In case TS_PACKET is set, only send the TS payload
+ * (<=184 bytes per packet) to callback
+ * @TS_DECODER: Send stream to built-in decoder (if present).
+ * @TS_DEMUX: In case TS_PACKET is set, send the TS to the demux
+ * device, not to the dvr device
+ */
+enum ts_filter_type {
+ TS_PACKET = 1,
+ TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY = 2,
+ TS_DECODER = 4,
+ TS_DEMUX = 8,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dmx_ts_feed - Structure that contains a TS feed filter
+ *
+ * @is_filtering: Set to non-zero when filtering in progress
+ * @parent: pointer to struct dmx_demux
+ * @priv: pointer to private data of the API client
+ * @set: sets the TS filter
+ * @start_filtering: starts TS filtering
+ * @stop_filtering: stops TS filtering
+ *
+ * A TS feed is typically mapped to a hardware PID filter on the demux chip.
+ * Using this API, the client can set the filtering properties to start/stop
+ * filtering TS packets on a particular TS feed.
+ */
+struct dmx_ts_feed {
+ int is_filtering;
+ struct dmx_demux *parent;
+ void *priv;
+ int (*set)(struct dmx_ts_feed *feed,
+ u16 pid,
+ int type,
+ enum dmx_ts_pes pes_type,
+ ktime_t timeout);
+ int (*start_filtering)(struct dmx_ts_feed *feed);
+ int (*stop_filtering)(struct dmx_ts_feed *feed);
+};
+
+/*
+ * Section reception
+ */
+
+/**
+ * struct dmx_section_filter - Structure that describes a section filter
+ *
+ * @filter_value: Contains up to 16 bytes (128 bits) of the TS section header
+ * that will be matched by the section filter
+ * @filter_mask: Contains a 16 bytes (128 bits) filter mask with the bits
+ * specified by @filter_value that will be used on the filter
+ * match logic.
+ * @filter_mode: Contains a 16 bytes (128 bits) filter mode.
+ * @parent: Back-pointer to struct dmx_section_feed.
+ * @priv: Pointer to private data of the API client.
+ *
+ *
+ * The @filter_mask controls which bits of @filter_value are compared with
+ * the section headers/payload. On a binary value of 1 in filter_mask, the
+ * corresponding bits are compared. The filter only accepts sections that are
+ * equal to filter_value in all the tested bit positions.
+ */
+struct dmx_section_filter {
+ u8 filter_value[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE];
+ u8 filter_mask[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE];
+ u8 filter_mode[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE];
+ struct dmx_section_feed *parent;
+
+ void *priv;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dmx_section_feed - Structure that contains a section feed filter
+ *
+ * @is_filtering: Set to non-zero when filtering in progress
+ * @parent: pointer to struct dmx_demux
+ * @priv: pointer to private data of the API client
+ * @check_crc: If non-zero, check the CRC values of filtered sections.
+ * @set: sets the section filter
+ * @allocate_filter: This function is used to allocate a section filter on
+ * the demux. It should only be called when no filtering
+ * is in progress on this section feed. If a filter cannot
+ * be allocated, the function fails with -ENOSPC.
+ * @release_filter: This function releases all the resources of a
+ * previously allocated section filter. The function
+ * should not be called while filtering is in progress
+ * on this section feed. After calling this function,
+ * the caller should not try to dereference the filter
+ * pointer.
+ * @start_filtering: starts section filtering
+ * @stop_filtering: stops section filtering
+ *
+ * A TS feed is typically mapped to a hardware PID filter on the demux chip.
+ * Using this API, the client can set the filtering properties to start/stop
+ * filtering TS packets on a particular TS feed.
+ */
+struct dmx_section_feed {
+ int is_filtering;
+ struct dmx_demux *parent;
+ void *priv;
+
+ int check_crc;
+
+ /* private: Used internally at dvb_demux.c */
+ u32 crc_val;
+
+ u8 *secbuf;
+ u8 secbuf_base[DMX_MAX_SECFEED_SIZE];
+ u16 secbufp, seclen, tsfeedp;
+
+ /* public: */
+ int (*set)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed,
+ u16 pid,
+ int check_crc);
+ int (*allocate_filter)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed,
+ struct dmx_section_filter **filter);
+ int (*release_filter)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed,
+ struct dmx_section_filter *filter);
+ int (*start_filtering)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed);
+ int (*stop_filtering)(struct dmx_section_feed *feed);
+};
+
+/**
+ * typedef dmx_ts_cb - DVB demux TS filter callback function prototype
+ *
+ * @buffer1: Pointer to the start of the filtered TS packets.
+ * @buffer1_length: Length of the TS data in buffer1.
+ * @buffer2: Pointer to the tail of the filtered TS packets, or NULL.
+ * @buffer2_length: Length of the TS data in buffer2.
+ * @source: Indicates which TS feed is the source of the callback.
+ * @buffer_flags: Address where buffer flags are stored. Those are
+ * used to report discontinuity users via DVB
+ * memory mapped API, as defined by
+ * &enum dmx_buffer_flags.
+ *
+ * This function callback prototype, provided by the client of the demux API,
+ * is called from the demux code. The function is only called when filtering
+ * on a TS feed has been enabled using the start_filtering\(\) function at
+ * the &dmx_demux.
+ * Any TS packets that match the filter settings are copied to a circular
+ * buffer. The filtered TS packets are delivered to the client using this
+ * callback function.
+ * It is expected that the @buffer1 and @buffer2 callback parameters point to
+ * addresses within the circular buffer, but other implementations are also
+ * possible. Note that the called party should not try to free the memory
+ * the @buffer1 and @buffer2 parameters point to.
+ *
+ * When this function is called, the @buffer1 parameter typically points to
+ * the start of the first undelivered TS packet within a circular buffer.
+ * The @buffer2 buffer parameter is normally NULL, except when the received
+ * TS packets have crossed the last address of the circular buffer and
+ * "wrapped" to the beginning of the buffer. In the latter case the @buffer1
+ * parameter would contain an address within the circular buffer, while the
+ * @buffer2 parameter would contain the first address of the circular buffer.
+ * The number of bytes delivered with this function (i.e. @buffer1_length +
+ * @buffer2_length) is usually equal to the value of callback_length parameter
+ * given in the set() function, with one exception: if a timeout occurs before
+ * receiving callback_length bytes of TS data, any undelivered packets are
+ * immediately delivered to the client by calling this function. The timeout
+ * duration is controlled by the set() function in the TS Feed API.
+ *
+ * If a TS packet is received with errors that could not be fixed by the
+ * TS-level forward error correction (FEC), the Transport_error_indicator
+ * flag of the TS packet header should be set. The TS packet should not be
+ * discarded, as the error can possibly be corrected by a higher layer
+ * protocol. If the called party is slow in processing the callback, it
+ * is possible that the circular buffer eventually fills up. If this happens,
+ * the demux driver should discard any TS packets received while the buffer
+ * is full and return -EOVERFLOW.
+ *
+ * The type of data returned to the callback can be selected by the
+ * &dmx_ts_feed.@set function. The type parameter decides if the raw
+ * TS packet (TS_PACKET) or just the payload (TS_PACKET|TS_PAYLOAD_ONLY)
+ * should be returned. If additionally the TS_DECODER bit is set the stream
+ * will also be sent to the hardware MPEG decoder.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *
+ * - 0, on success;
+ *
+ * - -EOVERFLOW, on buffer overflow.
+ */
+typedef int (*dmx_ts_cb)(const u8 *buffer1,
+ size_t buffer1_length,
+ const u8 *buffer2,
+ size_t buffer2_length,
+ struct dmx_ts_feed *source,
+ u32 *buffer_flags);
+
+/**
+ * typedef dmx_section_cb - DVB demux TS filter callback function prototype
+ *
+ * @buffer1: Pointer to the start of the filtered section, e.g.
+ * within the circular buffer of the demux driver.
+ * @buffer1_len: Length of the filtered section data in @buffer1,
+ * including headers and CRC.
+ * @buffer2: Pointer to the tail of the filtered section data,
+ * or NULL. Useful to handle the wrapping of a
+ * circular buffer.
+ * @buffer2_len: Length of the filtered section data in @buffer2,
+ * including headers and CRC.
+ * @source: Indicates which section feed is the source of the
+ * callback.
+ * @buffer_flags: Address where buffer flags are stored. Those are
+ * used to report discontinuity users via DVB
+ * memory mapped API, as defined by
+ * &enum dmx_buffer_flags.
+ *
+ * This function callback prototype, provided by the client of the demux API,
+ * is called from the demux code. The function is only called when
+ * filtering of sections has been enabled using the function
+ * &dmx_ts_feed.@start_filtering. When the demux driver has received a
+ * complete section that matches at least one section filter, the client
+ * is notified via this callback function. Normally this function is called
+ * for each received section; however, it is also possible to deliver
+ * multiple sections with one callback, for example when the system load
+ * is high. If an error occurs while receiving a section, this
+ * function should be called with the corresponding error type set in the
+ * success field, whether or not there is data to deliver. The Section Feed
+ * implementation should maintain a circular buffer for received sections.
+ * However, this is not necessary if the Section Feed API is implemented as
+ * a client of the TS Feed API, because the TS Feed implementation then
+ * buffers the received data. The size of the circular buffer can be
+ * configured using the &dmx_ts_feed.@set function in the Section Feed API.
+ * If there is no room in the circular buffer when a new section is received,
+ * the section must be discarded. If this happens, the value of the success
+ * parameter should be DMX_OVERRUN_ERROR on the next callback.
+ */
+typedef int (*dmx_section_cb)(const u8 *buffer1,
+ size_t buffer1_len,
+ const u8 *buffer2,
+ size_t buffer2_len,
+ struct dmx_section_filter *source,
+ u32 *buffer_flags);
+
+/*
+ * DVB Front-End
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum dmx_frontend_source - Used to identify the type of frontend
+ *
+ * @DMX_MEMORY_FE: The source of the demux is memory. It means that
+ * the MPEG-TS to be filtered comes from userspace,
+ * via write() syscall.
+ *
+ * @DMX_FRONTEND_0: The source of the demux is a frontend connected
+ * to the demux.
+ */
+enum dmx_frontend_source {
+ DMX_MEMORY_FE,
+ DMX_FRONTEND_0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dmx_frontend - Structure that lists the frontends associated with
+ * a demux
+ *
+ * @connectivity_list: List of front-ends that can be connected to a
+ * particular demux;
+ * @source: Type of the frontend.
+ *
+ * FIXME: this structure should likely be replaced soon by some
+ * media-controller based logic.
+ */
+struct dmx_frontend {
+ struct list_head connectivity_list;
+ enum dmx_frontend_source source;
+};
+
+/*
+ * MPEG-2 TS Demux
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum dmx_demux_caps - MPEG-2 TS Demux capabilities bitmap
+ *
+ * @DMX_TS_FILTERING: set if TS filtering is supported;
+ * @DMX_SECTION_FILTERING: set if section filtering is supported;
+ * @DMX_MEMORY_BASED_FILTERING: set if write() available.
+ *
+ * Those flags are OR'ed in the &dmx_demux.capabilities field
+ */
+enum dmx_demux_caps {
+ DMX_TS_FILTERING = 1,
+ DMX_SECTION_FILTERING = 4,
+ DMX_MEMORY_BASED_FILTERING = 8,
+};
+
+/*
+ * Demux resource type identifier.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DMX_FE_ENTRY - Casts elements in the list of registered
+ * front-ends from the generic type struct list_head
+ * to the type * struct dmx_frontend
+ *
+ * @list: list of struct dmx_frontend
+ */
+#define DMX_FE_ENTRY(list) \
+ list_entry(list, struct dmx_frontend, connectivity_list)
+
+/**
+ * struct dmx_demux - Structure that contains the demux capabilities and
+ * callbacks.
+ *
+ * @capabilities: Bitfield of capability flags.
+ *
+ * @frontend: Front-end connected to the demux
+ *
+ * @priv: Pointer to private data of the API client
+ *
+ * @open: This function reserves the demux for use by the caller and, if
+ * necessary, initializes the demux. When the demux is no longer needed,
+ * the function @close should be called. It should be possible for
+ * multiple clients to access the demux at the same time. Thus, the
+ * function implementation should increment the demux usage count when
+ * @open is called and decrement it when @close is called.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * It returns:
+ * 0 on success;
+ * -EUSERS, if maximum usage count was reached;
+ * -EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @close: This function reserves the demux for use by the caller and, if
+ * necessary, initializes the demux. When the demux is no longer needed,
+ * the function @close should be called. It should be possible for
+ * multiple clients to access the demux at the same time. Thus, the
+ * function implementation should increment the demux usage count when
+ * @open is called and decrement it when @close is called.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * It returns:
+ * 0 on success;
+ * -ENODEV, if demux was not in use (e. g. no users);
+ * -EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @write: This function provides the demux driver with a memory buffer
+ * containing TS packets. Instead of receiving TS packets from the DVB
+ * front-end, the demux driver software will read packets from memory.
+ * Any clients of this demux with active TS, PES or Section filters will
+ * receive filtered data via the Demux callback API (see 0). The function
+ * returns when all the data in the buffer has been consumed by the demux.
+ * Demux hardware typically cannot read TS from memory. If this is the
+ * case, memory-based filtering has to be implemented entirely in software.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * The @buf function parameter contains a pointer to the TS data in
+ * kernel-space memory.
+ * The @count function parameter contains the length of the TS data.
+ * It returns:
+ * 0 on success;
+ * -ERESTARTSYS, if mutex lock was interrupted;
+ * -EINTR, if a signal handling is pending;
+ * -ENODEV, if demux was removed;
+ * -EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @allocate_ts_feed: Allocates a new TS feed, which is used to filter the TS
+ * packets carrying a certain PID. The TS feed normally corresponds to a
+ * hardware PID filter on the demux chip.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * The @feed function parameter contains a pointer to the TS feed API and
+ * instance data.
+ * The @callback function parameter contains a pointer to the callback
+ * function for passing received TS packet.
+ * It returns:
+ * 0 on success;
+ * -ERESTARTSYS, if mutex lock was interrupted;
+ * -EBUSY, if no more TS feeds is available;
+ * -EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @release_ts_feed: Releases the resources allocated with @allocate_ts_feed.
+ * Any filtering in progress on the TS feed should be stopped before
+ * calling this function.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * The @feed function parameter contains a pointer to the TS feed API and
+ * instance data.
+ * It returns:
+ * 0 on success;
+ * -EINVAL on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @allocate_section_feed: Allocates a new section feed, i.e. a demux resource
+ * for filtering and receiving sections. On platforms with hardware
+ * support for section filtering, a section feed is directly mapped to
+ * the demux HW. On other platforms, TS packets are first PID filtered in
+ * hardware and a hardware section filter then emulated in software. The
+ * caller obtains an API pointer of type dmx_section_feed_t as an out
+ * parameter. Using this API the caller can set filtering parameters and
+ * start receiving sections.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * The @feed function parameter contains a pointer to the TS feed API and
+ * instance data.
+ * The @callback function parameter contains a pointer to the callback
+ * function for passing received TS packet.
+ * It returns:
+ * 0 on success;
+ * -EBUSY, if no more TS feeds is available;
+ * -EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @release_section_feed: Releases the resources allocated with
+ * @allocate_section_feed, including allocated filters. Any filtering in
+ * progress on the section feed should be stopped before calling this
+ * function.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * The @feed function parameter contains a pointer to the TS feed API and
+ * instance data.
+ * It returns:
+ * 0 on success;
+ * -EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @add_frontend: Registers a connectivity between a demux and a front-end,
+ * i.e., indicates that the demux can be connected via a call to
+ * @connect_frontend to use the given front-end as a TS source. The
+ * client of this function has to allocate dynamic or static memory for
+ * the frontend structure and initialize its fields before calling this
+ * function. This function is normally called during the driver
+ * initialization. The caller must not free the memory of the frontend
+ * struct before successfully calling @remove_frontend.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * The @frontend function parameter contains a pointer to the front-end
+ * instance data.
+ * It returns:
+ * 0 on success;
+ * -EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @remove_frontend: Indicates that the given front-end, registered by a call
+ * to @add_frontend, can no longer be connected as a TS source by this
+ * demux. The function should be called when a front-end driver or a demux
+ * driver is removed from the system. If the front-end is in use, the
+ * function fails with the return value of -EBUSY. After successfully
+ * calling this function, the caller can free the memory of the frontend
+ * struct if it was dynamically allocated before the @add_frontend
+ * operation.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * The @frontend function parameter contains a pointer to the front-end
+ * instance data.
+ * It returns:
+ * 0 on success;
+ * -ENODEV, if the front-end was not found,
+ * -EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @get_frontends: Provides the APIs of the front-ends that have been
+ * registered for this demux. Any of the front-ends obtained with this
+ * call can be used as a parameter for @connect_frontend. The include
+ * file demux.h contains the macro DMX_FE_ENTRY() for converting an
+ * element of the generic type struct &list_head * to the type
+ * struct &dmx_frontend *. The caller must not free the memory of any of
+ * the elements obtained via this function call.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * It returns a struct list_head pointer to the list of front-end
+ * interfaces, or NULL in the case of an empty list.
+ *
+ * @connect_frontend: Connects the TS output of the front-end to the input of
+ * the demux. A demux can only be connected to a front-end registered to
+ * the demux with the function @add_frontend. It may or may not be
+ * possible to connect multiple demuxes to the same front-end, depending
+ * on the capabilities of the HW platform. When not used, the front-end
+ * should be released by calling @disconnect_frontend.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * The @frontend function parameter contains a pointer to the front-end
+ * instance data.
+ * It returns:
+ * 0 on success;
+ * -EINVAL, on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @disconnect_frontend: Disconnects the demux and a front-end previously
+ * connected by a @connect_frontend call.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * It returns:
+ * 0 on success;
+ * -EINVAL on bad parameter.
+ *
+ * @get_pes_pids: Get the PIDs for DMX_PES_AUDIO0, DMX_PES_VIDEO0,
+ * DMX_PES_TELETEXT0, DMX_PES_SUBTITLE0 and DMX_PES_PCR0.
+ * The @demux function parameter contains a pointer to the demux API and
+ * instance data.
+ * The @pids function parameter contains an array with five u16 elements
+ * where the PIDs will be stored.
+ * It returns:
+ * 0 on success;
+ * -EINVAL on bad parameter.
+ */
+struct dmx_demux {
+ enum dmx_demux_caps capabilities;
+ struct dmx_frontend *frontend;
+ void *priv;
+ int (*open)(struct dmx_demux *demux);
+ int (*close)(struct dmx_demux *demux);
+ int (*write)(struct dmx_demux *demux, const char __user *buf,
+ size_t count);
+ int (*allocate_ts_feed)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+ struct dmx_ts_feed **feed,
+ dmx_ts_cb callback);
+ int (*release_ts_feed)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+ struct dmx_ts_feed *feed);
+ int (*allocate_section_feed)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+ struct dmx_section_feed **feed,
+ dmx_section_cb callback);
+ int (*release_section_feed)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+ struct dmx_section_feed *feed);
+ int (*add_frontend)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+ struct dmx_frontend *frontend);
+ int (*remove_frontend)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+ struct dmx_frontend *frontend);
+ struct list_head *(*get_frontends)(struct dmx_demux *demux);
+ int (*connect_frontend)(struct dmx_demux *demux,
+ struct dmx_frontend *frontend);
+ int (*disconnect_frontend)(struct dmx_demux *demux);
+
+ int (*get_pes_pids)(struct dmx_demux *demux, u16 *pids);
+
+ /* private: */
+
+ /*
+ * Only used at av7110, to read some data from firmware.
+ * As this was never documented, we have no clue about what's
+ * there, and its usage on other drivers aren't encouraged.
+ */
+ int (*get_stc)(struct dmx_demux *demux, unsigned int num,
+ u64 *stc, unsigned int *base);
+};
+
+#endif /* #ifndef __DEMUX_H */
diff --git a/include/media/dmxdev.h b/include/media/dmxdev.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63219a699
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dmxdev.h
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/*
+ * dmxdev.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2000 Ralph Metzler & Marcus Metzler
+ * for convergence integrated media GmbH
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DMXDEV_H_
+#define _DMXDEV_H_
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/spinlock.h>
+#include <linux/time.h>
+#include <linux/timer.h>
+#include <linux/wait.h>
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/string.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/slab.h>
+
+#include <linux/dvb/dmx.h>
+
+#include <media/dvbdev.h>
+#include <media/demux.h>
+#include <media/dvb_ringbuffer.h>
+#include <media/dvb_vb2.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum dmxdev_type - type of demux filter type.
+ *
+ * @DMXDEV_TYPE_NONE: no filter set.
+ * @DMXDEV_TYPE_SEC: section filter.
+ * @DMXDEV_TYPE_PES: Program Elementary Stream (PES) filter.
+ */
+enum dmxdev_type {
+ DMXDEV_TYPE_NONE,
+ DMXDEV_TYPE_SEC,
+ DMXDEV_TYPE_PES,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum dmxdev_state - state machine for the dmxdev.
+ *
+ * @DMXDEV_STATE_FREE: indicates that the filter is freed.
+ * @DMXDEV_STATE_ALLOCATED: indicates that the filter was allocated
+ * to be used.
+ * @DMXDEV_STATE_SET: indicates that the filter parameters are set.
+ * @DMXDEV_STATE_GO: indicates that the filter is running.
+ * @DMXDEV_STATE_DONE: indicates that a packet was already filtered
+ * and the filter is now disabled.
+ * Set only if %DMX_ONESHOT. See
+ * &dmx_sct_filter_params.
+ * @DMXDEV_STATE_TIMEDOUT: Indicates a timeout condition.
+ */
+enum dmxdev_state {
+ DMXDEV_STATE_FREE,
+ DMXDEV_STATE_ALLOCATED,
+ DMXDEV_STATE_SET,
+ DMXDEV_STATE_GO,
+ DMXDEV_STATE_DONE,
+ DMXDEV_STATE_TIMEDOUT
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dmxdev_feed - digital TV dmxdev feed
+ *
+ * @pid: Program ID to be filtered
+ * @ts: pointer to &struct dmx_ts_feed
+ * @next: &struct list_head pointing to the next feed.
+ */
+
+struct dmxdev_feed {
+ u16 pid;
+ struct dmx_ts_feed *ts;
+ struct list_head next;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dmxdev_filter - digital TV dmxdev filter
+ *
+ * @filter: a union describing a dmxdev filter.
+ * Currently used only for section filters.
+ * @filter.sec: a &struct dmx_section_filter pointer.
+ * For section filter only.
+ * @feed: a union describing a dmxdev feed.
+ * Depending on the filter type, it can be either
+ * @feed.ts or @feed.sec.
+ * @feed.ts: a &struct list_head list.
+ * For TS and PES feeds.
+ * @feed.sec: a &struct dmx_section_feed pointer.
+ * For section feed only.
+ * @params: a union describing dmxdev filter parameters.
+ * Depending on the filter type, it can be either
+ * @params.sec or @params.pes.
+ * @params.sec: a &struct dmx_sct_filter_params embedded struct.
+ * For section filter only.
+ * @params.pes: a &struct dmx_pes_filter_params embedded struct.
+ * For PES filter only.
+ * @type: type of the dmxdev filter, as defined by &enum dmxdev_type.
+ * @state: state of the dmxdev filter, as defined by &enum dmxdev_state.
+ * @dev: pointer to &struct dmxdev.
+ * @buffer: an embedded &struct dvb_ringbuffer buffer.
+ * @vb2_ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @mutex: protects the access to &struct dmxdev_filter.
+ * @timer: &struct timer_list embedded timer, used to check for
+ * feed timeouts.
+ * Only for section filter.
+ * @todo: index for the @secheader.
+ * Only for section filter.
+ * @secheader: buffer cache to parse the section header.
+ * Only for section filter.
+ */
+struct dmxdev_filter {
+ union {
+ struct dmx_section_filter *sec;
+ } filter;
+
+ union {
+ /* list of TS and PES feeds (struct dmxdev_feed) */
+ struct list_head ts;
+ struct dmx_section_feed *sec;
+ } feed;
+
+ union {
+ struct dmx_sct_filter_params sec;
+ struct dmx_pes_filter_params pes;
+ } params;
+
+ enum dmxdev_type type;
+ enum dmxdev_state state;
+ struct dmxdev *dev;
+ struct dvb_ringbuffer buffer;
+ struct dvb_vb2_ctx vb2_ctx;
+
+ struct mutex mutex;
+
+ /* only for sections */
+ struct timer_list timer;
+ int todo;
+ u8 secheader[3];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dmxdev - Describes a digital TV demux device.
+ *
+ * @dvbdev: pointer to &struct dvb_device associated with
+ * the demux device node.
+ * @dvr_dvbdev: pointer to &struct dvb_device associated with
+ * the dvr device node.
+ * @filter: pointer to &struct dmxdev_filter.
+ * @demux: pointer to &struct dmx_demux.
+ * @filternum: number of filters.
+ * @capabilities: demux capabilities as defined by &enum dmx_demux_caps.
+ * @may_do_mmap: flag used to indicate if the device may do mmap.
+ * @exit: flag to indicate that the demux is being released.
+ * @dvr_orig_fe: pointer to &struct dmx_frontend.
+ * @dvr_buffer: embedded &struct dvb_ringbuffer for DVB output.
+ * @dvr_vb2_ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @mutex: protects the usage of this structure.
+ * @lock: protects access to &dmxdev->filter->data.
+ */
+struct dmxdev {
+ struct dvb_device *dvbdev;
+ struct dvb_device *dvr_dvbdev;
+
+ struct dmxdev_filter *filter;
+ struct dmx_demux *demux;
+
+ int filternum;
+ int capabilities;
+
+ unsigned int may_do_mmap:1;
+ unsigned int exit:1;
+#define DMXDEV_CAP_DUPLEX 1
+ struct dmx_frontend *dvr_orig_fe;
+
+ struct dvb_ringbuffer dvr_buffer;
+#define DVR_BUFFER_SIZE (10*188*1024)
+
+ struct dvb_vb2_ctx dvr_vb2_ctx;
+
+ struct mutex mutex;
+ spinlock_t lock;
+};
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmxdev_init - initializes a digital TV demux and registers both demux
+ * and DVR devices.
+ *
+ * @dmxdev: pointer to &struct dmxdev.
+ * @adap: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter.
+ */
+int dvb_dmxdev_init(struct dmxdev *dmxdev, struct dvb_adapter *adap);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmxdev_release - releases a digital TV demux and unregisters it.
+ *
+ * @dmxdev: pointer to &struct dmxdev.
+ */
+void dvb_dmxdev_release(struct dmxdev *dmxdev);
+
+#endif /* _DMXDEV_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/cx2341x.h b/include/media/drv-intf/cx2341x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..722f5905f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/cx2341x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ cx23415/6/8 header containing common defines.
+
+ */
+
+#ifndef CX2341X_H
+#define CX2341X_H
+
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+
+enum cx2341x_port {
+ CX2341X_PORT_MEMORY = 0,
+ CX2341X_PORT_STREAMING = 1,
+ CX2341X_PORT_SERIAL = 2
+};
+
+enum cx2341x_cap {
+ CX2341X_CAP_HAS_SLICED_VBI = 1 << 0,
+ CX2341X_CAP_HAS_TS = 1 << 1,
+ CX2341X_CAP_HAS_AC3 = 1 << 2,
+};
+
+struct cx2341x_mpeg_params {
+ /* misc */
+ u32 capabilities;
+ enum cx2341x_port port;
+ u16 width;
+ u16 height;
+ u16 is_50hz;
+
+ /* stream */
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_type stream_type;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_stream_vbi_fmt stream_vbi_fmt;
+ u16 stream_insert_nav_packets;
+
+ /* audio */
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_sampling_freq audio_sampling_freq;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_encoding audio_encoding;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_l2_bitrate audio_l2_bitrate;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_ac3_bitrate audio_ac3_bitrate;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode audio_mode;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_mode_extension audio_mode_extension;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_emphasis audio_emphasis;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_crc audio_crc;
+ u32 audio_properties;
+ u16 audio_mute;
+
+ /* video */
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding video_encoding;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_video_aspect video_aspect;
+ u16 video_b_frames;
+ u16 video_gop_size;
+ u16 video_gop_closure;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_video_bitrate_mode video_bitrate_mode;
+ u32 video_bitrate;
+ u32 video_bitrate_peak;
+ u16 video_temporal_decimation;
+ u16 video_mute;
+ u32 video_mute_yuv;
+
+ /* encoding filters */
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_spatial_filter_mode video_spatial_filter_mode;
+ u16 video_spatial_filter;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_luma_spatial_filter_type video_luma_spatial_filter_type;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_chroma_spatial_filter_type video_chroma_spatial_filter_type;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_temporal_filter_mode video_temporal_filter_mode;
+ u16 video_temporal_filter;
+ enum v4l2_mpeg_cx2341x_video_median_filter_type video_median_filter_type;
+ u16 video_luma_median_filter_top;
+ u16 video_luma_median_filter_bottom;
+ u16 video_chroma_median_filter_top;
+ u16 video_chroma_median_filter_bottom;
+};
+
+#define CX2341X_MBOX_MAX_DATA 16
+
+extern const u32 cx2341x_mpeg_ctrls[];
+typedef int (*cx2341x_mbox_func)(void *priv, u32 cmd, int in, int out,
+ u32 data[CX2341X_MBOX_MAX_DATA]);
+int cx2341x_update(void *priv, cx2341x_mbox_func func,
+ const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *old,
+ const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *new);
+int cx2341x_ctrl_query(const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *params,
+ struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl);
+const char * const *cx2341x_ctrl_get_menu(const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *p, u32 id);
+int cx2341x_ext_ctrls(struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *params, int busy,
+ struct v4l2_ext_controls *ctrls, unsigned int cmd);
+void cx2341x_fill_defaults(struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *p);
+void cx2341x_log_status(const struct cx2341x_mpeg_params *p, const char *prefix);
+
+struct cx2341x_handler;
+
+struct cx2341x_handler_ops {
+ /* needed for the video clock freq */
+ int (*s_audio_sampling_freq)(struct cx2341x_handler *hdl, u32 val);
+ /* needed for dualwatch */
+ int (*s_audio_mode)(struct cx2341x_handler *hdl, u32 val);
+ /* needed for setting up the video resolution */
+ int (*s_video_encoding)(struct cx2341x_handler *hdl, u32 val);
+ /* needed for setting up the sliced vbi insertion data structures */
+ int (*s_stream_vbi_fmt)(struct cx2341x_handler *hdl, u32 val);
+};
+
+struct cx2341x_handler {
+ u32 capabilities;
+ enum cx2341x_port port;
+ u16 width;
+ u16 height;
+ u16 is_50hz;
+ u32 audio_properties;
+
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler hdl;
+ void *priv;
+ cx2341x_mbox_func func;
+ const struct cx2341x_handler_ops *ops;
+
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *stream_vbi_fmt;
+
+ struct {
+ /* audio cluster */
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_sampling_freq;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_encoding;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_l2_bitrate;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_mode;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_mode_extension;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_emphasis;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_crc;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *audio_ac3_bitrate;
+ };
+
+ struct {
+ /* video gop cluster */
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_b_frames;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_gop_size;
+ };
+
+ struct {
+ /* stream type cluster */
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *stream_type;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_encoding;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_bitrate_mode;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_bitrate;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_bitrate_peak;
+ };
+
+ struct {
+ /* video mute cluster */
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_mute;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_mute_yuv;
+ };
+
+ struct {
+ /* video filter mode cluster */
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_spatial_filter_mode;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_temporal_filter_mode;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_median_filter_type;
+ };
+
+ struct {
+ /* video filter type cluster */
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_luma_spatial_filter_type;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_chroma_spatial_filter_type;
+ };
+
+ struct {
+ /* video filter cluster */
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_spatial_filter;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_temporal_filter;
+ };
+
+ struct {
+ /* video median cluster */
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_luma_median_filter_top;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_luma_median_filter_bottom;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_chroma_median_filter_top;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *video_chroma_median_filter_bottom;
+ };
+};
+
+int cx2341x_handler_init(struct cx2341x_handler *cxhdl,
+ unsigned nr_of_controls_hint);
+void cx2341x_handler_set_50hz(struct cx2341x_handler *cxhdl, int is_50hz);
+int cx2341x_handler_setup(struct cx2341x_handler *cxhdl);
+void cx2341x_handler_set_busy(struct cx2341x_handler *cxhdl, int busy);
+
+/* Firmware names */
+#define CX2341X_FIRM_ENC_FILENAME "v4l-cx2341x-enc.fw"
+/* Decoder firmware for the cx23415 only */
+#define CX2341X_FIRM_DEC_FILENAME "v4l-cx2341x-dec.fw"
+
+/* Firmware API commands */
+
+/* MPEG decoder API, specific to the cx23415 */
+#define CX2341X_DEC_PING_FW 0x00
+#define CX2341X_DEC_START_PLAYBACK 0x01
+#define CX2341X_DEC_STOP_PLAYBACK 0x02
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_PLAYBACK_SPEED 0x03
+#define CX2341X_DEC_STEP_VIDEO 0x05
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_DMA_BLOCK_SIZE 0x08
+#define CX2341X_DEC_GET_XFER_INFO 0x09
+#define CX2341X_DEC_GET_DMA_STATUS 0x0a
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SCHED_DMA_FROM_HOST 0x0b
+#define CX2341X_DEC_PAUSE_PLAYBACK 0x0d
+#define CX2341X_DEC_HALT_FW 0x0e
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_STANDARD 0x10
+#define CX2341X_DEC_GET_VERSION 0x11
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_STREAM_INPUT 0x14
+#define CX2341X_DEC_GET_TIMING_INFO 0x15
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_AUDIO_MODE 0x16
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_EVENT_NOTIFICATION 0x17
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_DISPLAY_BUFFERS 0x18
+#define CX2341X_DEC_EXTRACT_VBI 0x19
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_DECODER_SOURCE 0x1a
+#define CX2341X_DEC_SET_PREBUFFERING 0x1e
+
+/* MPEG encoder API */
+#define CX2341X_ENC_PING_FW 0x80
+#define CX2341X_ENC_START_CAPTURE 0x81
+#define CX2341X_ENC_STOP_CAPTURE 0x82
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_AUDIO_ID 0x89
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VIDEO_ID 0x8b
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_PCR_ID 0x8d
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_RATE 0x8f
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_SIZE 0x91
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_BIT_RATE 0x95
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_GOP_PROPERTIES 0x97
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_ASPECT_RATIO 0x99
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_DNR_FILTER_MODE 0x9b
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_DNR_FILTER_PROPS 0x9d
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_CORING_LEVELS 0x9f
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_SPATIAL_FILTER_TYPE 0xa1
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VBI_LINE 0xb7
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_STREAM_TYPE 0xb9
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_OUTPUT_PORT 0xbb
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_AUDIO_PROPERTIES 0xbd
+#define CX2341X_ENC_HALT_FW 0xc3
+#define CX2341X_ENC_GET_VERSION 0xc4
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_GOP_CLOSURE 0xc5
+#define CX2341X_ENC_GET_SEQ_END 0xc6
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_PGM_INDEX_INFO 0xc7
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VBI_CONFIG 0xc8
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_DMA_BLOCK_SIZE 0xc9
+#define CX2341X_ENC_GET_PREV_DMA_INFO_MB_10 0xca
+#define CX2341X_ENC_GET_PREV_DMA_INFO_MB_9 0xcb
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SCHED_DMA_TO_HOST 0xcc
+#define CX2341X_ENC_INITIALIZE_INPUT 0xcd
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_FRAME_DROP_RATE 0xd0
+#define CX2341X_ENC_PAUSE_ENCODER 0xd2
+#define CX2341X_ENC_REFRESH_INPUT 0xd3
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_COPYRIGHT 0xd4
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_EVENT_NOTIFICATION 0xd5
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_NUM_VSYNC_LINES 0xd6
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_PLACEHOLDER 0xd7
+#define CX2341X_ENC_MUTE_VIDEO 0xd9
+#define CX2341X_ENC_MUTE_AUDIO 0xda
+#define CX2341X_ENC_SET_VERT_CROP_LINE 0xdb
+#define CX2341X_ENC_MISC 0xdc
+
+/* OSD API, specific to the cx23415 */
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_FRAMEBUFFER 0x41
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_PIXEL_FORMAT 0x42
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_PIXEL_FORMAT 0x43
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_STATE 0x44
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_STATE 0x45
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_OSD_COORDS 0x46
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_OSD_COORDS 0x47
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_SCREEN_COORDS 0x48
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_SCREEN_COORDS 0x49
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_GLOBAL_ALPHA 0x4a
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_GLOBAL_ALPHA 0x4b
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_BLEND_COORDS 0x4c
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_FLICKER_STATE 0x4f
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_FLICKER_STATE 0x50
+#define CX2341X_OSD_BLT_COPY 0x52
+#define CX2341X_OSD_BLT_FILL 0x53
+#define CX2341X_OSD_BLT_TEXT 0x54
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_FRAMEBUFFER_WINDOW 0x56
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_CHROMA_KEY 0x60
+#define CX2341X_OSD_GET_ALPHA_CONTENT_INDEX 0x61
+#define CX2341X_OSD_SET_ALPHA_CONTENT_INDEX 0x62
+
+#endif /* CX2341X_H */
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/cx25840.h b/include/media/drv-intf/cx25840.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba69bc525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/cx25840.h
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+
+/*
+ * cx25840.h - definition for cx25840/1/2/3 inputs
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CX25840_H_
+#define _CX25840_H_
+
+/*
+ * Note that the cx25840 driver requires that the bridge driver calls the
+ * v4l2_subdev's load_fw operation in order to load the driver's firmware.
+ * This will load the firmware on the first invocation (further ones are NOP).
+ * Without this the audio standard detection will fail and you will
+ * only get mono.
+ * Alternatively, you can call the reset operation (this can be done
+ * multiple times if needed, each invocation will fully reinitialize
+ * the device).
+ *
+ * Since loading the firmware is often problematic when the driver is
+ * compiled into the kernel I recommend postponing calling this function
+ * until the first open of the video device. Another reason for
+ * postponing it is that loading this firmware takes a long time (seconds)
+ * due to the slow i2c bus speed. So it will speed up the boot process if
+ * you can avoid loading the fw as long as the video device isn't used.
+ */
+
+enum cx25840_video_input {
+ /* Composite video inputs In1-In8 */
+ CX25840_COMPOSITE1 = 1,
+ CX25840_COMPOSITE2,
+ CX25840_COMPOSITE3,
+ CX25840_COMPOSITE4,
+ CX25840_COMPOSITE5,
+ CX25840_COMPOSITE6,
+ CX25840_COMPOSITE7,
+ CX25840_COMPOSITE8,
+
+ /*
+ * S-Video inputs consist of one luma input (In1-In8) ORed with one
+ * chroma input (In5-In8)
+ */
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA1 = 0x10,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA2 = 0x20,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA3 = 0x30,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA4 = 0x40,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA5 = 0x50,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA6 = 0x60,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA7 = 0x70,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_LUMA8 = 0x80,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA4 = 0x400,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA5 = 0x500,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA6 = 0x600,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA7 = 0x700,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_CHROMA8 = 0x800,
+
+ /* S-Video aliases for common luma/chroma combinations */
+ CX25840_SVIDEO1 = 0x510,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO2 = 0x620,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO3 = 0x730,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO4 = 0x840,
+
+ /* Allow frames to specify specific input configurations */
+ CX25840_VIN1_CH1 = 0x80000000,
+ CX25840_VIN2_CH1 = 0x80000001,
+ CX25840_VIN3_CH1 = 0x80000002,
+ CX25840_VIN4_CH1 = 0x80000003,
+ CX25840_VIN5_CH1 = 0x80000004,
+ CX25840_VIN6_CH1 = 0x80000005,
+ CX25840_VIN7_CH1 = 0x80000006,
+ CX25840_VIN8_CH1 = 0x80000007,
+ CX25840_VIN4_CH2 = 0x80000000,
+ CX25840_VIN5_CH2 = 0x80000010,
+ CX25840_VIN6_CH2 = 0x80000020,
+ CX25840_NONE_CH2 = 0x80000030,
+ CX25840_VIN7_CH3 = 0x80000000,
+ CX25840_VIN8_CH3 = 0x80000040,
+ CX25840_NONE0_CH3 = 0x80000080,
+ CX25840_NONE1_CH3 = 0x800000c0,
+ CX25840_SVIDEO_ON = 0x80000100,
+ CX25840_COMPONENT_ON = 0x80000200,
+ CX25840_DIF_ON = 0x80000400,
+};
+
+/*
+ * The defines below are used to set the chip video output settings
+ * in the generic mode that can be enabled by calling the subdevice
+ * init core op.
+ *
+ * The requested settings can be passed to the init core op as
+ * @val parameter and to the s_routing video op as @config parameter.
+ *
+ * For details please refer to the section 3.7 Video Output Formatting and
+ * to Video Out Control 1 to 4 registers in the section 5.6 Video Decoder Core
+ * of the chip datasheet.
+ */
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_SHIFT 0
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_MASK GENMASK(2, 0)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_BT601 BIT(0)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_BT656 BIT(1)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_VIP11 GENMASK(1, 0)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_FMT_VIP2 BIT(2)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_RES_SHIFT 3
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_RES_MASK GENMASK(4, 3)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_RES_8BIT BIT(3)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_RES_10BIT BIT(4)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VBIRAW_SHIFT 5
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VBIRAW_MASK GENMASK(6, 5)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VBIRAW_DISABLED BIT(5)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VBIRAW_ENABLED BIT(6)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ANCDATA_SHIFT 7
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ANCDATA_MASK GENMASK(8, 7)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ANCDATA_DISABLED BIT(7)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ANCDATA_ENABLED BIT(8)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_TASKBIT_SHIFT 9
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_TASKBIT_MASK GENMASK(10, 9)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_TASKBIT_ZERO BIT(9)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_TASKBIT_ONE BIT(10)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ACTIVE_SHIFT 11
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ACTIVE_MASK GENMASK(12, 11)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ACTIVE_COMPOSITE BIT(11)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_ACTIVE_HORIZONTAL BIT(12)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VALID_SHIFT 13
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VALID_MASK GENMASK(14, 13)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VALID_NORMAL BIT(13)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VALID_ANDACTIVE BIT(14)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_HRESETW_SHIFT 15
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_HRESETW_MASK GENMASK(16, 15)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_HRESETW_NORMAL BIT(15)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_HRESETW_PIXCLK BIT(16)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_SHIFT 17
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_MASK GENMASK(18, 17)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_NONE BIT(17)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_VALID BIT(18)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_CLKGATE_VALIDACTIVE GENMASK(18, 17)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_DCMODE_SHIFT 19
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_DCMODE_MASK GENMASK(20, 19)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_DCMODE_DWORDS BIT(19)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_DCMODE_BYTES BIT(20)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_IDID0S_SHIFT 21
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_IDID0S_MASK GENMASK(22, 21)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_IDID0S_NORMAL BIT(21)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_IDID0S_LINECNT BIT(22)
+
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VIPCLAMP_SHIFT 23
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VIPCLAMP_MASK GENMASK(24, 23)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VIPCLAMP_ENABLED BIT(23)
+#define CX25840_VCONFIG_VIPCLAMP_DISABLED BIT(24)
+
+enum cx25840_audio_input {
+ /* Audio inputs: serial or In4-In8 */
+ CX25840_AUDIO_SERIAL,
+ CX25840_AUDIO4 = 4,
+ CX25840_AUDIO5,
+ CX25840_AUDIO6,
+ CX25840_AUDIO7,
+ CX25840_AUDIO8,
+};
+
+enum cx25840_io_pin {
+ CX25840_PIN_DVALID_PRGM0 = 0,
+ CX25840_PIN_FIELD_PRGM1,
+ CX25840_PIN_HRESET_PRGM2,
+ CX25840_PIN_VRESET_HCTL_PRGM3,
+ CX25840_PIN_IRQ_N_PRGM4,
+ CX25840_PIN_IR_TX_PRGM6,
+ CX25840_PIN_IR_RX_PRGM5,
+ CX25840_PIN_GPIO0_PRGM8,
+ CX25840_PIN_GPIO1_PRGM9,
+ CX25840_PIN_SA_SDIN, /* Alternate GP Input only */
+ CX25840_PIN_SA_SDOUT, /* Alternate GP Input only */
+ CX25840_PIN_PLL_CLK_PRGM7,
+ CX25840_PIN_CHIP_SEL_VIPCLK, /* Output only */
+};
+
+enum cx25840_io_pad {
+ /* Output pads, these must match the actual chip register values */
+ CX25840_PAD_DEFAULT = 0,
+ CX25840_PAD_ACTIVE,
+ CX25840_PAD_VACTIVE,
+ CX25840_PAD_CBFLAG,
+ CX25840_PAD_VID_DATA_EXT0,
+ CX25840_PAD_VID_DATA_EXT1,
+ CX25840_PAD_GPO0,
+ CX25840_PAD_GPO1,
+ CX25840_PAD_GPO2,
+ CX25840_PAD_GPO3,
+ CX25840_PAD_IRQ_N,
+ CX25840_PAD_AC_SYNC,
+ CX25840_PAD_AC_SDOUT,
+ CX25840_PAD_PLL_CLK,
+ CX25840_PAD_VRESET,
+ CX25840_PAD_RESERVED,
+ /* Pads for PLL_CLK output only */
+ CX25840_PAD_XTI_X5_DLL,
+ CX25840_PAD_AUX_PLL,
+ CX25840_PAD_VID_PLL,
+ CX25840_PAD_XTI,
+ /* Input Pads */
+ CX25840_PAD_GPI0,
+ CX25840_PAD_GPI1,
+ CX25840_PAD_GPI2,
+ CX25840_PAD_GPI3,
+};
+
+enum cx25840_io_pin_strength {
+ CX25840_PIN_DRIVE_MEDIUM = 0,
+ CX25840_PIN_DRIVE_SLOW,
+ CX25840_PIN_DRIVE_FAST,
+};
+
+enum cx23885_io_pin {
+ CX23885_PIN_IR_RX_GPIO19,
+ CX23885_PIN_IR_TX_GPIO20,
+ CX23885_PIN_I2S_SDAT_GPIO21,
+ CX23885_PIN_I2S_WCLK_GPIO22,
+ CX23885_PIN_I2S_BCLK_GPIO23,
+ CX23885_PIN_IRQ_N_GPIO16,
+};
+
+enum cx23885_io_pad {
+ CX23885_PAD_IR_RX,
+ CX23885_PAD_GPIO19,
+ CX23885_PAD_IR_TX,
+ CX23885_PAD_GPIO20,
+ CX23885_PAD_I2S_SDAT,
+ CX23885_PAD_GPIO21,
+ CX23885_PAD_I2S_WCLK,
+ CX23885_PAD_GPIO22,
+ CX23885_PAD_I2S_BCLK,
+ CX23885_PAD_GPIO23,
+ CX23885_PAD_IRQ_N,
+ CX23885_PAD_GPIO16,
+};
+
+/*
+ * pvr150_workaround activates a workaround for a hardware bug that is
+ * present in Hauppauge PVR-150 (and possibly PVR-500) cards that have
+ * certain NTSC tuners (tveeprom tuner model numbers 85, 99 and 112). The
+ * audio autodetect fails on some channels for these models and the workaround
+ * is to select the audio standard explicitly. Many thanks to Hauppauge for
+ * providing this information.
+ *
+ * This platform data only needs to be supplied by the ivtv driver.
+ */
+struct cx25840_platform_data {
+ int pvr150_workaround;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/exynos-fimc.h b/include/media/drv-intf/exynos-fimc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b9ef631d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/exynos-fimc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Samsung S5P/Exynos4 SoC series camera interface driver header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 - 2013 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
+ * Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef S5P_FIMC_H_
+#define S5P_FIMC_H_
+
+#include <media/media-entity.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+
+/*
+ * Enumeration of data inputs to the camera subsystem.
+ */
+enum fimc_input {
+ FIMC_INPUT_PARALLEL_0 = 1,
+ FIMC_INPUT_PARALLEL_1,
+ FIMC_INPUT_MIPI_CSI2_0 = 3,
+ FIMC_INPUT_MIPI_CSI2_1,
+ FIMC_INPUT_WRITEBACK_A = 5,
+ FIMC_INPUT_WRITEBACK_B,
+ FIMC_INPUT_WRITEBACK_ISP = 5,
+};
+
+/*
+ * Enumeration of the FIMC data bus types.
+ */
+enum fimc_bus_type {
+ /* Camera parallel bus */
+ FIMC_BUS_TYPE_ITU_601 = 1,
+ /* Camera parallel bus with embedded synchronization */
+ FIMC_BUS_TYPE_ITU_656,
+ /* Camera MIPI-CSI2 serial bus */
+ FIMC_BUS_TYPE_MIPI_CSI2,
+ /* FIFO link from LCD controller (WriteBack A) */
+ FIMC_BUS_TYPE_LCD_WRITEBACK_A,
+ /* FIFO link from LCD controller (WriteBack B) */
+ FIMC_BUS_TYPE_LCD_WRITEBACK_B,
+ /* FIFO link from FIMC-IS */
+ FIMC_BUS_TYPE_ISP_WRITEBACK = FIMC_BUS_TYPE_LCD_WRITEBACK_B,
+};
+
+#define fimc_input_is_parallel(x) ((x) == 1 || (x) == 2)
+#define fimc_input_is_mipi_csi(x) ((x) == 3 || (x) == 4)
+
+/*
+ * The subdevices' group IDs.
+ */
+#define GRP_ID_SENSOR (1 << 8)
+#define GRP_ID_FIMC_IS_SENSOR (1 << 9)
+#define GRP_ID_WRITEBACK (1 << 10)
+#define GRP_ID_CSIS (1 << 11)
+#define GRP_ID_FIMC (1 << 12)
+#define GRP_ID_FLITE (1 << 13)
+#define GRP_ID_FIMC_IS (1 << 14)
+
+/**
+ * struct fimc_source_info - video source description required for the host
+ * interface configuration
+ *
+ * @fimc_bus_type: FIMC camera input type
+ * @sensor_bus_type: image sensor bus type, MIPI, ITU-R BT.601 etc.
+ * @flags: the parallel sensor bus flags defining signals polarity (V4L2_MBUS_*)
+ * @mux_id: FIMC camera interface multiplexer index (separate for MIPI and ITU)
+ */
+struct fimc_source_info {
+ enum fimc_bus_type fimc_bus_type;
+ enum fimc_bus_type sensor_bus_type;
+ u16 flags;
+ u16 mux_id;
+};
+
+/*
+ * v4l2_device notification id. This is only for internal use in the kernel.
+ * Sensor subdevs should issue S5P_FIMC_TX_END_NOTIFY notification in single
+ * frame capture mode when there is only one VSYNC pulse issued by the sensor
+ * at beginning of the frame transmission.
+ */
+#define S5P_FIMC_TX_END_NOTIFY _IO('e', 0)
+
+#define FIMC_MAX_PLANES 3
+
+/**
+ * struct fimc_fmt - color format data structure
+ * @mbus_code: media bus pixel code, -1 if not applicable
+ * @fourcc: fourcc code for this format, 0 if not applicable
+ * @color: the driver's private color format id
+ * @memplanes: number of physically non-contiguous data planes
+ * @colplanes: number of physically contiguous data planes
+ * @colorspace: v4l2 colorspace (V4L2_COLORSPACE_*)
+ * @depth: per plane driver's private 'number of bits per pixel'
+ * @mdataplanes: bitmask indicating meta data plane(s), (1 << plane_no)
+ * @flags: flags indicating which operation mode format applies to
+ */
+struct fimc_fmt {
+ u32 mbus_code;
+ u32 fourcc;
+ u32 color;
+ u16 memplanes;
+ u16 colplanes;
+ u8 colorspace;
+ u8 depth[FIMC_MAX_PLANES];
+ u16 mdataplanes;
+ u16 flags;
+#define FMT_FLAGS_CAM (1 << 0)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_M2M_IN (1 << 1)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_M2M_OUT (1 << 2)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_M2M (1 << 1 | 1 << 2)
+#define FMT_HAS_ALPHA (1 << 3)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_COMPRESSED (1 << 4)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_WRITEBACK (1 << 5)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_RAW_BAYER (1 << 6)
+#define FMT_FLAGS_YUV (1 << 7)
+};
+
+struct exynos_media_pipeline;
+
+/*
+ * Media pipeline operations to be called from within a video node, i.e. the
+ * last entity within the pipeline. Implemented by related media device driver.
+ */
+struct exynos_media_pipeline_ops {
+ int (*prepare)(struct exynos_media_pipeline *p,
+ struct media_entity *me);
+ int (*unprepare)(struct exynos_media_pipeline *p);
+ int (*open)(struct exynos_media_pipeline *p, struct media_entity *me,
+ bool resume);
+ int (*close)(struct exynos_media_pipeline *p);
+ int (*set_stream)(struct exynos_media_pipeline *p, bool state);
+};
+
+struct exynos_video_entity {
+ struct video_device vdev;
+ struct exynos_media_pipeline *pipe;
+};
+
+struct exynos_media_pipeline {
+ struct media_pipeline mp;
+ const struct exynos_media_pipeline_ops *ops;
+};
+
+static inline struct exynos_video_entity *vdev_to_exynos_video_entity(
+ struct video_device *vdev)
+{
+ return container_of(vdev, struct exynos_video_entity, vdev);
+}
+
+#define fimc_pipeline_call(ent, op, args...) \
+ ((!(ent) || !(ent)->pipe) ? -ENOENT : \
+ (((ent)->pipe->ops && (ent)->pipe->ops->op) ? \
+ (ent)->pipe->ops->op(((ent)->pipe), ##args) : -ENOIOCTLCMD)) \
+
+#endif /* S5P_FIMC_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/msp3400.h b/include/media/drv-intf/msp3400.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6dfae104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/msp3400.h
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ msp3400.h - definition for msp3400 inputs and outputs
+
+ Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _MSP3400_H_
+#define _MSP3400_H_
+
+/* msp3400 routing
+ ===============
+
+ The msp3400 has a complicated routing scheme with many possible
+ combinations. The details are all in the datasheets but I will try
+ to give a short description here.
+
+ Inputs
+ ======
+
+ There are 1) tuner inputs, 2) I2S inputs, 3) SCART inputs. You will have
+ to select which tuner input to use and which SCART input to use. The
+ selected tuner input, the selected SCART input and all I2S inputs go to
+ the DSP (the tuner input first goes through the demodulator).
+
+ The DSP handles things like volume, bass/treble, balance, and some chips
+ have support for surround sound. It has several outputs: MAIN, AUX, I2S
+ and SCART1/2. Each output can select which DSP input to use. So the MAIN
+ output can select the tuner input while at the same time the SCART1 output
+ uses the I2S input.
+
+ Outputs
+ =======
+
+ Most DSP outputs are also the outputs of the msp3400. However, the SCART
+ outputs of the msp3400 can select which input to use: either the SCART1 or
+ SCART2 output from the DSP, or the msp3400 SCART inputs, thus completely
+ bypassing the DSP.
+
+ Summary
+ =======
+
+ So to specify a complete routing scheme for the msp3400 you will have to
+ specify in the 'input' arg of the s_routing function:
+
+ 1) which tuner input to use
+ 2) which SCART input to use
+ 3) which DSP input to use for each DSP output
+
+ And in the 'output' arg of the s_routing function you specify:
+
+ 1) which SCART input to use for each SCART output
+
+ Depending on how the msp is wired to the other components you can
+ ignore or mute certain inputs or outputs.
+
+ Also, depending on the msp version only a subset of the inputs or
+ outputs may be present. At the end of this header some tables are
+ added containing a list of what is available for each msp version.
+ */
+
+/* Inputs to the DSP unit: two independent selections have to be made:
+ 1) the tuner (SIF) input
+ 2) the SCART input
+ Bits 0-2 are used for the SCART input select, bit 3 is used for the tuner
+ input, bits 4-7 are reserved.
+ */
+
+/* SCART input to DSP selection */
+#define MSP_IN_SCART1 0 /* Pin SC1_IN */
+#define MSP_IN_SCART2 1 /* Pin SC2_IN */
+#define MSP_IN_SCART3 2 /* Pin SC3_IN */
+#define MSP_IN_SCART4 3 /* Pin SC4_IN */
+#define MSP_IN_MONO 6 /* Pin MONO_IN */
+#define MSP_IN_MUTE 7 /* Mute DSP input */
+#define MSP_SCART_TO_DSP(in) (in)
+/* Tuner input to demodulator and DSP selection */
+#define MSP_IN_TUNER1 0 /* Analog Sound IF input pin ANA_IN1 */
+#define MSP_IN_TUNER2 1 /* Analog Sound IF input pin ANA_IN2 */
+#define MSP_TUNER_TO_DSP(in) ((in) << 3)
+
+/* The msp has up to 5 DSP outputs, each output can independently select
+ a DSP input.
+
+ The DSP outputs are: loudspeaker output (aka MAIN), headphones output
+ (aka AUX), SCART1 DA output, SCART2 DA output and an I2S output.
+ There also is a quasi-peak detector output, but that is not used by
+ this driver and is set to the same input as the loudspeaker output.
+ Not all outputs are supported by all msp models. Setting the input
+ of an unsupported output will be ignored by the driver.
+
+ There are up to 16 DSP inputs to choose from, so each output is
+ assigned 4 bits.
+
+ Note: the 44x8G can mix two inputs and feed the result back to the
+ DSP. This is currently not implemented. Also not implemented is the
+ multi-channel capable I2S3 input of the 44x0G. If someone can demonstrate
+ a need for one of those features then additional support can be added. */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_TUNER 0 /* Tuner DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_SCART 2 /* SCART DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_I2S1 5 /* I2S1 DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_I2S2 6 /* I2S2 DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_I2S3 7 /* I2S3 DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_MAIN_AVC 11 /* MAIN AVC processed DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_MAIN 12 /* MAIN DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_IN_AUX 13 /* AUX DSP input */
+#define MSP_DSP_TO_MAIN(in) ((in) << 4)
+#define MSP_DSP_TO_AUX(in) ((in) << 8)
+#define MSP_DSP_TO_SCART1(in) ((in) << 12)
+#define MSP_DSP_TO_SCART2(in) ((in) << 16)
+#define MSP_DSP_TO_I2S(in) ((in) << 20)
+
+/* Output SCART select: the SCART outputs can select which input
+ to use. */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART1 0 /* SCART1 input, bypassing the DSP */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART2 1 /* SCART2 input, bypassing the DSP */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART3 2 /* SCART3 input, bypassing the DSP */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_SCART4 3 /* SCART4 input, bypassing the DSP */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_DSP_SCART1 4 /* DSP SCART1 input */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_DSP_SCART2 5 /* DSP SCART2 input */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_MONO 6 /* MONO input, bypassing the DSP */
+#define MSP_SC_IN_MUTE 7 /* MUTE output */
+#define MSP_SC_TO_SCART1(in) (in)
+#define MSP_SC_TO_SCART2(in) ((in) << 4)
+
+/* Shortcut macros */
+#define MSP_INPUT(sc, t, main_aux_src, sc_i2s_src) \
+ (MSP_SCART_TO_DSP(sc) | \
+ MSP_TUNER_TO_DSP(t) | \
+ MSP_DSP_TO_MAIN(main_aux_src) | \
+ MSP_DSP_TO_AUX(main_aux_src) | \
+ MSP_DSP_TO_SCART1(sc_i2s_src) | \
+ MSP_DSP_TO_SCART2(sc_i2s_src) | \
+ MSP_DSP_TO_I2S(sc_i2s_src))
+#define MSP_INPUT_DEFAULT MSP_INPUT(MSP_IN_SCART1, MSP_IN_TUNER1, \
+ MSP_DSP_IN_TUNER, MSP_DSP_IN_TUNER)
+#define MSP_OUTPUT(sc) \
+ (MSP_SC_TO_SCART1(sc) | \
+ MSP_SC_TO_SCART2(sc))
+/* This equals the RESET position of the msp3400 ACB register */
+#define MSP_OUTPUT_DEFAULT (MSP_SC_TO_SCART1(MSP_SC_IN_SCART3) | \
+ MSP_SC_TO_SCART2(MSP_SC_IN_DSP_SCART1))
+
+/* Tuner inputs vs. msp version */
+/* Chip TUNER_1 TUNER_2
+ -------------------------
+ msp34x0b y y
+ msp34x0c y y
+ msp34x0d y y
+ msp34x5d y n
+ msp34x7d y n
+ msp34x0g y y
+ msp34x1g y y
+ msp34x2g y y
+ msp34x5g y n
+ msp34x7g y n
+ msp44x0g y y
+ msp44x8g y y
+ */
+
+/* SCART inputs vs. msp version */
+/* Chip SC1 SC2 SC3 SC4
+ -------------------------
+ msp34x0b y y y n
+ msp34x0c y y y n
+ msp34x0d y y y y
+ msp34x5d y y n n
+ msp34x7d y n n n
+ msp34x0g y y y y
+ msp34x1g y y y y
+ msp34x2g y y y y
+ msp34x5g y y n n
+ msp34x7g y n n n
+ msp44x0g y y y y
+ msp44x8g y y y y
+ */
+
+/* DSP inputs vs. msp version (tuner and SCART inputs are always available) */
+/* Chip I2S1 I2S2 I2S3 MAIN_AVC MAIN AUX
+ ------------------------------------------
+ msp34x0b y n n n n n
+ msp34x0c y y n n n n
+ msp34x0d y y n n n n
+ msp34x5d y y n n n n
+ msp34x7d n n n n n n
+ msp34x0g y y n n n n
+ msp34x1g y y n n n n
+ msp34x2g y y n y y y
+ msp34x5g y y n n n n
+ msp34x7g n n n n n n
+ msp44x0g y y y y y y
+ msp44x8g y y y n n n
+ */
+
+/* DSP outputs vs. msp version */
+/* Chip MAIN AUX SCART1 SCART2 I2S
+ ------------------------------------
+ msp34x0b y y y n y
+ msp34x0c y y y n y
+ msp34x0d y y y y y
+ msp34x5d y n y n y
+ msp34x7d y n y n n
+ msp34x0g y y y y y
+ msp34x1g y y y y y
+ msp34x2g y y y y y
+ msp34x5g y n y n y
+ msp34x7g y n y n n
+ msp44x0g y y y y y
+ msp44x8g y y y y y
+ */
+
+#endif /* MSP3400_H */
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/renesas-ceu.h b/include/media/drv-intf/renesas-ceu.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52841d1b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/renesas-ceu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+/*
+ * renesas-ceu.h - Renesas CEU driver interface
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017-2018 Jacopo Mondi <jacopo+renesas@jmondi.org>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MEDIA_DRV_INTF_RENESAS_CEU_H__
+#define __MEDIA_DRV_INTF_RENESAS_CEU_H__
+
+#define CEU_MAX_SUBDEVS 2
+
+struct ceu_async_subdev {
+ unsigned long flags;
+ unsigned char bus_width;
+ unsigned char bus_shift;
+ unsigned int i2c_adapter_id;
+ unsigned int i2c_address;
+};
+
+struct ceu_platform_data {
+ unsigned int num_subdevs;
+ struct ceu_async_subdev subdevs[CEU_MAX_SUBDEVS];
+};
+
+#endif /* ___MEDIA_DRV_INTF_RENESAS_CEU_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/s3c_camif.h b/include/media/drv-intf/s3c_camif.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f746851a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/s3c_camif.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * s3c24xx/s3c64xx SoC series Camera Interface (CAMIF) driver
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com>
+*/
+
+#ifndef MEDIA_S3C_CAMIF_
+#define MEDIA_S3C_CAMIF_
+
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct s3c_camif_sensor_info - an image sensor description
+ * @i2c_board_info: pointer to an I2C sensor subdevice board info
+ * @clock_frequency: frequency of the clock the host provides to a sensor
+ * @mbus_type: media bus type
+ * @i2c_bus_num: i2c control bus id the sensor is attached to
+ * @flags: the parallel bus flags defining signals polarity (V4L2_MBUS_*)
+ * @use_field: 1 if parallel bus FIELD signal is used (only s3c64xx)
+ */
+struct s3c_camif_sensor_info {
+ struct i2c_board_info i2c_board_info;
+ unsigned long clock_frequency;
+ enum v4l2_mbus_type mbus_type;
+ u16 i2c_bus_num;
+ u16 flags;
+ u8 use_field;
+};
+
+struct s3c_camif_plat_data {
+ struct s3c_camif_sensor_info sensor;
+ int (*gpio_get)(void);
+ int (*gpio_put)(void);
+};
+
+#endif /* MEDIA_S3C_CAMIF_ */
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/sh_vou.h b/include/media/drv-intf/sh_vou.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8d23181a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/sh_vou.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * SuperH Video Output Unit (VOU) driver header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
+ */
+#ifndef SH_VOU_H
+#define SH_VOU_H
+
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+
+/* Bus flags */
+#define SH_VOU_PCLK_FALLING (1 << 0)
+#define SH_VOU_HSYNC_LOW (1 << 1)
+#define SH_VOU_VSYNC_LOW (1 << 2)
+
+enum sh_vou_bus_fmt {
+ SH_VOU_BUS_8BIT,
+ SH_VOU_BUS_16BIT,
+ SH_VOU_BUS_BT656,
+};
+
+struct sh_vou_pdata {
+ enum sh_vou_bus_fmt bus_fmt;
+ int i2c_adap;
+ struct i2c_board_info *board_info;
+ unsigned long flags;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h b/include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07f291d50
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * include/media/drv-intf/si476x.h -- Common definitions for si476x driver
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Innovative Converged Devices(ICD)
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Andrey Smirnov
+ *
+ * Author: Andrey Smirnov <andrew.smirnov@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef SI476X_H
+#define SI476X_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+#include <linux/mfd/si476x-reports.h>
+
+enum si476x_ctrl_id {
+ V4L2_CID_SI476X_RSSI_THRESHOLD = (V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE + 1),
+ V4L2_CID_SI476X_SNR_THRESHOLD = (V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE + 2),
+ V4L2_CID_SI476X_MAX_TUNE_ERROR = (V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE + 3),
+ V4L2_CID_SI476X_HARMONICS_COUNT = (V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE + 4),
+ V4L2_CID_SI476X_DIVERSITY_MODE = (V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE + 5),
+ V4L2_CID_SI476X_INTERCHIP_LINK = (V4L2_CID_USER_SI476X_BASE + 6),
+};
+
+#endif /* SI476X_H*/
diff --git a/include/media/drv-intf/tea575x.h b/include/media/drv-intf/tea575x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50c9f89e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/drv-intf/tea575x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+#ifndef __SOUND_TEA575X_TUNER_H
+#define __SOUND_TEA575X_TUNER_H
+
+/*
+ * ALSA driver for TEA5757/5759 Philips AM/FM tuner chips
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2004 Jaroslav Kysela <perex@perex.cz>
+ */
+
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-device.h>
+
+#define TEA575X_FMIF 10700
+#define TEA575X_AMIF 450
+
+#define TEA575X_DATA (1 << 0)
+#define TEA575X_CLK (1 << 1)
+#define TEA575X_WREN (1 << 2)
+#define TEA575X_MOST (1 << 3)
+
+struct snd_tea575x;
+
+struct snd_tea575x_ops {
+ /* Drivers using snd_tea575x must either define read_ and write_val */
+ void (*write_val)(struct snd_tea575x *tea, u32 val);
+ u32 (*read_val)(struct snd_tea575x *tea);
+ /* Or define the 3 pin functions */
+ void (*set_pins)(struct snd_tea575x *tea, u8 pins);
+ u8 (*get_pins)(struct snd_tea575x *tea);
+ void (*set_direction)(struct snd_tea575x *tea, bool output);
+};
+
+struct snd_tea575x {
+ struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev;
+ struct v4l2_file_operations fops;
+ struct video_device vd; /* video device */
+ int radio_nr; /* radio_nr */
+ bool tea5759; /* 5759 chip is present */
+ bool has_am; /* Device can tune to AM freqs */
+ bool cannot_read_data; /* Device cannot read the data pin */
+ bool cannot_mute; /* Device cannot mute */
+ bool mute; /* Device is muted? */
+ bool stereo; /* receiving stereo */
+ bool tuned; /* tuned to a station */
+ unsigned int val; /* hw value */
+ u32 band; /* 0: FM, 1: FM-Japan, 2: AM */
+ u32 freq; /* frequency */
+ struct mutex mutex;
+ const struct snd_tea575x_ops *ops;
+ void *private_data;
+ u8 card[32];
+ u8 bus_info[32];
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrl_handler;
+ int (*ext_init)(struct snd_tea575x *tea);
+};
+
+int snd_tea575x_enum_freq_bands(struct snd_tea575x *tea,
+ struct v4l2_frequency_band *band);
+int snd_tea575x_g_tuner(struct snd_tea575x *tea, struct v4l2_tuner *v);
+int snd_tea575x_s_hw_freq_seek(struct file *file, struct snd_tea575x *tea,
+ const struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek *a);
+int snd_tea575x_hw_init(struct snd_tea575x *tea);
+int snd_tea575x_init(struct snd_tea575x *tea, struct module *owner);
+void snd_tea575x_exit(struct snd_tea575x *tea);
+void snd_tea575x_set_freq(struct snd_tea575x *tea);
+
+#endif /* __SOUND_TEA575X_TUNER_H */
diff --git a/include/media/dvb-usb-ids.h b/include/media/dvb-usb-ids.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1b7d10f3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb-usb-ids.h
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/* dvb-usb-ids.h is part of the DVB USB library.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2004-5 Patrick Boettcher (patrick.boettcher@posteo.de) see
+ * dvb-usb-init.c for copyright information.
+ *
+ * a header file containing define's for the USB device supported by the
+ * various drivers.
+ */
+#ifndef _DVB_USB_IDS_H_
+#define _DVB_USB_IDS_H_
+
+#include <linux/usb.h>
+
+#define DVB_USB_DEV(pid, vid) \
+ [vid] = { USB_DEVICE(USB_VID_ ## pid, USB_PID_ ## vid) }
+
+#define DVB_USB_DEV_VER(pid, vid, lo, hi) \
+ [vid] = { USB_DEVICE_VER(USB_VID_ ## pid, USB_PID_ ## vid, lo, hi) }
+
+/* Vendor IDs */
+
+#define USB_VID_774 0x7a69
+#define USB_VID_ADSTECH 0x06e1
+#define USB_VID_AFATECH 0x15a4
+#define USB_VID_ALCOR_MICRO 0x058f
+#define USB_VID_ALINK 0x05e3
+#define USB_VID_AME 0x06be
+#define USB_VID_AMT 0x1c73
+#define USB_VID_ANCHOR 0x0547
+#define USB_VID_ANSONIC 0x10b9
+#define USB_VID_ANUBIS_ELECTRONIC 0x10fd
+#define USB_VID_ASUS 0x0b05
+#define USB_VID_AVERMEDIA 0x07ca
+#define USB_VID_AZUREWAVE 0x13d3
+#define USB_VID_COMPRO 0x185b
+#define USB_VID_COMPRO_UNK 0x145f
+#define USB_VID_CONEXANT 0x0572
+#define USB_VID_CYPRESS 0x04b4
+#define USB_VID_DEXATEK 0x1d19
+#define USB_VID_DIBCOM 0x10b8
+#define USB_VID_DPOSH 0x1498
+#define USB_VID_DVICO 0x0fe9
+#define USB_VID_E3C 0x18b4
+#define USB_VID_ELGATO 0x0fd9
+#define USB_VID_EMPIA 0xeb1a
+#define USB_VID_EVOLUTEPC 0x1e59
+#define USB_VID_GENPIX 0x09c0
+#define USB_VID_GIGABYTE 0x1044
+#define USB_VID_GOTVIEW 0x1fe1
+#define USB_VID_GRANDTEC 0x5032
+#define USB_VID_GTEK 0x1f4d
+#define USB_VID_HAMA 0x147f
+#define USB_VID_HANFTEK 0x15f4
+#define USB_VID_HAUPPAUGE 0x2040
+#define USB_VID_HUMAX_COEX 0x10b9
+#define USB_VID_HYPER_PALTEK 0x1025
+#define USB_VID_INTEL 0x8086
+#define USB_VID_ITETECH 0x048d
+#define USB_VID_KWORLD 0xeb2a
+#define USB_VID_KWORLD_2 0x1b80
+#define USB_VID_KYE 0x0458
+#define USB_VID_LEADTEK 0x0413
+#define USB_VID_LITEON 0x04ca
+#define USB_VID_MEDION 0x1660
+#define USB_VID_MICROSOFT 0x045e
+#define USB_VID_MIGLIA 0x18f3
+#define USB_VID_MSI 0x0db0
+#define USB_VID_MSI_2 0x1462
+#define USB_VID_OPERA1 0x695c
+#define USB_VID_PCTV 0x2013
+#define USB_VID_PINNACLE 0x2304
+#define USB_VID_PIXELVIEW 0x1554
+#define USB_VID_PROF_1 0x3011
+#define USB_VID_PROF_2 0x3034
+#define USB_VID_REALTEK 0x0bda
+#define USB_VID_SONY 0x1415
+#define USB_VID_TECHNISAT 0x14f7
+#define USB_VID_TECHNOTREND 0x0b48
+#define USB_VID_TELESTAR 0x10b9
+#define USB_VID_TERRATEC 0x0ccd
+#define USB_VID_TERRATEC_2 0x153b
+#define USB_VID_TEVII 0x9022
+#define USB_VID_TWINHAN 0x1822
+#define USB_VID_ULTIMA_ELECTRONIC 0x05d8
+#define USB_VID_UNIWILL 0x1584
+#define USB_VID_VISIONPLUS 0x13d3
+#define USB_VID_WIDEVIEW 0x14aa
+#define USB_VID_XTENSIONS 0x1ae7
+#define USB_VID_YUAN 0x1164
+#define USB_VID_ZYDAS 0x0ace
+
+/* Product IDs */
+
+#define USB_PID_ADSTECH_USB2_COLD 0xa333
+#define USB_PID_ADSTECH_USB2_WARM 0xa334
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9005 0x9020
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9015_9015 0x9015
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9015_9016 0x9016
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_1000 0x1000
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_1001 0x1001
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_1002 0x1002
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_1003 0x1003
+#define USB_PID_AFATECH_AF9035_9035 0x9035
+#define USB_PID_ALINK_DTU 0xf170
+#define USB_PID_AME_DTV5100 0xa232
+#define USB_PID_ANCHOR_NEBULA_DIGITV 0x0201
+#define USB_PID_ANSONIC_DVBT_USB 0x6000
+#define USB_PID_ANUBIS_LIFEVIEW_TV_WALKER_TWIN_COLD 0x0514
+#define USB_PID_ANUBIS_LIFEVIEW_TV_WALKER_TWIN_WARM 0x0513
+#define USB_PID_ANUBIS_MSI_DIGI_VOX_MINI_II 0x1513
+#define USB_PID_ANYSEE 0x861f
+#define USB_PID_ASUS_U3000 0x171f
+#define USB_PID_ASUS_U3000H 0x1736
+#define USB_PID_ASUS_U3100 0x173f
+#define USB_PID_ASUS_U3100MINI_PLUS 0x1779
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_1867 0x1867
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A309 0xa309
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A310 0xa310
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A805 0xa805
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A815M 0x815a
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835 0xa835
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835B_1835 0x1835
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835B_2835 0x2835
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835B_3835 0x3835
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A835B_4835 0x4835
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A850 0x850a
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A850T 0x850b
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_A867 0xa867
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_B835 0xb835
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_DVBT_USB2_COLD 0xa800
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_DVBT_USB2_WARM 0xa801
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_EXPRESS 0xb568
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_H335 0x0335
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_HYBRID_ULTRA_USB_M039R 0x0039
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_HYBRID_ULTRA_USB_M039R_ATSC 0x1039
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_HYBRID_ULTRA_USB_M039R_DVBT 0x2039
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_MCE_USB_M038 0x1228
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_TD110 0xa110
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_TD310 0x1871
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_TWINSTAR 0x0825
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR 0xa807
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR_2 0xb808
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR_A868R 0xa868
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR_X 0xa815
+#define USB_PID_AVERMEDIA_VOLAR_X_2 0x8150
+#define USB_PID_AZUREWAVE_6007 0x0ccd
+#define USB_PID_AZUREWAVE_AD_TU700 0x3237
+#define USB_PID_AZUREWAVE_AZ6027 0x3275
+#define USB_PID_AZUREWAVE_TWINHAN_VP7049 0x3219
+#define USB_PID_COMPRO_DVBU2000_COLD 0xd000
+#define USB_PID_COMPRO_DVBU2000_UNK_COLD 0x010c
+#define USB_PID_COMPRO_DVBU2000_UNK_WARM 0x010d
+#define USB_PID_COMPRO_DVBU2000_WARM 0xd001
+#define USB_PID_COMPRO_VIDEOMATE_U500 0x1e78
+#define USB_PID_COMPRO_VIDEOMATE_U500_PC 0x1e80
+#define USB_PID_CONCEPTRONIC_CTVDIGRCU 0xe397
+#define USB_PID_CONEXANT_D680_DMB 0x86d6
+#define USB_PID_CPYTO_REDI_PC50A 0xa803
+#define USB_PID_CTVDIGDUAL_V2 0xe410
+#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_DW2101 0x2101
+#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_DW2102 0x2102
+#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_DW2104 0x2104
+#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_DW3101 0x3101
+#define USB_PID_CYPRESS_OPERA1_COLD 0x2830
+#define USB_PID_DELOCK_USB2_DVBT 0xb803
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_ANCHOR_2135_COLD 0x2131
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_HOOK_DEFAULT 0x0064
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_HOOK_DEFAULT_REENUM 0x0065
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_MOD3000_COLD 0x0bb8
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_MOD3000_WARM 0x0bb9
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_MOD3001_COLD 0x0bc6
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_MOD3001_WARM 0x0bc7
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_NIM7090 0x1bb2
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_NIM8096MD 0x1fa8
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_NIM9090M 0x2383
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_NIM9090MD 0x2384
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7070P 0x1ebc
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7070PD 0x1ebe
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7700D 0x1ef0
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7700P 0x1e14
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7700P_PC 0x1e78
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7700_U7000 0x7001
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK7770P 0x1e80
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK807XP 0x1f90
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK807XPVR 0x1f98
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK8096GP 0x1fa0
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_STK8096PVR 0x1faa
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_TFE7090PVR 0x1bb4
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_TFE7790P 0x1e6e
+#define USB_PID_DIBCOM_TFE8096P 0x1f9C
+#define USB_PID_DIGITALNOW_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_1_COLD 0xdb54
+#define USB_PID_DIGITALNOW_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_1_WARM 0xdb55
+#define USB_PID_DPOSH_M9206_COLD 0x9206
+#define USB_PID_DPOSH_M9206_WARM 0xa090
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_1_COLD 0xdb50
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_1_WARM 0xdb51
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_2_COLD 0xdb58
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_2_WARM 0xdb59
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_4 0xdb78
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DUAL_4_REV_2 0xdb98
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DVB_T_NANO_2 0xdb70
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_DVB_T_NANO_2_NFW_WARM 0xdb71
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LG064F_COLD 0xd500
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LG064F_WARM 0xd501
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LGDT 0xd820
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LGZ201_COLD 0xdb00
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_LGZ201_WARM 0xdb01
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_TH7579_COLD 0xdb10
+#define USB_PID_DVICO_BLUEBIRD_TH7579_WARM 0xdb11
+#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168 0x1689
+#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168_2 0xfffa
+#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168_3 0xfffb
+#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168_4 0x1001
+#define USB_PID_E3C_EC168_5 0x1002
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_DIVERSITY 0x0011
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_DTT 0x0021
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_DTT_2 0x003f
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_DTT_Dlx 0x0020
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_SAT 0x002a
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_SAT_V2 0x0025
+#define USB_PID_ELGATO_EYETV_SAT_V3 0x0036
+#define USB_PID_EMPIA_DIGIVOX_MINI_SL_COLD 0xe360
+#define USB_PID_EMPIA_DIGIVOX_MINI_SL_WARM 0xe361
+#define USB_PID_EMPIA_VSTREAM_COLD 0x17de
+#define USB_PID_EMPIA_VSTREAM_WARM 0x17df
+#define USB_PID_EVOLUTEPC_TVWAY_PLUS 0x0002
+#define USB_PID_EVOLVEO_XTRATV_STICK 0xa115
+#define USB_PID_FREECOM_DVBT 0x0160
+#define USB_PID_FREECOM_DVBT_2 0x0161
+#define USB_PID_FRIIO_WHITE 0x0001
+#define USB_PID_GENIATECH_SU3000 0x3000
+#define USB_PID_GENIATECH_T220 0xd220
+#define USB_PID_GENIATECH_X3M_SPC1400HD 0x3100
+#define USB_PID_GENIUS_TVGO_DVB_T03 0x4012
+#define USB_PID_GENPIX_8PSK_REV_1_COLD 0x0200
+#define USB_PID_GENPIX_8PSK_REV_1_WARM 0x0201
+#define USB_PID_GENPIX_8PSK_REV_2 0x0202
+#define USB_PID_GENPIX_SKYWALKER_1 0x0203
+#define USB_PID_GENPIX_SKYWALKER_2 0x0206
+#define USB_PID_GENPIX_SKYWALKER_CW3K 0x0204
+#define USB_PID_GIGABYTE_U7000 0x7001
+#define USB_PID_GIGABYTE_U8000 0x7002
+#define USB_PID_GOTVIEW_SAT_HD 0x5456
+#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_DVBT_USB2_COLD 0x0bc6
+#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_DVBT_USB2_WARM 0x0bc7
+#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_DVBT_USB_COLD 0x0fa0
+#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_DVBT_USB_WARM 0x0fa1
+#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_MOD3000_COLD 0x0bb8
+#define USB_PID_GRANDTEC_MOD3000_WARM 0x0bb9
+#define USB_PID_HAMA_DVBT_HYBRID 0x2758
+#define USB_PID_HANFTEK_UMT_010_COLD 0x0001
+#define USB_PID_HANFTEK_UMT_010_WARM 0x0015
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_MAX_S2 0xd900
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_MYTV_T 0x7080
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_TD_STICK 0x9580
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_TD_STICK_52009 0x5200
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_500 0x9941
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_500_2 0x9950
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_500_3 0x8400
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_STICK 0x7050
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_STICK_2 0x7060
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_NOVA_T_STICK_3 0x7070
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_TIGER_ATSC 0xb200
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_TIGER_ATSC_B210 0xb210
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_WINTV_NOVA_T_USB2_COLD 0x9300
+#define USB_PID_HAUPPAUGE_WINTV_NOVA_T_USB2_WARM 0x9301
+#define USB_PID_HUMAX_DVB_T_STICK_HIGH_SPEED_COLD 0x5000
+#define USB_PID_HUMAX_DVB_T_STICK_HIGH_SPEED_WARM 0x5001
+#define USB_PID_INTEL_CE9500 0x9500
+#define USB_PID_ITETECH_IT9135 0x9135
+#define USB_PID_ITETECH_IT9135_9005 0x9005
+#define USB_PID_ITETECH_IT9135_9006 0x9006
+#define USB_PID_ITETECH_IT9303 0x9306
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_395U 0xe396
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_395U_2 0xe39b
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_395U_3 0xe395
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_395U_4 0xe39a
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_399U 0xe399
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_399U_2 0xe400
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_MC810 0xc810
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_PC160_2T 0xc160
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_PC160_T 0xc161
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_UB383_T 0xe383
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_UB499_2T_T09 0xe409
+#define USB_PID_KWORLD_VSTREAM_COLD 0x17de
+#define USB_PID_KYE_DVB_T_COLD 0x701e
+#define USB_PID_KYE_DVB_T_WARM 0x701f
+#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_COLD 0x6025
+#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_H 0x60f6
+#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_STK7700P 0x6f00
+#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_STK7700P_2 0x6f01
+#define USB_PID_LEADTEK_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_WARM 0x6026
+#define USB_PID_LITEON_DVB_T_COLD 0xf000
+#define USB_PID_LITEON_DVB_T_WARM 0xf001
+#define USB_PID_MEDION_CREATIX_CTX1921 0x1921
+#define USB_PID_MEDION_MD95700 0x0932
+#define USB_PID_MICROSOFT_XBOX_ONE_TUNER 0x02d5
+#define USB_PID_MIGLIA_WT220U_ZAP250_COLD 0x0220
+#define USB_PID_MSI_DIGIVOX_DUO 0x8801
+#define USB_PID_MSI_DIGI_VOX_MINI_III 0x8807
+#define USB_PID_MSI_MEGASKY580 0x5580
+#define USB_PID_MSI_MEGASKY580_55801 0x5581
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_D689 0xd811
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230 0xc688
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230A 0x689a
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230C 0xc689
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230C2 0xc68a
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230C2_LITE 0xc69a
+#define USB_PID_MYGICA_T230C_LITE 0xc699
+#define USB_PID_NOXON_DAB_STICK 0x00b3
+#define USB_PID_NOXON_DAB_STICK_REV2 0x00e0
+#define USB_PID_NOXON_DAB_STICK_REV3 0x00b4
+#define USB_PID_OPERA1_WARM 0x3829
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_2002E 0x025c
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_2002E_SE 0x025d
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_200E 0x020e
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_78E 0x025a
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_79E 0x0262
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_DIBCOM_STK8096PVR 0x1faa
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_PINNACLE_PCTV282E 0x0248
+#define USB_PID_PCTV_PINNACLE_PCTV73ESE 0x0245
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_EXPRESSCARD_320CX 0x022e
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV2000E 0x022c
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV282E 0x0248
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV340E 0x023d
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV340E_SE 0x023e
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV71E 0x022b
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV72E 0x0236
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV73A 0x0243
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV73E 0x0237
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV73ESE 0x0245
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV74E 0x0246
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV801E 0x023a
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV801E_SE 0x023b
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_400E 0x020f
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_450E 0x0222
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_452E 0x021f
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_DUAL_DIVERSITY_DVB_T 0x0229
+#define USB_PID_PINNACLE_PCTV_DVB_T_FLASH 0x0228
+#define USB_PID_PIXELVIEW_SBTVD 0x5010
+#define USB_PID_PROF_1100 0xb012
+#define USB_PID_PROF_7500 0x7500
+#define USB_PID_PROLECTRIX_DV107669 0xd803
+#define USB_PID_REALTEK_RTL2831U 0x2831
+#define USB_PID_REALTEK_RTL2832U 0x2832
+#define USB_PID_SIGMATEK_DVB_110 0x6610
+#define USB_PID_SONY_PLAYTV 0x0003
+#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV20 0xe39d
+#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV20_RTL2832U 0xd39d
+#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV21 0xd3b0
+#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV22 0xe401
+#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV22_IT9137 0xe411
+#define USB_PID_SVEON_STV27 0xd3af
+#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_AIRSTAR_TELESTICK_2 0x0004
+#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_USB2_CABLESTAR_HDCI 0x0003
+#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_USB2_DVB_S2 0x0500
+#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_USB2_HDCI_V1 0x0001
+#define USB_PID_TECHNISAT_USB2_HDCI_V2 0x0002
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_CT2_4650_CI 0x3012
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_CT2_4650_CI_2 0x3015
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_CT3650 0x300d
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2400 0x3006
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2400_8KEEPROM 0x3009
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2_3600 0x3007
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2_3650_CI 0x300a
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2_4600 0x3011
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_CONNECT_S2_4650_CI 0x3017
+#define USB_PID_TECHNOTREND_TVSTICK_CT2_4400 0x3014
+#define USB_PID_TELESTAR_STARSTICK_2 0x8000
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_DT_XS_DIVERSITY 0x005a
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_DT_XS_DIVERSITY_2 0x0081
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_HT_EXPRESS 0x0060
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_HT_USB_XE 0x0058
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S 0x0064
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_1 0x1181
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_2 0x1182
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_BOX 0x0105
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_R1 0x00a8
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_R2 0x00b0
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_R3 0x0102
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_R4 0x0105
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T2 0x0038
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_TC2_STICK 0x10b2
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_EXPRESS 0x0062
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_STICK 0x0093
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_STICK_BLACK_REV1 0x00a9
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_STICK_DUAL_RC 0x0099
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_STICK_RC 0x0097
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_USB_XE 0x0055
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_USB_XE_REV2 0x0069
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_XXS 0x0078
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_CINERGY_T_XXS_2 0x00ab
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_DVBS2CI_V1 0x10a4
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_DVBS2CI_V2 0x10ac
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_H7 0x10b4
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_H7_2 0x10a3
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_H7_3 0x10a5
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_T1 0x10ae
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_T3 0x10a0
+#define USB_PID_TERRATEC_T5 0x10a1
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S421 0xd421
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S480_1 0xd481
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S480_2 0xd482
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S482_1 0xd483
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S482_2 0xd484
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S630 0xd630
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S632 0xd632
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S650 0xd650
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S660 0xd660
+#define USB_PID_TEVII_S662 0xd662
+#define USB_PID_TINYTWIN 0x3226
+#define USB_PID_TINYTWIN_2 0xe402
+#define USB_PID_TINYTWIN_3 0x9016
+#define USB_PID_TREKSTOR_DVBT 0x901b
+#define USB_PID_TREKSTOR_TERRES_2_0 0xC803
+#define USB_PID_TURBOX_DTT_2000 0xd3a4
+#define USB_PID_TWINHAN_VP7021_WARM 0x3208
+#define USB_PID_TWINHAN_VP7041_COLD 0x3201
+#define USB_PID_TWINHAN_VP7041_WARM 0x3202
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_ARTEC_T14BR 0x810f
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_ARTEC_T14_COLD 0x810b
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_ARTEC_T14_WARM 0x810c
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_AN2235_COLD 0x8107
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_AN2235_WARM 0x8108
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_ANCHOR_COLD 0x2235
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_COLD 0x8105
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_USB2_COLD 0x8109
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_USB2_FX_COLD 0x8613
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_USB2_FX_WARM 0x1002
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_USB2_WARM 0x810a
+#define USB_PID_ULTIMA_TVBOX_WARM 0x8106
+#define USB_PID_UNIWILL_STK7700P 0x6003
+#define USB_PID_UNK_HYPER_PALTEK_COLD 0x005e
+#define USB_PID_UNK_HYPER_PALTEK_WARM 0x005f
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_PINNACLE_PCTV310E 0x3211
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_TINYUSB2_COLD 0x3223
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_TINYUSB2_WARM 0x3224
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7020_COLD 0x3203
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7020_WARM 0x3204
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7021_COLD 0x3207
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7041_COLD 0x3201
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7041_WARM 0x3202
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7045_COLD 0x3205
+#define USB_PID_VISIONPLUS_VP7045_WARM 0x3206
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_DTT200U_COLD 0x0201
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_DTT200U_WARM 0x0301
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_DVBT_USB_COLD 0x0001
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_DVBT_USB_WARM 0x0002
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_COLD 0x0222
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_FC_COLD 0x0225
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_FC_WARM 0x0226
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_WARM 0x0221
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_ZAP250_COLD 0x0220
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_ZL0353_COLD 0x022a
+#define USB_PID_WIDEVIEW_WT220U_ZL0353_WARM 0x022b
+#define USB_PID_WINFAST_DTV2000DS 0x6a04
+#define USB_PID_WINFAST_DTV2000DS_PLUS 0x6f12
+#define USB_PID_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_GOLD 0x6029
+#define USB_PID_WINFAST_DTV_DONGLE_MINID 0x6f0f
+#define USB_PID_WINTV_SOLOHD 0x0264
+#define USB_PID_WINTV_SOLOHD_2 0x8268
+#define USB_PID_XTENSIONS_XD_380 0x0381
+#define USB_PID_YUAN_EC372S 0x1edc
+#define USB_PID_YUAN_MC770 0x0871
+#define USB_PID_YUAN_PD378S 0x2edc
+#define USB_PID_YUAN_STK7700D 0x1efc
+#define USB_PID_YUAN_STK7700D_2 0x1e8c
+#define USB_PID_YUAN_STK7700PH 0x1f08
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_ca_en50221.h b/include/media/dvb_ca_en50221.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a1c014b0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_ca_en50221.h
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/*
+ * dvb_ca.h: generic DVB functions for EN50221 CA interfaces
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2004 Andrew de Quincey
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVB_CA_EN50221_H_
+#define _DVB_CA_EN50221_H_
+
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/dvb/ca.h>
+
+#include <media/dvbdev.h>
+
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_POLL_CAM_PRESENT 1
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_POLL_CAM_CHANGED 2
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_POLL_CAM_READY 4
+
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_FLAG_IRQ_CAMCHANGE 1
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_FLAG_IRQ_FR 2
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_FLAG_IRQ_DA 4
+
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_CAMCHANGE_REMOVED 0
+#define DVB_CA_EN50221_CAMCHANGE_INSERTED 1
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_ca_en50221- Structure describing a CA interface
+ *
+ * @owner: the module owning this structure
+ * @read_attribute_mem: function for reading attribute memory on the CAM
+ * @write_attribute_mem: function for writing attribute memory on the CAM
+ * @read_cam_control: function for reading the control interface on the CAM
+ * @write_cam_control: function for reading the control interface on the CAM
+ * @read_data: function for reading data (block mode)
+ * @write_data: function for writing data (block mode)
+ * @slot_reset: function to reset the CAM slot
+ * @slot_shutdown: function to shutdown a CAM slot
+ * @slot_ts_enable: function to enable the Transport Stream on a CAM slot
+ * @poll_slot_status: function to poll slot status. Only necessary if
+ * DVB_CA_FLAG_EN50221_IRQ_CAMCHANGE is not set.
+ * @data: private data, used by caller.
+ * @private: Opaque data used by the dvb_ca core. Do not modify!
+ *
+ * NOTE: the read_*, write_* and poll_slot_status functions will be
+ * called for different slots concurrently and need to use locks where
+ * and if appropriate. There will be no concurrent access to one slot.
+ */
+struct dvb_ca_en50221 {
+ struct module *owner;
+
+ int (*read_attribute_mem)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca,
+ int slot, int address);
+ int (*write_attribute_mem)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca,
+ int slot, int address, u8 value);
+
+ int (*read_cam_control)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca,
+ int slot, u8 address);
+ int (*write_cam_control)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca,
+ int slot, u8 address, u8 value);
+
+ int (*read_data)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca,
+ int slot, u8 *ebuf, int ecount);
+ int (*write_data)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca,
+ int slot, u8 *ebuf, int ecount);
+
+ int (*slot_reset)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot);
+ int (*slot_shutdown)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot);
+ int (*slot_ts_enable)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot);
+
+ int (*poll_slot_status)(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot, int open);
+
+ void *data;
+
+ void *private;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Functions for reporting IRQ events
+ */
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ca_en50221_camchange_irq - A CAMCHANGE IRQ has occurred.
+ *
+ * @pubca: CA instance.
+ * @slot: Slot concerned.
+ * @change_type: One of the DVB_CA_CAMCHANGE_* values
+ */
+void dvb_ca_en50221_camchange_irq(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *pubca, int slot,
+ int change_type);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ca_en50221_camready_irq - A CAMREADY IRQ has occurred.
+ *
+ * @pubca: CA instance.
+ * @slot: Slot concerned.
+ */
+void dvb_ca_en50221_camready_irq(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *pubca, int slot);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ca_en50221_frda_irq - An FR or a DA IRQ has occurred.
+ *
+ * @ca: CA instance.
+ * @slot: Slot concerned.
+ */
+void dvb_ca_en50221_frda_irq(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int slot);
+
+/*
+ * Initialisation/shutdown functions
+ */
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ca_en50221_init - Initialise a new DVB CA device.
+ *
+ * @dvb_adapter: DVB adapter to attach the new CA device to.
+ * @ca: The dvb_ca instance.
+ * @flags: Flags describing the CA device (DVB_CA_EN50221_FLAG_*).
+ * @slot_count: Number of slots supported.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, nonzero on failure
+ */
+int dvb_ca_en50221_init(struct dvb_adapter *dvb_adapter,
+ struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca, int flags,
+ int slot_count);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ca_en50221_release - Release a DVB CA device.
+ *
+ * @ca: The associated dvb_ca instance.
+ */
+void dvb_ca_en50221_release(struct dvb_ca_en50221 *ca);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_demux.h b/include/media/dvb_demux.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b6aeca7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_demux.h
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+/*
+ * dvb_demux.h: DVB kernel demux API
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Marcus Metzler & Ralph Metzler
+ * for convergence integrated media GmbH
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVB_DEMUX_H_
+#define _DVB_DEMUX_H_
+
+#include <linux/time.h>
+#include <linux/timer.h>
+#include <linux/spinlock.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+
+#include <media/demux.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum dvb_dmx_filter_type - type of demux feed.
+ *
+ * @DMX_TYPE_TS: feed is in TS mode.
+ * @DMX_TYPE_SEC: feed is in Section mode.
+ */
+enum dvb_dmx_filter_type {
+ DMX_TYPE_TS,
+ DMX_TYPE_SEC,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum dvb_dmx_state - state machine for a demux filter.
+ *
+ * @DMX_STATE_FREE: indicates that the filter is freed.
+ * @DMX_STATE_ALLOCATED: indicates that the filter was allocated
+ * to be used.
+ * @DMX_STATE_READY: indicates that the filter is ready
+ * to be used.
+ * @DMX_STATE_GO: indicates that the filter is running.
+ */
+enum dvb_dmx_state {
+ DMX_STATE_FREE,
+ DMX_STATE_ALLOCATED,
+ DMX_STATE_READY,
+ DMX_STATE_GO,
+};
+
+#define DVB_DEMUX_MASK_MAX 18
+
+#define MAX_PID 0x1fff
+
+#define SPEED_PKTS_INTERVAL 50000
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_demux_filter - Describes a DVB demux section filter.
+ *
+ * @filter: Section filter as defined by &struct dmx_section_filter.
+ * @maskandmode: logical ``and`` bit mask.
+ * @maskandnotmode: logical ``and not`` bit mask.
+ * @doneq: flag that indicates when a filter is ready.
+ * @next: pointer to the next section filter.
+ * @feed: &struct dvb_demux_feed pointer.
+ * @index: index of the used demux filter.
+ * @state: state of the filter as described by &enum dvb_dmx_state.
+ * @type: type of the filter as described
+ * by &enum dvb_dmx_filter_type.
+ */
+
+struct dvb_demux_filter {
+ struct dmx_section_filter filter;
+ u8 maskandmode[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE];
+ u8 maskandnotmode[DMX_MAX_FILTER_SIZE];
+ bool doneq;
+
+ struct dvb_demux_filter *next;
+ struct dvb_demux_feed *feed;
+ int index;
+ enum dvb_dmx_state state;
+ enum dvb_dmx_filter_type type;
+
+ /* private: used only by av7110 */
+ u16 hw_handle;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_demux_feed - describes a DVB field
+ *
+ * @feed: a union describing a digital TV feed.
+ * Depending on the feed type, it can be either
+ * @feed.ts or @feed.sec.
+ * @feed.ts: a &struct dmx_ts_feed pointer.
+ * For TS feed only.
+ * @feed.sec: a &struct dmx_section_feed pointer.
+ * For section feed only.
+ * @cb: a union describing digital TV callbacks.
+ * Depending on the feed type, it can be either
+ * @cb.ts or @cb.sec.
+ * @cb.ts: a dmx_ts_cb() calback function pointer.
+ * For TS feed only.
+ * @cb.sec: a dmx_section_cb() callback function pointer.
+ * For section feed only.
+ * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux.
+ * @priv: private data that can optionally be used by a DVB driver.
+ * @type: type of the filter, as defined by &enum dvb_dmx_filter_type.
+ * @state: state of the filter as defined by &enum dvb_dmx_state.
+ * @pid: PID to be filtered.
+ * @timeout: feed timeout.
+ * @filter: pointer to &struct dvb_demux_filter.
+ * @buffer_flags: Buffer flags used to report discontinuity users via DVB
+ * memory mapped API, as defined by &enum dmx_buffer_flags.
+ * @ts_type: type of TS, as defined by &enum ts_filter_type.
+ * @pes_type: type of PES, as defined by &enum dmx_ts_pes.
+ * @cc: MPEG-TS packet continuity counter
+ * @pusi_seen: if true, indicates that a discontinuity was detected.
+ * it is used to prevent feeding of garbage from previous section.
+ * @peslen: length of the PES (Packet Elementary Stream).
+ * @list_head: head for the list of digital TV demux feeds.
+ * @index: a unique index for each feed. Can be used as hardware
+ * pid filter index.
+ */
+struct dvb_demux_feed {
+ union {
+ struct dmx_ts_feed ts;
+ struct dmx_section_feed sec;
+ } feed;
+
+ union {
+ dmx_ts_cb ts;
+ dmx_section_cb sec;
+ } cb;
+
+ struct dvb_demux *demux;
+ void *priv;
+ enum dvb_dmx_filter_type type;
+ enum dvb_dmx_state state;
+ u16 pid;
+
+ ktime_t timeout;
+ struct dvb_demux_filter *filter;
+
+ u32 buffer_flags;
+
+ enum ts_filter_type ts_type;
+ enum dmx_ts_pes pes_type;
+
+ int cc;
+ bool pusi_seen;
+
+ u16 peslen;
+
+ struct list_head list_head;
+ unsigned int index;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_demux - represents a digital TV demux
+ * @dmx: embedded &struct dmx_demux with demux capabilities
+ * and callbacks.
+ * @priv: private data that can optionally be used by
+ * a DVB driver.
+ * @filternum: maximum amount of DVB filters.
+ * @feednum: maximum amount of DVB feeds.
+ * @start_feed: callback routine to be called in order to start
+ * a DVB feed.
+ * @stop_feed: callback routine to be called in order to stop
+ * a DVB feed.
+ * @write_to_decoder: callback routine to be called if the feed is TS and
+ * it is routed to an A/V decoder, when a new TS packet
+ * is received.
+ * Used only on av7110-av.c.
+ * @check_crc32: callback routine to check CRC. If not initialized,
+ * dvb_demux will use an internal one.
+ * @memcopy: callback routine to memcopy received data.
+ * If not initialized, dvb_demux will default to memcpy().
+ * @users: counter for the number of demux opened file descriptors.
+ * Currently, it is limited to 10 users.
+ * @filter: pointer to &struct dvb_demux_filter.
+ * @feed: pointer to &struct dvb_demux_feed.
+ * @frontend_list: &struct list_head with frontends used by the demux.
+ * @pesfilter: array of &struct dvb_demux_feed with the PES types
+ * that will be filtered.
+ * @pids: list of filtered program IDs.
+ * @feed_list: &struct list_head with feeds.
+ * @tsbuf: temporary buffer used internally to store TS packets.
+ * @tsbufp: temporary buffer index used internally.
+ * @mutex: pointer to &struct mutex used to protect feed set
+ * logic.
+ * @lock: pointer to &spinlock_t, used to protect buffer handling.
+ * @cnt_storage: buffer used for TS/TEI continuity check.
+ * @speed_last_time: &ktime_t used for TS speed check.
+ * @speed_pkts_cnt: packets count used for TS speed check.
+ */
+struct dvb_demux {
+ struct dmx_demux dmx;
+ void *priv;
+ int filternum;
+ int feednum;
+ int (*start_feed)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed);
+ int (*stop_feed)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed);
+ int (*write_to_decoder)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed,
+ const u8 *buf, size_t len);
+ u32 (*check_crc32)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed,
+ const u8 *buf, size_t len);
+ void (*memcopy)(struct dvb_demux_feed *feed, u8 *dst,
+ const u8 *src, size_t len);
+
+ int users;
+#define MAX_DVB_DEMUX_USERS 10
+ struct dvb_demux_filter *filter;
+ struct dvb_demux_feed *feed;
+
+ struct list_head frontend_list;
+
+ struct dvb_demux_feed *pesfilter[DMX_PES_OTHER];
+ u16 pids[DMX_PES_OTHER];
+
+#define DMX_MAX_PID 0x2000
+ struct list_head feed_list;
+ u8 tsbuf[204];
+ int tsbufp;
+
+ struct mutex mutex;
+ spinlock_t lock;
+
+ uint8_t *cnt_storage; /* for TS continuity check */
+
+ ktime_t speed_last_time; /* for TS speed check */
+ uint32_t speed_pkts_cnt; /* for TS speed check */
+
+ /* private: used only on av7110 */
+ int playing;
+ int recording;
+};
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmx_init - initialize a digital TV demux struct.
+ *
+ * @demux: &struct dvb_demux to be initialized.
+ *
+ * Before being able to register a digital TV demux struct, drivers
+ * should call this routine. On its typical usage, some fields should
+ * be initialized at the driver before calling it.
+ *
+ * A typical usecase is::
+ *
+ * dvb->demux.dmx.capabilities =
+ * DMX_TS_FILTERING | DMX_SECTION_FILTERING |
+ * DMX_MEMORY_BASED_FILTERING;
+ * dvb->demux.priv = dvb;
+ * dvb->demux.filternum = 256;
+ * dvb->demux.feednum = 256;
+ * dvb->demux.start_feed = driver_start_feed;
+ * dvb->demux.stop_feed = driver_stop_feed;
+ * ret = dvb_dmx_init(&dvb->demux);
+ * if (ret < 0)
+ * return ret;
+ */
+int dvb_dmx_init(struct dvb_demux *demux);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmx_release - releases a digital TV demux internal buffers.
+ *
+ * @demux: &struct dvb_demux to be released.
+ *
+ * The DVB core internally allocates data at @demux. This routine
+ * releases those data. Please notice that the struct itelf is not
+ * released, as it can be embedded on other structs.
+ */
+void dvb_dmx_release(struct dvb_demux *demux);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmx_swfilter_packets - use dvb software filter for a buffer with
+ * multiple MPEG-TS packets with 188 bytes each.
+ *
+ * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux
+ * @buf: buffer with data to be filtered
+ * @count: number of MPEG-TS packets with size of 188.
+ *
+ * The routine will discard a DVB packet that don't start with 0x47.
+ *
+ * Use this routine if the DVB demux fills MPEG-TS buffers that are
+ * already aligned.
+ *
+ * NOTE: The @buf size should have size equal to ``count * 188``.
+ */
+void dvb_dmx_swfilter_packets(struct dvb_demux *demux, const u8 *buf,
+ size_t count);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmx_swfilter - use dvb software filter for a buffer with
+ * multiple MPEG-TS packets with 188 bytes each.
+ *
+ * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux
+ * @buf: buffer with data to be filtered
+ * @count: number of MPEG-TS packets with size of 188.
+ *
+ * If a DVB packet doesn't start with 0x47, it will seek for the first
+ * byte that starts with 0x47.
+ *
+ * Use this routine if the DVB demux fill buffers that may not start with
+ * a packet start mark (0x47).
+ *
+ * NOTE: The @buf size should have size equal to ``count * 188``.
+ */
+void dvb_dmx_swfilter(struct dvb_demux *demux, const u8 *buf, size_t count);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmx_swfilter_204 - use dvb software filter for a buffer with
+ * multiple MPEG-TS packets with 204 bytes each.
+ *
+ * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux
+ * @buf: buffer with data to be filtered
+ * @count: number of MPEG-TS packets with size of 204.
+ *
+ * If a DVB packet doesn't start with 0x47, it will seek for the first
+ * byte that starts with 0x47.
+ *
+ * Use this routine if the DVB demux fill buffers that may not start with
+ * a packet start mark (0x47).
+ *
+ * NOTE: The @buf size should have size equal to ``count * 204``.
+ */
+void dvb_dmx_swfilter_204(struct dvb_demux *demux, const u8 *buf,
+ size_t count);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_dmx_swfilter_raw - make the raw data available to userspace without
+ * filtering
+ *
+ * @demux: pointer to &struct dvb_demux
+ * @buf: buffer with data
+ * @count: number of packets to be passed. The actual size of each packet
+ * depends on the &dvb_demux->feed->cb.ts logic.
+ *
+ * Use it if the driver needs to deliver the raw payload to userspace without
+ * passing through the kernel demux. That is meant to support some
+ * delivery systems that aren't based on MPEG-TS.
+ *
+ * This function relies on &dvb_demux->feed->cb.ts to actually handle the
+ * buffer.
+ */
+void dvb_dmx_swfilter_raw(struct dvb_demux *demux, const u8 *buf,
+ size_t count);
+
+#endif /* _DVB_DEMUX_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_frontend.h b/include/media/dvb_frontend.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e7c44870f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_frontend.h
@@ -0,0 +1,834 @@
+/*
+ * dvb_frontend.h
+ *
+ * The Digital TV Frontend kABI defines a driver-internal interface for
+ * registering low-level, hardware specific driver to a hardware independent
+ * frontend layer.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2001 convergence integrated media GmbH
+ * Copyright (C) 2004 convergence GmbH
+ *
+ * Written by Ralph Metzler
+ * Overhauled by Holger Waechtler
+ * Kernel I2C stuff by Michael Hunold <hunold@convergence.de>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVB_FRONTEND_H_
+#define _DVB_FRONTEND_H_
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/sched.h>
+#include <linux/ioctl.h>
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+#include <linux/module.h>
+#include <linux/errno.h>
+#include <linux/delay.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/slab.h>
+#include <linux/bitops.h>
+
+#include <linux/dvb/frontend.h>
+
+#include <media/dvbdev.h>
+
+/*
+ * Maximum number of Delivery systems per frontend. It
+ * should be smaller or equal to 32
+ */
+#define MAX_DELSYS 8
+
+/* Helper definitions to be used at frontend drivers */
+#define kHz 1000UL
+#define MHz 1000000UL
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_frontend_tune_settings - parameters to adjust frontend tuning
+ *
+ * @min_delay_ms: minimum delay for tuning, in ms
+ * @step_size: step size between two consecutive frequencies
+ * @max_drift: maximum drift
+ *
+ * NOTE: step_size is in Hz, for terrestrial/cable or kHz for satellite
+ */
+struct dvb_frontend_tune_settings {
+ int min_delay_ms;
+ int step_size;
+ int max_drift;
+};
+
+struct dvb_frontend;
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_tuner_info - Frontend name and min/max ranges/bandwidths
+ *
+ * @name: name of the Frontend
+ * @frequency_min_hz: minimal frequency supported in Hz
+ * @frequency_max_hz: maximum frequency supported in Hz
+ * @frequency_step_hz: frequency step in Hz
+ * @bandwidth_min: minimal frontend bandwidth supported
+ * @bandwidth_max: maximum frontend bandwidth supported
+ * @bandwidth_step: frontend bandwidth step
+ */
+struct dvb_tuner_info {
+ char name[128];
+
+ u32 frequency_min_hz;
+ u32 frequency_max_hz;
+ u32 frequency_step_hz;
+
+ u32 bandwidth_min;
+ u32 bandwidth_max;
+ u32 bandwidth_step;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct analog_parameters - Parameters to tune into an analog/radio channel
+ *
+ * @frequency: Frequency used by analog TV tuner (either in 62.5 kHz step,
+ * for TV, or 62.5 Hz for radio)
+ * @mode: Tuner mode, as defined on enum v4l2_tuner_type
+ * @audmode: Audio mode as defined for the rxsubchans field at videodev2.h,
+ * e. g. V4L2_TUNER_MODE_*
+ * @std: TV standard bitmap as defined at videodev2.h, e. g. V4L2_STD_*
+ *
+ * Hybrid tuners should be supported by both V4L2 and DVB APIs. This
+ * struct contains the data that are used by the V4L2 side. To avoid
+ * dependencies from V4L2 headers, all enums here are declared as integers.
+ */
+struct analog_parameters {
+ unsigned int frequency;
+ unsigned int mode;
+ unsigned int audmode;
+ u64 std;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum dvbfe_algo - defines the algorithm used to tune into a channel
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_HW: Hardware Algorithm -
+ * Devices that support this algorithm do everything in hardware
+ * and no software support is needed to handle them.
+ * Requesting these devices to LOCK is the only thing required,
+ * device is supposed to do everything in the hardware.
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SW: Software Algorithm -
+ * These are dumb devices, that require software to do everything
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_CUSTOM: Customizable Agorithm -
+ * Devices having this algorithm can be customized to have specific
+ * algorithms in the frontend driver, rather than simply doing a
+ * software zig-zag. In this case the zigzag maybe hardware assisted
+ * or it maybe completely done in hardware. In all cases, usage of
+ * this algorithm, in conjunction with the search and track
+ * callbacks, utilizes the driver specific algorithm.
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_RECOVERY: Recovery Algorithm -
+ * These devices have AUTO recovery capabilities from LOCK failure
+ */
+enum dvbfe_algo {
+ DVBFE_ALGO_HW = BIT(0),
+ DVBFE_ALGO_SW = BIT(1),
+ DVBFE_ALGO_CUSTOM = BIT(2),
+ DVBFE_ALGO_RECOVERY = BIT(31),
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum dvbfe_search - search callback possible return status
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_SUCCESS:
+ * The frontend search algorithm completed and returned successfully
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_ASLEEP:
+ * The frontend search algorithm is sleeping
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_FAILED:
+ * The frontend search for a signal failed
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_INVALID:
+ * The frontend search algorithm was probably supplied with invalid
+ * parameters and the search is an invalid one
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_ERROR:
+ * The frontend search algorithm failed due to some error
+ *
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_AGAIN:
+ * The frontend search algorithm was requested to search again
+ */
+enum dvbfe_search {
+ DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_SUCCESS = BIT(0),
+ DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_ASLEEP = BIT(1),
+ DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_FAILED = BIT(2),
+ DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_INVALID = BIT(3),
+ DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_AGAIN = BIT(4),
+ DVBFE_ALGO_SEARCH_ERROR = BIT(31),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_tuner_ops - Tuner information and callbacks
+ *
+ * @info: embedded &struct dvb_tuner_info with tuner properties
+ * @release: callback function called when frontend is detached.
+ * drivers should free any allocated memory.
+ * @init: callback function used to initialize the tuner device.
+ * @sleep: callback function used to put the tuner to sleep.
+ * @suspend: callback function used to inform that the Kernel will
+ * suspend.
+ * @resume: callback function used to inform that the Kernel is
+ * resuming from suspend.
+ * @set_params: callback function used to inform the tuner to tune
+ * into a digital TV channel. The properties to be used
+ * are stored at &struct dvb_frontend.dtv_property_cache.
+ * The tuner demod can change the parameters to reflect
+ * the changes needed for the channel to be tuned, and
+ * update statistics. This is the recommended way to set
+ * the tuner parameters and should be used on newer
+ * drivers.
+ * @set_analog_params: callback function used to tune into an analog TV
+ * channel on hybrid tuners. It passes @analog_parameters
+ * to the driver.
+ * @set_config: callback function used to send some tuner-specific
+ * parameters.
+ * @get_frequency: get the actual tuned frequency
+ * @get_bandwidth: get the bandwidth used by the low pass filters
+ * @get_if_frequency: get the Intermediate Frequency, in Hz. For baseband,
+ * should return 0.
+ * @get_status: returns the frontend lock status
+ * @get_rf_strength: returns the RF signal strength. Used mostly to support
+ * analog TV and radio. Digital TV should report, instead,
+ * via DVBv5 API (&struct dvb_frontend.dtv_property_cache).
+ * @get_afc: Used only by analog TV core. Reports the frequency
+ * drift due to AFC.
+ * @calc_regs: callback function used to pass register data settings
+ * for simple tuners. Shouldn't be used on newer drivers.
+ * @set_frequency: Set a new frequency. Shouldn't be used on newer drivers.
+ * @set_bandwidth: Set a new frequency. Shouldn't be used on newer drivers.
+ *
+ * NOTE: frequencies used on @get_frequency and @set_frequency are in Hz for
+ * terrestrial/cable or kHz for satellite.
+ *
+ */
+struct dvb_tuner_ops {
+
+ struct dvb_tuner_info info;
+
+ void (*release)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+ int (*init)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+ int (*sleep)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+ int (*suspend)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+ int (*resume)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+ /* This is the recommended way to set the tuner */
+ int (*set_params)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+ int (*set_analog_params)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, struct analog_parameters *p);
+
+ int (*set_config)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, void *priv_cfg);
+
+ int (*get_frequency)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *frequency);
+ int (*get_bandwidth)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *bandwidth);
+ int (*get_if_frequency)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *frequency);
+
+#define TUNER_STATUS_LOCKED 1
+#define TUNER_STATUS_STEREO 2
+ int (*get_status)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *status);
+ int (*get_rf_strength)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u16 *strength);
+ int (*get_afc)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, s32 *afc);
+
+ /*
+ * This is support for demods like the mt352 - fills out the supplied
+ * buffer with what to write.
+ *
+ * Don't use on newer drivers.
+ */
+ int (*calc_regs)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u8 *buf, int buf_len);
+
+ /*
+ * These are provided separately from set_params in order to
+ * facilitate silicon tuners which require sophisticated tuning loops,
+ * controlling each parameter separately.
+ *
+ * Don't use on newer drivers.
+ */
+ int (*set_frequency)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 frequency);
+ int (*set_bandwidth)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 bandwidth);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct analog_demod_info - Information struct for analog TV part of the demod
+ *
+ * @name: Name of the analog TV demodulator
+ */
+struct analog_demod_info {
+ char *name;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct analog_demod_ops - Demodulation information and callbacks for
+ * analog TV and radio
+ *
+ * @info: pointer to struct analog_demod_info
+ * @set_params: callback function used to inform the demod to set the
+ * demodulator parameters needed to decode an analog or
+ * radio channel. The properties are passed via
+ * &struct analog_params.
+ * @has_signal: returns 0xffff if has signal, or 0 if it doesn't.
+ * @get_afc: Used only by analog TV core. Reports the frequency
+ * drift due to AFC.
+ * @tuner_status: callback function that returns tuner status bits, e. g.
+ * %TUNER_STATUS_LOCKED and %TUNER_STATUS_STEREO.
+ * @standby: set the tuner to standby mode.
+ * @release: callback function called when frontend is detached.
+ * drivers should free any allocated memory.
+ * @i2c_gate_ctrl: controls the I2C gate. Newer drivers should use I2C
+ * mux support instead.
+ * @set_config: callback function used to send some tuner-specific
+ * parameters.
+ */
+struct analog_demod_ops {
+
+ struct analog_demod_info info;
+
+ void (*set_params)(struct dvb_frontend *fe,
+ struct analog_parameters *params);
+ int (*has_signal)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u16 *signal);
+ int (*get_afc)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, s32 *afc);
+ void (*tuner_status)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+ void (*standby)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+ void (*release)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+ int (*i2c_gate_ctrl)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, int enable);
+
+ /** This is to allow setting tuner-specific configuration */
+ int (*set_config)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, void *priv_cfg);
+};
+
+struct dtv_frontend_properties;
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_frontend_internal_info - Frontend properties and capabilities
+ *
+ * @name: Name of the frontend
+ * @frequency_min_hz: Minimal frequency supported by the frontend.
+ * @frequency_max_hz: Minimal frequency supported by the frontend.
+ * @frequency_stepsize_hz: All frequencies are multiple of this value.
+ * @frequency_tolerance_hz: Frequency tolerance.
+ * @symbol_rate_min: Minimal symbol rate, in bauds
+ * (for Cable/Satellite systems).
+ * @symbol_rate_max: Maximal symbol rate, in bauds
+ * (for Cable/Satellite systems).
+ * @symbol_rate_tolerance: Maximal symbol rate tolerance, in ppm
+ * (for Cable/Satellite systems).
+ * @caps: Capabilities supported by the frontend,
+ * as specified in &enum fe_caps.
+ */
+struct dvb_frontend_internal_info {
+ char name[128];
+ u32 frequency_min_hz;
+ u32 frequency_max_hz;
+ u32 frequency_stepsize_hz;
+ u32 frequency_tolerance_hz;
+ u32 symbol_rate_min;
+ u32 symbol_rate_max;
+ u32 symbol_rate_tolerance;
+ enum fe_caps caps;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_frontend_ops - Demodulation information and callbacks for
+ * ditialt TV
+ *
+ * @info: embedded &struct dvb_tuner_info with tuner properties
+ * @delsys: Delivery systems supported by the frontend
+ * @detach: callback function called when frontend is detached.
+ * drivers should clean up, but not yet free the &struct
+ * dvb_frontend allocation.
+ * @release: callback function called when frontend is ready to be
+ * freed.
+ * drivers should free any allocated memory.
+ * @release_sec: callback function requesting that the Satellite Equipment
+ * Control (SEC) driver to release and free any memory
+ * allocated by the driver.
+ * @init: callback function used to initialize the tuner device.
+ * @sleep: callback function used to put the tuner to sleep.
+ * @suspend: callback function used to inform that the Kernel will
+ * suspend.
+ * @resume: callback function used to inform that the Kernel is
+ * resuming from suspend.
+ * @write: callback function used by some demod legacy drivers to
+ * allow other drivers to write data into their registers.
+ * Should not be used on new drivers.
+ * @tune: callback function used by demod drivers that use
+ * @DVBFE_ALGO_HW to tune into a frequency.
+ * @get_frontend_algo: returns the desired hardware algorithm.
+ * @set_frontend: callback function used to inform the demod to set the
+ * parameters for demodulating a digital TV channel.
+ * The properties to be used are stored at &struct
+ * dvb_frontend.dtv_property_cache. The demod can change
+ * the parameters to reflect the changes needed for the
+ * channel to be decoded, and update statistics.
+ * @get_tune_settings: callback function
+ * @get_frontend: callback function used to inform the parameters
+ * actuall in use. The properties to be used are stored at
+ * &struct dvb_frontend.dtv_property_cache and update
+ * statistics. Please notice that it should not return
+ * an error code if the statistics are not available
+ * because the demog is not locked.
+ * @read_status: returns the locking status of the frontend.
+ * @read_ber: legacy callback function to return the bit error rate.
+ * Newer drivers should provide such info via DVBv5 API,
+ * e. g. @set_frontend;/@get_frontend, implementing this
+ * callback only if DVBv3 API compatibility is wanted.
+ * @read_signal_strength: legacy callback function to return the signal
+ * strength. Newer drivers should provide such info via
+ * DVBv5 API, e. g. @set_frontend/@get_frontend,
+ * implementing this callback only if DVBv3 API
+ * compatibility is wanted.
+ * @read_snr: legacy callback function to return the Signal/Noise
+ * rate. Newer drivers should provide such info via
+ * DVBv5 API, e. g. @set_frontend/@get_frontend,
+ * implementing this callback only if DVBv3 API
+ * compatibility is wanted.
+ * @read_ucblocks: legacy callback function to return the Uncorrected Error
+ * Blocks. Newer drivers should provide such info via
+ * DVBv5 API, e. g. @set_frontend/@get_frontend,
+ * implementing this callback only if DVBv3 API
+ * compatibility is wanted.
+ * @diseqc_reset_overload: callback function to implement the
+ * FE_DISEQC_RESET_OVERLOAD() ioctl (only Satellite)
+ * @diseqc_send_master_cmd: callback function to implement the
+ * FE_DISEQC_SEND_MASTER_CMD() ioctl (only Satellite).
+ * @diseqc_recv_slave_reply: callback function to implement the
+ * FE_DISEQC_RECV_SLAVE_REPLY() ioctl (only Satellite)
+ * @diseqc_send_burst: callback function to implement the
+ * FE_DISEQC_SEND_BURST() ioctl (only Satellite).
+ * @set_tone: callback function to implement the
+ * FE_SET_TONE() ioctl (only Satellite).
+ * @set_voltage: callback function to implement the
+ * FE_SET_VOLTAGE() ioctl (only Satellite).
+ * @enable_high_lnb_voltage: callback function to implement the
+ * FE_ENABLE_HIGH_LNB_VOLTAGE() ioctl (only Satellite).
+ * @dishnetwork_send_legacy_command: callback function to implement the
+ * FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD() ioctl (only Satellite).
+ * Drivers should not use this, except when the DVB
+ * core emulation fails to provide proper support (e.g.
+ * if @set_voltage takes more than 8ms to work), and
+ * when backward compatibility with this legacy API is
+ * required.
+ * @i2c_gate_ctrl: controls the I2C gate. Newer drivers should use I2C
+ * mux support instead.
+ * @ts_bus_ctrl: callback function used to take control of the TS bus.
+ * @set_lna: callback function to power on/off/auto the LNA.
+ * @search: callback function used on some custom algo search algos.
+ * @tuner_ops: pointer to &struct dvb_tuner_ops
+ * @analog_ops: pointer to &struct analog_demod_ops
+ */
+struct dvb_frontend_ops {
+ struct dvb_frontend_internal_info info;
+
+ u8 delsys[MAX_DELSYS];
+
+ void (*detach)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+ void (*release)(struct dvb_frontend* fe);
+ void (*release_sec)(struct dvb_frontend* fe);
+
+ int (*init)(struct dvb_frontend* fe);
+ int (*sleep)(struct dvb_frontend* fe);
+ int (*suspend)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+ int (*resume)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+ int (*write)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, const u8 buf[], int len);
+
+ /* if this is set, it overrides the default swzigzag */
+ int (*tune)(struct dvb_frontend* fe,
+ bool re_tune,
+ unsigned int mode_flags,
+ unsigned int *delay,
+ enum fe_status *status);
+
+ /* get frontend tuning algorithm from the module */
+ enum dvbfe_algo (*get_frontend_algo)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+ /* these two are only used for the swzigzag code */
+ int (*set_frontend)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+ int (*get_tune_settings)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, struct dvb_frontend_tune_settings* settings);
+
+ int (*get_frontend)(struct dvb_frontend *fe,
+ struct dtv_frontend_properties *props);
+
+ int (*read_status)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, enum fe_status *status);
+ int (*read_ber)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, u32* ber);
+ int (*read_signal_strength)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, u16* strength);
+ int (*read_snr)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, u16* snr);
+ int (*read_ucblocks)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, u32* ucblocks);
+
+ int (*diseqc_reset_overload)(struct dvb_frontend* fe);
+ int (*diseqc_send_master_cmd)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, struct dvb_diseqc_master_cmd* cmd);
+ int (*diseqc_recv_slave_reply)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, struct dvb_diseqc_slave_reply* reply);
+ int (*diseqc_send_burst)(struct dvb_frontend *fe,
+ enum fe_sec_mini_cmd minicmd);
+ int (*set_tone)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, enum fe_sec_tone_mode tone);
+ int (*set_voltage)(struct dvb_frontend *fe,
+ enum fe_sec_voltage voltage);
+ int (*enable_high_lnb_voltage)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, long arg);
+ int (*dishnetwork_send_legacy_command)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, unsigned long cmd);
+ int (*i2c_gate_ctrl)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, int enable);
+ int (*ts_bus_ctrl)(struct dvb_frontend* fe, int acquire);
+ int (*set_lna)(struct dvb_frontend *);
+
+ /*
+ * These callbacks are for devices that implement their own
+ * tuning algorithms, rather than a simple swzigzag
+ */
+ enum dvbfe_search (*search)(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+ struct dvb_tuner_ops tuner_ops;
+ struct analog_demod_ops analog_ops;
+};
+
+#ifdef __DVB_CORE__
+#define MAX_EVENT 8
+
+/* Used only internally at dvb_frontend.c */
+struct dvb_fe_events {
+ struct dvb_frontend_event events[MAX_EVENT];
+ int eventw;
+ int eventr;
+ int overflow;
+ wait_queue_head_t wait_queue;
+ struct mutex mtx;
+};
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * struct dtv_frontend_properties - contains a list of properties that are
+ * specific to a digital TV standard.
+ *
+ * @frequency: frequency in Hz for terrestrial/cable or in kHz for
+ * Satellite
+ * @modulation: Frontend modulation type
+ * @voltage: SEC voltage (only Satellite)
+ * @sectone: SEC tone mode (only Satellite)
+ * @inversion: Spectral inversion
+ * @fec_inner: Forward error correction inner Code Rate
+ * @transmission_mode: Transmission Mode
+ * @bandwidth_hz: Bandwidth, in Hz. A zero value means that userspace
+ * wants to autodetect.
+ * @guard_interval: Guard Interval
+ * @hierarchy: Hierarchy
+ * @symbol_rate: Symbol Rate
+ * @code_rate_HP: high priority stream code rate
+ * @code_rate_LP: low priority stream code rate
+ * @pilot: Enable/disable/autodetect pilot tones
+ * @rolloff: Rolloff factor (alpha)
+ * @delivery_system: FE delivery system (e. g. digital TV standard)
+ * @interleaving: interleaving
+ * @isdbt_partial_reception: ISDB-T partial reception (only ISDB standard)
+ * @isdbt_sb_mode: ISDB-T Sound Broadcast (SB) mode (only ISDB standard)
+ * @isdbt_sb_subchannel: ISDB-T SB subchannel (only ISDB standard)
+ * @isdbt_sb_segment_idx: ISDB-T SB segment index (only ISDB standard)
+ * @isdbt_sb_segment_count: ISDB-T SB segment count (only ISDB standard)
+ * @isdbt_layer_enabled: ISDB Layer enabled (only ISDB standard)
+ * @layer: ISDB per-layer data (only ISDB standard)
+ * @layer.segment_count: Segment Count;
+ * @layer.fec: per layer code rate;
+ * @layer.modulation: per layer modulation;
+ * @layer.interleaving: per layer interleaving.
+ * @stream_id: If different than zero, enable substream filtering, if
+ * hardware supports (DVB-S2 and DVB-T2).
+ * @scrambling_sequence_index: Carries the index of the DVB-S2 physical layer
+ * scrambling sequence.
+ * @atscmh_fic_ver: Version number of the FIC (Fast Information Channel)
+ * signaling data (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_parade_id: Parade identification number (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_nog: Number of MH groups per MH subframe for a designated
+ * parade (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_tnog: Total number of MH groups including all MH groups
+ * belonging to all MH parades in one MH subframe
+ * (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_sgn: Start group number (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_prc: Parade repetition cycle (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_rs_frame_mode: Reed Solomon (RS) frame mode (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble: RS frame ensemble (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_rs_code_mode_pri: RS code mode pri (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_rs_code_mode_sec: RS code mode sec (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_sccc_block_mode: Series Concatenated Convolutional Code (SCCC)
+ * Block Mode (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_sccc_code_mode_a: SCCC code mode A (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_sccc_code_mode_b: SCCC code mode B (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_sccc_code_mode_c: SCCC code mode C (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @atscmh_sccc_code_mode_d: SCCC code mode D (only ATSC-M/H)
+ * @lna: Power ON/OFF/AUTO the Linear Now-noise Amplifier (LNA)
+ * @strength: DVBv5 API statistics: Signal Strength
+ * @cnr: DVBv5 API statistics: Signal to Noise ratio of the
+ * (main) carrier
+ * @pre_bit_error: DVBv5 API statistics: pre-Viterbi bit error count
+ * @pre_bit_count: DVBv5 API statistics: pre-Viterbi bit count
+ * @post_bit_error: DVBv5 API statistics: post-Viterbi bit error count
+ * @post_bit_count: DVBv5 API statistics: post-Viterbi bit count
+ * @block_error: DVBv5 API statistics: block error count
+ * @block_count: DVBv5 API statistics: block count
+ *
+ * NOTE: derivated statistics like Uncorrected Error blocks (UCE) are
+ * calculated on userspace.
+ *
+ * Only a subset of the properties are needed for a given delivery system.
+ * For more info, consult the media_api.html with the documentation of the
+ * Userspace API.
+ */
+struct dtv_frontend_properties {
+ u32 frequency;
+ enum fe_modulation modulation;
+
+ enum fe_sec_voltage voltage;
+ enum fe_sec_tone_mode sectone;
+ enum fe_spectral_inversion inversion;
+ enum fe_code_rate fec_inner;
+ enum fe_transmit_mode transmission_mode;
+ u32 bandwidth_hz; /* 0 = AUTO */
+ enum fe_guard_interval guard_interval;
+ enum fe_hierarchy hierarchy;
+ u32 symbol_rate;
+ enum fe_code_rate code_rate_HP;
+ enum fe_code_rate code_rate_LP;
+
+ enum fe_pilot pilot;
+ enum fe_rolloff rolloff;
+
+ enum fe_delivery_system delivery_system;
+
+ enum fe_interleaving interleaving;
+
+ /* ISDB-T specifics */
+ u8 isdbt_partial_reception;
+ u8 isdbt_sb_mode;
+ u8 isdbt_sb_subchannel;
+ u32 isdbt_sb_segment_idx;
+ u32 isdbt_sb_segment_count;
+ u8 isdbt_layer_enabled;
+ struct {
+ u8 segment_count;
+ enum fe_code_rate fec;
+ enum fe_modulation modulation;
+ u8 interleaving;
+ } layer[3];
+
+ /* Multistream specifics */
+ u32 stream_id;
+
+ /* Physical Layer Scrambling specifics */
+ u32 scrambling_sequence_index;
+
+ /* ATSC-MH specifics */
+ u8 atscmh_fic_ver;
+ u8 atscmh_parade_id;
+ u8 atscmh_nog;
+ u8 atscmh_tnog;
+ u8 atscmh_sgn;
+ u8 atscmh_prc;
+
+ u8 atscmh_rs_frame_mode;
+ u8 atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble;
+ u8 atscmh_rs_code_mode_pri;
+ u8 atscmh_rs_code_mode_sec;
+ u8 atscmh_sccc_block_mode;
+ u8 atscmh_sccc_code_mode_a;
+ u8 atscmh_sccc_code_mode_b;
+ u8 atscmh_sccc_code_mode_c;
+ u8 atscmh_sccc_code_mode_d;
+
+ u32 lna;
+
+ /* statistics data */
+ struct dtv_fe_stats strength;
+ struct dtv_fe_stats cnr;
+ struct dtv_fe_stats pre_bit_error;
+ struct dtv_fe_stats pre_bit_count;
+ struct dtv_fe_stats post_bit_error;
+ struct dtv_fe_stats post_bit_count;
+ struct dtv_fe_stats block_error;
+ struct dtv_fe_stats block_count;
+};
+
+#define DVB_FE_NO_EXIT 0
+#define DVB_FE_NORMAL_EXIT 1
+#define DVB_FE_DEVICE_REMOVED 2
+#define DVB_FE_DEVICE_RESUME 3
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_frontend - Frontend structure to be used on drivers.
+ *
+ * @refcount: refcount to keep track of &struct dvb_frontend
+ * references
+ * @ops: embedded &struct dvb_frontend_ops
+ * @dvb: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter
+ * @demodulator_priv: demod private data
+ * @tuner_priv: tuner private data
+ * @frontend_priv: frontend private data
+ * @sec_priv: SEC private data
+ * @analog_demod_priv: Analog demod private data
+ * @dtv_property_cache: embedded &struct dtv_frontend_properties
+ * @callback: callback function used on some drivers to call
+ * either the tuner or the demodulator.
+ * @id: Frontend ID
+ * @exit: Used to inform the DVB core that the frontend
+ * thread should exit (usually, means that the hardware
+ * got disconnected.
+ */
+
+struct dvb_frontend {
+ struct kref refcount;
+ struct dvb_frontend_ops ops;
+ struct dvb_adapter *dvb;
+ void *demodulator_priv;
+ void *tuner_priv;
+ void *frontend_priv;
+ void *sec_priv;
+ void *analog_demod_priv;
+ struct dtv_frontend_properties dtv_property_cache;
+#define DVB_FRONTEND_COMPONENT_TUNER 0
+#define DVB_FRONTEND_COMPONENT_DEMOD 1
+ int (*callback)(void *adapter_priv, int component, int cmd, int arg);
+ int id;
+ unsigned int exit;
+};
+
+/**
+ * dvb_register_frontend() - Registers a DVB frontend at the adapter
+ *
+ * @dvb: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter
+ * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend
+ *
+ * Allocate and initialize the private data needed by the frontend core to
+ * manage the frontend and calls dvb_register_device() to register a new
+ * frontend. It also cleans the property cache that stores the frontend
+ * parameters and selects the first available delivery system.
+ */
+int dvb_register_frontend(struct dvb_adapter *dvb,
+ struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_unregister_frontend() - Unregisters a DVB frontend
+ *
+ * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend
+ *
+ * Stops the frontend kthread, calls dvb_unregister_device() and frees the
+ * private frontend data allocated by dvb_register_frontend().
+ *
+ * NOTE: This function doesn't frees the memory allocated by the demod,
+ * by the SEC driver and by the tuner. In order to free it, an explicit call to
+ * dvb_frontend_detach() is needed, after calling this function.
+ */
+int dvb_unregister_frontend(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_frontend_detach() - Detaches and frees frontend specific data
+ *
+ * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend
+ *
+ * This function should be called after dvb_unregister_frontend(). It
+ * calls the SEC, tuner and demod release functions:
+ * &dvb_frontend_ops.release_sec, &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.release,
+ * &dvb_frontend_ops.analog_ops.release and &dvb_frontend_ops.release.
+ *
+ * If the driver is compiled with %CONFIG_MEDIA_ATTACH, it also decreases
+ * the module reference count, needed to allow userspace to remove the
+ * previously used DVB frontend modules.
+ */
+void dvb_frontend_detach(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_frontend_suspend() - Suspends a Digital TV frontend
+ *
+ * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend
+ *
+ * This function prepares a Digital TV frontend to suspend.
+ *
+ * In order to prepare the tuner to suspend, if
+ * &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.suspend\(\) is available, it calls it. Otherwise,
+ * it will call &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.sleep\(\), if available.
+ *
+ * It will also call &dvb_frontend_ops.suspend\(\) to put the demod to suspend,
+ * if available. Otherwise it will call &dvb_frontend_ops.sleep\(\).
+ *
+ * The drivers should also call dvb_frontend_suspend\(\) as part of their
+ * handler for the &device_driver.suspend\(\).
+ */
+int dvb_frontend_suspend(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_frontend_resume() - Resumes a Digital TV frontend
+ *
+ * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend
+ *
+ * This function resumes the usual operation of the tuner after resume.
+ *
+ * In order to resume the frontend, it calls the demod
+ * &dvb_frontend_ops.resume\(\) if available. Otherwise it calls demod
+ * &dvb_frontend_ops.init\(\).
+ *
+ * If &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.resume\(\) is available, It, it calls it.
+ * Otherwise,t will call &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.init\(\), if available.
+ *
+ * Once tuner and demods are resumed, it will enforce that the SEC voltage and
+ * tone are restored to their previous values and wake up the frontend's
+ * kthread in order to retune the frontend.
+ *
+ * The drivers should also call dvb_frontend_resume() as part of their
+ * handler for the &device_driver.resume\(\).
+ */
+int dvb_frontend_resume(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_frontend_reinitialise() - forces a reinitialisation at the frontend
+ *
+ * @fe: pointer to &struct dvb_frontend
+ *
+ * Calls &dvb_frontend_ops.init\(\) and &dvb_frontend_ops.tuner_ops.init\(\),
+ * and resets SEC tone and voltage (for Satellite systems).
+ *
+ * NOTE: Currently, this function is used only by one driver (budget-av).
+ * It seems to be due to address some special issue with that specific
+ * frontend.
+ */
+void dvb_frontend_reinitialise(struct dvb_frontend *fe);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_frontend_sleep_until() - Sleep for the amount of time given by
+ * add_usec parameter
+ *
+ * @waketime: pointer to &struct ktime_t
+ * @add_usec: time to sleep, in microseconds
+ *
+ * This function is used to measure the time required for the
+ * FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD() ioctl to work. It needs to be as precise
+ * as possible, as it affects the detection of the dish tone command at the
+ * satellite subsystem.
+ *
+ * Its used internally by the DVB frontend core, in order to emulate
+ * FE_DISHNETWORK_SEND_LEGACY_CMD() using the &dvb_frontend_ops.set_voltage\(\)
+ * callback.
+ *
+ * NOTE: it should not be used at the drivers, as the emulation for the
+ * legacy callback is provided by the Kernel. The only situation where this
+ * should be at the drivers is when there are some bugs at the hardware that
+ * would prevent the core emulation to work. On such cases, the driver would
+ * be writing a &dvb_frontend_ops.dishnetwork_send_legacy_command\(\) and
+ * calling this function directly.
+ */
+void dvb_frontend_sleep_until(ktime_t *waketime, u32 add_usec);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_math.h b/include/media/dvb_math.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8690ec429
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_math.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * dvb-math provides some complex fixed-point math
+ * operations shared between the dvb related stuff
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2006 Christoph Pfister (christophpfister@gmail.com)
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
+ * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of
+ * the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DVB_MATH_H
+#define __DVB_MATH_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+/**
+ * intlog2 - computes log2 of a value; the result is shifted left by 24 bits
+ *
+ * @value: The value (must be != 0)
+ *
+ * to use rational values you can use the following method:
+ *
+ * intlog2(value) = intlog2(value * 2^x) - x * 2^24
+ *
+ * Some usecase examples:
+ *
+ * intlog2(8) will give 3 << 24 = 3 * 2^24
+ *
+ * intlog2(9) will give 3 << 24 + ... = 3.16... * 2^24
+ *
+ * intlog2(1.5) = intlog2(3) - 2^24 = 0.584... * 2^24
+ *
+ *
+ * return: log2(value) * 2^24
+ */
+extern unsigned int intlog2(u32 value);
+
+/**
+ * intlog10 - computes log10 of a value; the result is shifted left by 24 bits
+ *
+ * @value: The value (must be != 0)
+ *
+ * to use rational values you can use the following method:
+ *
+ * intlog10(value) = intlog10(value * 10^x) - x * 2^24
+ *
+ * An usecase example:
+ *
+ * intlog10(1000) will give 3 << 24 = 3 * 2^24
+ *
+ * due to the implementation intlog10(1000) might be not exactly 3 * 2^24
+ *
+ * look at intlog2 for similar examples
+ *
+ * return: log10(value) * 2^24
+ */
+extern unsigned int intlog10(u32 value);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_net.h b/include/media/dvb_net.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc01dffcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_net.h
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+ * dvb_net.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2001 Ralph Metzler for convergence integrated media GmbH
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVB_NET_H_
+#define _DVB_NET_H_
+
+#include <linux/module.h>
+#include <linux/netdevice.h>
+#include <linux/inetdevice.h>
+#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
+#include <linux/skbuff.h>
+
+#include <media/dvbdev.h>
+
+#define DVB_NET_DEVICES_MAX 10
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_DVB_NET
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_net - describes a DVB network interface
+ *
+ * @dvbdev: pointer to &struct dvb_device.
+ * @device: array of pointers to &struct net_device.
+ * @state: array of integers to each net device. A value
+ * different than zero means that the interface is
+ * in usage.
+ * @exit: flag to indicate when the device is being removed.
+ * @demux: pointer to &struct dmx_demux.
+ * @ioctl_mutex: protect access to this struct.
+ * @remove_mutex: mutex that avoids a race condition between a callback
+ * called when the hardware is disconnected and the
+ * file_operations of dvb_net.
+ *
+ * Currently, the core supports up to %DVB_NET_DEVICES_MAX (10) network
+ * devices.
+ */
+
+struct dvb_net {
+ struct dvb_device *dvbdev;
+ struct net_device *device[DVB_NET_DEVICES_MAX];
+ int state[DVB_NET_DEVICES_MAX];
+ unsigned int exit:1;
+ struct dmx_demux *demux;
+ struct mutex ioctl_mutex;
+ struct mutex remove_mutex;
+};
+
+/**
+ * dvb_net_init - nitializes a digital TV network device and registers it.
+ *
+ * @adap: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter.
+ * @dvbnet: pointer to &struct dvb_net.
+ * @dmxdemux: pointer to &struct dmx_demux.
+ */
+int dvb_net_init(struct dvb_adapter *adap, struct dvb_net *dvbnet,
+ struct dmx_demux *dmxdemux);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_net_release - releases a digital TV network device and unregisters it.
+ *
+ * @dvbnet: pointer to &struct dvb_net.
+ */
+void dvb_net_release(struct dvb_net *dvbnet);
+
+#else
+
+struct dvb_net {
+ struct dvb_device *dvbdev;
+};
+
+static inline void dvb_net_release(struct dvb_net *dvbnet)
+{
+}
+
+static inline int dvb_net_init(struct dvb_adapter *adap,
+ struct dvb_net *dvbnet, struct dmx_demux *dmx)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* ifdef CONFIG_DVB_NET */
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_ringbuffer.h b/include/media/dvb_ringbuffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8ed6bcc3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_ringbuffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+/*
+ *
+ * dvb_ringbuffer.h: ring buffer implementation for the dvb driver
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2003 Oliver Endriss
+ * Copyright (C) 2004 Andrew de Quincey
+ *
+ * based on code originally found in av7110.c & dvb_ci.c:
+ * Copyright (C) 1999-2003 Ralph Metzler & Marcus Metzler
+ * for convergence integrated media GmbH
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVB_RINGBUFFER_H_
+#define _DVB_RINGBUFFER_H_
+
+#include <linux/spinlock.h>
+#include <linux/wait.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_ringbuffer - Describes a ring buffer used at DVB framework
+ *
+ * @data: Area were the ringbuffer data is written
+ * @size: size of the ringbuffer
+ * @pread: next position to read
+ * @pwrite: next position to write
+ * @error: used by ringbuffer clients to indicate that an error happened.
+ * @queue: Wait queue used by ringbuffer clients to indicate when buffer
+ * was filled
+ * @lock: Spinlock used to protect the ringbuffer
+ */
+struct dvb_ringbuffer {
+ u8 *data;
+ ssize_t size;
+ ssize_t pread;
+ ssize_t pwrite;
+ int error;
+
+ wait_queue_head_t queue;
+ spinlock_t lock;
+};
+
+#define DVB_RINGBUFFER_PKTHDRSIZE 3
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_init - initialize ring buffer, lock and queue
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @data: pointer to the buffer where the data will be stored
+ * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf
+ */
+extern void dvb_ringbuffer_init(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, void *data,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_empty - test whether buffer is empty
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ */
+extern int dvb_ringbuffer_empty(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_free - returns the number of free bytes in the buffer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ *
+ * Return: number of free bytes in the buffer
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_free(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_avail - returns the number of bytes waiting in the buffer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ *
+ * Return: number of bytes waiting in the buffer
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_avail(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_reset - resets the ringbuffer to initial state
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ *
+ * Resets the read and write pointers to zero and flush the buffer.
+ *
+ * This counts as a read and write operation
+ */
+extern void dvb_ringbuffer_reset(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf);
+
+/*
+ * read routines & macros
+ */
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_flush - flush buffer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ */
+extern void dvb_ringbuffer_flush(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_flush_spinlock_wakeup- flush buffer protected by spinlock
+ * and wake-up waiting task(s)
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ */
+extern void dvb_ringbuffer_flush_spinlock_wakeup(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf);
+
+/**
+ * DVB_RINGBUFFER_PEEK - peek at byte @offs in the buffer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @offs: offset inside the ringbuffer
+ */
+#define DVB_RINGBUFFER_PEEK(rbuf, offs) \
+ ((rbuf)->data[((rbuf)->pread + (offs)) % (rbuf)->size])
+
+/**
+ * DVB_RINGBUFFER_SKIP - advance read ptr by @num bytes
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @num: number of bytes to advance
+ */
+#define DVB_RINGBUFFER_SKIP(rbuf, num) {\
+ (rbuf)->pread = ((rbuf)->pread + (num)) % (rbuf)->size;\
+}
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_read_user - Reads a buffer into a user pointer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @buf: pointer to the buffer where the data will be stored
+ * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf
+ *
+ * This variant assumes that the buffer is a memory at the userspace. So,
+ * it will internally call copy_to_user().
+ *
+ * Return: number of bytes transferred or -EFAULT
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_read_user(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf,
+ u8 __user *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_read - Reads a buffer into a pointer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @buf: pointer to the buffer where the data will be stored
+ * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf
+ *
+ * This variant assumes that the buffer is a memory at the Kernel space
+ *
+ * Return: number of bytes transferred or -EFAULT
+ */
+extern void dvb_ringbuffer_read(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf,
+ u8 *buf, size_t len);
+
+/*
+ * write routines & macros
+ */
+
+/**
+ * DVB_RINGBUFFER_WRITE_BYTE - write single byte to ring buffer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @byte: byte to write
+ */
+#define DVB_RINGBUFFER_WRITE_BYTE(rbuf, byte) \
+ { (rbuf)->data[(rbuf)->pwrite] = (byte); \
+ (rbuf)->pwrite = ((rbuf)->pwrite + 1) % (rbuf)->size; }
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_write - Writes a buffer into the ringbuffer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @buf: pointer to the buffer where the data will be read
+ * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf
+ *
+ * This variant assumes that the buffer is a memory at the Kernel space
+ *
+ * return: number of bytes transferred or -EFAULT
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_write(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, const u8 *buf,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_write_user - Writes a buffer received via a user pointer
+ *
+ * @rbuf: pointer to struct dvb_ringbuffer
+ * @buf: pointer to the buffer where the data will be read
+ * @len: bytes from ring buffer into @buf
+ *
+ * This variant assumes that the buffer is a memory at the userspace. So,
+ * it will internally call copy_from_user().
+ *
+ * Return: number of bytes transferred or -EFAULT
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_write_user(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf,
+ const u8 __user *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_write - Write a packet into the ringbuffer.
+ *
+ * @rbuf: Ringbuffer to write to.
+ * @buf: Buffer to write.
+ * @len: Length of buffer (currently limited to 65535 bytes max).
+ *
+ * Return: Number of bytes written, or -EFAULT, -ENOMEM, -EVINAL.
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_write(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, u8 *buf,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_read_user - Read from a packet in the ringbuffer.
+ *
+ * @rbuf: Ringbuffer concerned.
+ * @idx: Packet index as returned by dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next().
+ * @offset: Offset into packet to read from.
+ * @buf: Destination buffer for data.
+ * @len: Size of destination buffer.
+ *
+ * Return: Number of bytes read, or -EFAULT.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * unlike dvb_ringbuffer_read(), this does **NOT** update the read pointer
+ * in the ringbuffer. You must use dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_dispose() to mark a
+ * packet as no longer required.
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_read_user(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf,
+ size_t idx,
+ int offset, u8 __user *buf,
+ size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_read - Read from a packet in the ringbuffer.
+ * Note: unlike dvb_ringbuffer_read_user(), this DOES update the read pointer
+ * in the ringbuffer.
+ *
+ * @rbuf: Ringbuffer concerned.
+ * @idx: Packet index as returned by dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next().
+ * @offset: Offset into packet to read from.
+ * @buf: Destination buffer for data.
+ * @len: Size of destination buffer.
+ *
+ * Return: Number of bytes read, or -EFAULT.
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_read(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, size_t idx,
+ int offset, u8 *buf, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_dispose - Dispose of a packet in the ring buffer.
+ *
+ * @rbuf: Ring buffer concerned.
+ * @idx: Packet index as returned by dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next().
+ */
+extern void dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_dispose(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf, size_t idx);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next - Get the index of the next packet in a ringbuffer.
+ *
+ * @rbuf: Ringbuffer concerned.
+ * @idx: Previous packet index, or -1 to return the first packet index.
+ * @pktlen: On success, will be updated to contain the length of the packet
+ * in bytes.
+ * returns Packet index (if >=0), or -1 if no packets available.
+ */
+extern ssize_t dvb_ringbuffer_pkt_next(struct dvb_ringbuffer *rbuf,
+ size_t idx, size_t *pktlen);
+
+#endif /* _DVB_RINGBUFFER_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/dvb_vb2.h b/include/media/dvb_vb2.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8cb88452c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvb_vb2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+/*
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+ *
+ * dvb-vb2.h - DVB driver helper framework for streaming I/O
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2015 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: jh1009.sung@samsung.com
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVB_VB2_H
+#define _DVB_VB2_H
+
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/dvb/dmx.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-core.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum dvb_buf_type - types of Digital TV memory-mapped buffers
+ *
+ * @DVB_BUF_TYPE_CAPTURE: buffer is filled by the Kernel,
+ * with a received Digital TV stream
+ */
+enum dvb_buf_type {
+ DVB_BUF_TYPE_CAPTURE = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum dvb_vb2_states - states to control VB2 state machine
+ * @DVB_VB2_STATE_NONE:
+ * VB2 engine not initialized yet, init failed or VB2 was released.
+ * @DVB_VB2_STATE_INIT:
+ * VB2 engine initialized.
+ * @DVB_VB2_STATE_REQBUFS:
+ * Buffers were requested
+ * @DVB_VB2_STATE_STREAMON:
+ * VB2 is streaming. Callers should not check it directly. Instead,
+ * they should use dvb_vb2_is_streaming().
+ *
+ * Note:
+ *
+ * Callers should not touch at the state machine directly. This
+ * is handled inside dvb_vb2.c.
+ */
+enum dvb_vb2_states {
+ DVB_VB2_STATE_NONE = 0x0,
+ DVB_VB2_STATE_INIT = 0x1,
+ DVB_VB2_STATE_REQBUFS = 0x2,
+ DVB_VB2_STATE_STREAMON = 0x4,
+};
+
+#define DVB_VB2_NAME_MAX (20)
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_buffer - video buffer information for v4l2.
+ *
+ * @vb: embedded struct &vb2_buffer.
+ * @list: list of &struct dvb_buffer.
+ */
+struct dvb_buffer {
+ struct vb2_buffer vb;
+ struct list_head list;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_vb2_ctx - control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @vb_q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @mutex: mutex to serialize vb2 operations. Used by
+ * vb2 core %wait_prepare and %wait_finish operations.
+ * @slock: spin lock used to protect buffer filling at dvb_vb2.c.
+ * @dvb_q: List of buffers that are not filled yet.
+ * @buf: Pointer to the buffer that are currently being filled.
+ * @offset: index to the next position at the @buf to be filled.
+ * @remain: How many bytes are left to be filled at @buf.
+ * @state: bitmask of buffer states as defined by &enum dvb_vb2_states.
+ * @buf_siz: size of each VB2 buffer.
+ * @buf_cnt: number of VB2 buffers.
+ * @nonblocking:
+ * If different than zero, device is operating on non-blocking
+ * mode.
+ * @flags: buffer flags as defined by &enum dmx_buffer_flags.
+ * Filled only at &DMX_DQBUF. &DMX_QBUF should zero this field.
+ * @count: monotonic counter for filled buffers. Helps to identify
+ * data stream loses. Filled only at &DMX_DQBUF. &DMX_QBUF should
+ * zero this field.
+ *
+ * @name: name of the device type. Currently, it can either be
+ * "dvr" or "demux_filter".
+ */
+struct dvb_vb2_ctx {
+ struct vb2_queue vb_q;
+ struct mutex mutex;
+ spinlock_t slock;
+ struct list_head dvb_q;
+ struct dvb_buffer *buf;
+ int offset;
+ int remain;
+ int state;
+ int buf_siz;
+ int buf_cnt;
+ int nonblocking;
+
+ enum dmx_buffer_flags flags;
+ u32 count;
+
+ char name[DVB_VB2_NAME_MAX + 1];
+};
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_DVB_MMAP
+static inline int dvb_vb2_init(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx,
+ const char *name, int non_blocking)
+{
+ return 0;
+};
+static inline int dvb_vb2_release(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx)
+{
+ return 0;
+};
+#define dvb_vb2_is_streaming(ctx) (0)
+#define dvb_vb2_fill_buffer(ctx, file, wait, flags) (0)
+
+static inline __poll_t dvb_vb2_poll(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx,
+ struct file *file,
+ poll_table *wait)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+#else
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_init - initializes VB2 handler
+ *
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @name: name for the VB2 handler
+ * @non_blocking:
+ * if not zero, it means that the device is at non-blocking mode
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_init(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, const char *name, int non_blocking);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_release - Releases the VB2 handler allocated resources and
+ * put @ctx at DVB_VB2_STATE_NONE state.
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_release(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_is_streaming - checks if the VB2 handler is streaming
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ *
+ * Return: 0 if not streaming, 1 otherwise.
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_is_streaming(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_fill_buffer - fills a VB2 buffer
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @src: place where the data is stored
+ * @len: number of bytes to be copied from @src
+ * @buffer_flags:
+ * pointer to buffer flags as defined by &enum dmx_buffer_flags.
+ * can be NULL.
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_fill_buffer(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx,
+ const unsigned char *src, int len,
+ enum dmx_buffer_flags *buffer_flags);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_poll - Wrapper to vb2_core_streamon() for Digital TV
+ * buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @file: &struct file argument passed to the poll
+ * file operation handler.
+ * @wait: &poll_table wait argument passed to the poll
+ * file operation handler.
+ *
+ * Implements poll syscall() logic.
+ */
+__poll_t dvb_vb2_poll(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct file *file,
+ poll_table *wait);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_stream_on() - Wrapper to vb2_core_streamon() for Digital TV
+ * buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ *
+ * Starts dvb streaming
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_stream_on(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx);
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_stream_off() - Wrapper to vb2_core_streamoff() for Digital TV
+ * buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ *
+ * Stops dvb streaming
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_stream_off(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_reqbufs() - Wrapper to vb2_core_reqbufs() for Digital TV
+ * buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @req: &struct dmx_requestbuffers passed from userspace in
+ * order to handle &DMX_REQBUFS.
+ *
+ * Initiate streaming by requesting a number of buffers. Also used to
+ * free previously requested buffers, is ``req->count`` is zero.
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_reqbufs(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_requestbuffers *req);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_querybuf() - Wrapper to vb2_core_querybuf() for Digital TV
+ * buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @b: &struct dmx_buffer passed from userspace in
+ * order to handle &DMX_QUERYBUF.
+ *
+ *
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_querybuf(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_buffer *b);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_expbuf() - Wrapper to vb2_core_expbuf() for Digital TV
+ * buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @exp: &struct dmx_exportbuffer passed from userspace in
+ * order to handle &DMX_EXPBUF.
+ *
+ * Export a buffer as a file descriptor.
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_expbuf(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_exportbuffer *exp);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_qbuf() - Wrapper to vb2_core_qbuf() for Digital TV buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @b: &struct dmx_buffer passed from userspace in
+ * order to handle &DMX_QBUF.
+ *
+ * Queue a Digital TV buffer as requested by userspace
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_qbuf(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_buffer *b);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_dqbuf() - Wrapper to vb2_core_dqbuf() for Digital TV
+ * buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @b: &struct dmx_buffer passed from userspace in
+ * order to handle &DMX_DQBUF.
+ *
+ * Dequeue a Digital TV buffer to the userspace
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_dqbuf(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct dmx_buffer *b);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_vb2_mmap() - Wrapper to vb2_mmap() for Digital TV buffer handling.
+ *
+ * @ctx: control struct for VB2 handler
+ * @vma: pointer to &struct vm_area_struct with the vma passed
+ * to the mmap file operation handler in the driver.
+ *
+ * map Digital TV video buffers into application address space.
+ */
+int dvb_vb2_mmap(struct dvb_vb2_ctx *ctx, struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+
+#endif /* _DVB_VB2_H */
diff --git a/include/media/dvbdev.h b/include/media/dvbdev.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..34b01ebf3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/dvbdev.h
@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+/*
+ * dvbdev.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2000 Ralph Metzler & Marcus Metzler
+ * for convergence integrated media GmbH
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Lesser Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1
+ * of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DVBDEV_H_
+#define _DVBDEV_H_
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <media/media-device.h>
+
+#define DVB_MAJOR 212
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS) && CONFIG_DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS > 0
+ #define DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS CONFIG_DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS
+#else
+ #define DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS 16
+#endif
+
+#define DVB_UNSET (-1)
+
+/* List of DVB device types */
+
+/**
+ * enum dvb_device_type - type of the Digital TV device
+ *
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_SEC: Digital TV standalone Common Interface (CI)
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_FRONTEND: Digital TV frontend.
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_DEMUX: Digital TV demux.
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_DVR: Digital TV digital video record (DVR).
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_CA: Digital TV Conditional Access (CA).
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_NET: Digital TV network.
+ *
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_VIDEO: Digital TV video decoder.
+ * Deprecated. Used only on av7110-av.
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_AUDIO: Digital TV audio decoder.
+ * Deprecated. Used only on av7110-av.
+ * @DVB_DEVICE_OSD: Digital TV On Screen Display (OSD).
+ * Deprecated. Used only on av7110.
+ */
+enum dvb_device_type {
+ DVB_DEVICE_SEC,
+ DVB_DEVICE_FRONTEND,
+ DVB_DEVICE_DEMUX,
+ DVB_DEVICE_DVR,
+ DVB_DEVICE_CA,
+ DVB_DEVICE_NET,
+
+ DVB_DEVICE_VIDEO,
+ DVB_DEVICE_AUDIO,
+ DVB_DEVICE_OSD,
+};
+
+#define DVB_DEFINE_MOD_OPT_ADAPTER_NR(adapter_nr) \
+ static short adapter_nr[] = \
+ {[0 ... (DVB_MAX_ADAPTERS - 1)] = DVB_UNSET }; \
+ module_param_array(adapter_nr, short, NULL, 0444); \
+ MODULE_PARM_DESC(adapter_nr, "DVB adapter numbers")
+
+struct dvb_frontend;
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_adapter - represents a Digital TV adapter using Linux DVB API
+ *
+ * @num: Number of the adapter
+ * @list_head: List with the DVB adapters
+ * @device_list: List with the DVB devices
+ * @name: Name of the adapter
+ * @proposed_mac: proposed MAC address for the adapter
+ * @priv: private data
+ * @device: pointer to struct device
+ * @module: pointer to struct module
+ * @mfe_shared: indicates mutually exclusive frontends.
+ * Use of this flag is currently deprecated.
+ * @mfe_dvbdev: Frontend device in use, in the case of MFE
+ * @mfe_lock: Lock to prevent using the other frontends when MFE is
+ * used.
+ * @mdev_lock: Protect access to the mdev pointer.
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct media_device, used when the media
+ * controller is used.
+ * @conn: RF connector. Used only if the device has no separate
+ * tuner.
+ * @conn_pads: pointer to struct media_pad associated with @conn;
+ */
+struct dvb_adapter {
+ int num;
+ struct list_head list_head;
+ struct list_head device_list;
+ const char *name;
+ u8 proposed_mac [6];
+ void* priv;
+
+ struct device *device;
+
+ struct module *module;
+
+ int mfe_shared; /* indicates mutually exclusive frontends */
+ struct dvb_device *mfe_dvbdev; /* frontend device in use */
+ struct mutex mfe_lock; /* access lock for thread creation */
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER_DVB)
+ struct mutex mdev_lock;
+ struct media_device *mdev;
+ struct media_entity *conn;
+ struct media_pad *conn_pads;
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvb_device - represents a DVB device node
+ *
+ * @list_head: List head with all DVB devices
+ * @ref: reference counter
+ * @fops: pointer to struct file_operations
+ * @adapter: pointer to the adapter that holds this device node
+ * @type: type of the device, as defined by &enum dvb_device_type.
+ * @minor: devnode minor number. Major number is always DVB_MAJOR.
+ * @id: device ID number, inside the adapter
+ * @readers: Initialized by the caller. Each call to open() in Read Only mode
+ * decreases this counter by one.
+ * @writers: Initialized by the caller. Each call to open() in Read/Write
+ * mode decreases this counter by one.
+ * @users: Initialized by the caller. Each call to open() in any mode
+ * decreases this counter by one.
+ * @wait_queue: wait queue, used to wait for certain events inside one of
+ * the DVB API callers
+ * @kernel_ioctl: callback function used to handle ioctl calls from userspace.
+ * @name: Name to be used for the device at the Media Controller
+ * @entity: pointer to struct media_entity associated with the device node
+ * @pads: pointer to struct media_pad associated with @entity;
+ * @priv: private data
+ * @intf_devnode: Pointer to media_intf_devnode. Used by the dvbdev core to
+ * store the MC device node interface
+ * @tsout_num_entities: Number of Transport Stream output entities
+ * @tsout_entity: array with MC entities associated to each TS output node
+ * @tsout_pads: array with the source pads for each @tsout_entity
+ *
+ * This structure is used by the DVB core (frontend, CA, net, demux) in
+ * order to create the device nodes. Usually, driver should not initialize
+ * this struct diretly.
+ */
+struct dvb_device {
+ struct list_head list_head;
+ struct kref ref;
+ const struct file_operations *fops;
+ struct dvb_adapter *adapter;
+ enum dvb_device_type type;
+ int minor;
+ u32 id;
+
+ /* in theory, 'users' can vanish now,
+ but I don't want to change too much now... */
+ int readers;
+ int writers;
+ int users;
+
+ wait_queue_head_t wait_queue;
+ /* don't really need those !? -- FIXME: use video_usercopy */
+ int (*kernel_ioctl)(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+
+ /* Needed for media controller register/unregister */
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER_DVB)
+ const char *name;
+
+ /* Allocated and filled inside dvbdev.c */
+ struct media_intf_devnode *intf_devnode;
+
+ unsigned tsout_num_entities;
+ struct media_entity *entity, *tsout_entity;
+ struct media_pad *pads, *tsout_pads;
+#endif
+
+ void *priv;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct dvbdevfops_node - fops nodes registered in dvbdevfops_list
+ *
+ * @fops: Dynamically allocated fops for ->owner registration
+ * @type: type of dvb_device
+ * @template: dvb_device used for registration
+ * @list_head: list_head for dvbdevfops_list
+ */
+struct dvbdevfops_node {
+ struct file_operations *fops;
+ enum dvb_device_type type;
+ const struct dvb_device *template;
+ struct list_head list_head;
+};
+
+/**
+ * dvb_device_get - Increase dvb_device reference
+ *
+ * @dvbdev: pointer to struct dvb_device
+ */
+struct dvb_device *dvb_device_get(struct dvb_device *dvbdev);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_device_put - Decrease dvb_device reference
+ *
+ * @dvbdev: pointer to struct dvb_device
+ */
+void dvb_device_put(struct dvb_device *dvbdev);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_register_adapter - Registers a new DVB adapter
+ *
+ * @adap: pointer to struct dvb_adapter
+ * @name: Adapter's name
+ * @module: initialized with THIS_MODULE at the caller
+ * @device: pointer to struct device that corresponds to the device driver
+ * @adapter_nums: Array with a list of the numbers for @dvb_register_adapter;
+ * to select among them. Typically, initialized with:
+ * DVB_DEFINE_MOD_OPT_ADAPTER_NR(adapter_nums)
+ */
+int dvb_register_adapter(struct dvb_adapter *adap, const char *name,
+ struct module *module, struct device *device,
+ short *adapter_nums);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_unregister_adapter - Unregisters a DVB adapter
+ *
+ * @adap: pointer to struct dvb_adapter
+ */
+int dvb_unregister_adapter(struct dvb_adapter *adap);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_register_device - Registers a new DVB device
+ *
+ * @adap: pointer to struct dvb_adapter
+ * @pdvbdev: pointer to the place where the new struct dvb_device will be
+ * stored
+ * @template: Template used to create &pdvbdev;
+ * @priv: private data
+ * @type: type of the device, as defined by &enum dvb_device_type.
+ * @demux_sink_pads: Number of demux outputs, to be used to create the TS
+ * outputs via the Media Controller.
+ */
+int dvb_register_device(struct dvb_adapter *adap,
+ struct dvb_device **pdvbdev,
+ const struct dvb_device *template,
+ void *priv,
+ enum dvb_device_type type,
+ int demux_sink_pads);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_remove_device - Remove a registered DVB device
+ *
+ * This does not free memory. dvb_free_device() will do that when
+ * reference counter is empty
+ *
+ * @dvbdev: pointer to struct dvb_device
+ */
+void dvb_remove_device(struct dvb_device *dvbdev);
+
+
+/**
+ * dvb_unregister_device - Unregisters a DVB device
+ *
+ * @dvbdev: pointer to struct dvb_device
+ */
+void dvb_unregister_device(struct dvb_device *dvbdev);
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER_DVB
+/**
+ * dvb_create_media_graph - Creates media graph for the Digital TV part of the
+ * device.
+ *
+ * @adap: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter
+ * @create_rf_connector: if true, it creates the RF connector too
+ *
+ * This function checks all DVB-related functions at the media controller
+ * entities and creates the needed links for the media graph. It is
+ * capable of working with multiple tuners or multiple frontends, but it
+ * won't create links if the device has multiple tuners and multiple frontends
+ * or if the device has multiple muxes. In such case, the caller driver should
+ * manually create the remaining links.
+ */
+__must_check int dvb_create_media_graph(struct dvb_adapter *adap,
+ bool create_rf_connector);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_register_media_controller - registers a media controller at DVB adapter
+ *
+ * @adap: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter
+ * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device
+ */
+static inline void dvb_register_media_controller(struct dvb_adapter *adap,
+ struct media_device *mdev)
+{
+ adap->mdev = mdev;
+}
+
+/**
+ * dvb_get_media_controller - gets the associated media controller
+ *
+ * @adap: pointer to &struct dvb_adapter
+ */
+static inline struct media_device *
+dvb_get_media_controller(struct dvb_adapter *adap)
+{
+ return adap->mdev;
+}
+#else
+static inline
+int dvb_create_media_graph(struct dvb_adapter *adap,
+ bool create_rf_connector)
+{
+ return 0;
+};
+#define dvb_register_media_controller(a, b) {}
+#define dvb_get_media_controller(a) NULL
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * dvb_generic_open - Digital TV open function, used by DVB devices
+ *
+ * @inode: pointer to &struct inode.
+ * @file: pointer to &struct file.
+ *
+ * Checks if a DVB devnode is still valid, and if the permissions are
+ * OK and increment negative use count.
+ */
+int dvb_generic_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_generic_release - Digital TV close function, used by DVB devices
+ *
+ * @inode: pointer to &struct inode.
+ * @file: pointer to &struct file.
+ *
+ * Checks if a DVB devnode is still valid, and if the permissions are
+ * OK and decrement negative use count.
+ */
+int dvb_generic_release(struct inode *inode, struct file *file);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_generic_ioctl - Digital TV close function, used by DVB devices
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to &struct file.
+ * @cmd: Ioctl name.
+ * @arg: Ioctl argument.
+ *
+ * Checks if a DVB devnode and struct dvbdev.kernel_ioctl is still valid.
+ * If so, calls dvb_usercopy().
+ */
+long dvb_generic_ioctl(struct file *file,
+ unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_usercopy - copies data from/to userspace memory when an ioctl is
+ * issued.
+ *
+ * @file: Pointer to struct &file.
+ * @cmd: Ioctl name.
+ * @arg: Ioctl argument.
+ * @func: function that will actually handle the ioctl
+ *
+ * Ancillary function that uses ioctl direction and size to copy from
+ * userspace. Then, it calls @func, and, if needed, data is copied back
+ * to userspace.
+ */
+int dvb_usercopy(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg,
+ int (*func)(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, void *arg));
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_I2C)
+
+struct i2c_adapter;
+struct i2c_client;
+/**
+ * dvb_module_probe - helper routine to probe an I2C module
+ *
+ * @module_name:
+ * Name of the I2C module to be probed
+ * @name:
+ * Optional name for the I2C module. Used for debug purposes.
+ * If %NULL, defaults to @module_name.
+ * @adap:
+ * pointer to &struct i2c_adapter that describes the I2C adapter where
+ * the module will be bound.
+ * @addr:
+ * I2C address of the adapter, in 7-bit notation.
+ * @platform_data:
+ * Platform data to be passed to the I2C module probed.
+ *
+ * This function binds an I2C device into the DVB core. Should be used by
+ * all drivers that use I2C bus to control the hardware. A module bound
+ * with dvb_module_probe() should use dvb_module_release() to unbind.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * On success, return an &struct i2c_client, pointing to the bound
+ * I2C device. %NULL otherwise.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * In the past, DVB modules (mainly, frontends) were bound via dvb_attach()
+ * macro, with does an ugly hack, using I2C low level functions. Such
+ * usage is deprecated and will be removed soon. Instead, use this routine.
+ */
+struct i2c_client *dvb_module_probe(const char *module_name,
+ const char *name,
+ struct i2c_adapter *adap,
+ unsigned char addr,
+ void *platform_data);
+
+/**
+ * dvb_module_release - releases an I2C device allocated with
+ * dvb_module_probe().
+ *
+ * @client: pointer to &struct i2c_client with the I2C client to be released.
+ * can be %NULL.
+ *
+ * This function should be used to free all resources reserved by
+ * dvb_module_probe() and unbinding the I2C hardware.
+ */
+void dvb_module_release(struct i2c_client *client);
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_I2C */
+
+/* Legacy generic DVB attach function. */
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_ATTACH
+
+/**
+ * dvb_attach - attaches a DVB frontend into the DVB core.
+ *
+ * @FUNCTION: function on a frontend module to be called.
+ * @ARGS: @FUNCTION arguments.
+ *
+ * This ancillary function loads a frontend module in runtime and runs
+ * the @FUNCTION function there, with @ARGS.
+ * As it increments symbol usage cont, at unregister, dvb_detach()
+ * should be called.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * In the past, DVB modules (mainly, frontends) were bound via dvb_attach()
+ * macro, with does an ugly hack, using I2C low level functions. Such
+ * usage is deprecated and will be removed soon. Instead, you should use
+ * dvb_module_probe().
+ */
+#define dvb_attach(FUNCTION, ARGS...) ({ \
+ void *__r = NULL; \
+ typeof(&FUNCTION) __a = symbol_request(FUNCTION); \
+ if (__a) { \
+ __r = (void *) __a(ARGS); \
+ if (__r == NULL) \
+ symbol_put(FUNCTION); \
+ } else { \
+ printk(KERN_ERR "DVB: Unable to find symbol "#FUNCTION"()\n"); \
+ } \
+ __r; \
+})
+
+/**
+ * dvb_detach - detaches a DVB frontend loaded via dvb_attach()
+ *
+ * @FUNC: attach function
+ *
+ * Decrements usage count for a function previously called via dvb_attach().
+ */
+
+#define dvb_detach(FUNC) symbol_put_addr(FUNC)
+
+#else
+#define dvb_attach(FUNCTION, ARGS...) ({ \
+ FUNCTION(ARGS); \
+})
+
+#define dvb_detach(FUNC) {}
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_ATTACH */
+
+#endif /* #ifndef _DVBDEV_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/frame_vector.h b/include/media/frame_vector.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bfed1710d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/frame_vector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+#ifndef _MEDIA_FRAME_VECTOR_H
+#define _MEDIA_FRAME_VECTOR_H
+
+/* Container for pinned pfns / pages in frame_vector.c */
+struct frame_vector {
+ unsigned int nr_allocated; /* Number of frames we have space for */
+ unsigned int nr_frames; /* Number of frames stored in ptrs array */
+ bool got_ref; /* Did we pin pages by getting page ref? */
+ bool is_pfns; /* Does array contain pages or pfns? */
+ void *ptrs[]; /* Array of pinned pfns / pages. Use
+ * pfns_vector_pages() or pfns_vector_pfns()
+ * for access */
+};
+
+struct frame_vector *frame_vector_create(unsigned int nr_frames);
+void frame_vector_destroy(struct frame_vector *vec);
+int get_vaddr_frames(unsigned long start, unsigned int nr_pfns,
+ struct frame_vector *vec);
+void put_vaddr_frames(struct frame_vector *vec);
+int frame_vector_to_pages(struct frame_vector *vec);
+void frame_vector_to_pfns(struct frame_vector *vec);
+
+static inline unsigned int frame_vector_count(struct frame_vector *vec)
+{
+ return vec->nr_frames;
+}
+
+static inline struct page **frame_vector_pages(struct frame_vector *vec)
+{
+ if (vec->is_pfns) {
+ int err = frame_vector_to_pages(vec);
+
+ if (err)
+ return ERR_PTR(err);
+ }
+ return (struct page **)(vec->ptrs);
+}
+
+static inline unsigned long *frame_vector_pfns(struct frame_vector *vec)
+{
+ if (!vec->is_pfns)
+ frame_vector_to_pfns(vec);
+ return (unsigned long *)(vec->ptrs);
+}
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_FRAME_VECTOR_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ad9389b.h b/include/media/i2c/ad9389b.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..30f9ea9a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ad9389b.h
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Analog Devices AD9389B/AD9889B video encoder driver header
+ *
+ * Copyright 2012 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AD9389B_H
+#define AD9389B_H
+
+enum ad9389b_tmds_pll_gear {
+ AD9389B_TMDS_PLL_GEAR_AUTOMATIC,
+ AD9389B_TMDS_PLL_GEAR_SEMI_AUTOMATIC,
+};
+
+/* Platform dependent definitions */
+struct ad9389b_platform_data {
+ enum ad9389b_tmds_pll_gear tmds_pll_gear ;
+ /* Differential Data/Clock Output Drive Strength (reg. 0xa2/0xa3) */
+ u8 diff_data_drive_strength;
+ u8 diff_clk_drive_strength;
+};
+
+/* notify events */
+#define AD9389B_MONITOR_DETECT 0
+#define AD9389B_EDID_DETECT 1
+
+struct ad9389b_monitor_detect {
+ int present;
+};
+
+struct ad9389b_edid_detect {
+ int present;
+ int segment;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adp1653.h b/include/media/i2c/adp1653.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..096de9130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adp1653.h
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * include/media/i2c/adp1653.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008--2011 Nokia Corporation
+ *
+ * Contact: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ *
+ * Contributors:
+ * Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ * Tuukka Toivonen <tuukkat76@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef ADP1653_H
+#define ADP1653_H
+
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+
+#define ADP1653_NAME "adp1653"
+#define ADP1653_I2C_ADDR (0x60 >> 1)
+
+/* Register definitions */
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL 0x00
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_TORCH_MIN 0x01
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_TORCH_MAX 0x0b
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_FLASH_MIN 0x0c
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_FLASH_MAX 0x1f
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_SHIFT 3
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_ILED_MAX 0x07
+#define ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_ILED_SHIFT 0
+
+#define ADP1653_REG_CONFIG 0x01
+#define ADP1653_REG_CONFIG_TMR_CFG (1 << 4)
+#define ADP1653_REG_CONFIG_TMR_SET_MAX 0x0f
+#define ADP1653_REG_CONFIG_TMR_SET_SHIFT 0
+
+#define ADP1653_REG_SW_STROBE 0x02
+#define ADP1653_REG_SW_STROBE_SW_STROBE (1 << 0)
+
+#define ADP1653_REG_FAULT 0x03
+#define ADP1653_REG_FAULT_FLT_SCP (1 << 3)
+#define ADP1653_REG_FAULT_FLT_OT (1 << 2)
+#define ADP1653_REG_FAULT_FLT_TMR (1 << 1)
+#define ADP1653_REG_FAULT_FLT_OV (1 << 0)
+
+#define ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_MIN 0
+#define ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_STEP 2500
+#define ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_MAX \
+ (ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_ILED_MAX * ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_STEP)
+#define ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_uA_TO_REG(a) \
+ ((a) / ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_STEP)
+#define ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_REG_TO_uA(a) \
+ ((a) * ADP1653_INDICATOR_INTENSITY_STEP)
+
+#define ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_BASE 35
+#define ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP 15
+#define ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_MIN \
+ (ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_BASE \
+ + ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_FLASH_MIN * ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP)
+#define ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_MAX \
+ (ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_MIN + \
+ (ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_FLASH_MAX - \
+ ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_FLASH_MIN + 1) * \
+ ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP)
+
+#define ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_mA_TO_REG(a) \
+ ((a) < ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_BASE ? 0 : \
+ (((a) - ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_BASE) / ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP))
+#define ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_REG_TO_mA(a) \
+ ((a) * ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP + ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_BASE)
+
+#define ADP1653_TORCH_INTENSITY_MIN \
+ (ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_BASE \
+ + ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_TORCH_MIN * ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP)
+#define ADP1653_TORCH_INTENSITY_MAX \
+ (ADP1653_TORCH_INTENSITY_MIN + \
+ (ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_TORCH_MAX - \
+ ADP1653_REG_OUT_SEL_HPLED_TORCH_MIN + 1) * \
+ ADP1653_FLASH_INTENSITY_STEP)
+
+struct adp1653_platform_data {
+ int (*power)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int on);
+
+ u32 max_flash_timeout; /* flash light timeout in us */
+ u32 max_flash_intensity; /* led intensity, flash mode, mA */
+ u32 max_torch_intensity; /* led intensity, torch mode, mA */
+ u32 max_indicator_intensity; /* indicator led intensity, uA */
+
+ struct gpio_desc *enable_gpio; /* for device-tree based boot */
+};
+
+#define to_adp1653_flash(sd) container_of(sd, struct adp1653_flash, subdev)
+
+struct adp1653_flash {
+ struct v4l2_subdev subdev;
+ struct adp1653_platform_data *platform_data;
+
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler ctrls;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *led_mode;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *flash_timeout;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *flash_intensity;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *torch_intensity;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *indicator_intensity;
+
+ struct mutex power_lock;
+ int power_count;
+ int fault;
+};
+
+#endif /* ADP1653_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7183.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7183.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..49faece29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7183.h
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * adv7183.h - definition for adv7183 inputs and outputs
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Analog Devices Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ADV7183_H_
+#define _ADV7183_H_
+
+/* ADV7183 HW inputs */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE0 0 /* CVBS in on AIN1 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE1 1 /* CVBS in on AIN2 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE2 2 /* CVBS in on AIN3 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE3 3 /* CVBS in on AIN4 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE4 4 /* CVBS in on AIN5 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE5 5 /* CVBS in on AIN6 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE6 6 /* CVBS in on AIN7 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE7 7 /* CVBS in on AIN8 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE8 8 /* CVBS in on AIN9 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE9 9 /* CVBS in on AIN10 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPOSITE10 10 /* CVBS in on AIN11 */
+
+#define ADV7183_SVIDEO0 11 /* Y on AIN1, C on AIN4 */
+#define ADV7183_SVIDEO1 12 /* Y on AIN2, C on AIN5 */
+#define ADV7183_SVIDEO2 13 /* Y on AIN3, C on AIN6 */
+
+#define ADV7183_COMPONENT0 14 /* Y on AIN1, Pr on AIN4, Pb on AIN5 */
+#define ADV7183_COMPONENT1 15 /* Y on AIN2, Pr on AIN3, Pb on AIN6 */
+
+/* ADV7183 HW outputs */
+#define ADV7183_8BIT_OUT 0
+#define ADV7183_16BIT_OUT 1
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7343.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7343.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d35d3e925
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7343.h
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * ADV7343 header file
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
+ */
+
+#ifndef ADV7343_H
+#define ADV7343_H
+
+#define ADV7343_COMPOSITE_ID (0)
+#define ADV7343_COMPONENT_ID (1)
+#define ADV7343_SVIDEO_ID (2)
+
+/**
+ * struct adv7343_power_mode - power mode configuration.
+ * @sleep_mode: on enable the current consumption is reduced to micro ampere
+ * level. All DACs and the internal PLL circuit are disabled.
+ * Registers can be read from and written in sleep mode.
+ * @pll_control: PLL and oversampling control. This control allows internal
+ * PLL 1 circuit to be powered down and the oversampling to be
+ * switched off.
+ * @dac: array to configure power on/off DAC's 1..6
+ *
+ * Power mode register (Register 0x0), for more info refer REGISTER MAP ACCESS
+ * section of datasheet[1], table 17 page no 30.
+ *
+ * [1] http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADV7342_7343.pdf
+ */
+struct adv7343_power_mode {
+ bool sleep_mode;
+ bool pll_control;
+ u32 dac[6];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct adv7343_sd_config - SD Only Output Configuration.
+ * @sd_dac_out: array configuring SD DAC Outputs 1 and 2
+ */
+struct adv7343_sd_config {
+ /* SD only Output Configuration */
+ u32 sd_dac_out[2];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct adv7343_platform_data - Platform data values and access functions.
+ * @mode_config: Configuration for power mode.
+ * @sd_config: SD Only Configuration.
+ */
+struct adv7343_platform_data {
+ struct adv7343_power_mode mode_config;
+ struct adv7343_sd_config sd_config;
+};
+
+#endif /* End of #ifndef ADV7343_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7393.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7393.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c73b36321
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7393.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * ADV7393 header file
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010-2012 ADVANSEE - http://www.advansee.com/
+ * Benoît Thébaudeau <benoit.thebaudeau@advansee.com>
+ *
+ * Based on ADV7343 driver,
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments Incorporated - http://www.ti.com/
+ */
+
+#ifndef ADV7393_H
+#define ADV7393_H
+
+#define ADV7393_COMPOSITE_ID (0)
+#define ADV7393_COMPONENT_ID (1)
+#define ADV7393_SVIDEO_ID (2)
+
+#endif /* End of #ifndef ADV7393_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7511.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7511.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1874c05f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7511.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Analog Devices ADV7511 HDMI Transmitter Device Driver
+ *
+ * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ADV7511_H
+#define ADV7511_H
+
+/* notify events */
+#define ADV7511_MONITOR_DETECT 0
+#define ADV7511_EDID_DETECT 1
+
+
+struct adv7511_monitor_detect {
+ int present;
+};
+
+struct adv7511_edid_detect {
+ int present;
+ int segment;
+ uint16_t phys_addr;
+};
+
+struct adv7511_platform_data {
+ u8 i2c_edid;
+ u8 i2c_cec;
+ u8 i2c_pktmem;
+ u32 cec_clk;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7604.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7604.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77a979912
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7604.h
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * adv7604 - Analog Devices ADV7604 video decoder driver
+ *
+ * Copyright 2012 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ADV7604_
+#define _ADV7604_
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+/* Analog input muxing modes (AFE register 0x02, [2:0]) */
+enum adv7604_ain_sel {
+ ADV7604_AIN1_2_3_NC_SYNC_1_2 = 0,
+ ADV7604_AIN4_5_6_NC_SYNC_2_1 = 1,
+ ADV7604_AIN7_8_9_NC_SYNC_3_1 = 2,
+ ADV7604_AIN10_11_12_NC_SYNC_4_1 = 3,
+ ADV7604_AIN9_4_5_6_SYNC_2_1 = 4,
+};
+
+/*
+ * Bus rotation and reordering. This is used to specify component reordering on
+ * the board and describes the components order on the bus when the ADV7604
+ * outputs RGB.
+ */
+enum adv7604_bus_order {
+ ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_RGB, /* No operation */
+ ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_GRB, /* Swap 1-2 */
+ ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_RBG, /* Swap 2-3 */
+ ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_BGR, /* Swap 1-3 */
+ ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_BRG, /* Rotate right */
+ ADV7604_BUS_ORDER_GBR, /* Rotate left */
+};
+
+/* Input Color Space (IO register 0x02, [7:4]) */
+enum adv76xx_inp_color_space {
+ ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_RGB = 0,
+ ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_RGB = 1,
+ ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_601 = 2,
+ ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_709 = 3,
+ ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_601 = 4,
+ ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_709 = 5,
+ ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_601 = 6,
+ ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_709 = 7,
+ ADV76XX_INP_COLOR_SPACE_AUTO = 0xf,
+};
+
+/* Select output format (IO register 0x03, [4:2]) */
+enum adv7604_op_format_mode_sel {
+ ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_MODE0 = 0x00,
+ ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_MODE1 = 0x04,
+ ADV7604_OP_FORMAT_MODE2 = 0x08,
+};
+
+enum adv76xx_drive_strength {
+ ADV76XX_DR_STR_MEDIUM_LOW = 1,
+ ADV76XX_DR_STR_MEDIUM_HIGH = 2,
+ ADV76XX_DR_STR_HIGH = 3,
+};
+
+/* INT1 Configuration (IO register 0x40, [1:0]) */
+enum adv76xx_int1_config {
+ ADV76XX_INT1_CONFIG_OPEN_DRAIN,
+ ADV76XX_INT1_CONFIG_ACTIVE_LOW,
+ ADV76XX_INT1_CONFIG_ACTIVE_HIGH,
+ ADV76XX_INT1_CONFIG_DISABLED,
+};
+
+enum adv76xx_page {
+ ADV76XX_PAGE_IO,
+ ADV7604_PAGE_AVLINK,
+ ADV76XX_PAGE_CEC,
+ ADV76XX_PAGE_INFOFRAME,
+ ADV7604_PAGE_ESDP,
+ ADV7604_PAGE_DPP,
+ ADV76XX_PAGE_AFE,
+ ADV76XX_PAGE_REP,
+ ADV76XX_PAGE_EDID,
+ ADV76XX_PAGE_HDMI,
+ ADV76XX_PAGE_TEST,
+ ADV76XX_PAGE_CP,
+ ADV7604_PAGE_VDP,
+ ADV76XX_PAGE_MAX,
+};
+
+/* Platform dependent definition */
+struct adv76xx_platform_data {
+ /* DIS_PWRDNB: 1 if the PWRDNB pin is unused and unconnected */
+ unsigned disable_pwrdnb:1;
+
+ /* DIS_CABLE_DET_RST: 1 if the 5V pins are unused and unconnected */
+ unsigned disable_cable_det_rst:1;
+
+ int default_input;
+
+ /* Analog input muxing mode */
+ enum adv7604_ain_sel ain_sel;
+
+ /* Bus rotation and reordering */
+ enum adv7604_bus_order bus_order;
+
+ /* Select output format mode */
+ enum adv7604_op_format_mode_sel op_format_mode_sel;
+
+ /* Configuration of the INT1 pin */
+ enum adv76xx_int1_config int1_config;
+
+ /* IO register 0x02 */
+ unsigned alt_gamma:1;
+
+ /* IO register 0x05 */
+ unsigned blank_data:1;
+ unsigned insert_av_codes:1;
+ unsigned replicate_av_codes:1;
+
+ /* IO register 0x06 */
+ unsigned inv_vs_pol:1;
+ unsigned inv_hs_pol:1;
+ unsigned inv_llc_pol:1;
+
+ /* IO register 0x14 */
+ enum adv76xx_drive_strength dr_str_data;
+ enum adv76xx_drive_strength dr_str_clk;
+ enum adv76xx_drive_strength dr_str_sync;
+
+ /* IO register 0x30 */
+ unsigned output_bus_lsb_to_msb:1;
+
+ /* Free run */
+ unsigned hdmi_free_run_mode;
+
+ /* i2c addresses: 0 == use default */
+ u8 i2c_addresses[ADV76XX_PAGE_MAX];
+};
+
+enum adv76xx_pad {
+ ADV76XX_PAD_HDMI_PORT_A = 0,
+ ADV7604_PAD_HDMI_PORT_B = 1,
+ ADV7604_PAD_HDMI_PORT_C = 2,
+ ADV7604_PAD_HDMI_PORT_D = 3,
+ ADV7604_PAD_VGA_RGB = 4,
+ ADV7604_PAD_VGA_COMP = 5,
+ /* The source pad is either 1 (ADV7611) or 6 (ADV7604) */
+ ADV7604_PAD_SOURCE = 6,
+ ADV7611_PAD_SOURCE = 1,
+ ADV76XX_PAD_MAX = 7,
+};
+
+#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_ANALOG_SAMPLING_PHASE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1000)
+#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR_MANUAL (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1001)
+#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1002)
+
+/* notify events */
+#define ADV76XX_HOTPLUG 1
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/adv7842.h b/include/media/i2c/adv7842.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..05e01f0dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/adv7842.h
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * adv7842 - Analog Devices ADV7842 video decoder driver
+ *
+ * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ADV7842_
+#define _ADV7842_
+
+/* Analog input muxing modes (AFE register 0x02, [2:0]) */
+enum adv7842_ain_sel {
+ ADV7842_AIN1_2_3_NC_SYNC_1_2 = 0,
+ ADV7842_AIN4_5_6_NC_SYNC_2_1 = 1,
+ ADV7842_AIN7_8_9_NC_SYNC_3_1 = 2,
+ ADV7842_AIN10_11_12_NC_SYNC_4_1 = 3,
+ ADV7842_AIN9_4_5_6_SYNC_2_1 = 4,
+};
+
+/*
+ * Bus rotation and reordering. This is used to specify component reordering on
+ * the board and describes the components order on the bus when the ADV7842
+ * outputs RGB.
+ */
+enum adv7842_bus_order {
+ ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_RGB, /* No operation */
+ ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_GRB, /* Swap 1-2 */
+ ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_RBG, /* Swap 2-3 */
+ ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_BGR, /* Swap 1-3 */
+ ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_BRG, /* Rotate right */
+ ADV7842_BUS_ORDER_GBR, /* Rotate left */
+};
+
+/* Input Color Space (IO register 0x02, [7:4]) */
+enum adv7842_inp_color_space {
+ ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_RGB = 0,
+ ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_RGB = 1,
+ ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_601 = 2,
+ ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_LIM_YCbCr_709 = 3,
+ ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_601 = 4,
+ ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_XVYCC_709 = 5,
+ ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_601 = 6,
+ ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_FULL_YCbCr_709 = 7,
+ ADV7842_INP_COLOR_SPACE_AUTO = 0xf,
+};
+
+/* Select output format (IO register 0x03, [4:2]) */
+enum adv7842_op_format_mode_sel {
+ ADV7842_OP_FORMAT_MODE0 = 0x00,
+ ADV7842_OP_FORMAT_MODE1 = 0x04,
+ ADV7842_OP_FORMAT_MODE2 = 0x08,
+};
+
+/* Mode of operation */
+enum adv7842_mode {
+ ADV7842_MODE_SDP,
+ ADV7842_MODE_COMP,
+ ADV7842_MODE_RGB,
+ ADV7842_MODE_HDMI
+};
+
+/* Video standard select (IO register 0x00, [5:0]) */
+enum adv7842_vid_std_select {
+ /* SDP */
+ ADV7842_SDP_VID_STD_CVBS_SD_4x1 = 0x01,
+ ADV7842_SDP_VID_STD_YC_SD4_x1 = 0x09,
+ /* RGB */
+ ADV7842_RGB_VID_STD_AUTO_GRAPH_MODE = 0x07,
+ /* HDMI GR */
+ ADV7842_HDMI_GR_VID_STD_AUTO_GRAPH_MODE = 0x02,
+ /* HDMI COMP */
+ ADV7842_HDMI_COMP_VID_STD_HD_1250P = 0x1e,
+};
+
+enum adv7842_select_input {
+ ADV7842_SELECT_HDMI_PORT_A,
+ ADV7842_SELECT_HDMI_PORT_B,
+ ADV7842_SELECT_VGA_RGB,
+ ADV7842_SELECT_VGA_COMP,
+ ADV7842_SELECT_SDP_CVBS,
+ ADV7842_SELECT_SDP_YC,
+};
+
+enum adv7842_drive_strength {
+ ADV7842_DR_STR_LOW = 0,
+ ADV7842_DR_STR_MEDIUM_LOW = 1,
+ ADV7842_DR_STR_MEDIUM_HIGH = 2,
+ ADV7842_DR_STR_HIGH = 3,
+};
+
+struct adv7842_sdp_csc_coeff {
+ bool manual;
+ u16 scaling;
+ u16 A1;
+ u16 A2;
+ u16 A3;
+ u16 A4;
+ u16 B1;
+ u16 B2;
+ u16 B3;
+ u16 B4;
+ u16 C1;
+ u16 C2;
+ u16 C3;
+ u16 C4;
+};
+
+struct adv7842_sdp_io_sync_adjustment {
+ bool adjust;
+ u16 hs_beg;
+ u16 hs_width;
+ u16 de_beg;
+ u16 de_end;
+ u8 vs_beg_o;
+ u8 vs_beg_e;
+ u8 vs_end_o;
+ u8 vs_end_e;
+ u8 de_v_beg_o;
+ u8 de_v_beg_e;
+ u8 de_v_end_o;
+ u8 de_v_end_e;
+};
+
+/* Platform dependent definition */
+struct adv7842_platform_data {
+ /* chip reset during probe */
+ unsigned chip_reset:1;
+
+ /* DIS_PWRDNB: 1 if the PWRDNB pin is unused and unconnected */
+ unsigned disable_pwrdnb:1;
+
+ /* DIS_CABLE_DET_RST: 1 if the 5V pins are unused and unconnected */
+ unsigned disable_cable_det_rst:1;
+
+ /* Analog input muxing mode */
+ enum adv7842_ain_sel ain_sel;
+
+ /* Bus rotation and reordering */
+ enum adv7842_bus_order bus_order;
+
+ /* Select output format mode */
+ enum adv7842_op_format_mode_sel op_format_mode_sel;
+
+ /* Default mode */
+ enum adv7842_mode mode;
+
+ /* Default input */
+ unsigned input;
+
+ /* Video standard */
+ enum adv7842_vid_std_select vid_std_select;
+
+ /* IO register 0x02 */
+ unsigned alt_gamma:1;
+
+ /* IO register 0x05 */
+ unsigned blank_data:1;
+ unsigned insert_av_codes:1;
+ unsigned replicate_av_codes:1;
+
+ /* IO register 0x30 */
+ unsigned output_bus_lsb_to_msb:1;
+
+ /* IO register 0x14 */
+ enum adv7842_drive_strength dr_str_data;
+ enum adv7842_drive_strength dr_str_clk;
+ enum adv7842_drive_strength dr_str_sync;
+
+ /*
+ * IO register 0x19: Adjustment to the LLC DLL phase in
+ * increments of 1/32 of a clock period.
+ */
+ unsigned llc_dll_phase:5;
+
+ /* External RAM for 3-D comb or frame synchronizer */
+ unsigned sd_ram_size; /* ram size in MB */
+ unsigned sd_ram_ddr:1; /* ddr or sdr sdram */
+
+ /* HDMI free run, CP-reg 0xBA */
+ unsigned hdmi_free_run_enable:1;
+ /* 0 = Mode 0: run when there is no TMDS clock
+ 1 = Mode 1: run when there is no TMDS clock or the
+ video resolution does not match programmed one. */
+ unsigned hdmi_free_run_mode:1;
+
+ /* SDP free run, CP-reg 0xDD */
+ unsigned sdp_free_run_auto:1;
+ unsigned sdp_free_run_man_col_en:1;
+ unsigned sdp_free_run_cbar_en:1;
+ unsigned sdp_free_run_force:1;
+
+ /* HPA manual (0) or auto (1), affects HDMI register 0x69 */
+ unsigned hpa_auto:1;
+
+ struct adv7842_sdp_csc_coeff sdp_csc_coeff;
+
+ struct adv7842_sdp_io_sync_adjustment sdp_io_sync_625;
+ struct adv7842_sdp_io_sync_adjustment sdp_io_sync_525;
+
+ /* i2c addresses */
+ u8 i2c_sdp_io;
+ u8 i2c_sdp;
+ u8 i2c_cp;
+ u8 i2c_vdp;
+ u8 i2c_afe;
+ u8 i2c_hdmi;
+ u8 i2c_repeater;
+ u8 i2c_edid;
+ u8 i2c_infoframe;
+ u8 i2c_cec;
+ u8 i2c_avlink;
+};
+
+#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_ANALOG_SAMPLING_PHASE (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1000)
+#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR_MANUAL (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1001)
+#define V4L2_CID_ADV_RX_FREE_RUN_COLOR (V4L2_CID_DV_CLASS_BASE + 0x1002)
+
+/* custom ioctl, used to test the external RAM that's used by the
+ * deinterlacer. */
+#define ADV7842_CMD_RAM_TEST _IO('V', BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE)
+
+#define ADV7842_EDID_PORT_A 0
+#define ADV7842_EDID_PORT_B 1
+#define ADV7842_EDID_PORT_VGA 2
+#define ADV7842_PAD_SOURCE 3
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ak881x.h b/include/media/i2c/ak881x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff0597131
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ak881x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Header for AK8813 / AK8814 TV-ecoders from Asahi Kasei Microsystems Co., Ltd. (AKM)
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AK881X_H
+#define AK881X_H
+
+#define AK881X_IF_MODE_MASK (3 << 0)
+#define AK881X_IF_MODE_BT656 (0 << 0)
+#define AK881X_IF_MODE_MASTER (1 << 0)
+#define AK881X_IF_MODE_SLAVE (2 << 0)
+#define AK881X_FIELD (1 << 2)
+#define AK881X_COMPONENT (1 << 3)
+
+struct ak881x_pdata {
+ unsigned long flags;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/bt819.h b/include/media/i2c/bt819.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70aa46bd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/bt819.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ bt819.h - bt819 notifications
+
+ Copyright (C) 2009 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _BT819_H_
+#define _BT819_H_
+
+#include <linux/ioctl.h>
+
+/* v4l2_device notifications. */
+
+/* Needed to reset the FIFO buffer when changing the input
+ or the video standard.
+
+ Note: these ioctls that internal to the kernel and are never called
+ from userspace. */
+#define BT819_FIFO_RESET_LOW _IO('b', 0)
+#define BT819_FIFO_RESET_HIGH _IO('b', 1)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/cs5345.h b/include/media/i2c/cs5345.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d41e4dca3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/cs5345.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ cs5345.h - definition for cs5345 inputs and outputs
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _CS5345_H_
+#define _CS5345_H_
+
+/* CS5345 HW inputs */
+#define CS5345_IN_MIC 0
+#define CS5345_IN_1 1
+#define CS5345_IN_2 2
+#define CS5345_IN_3 3
+#define CS5345_IN_4 4
+#define CS5345_IN_5 5
+#define CS5345_IN_6 6
+
+#define CS5345_MCLK_1 0x00
+#define CS5345_MCLK_1_5 0x10
+#define CS5345_MCLK_2 0x20
+#define CS5345_MCLK_3 0x30
+#define CS5345_MCLK_4 0x40
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/cs53l32a.h b/include/media/i2c/cs53l32a.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52ceb2f91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/cs53l32a.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ cs53l32a.h - definition for cs53l32a inputs and outputs
+
+ Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _CS53L32A_H_
+#define _CS53L32A_H_
+
+/* There are 2 physical inputs, but the second input can be
+ placed in two modes, the first mode bypasses the PGA (gain),
+ the second goes through the PGA. Hence there are three
+ possible inputs to choose from. */
+
+/* CS53L32A HW inputs */
+#define CS53L32A_IN0 0
+#define CS53L32A_IN1 1
+#define CS53L32A_IN2 2
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ir-kbd-i2c.h b/include/media/i2c/ir-kbd-i2c.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0b58f8b9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ir-kbd-i2c.h
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+#ifndef _IR_I2C
+#define _IR_I2C
+
+#include <media/rc-core.h>
+
+#define DEFAULT_POLLING_INTERVAL 100 /* ms */
+
+struct IR_i2c;
+
+struct IR_i2c {
+ char *ir_codes;
+ struct i2c_client *c;
+ struct rc_dev *rc;
+
+ /* Used to avoid fast repeating */
+ unsigned char old;
+
+ u32 polling_interval; /* in ms */
+
+ struct delayed_work work;
+ char phys[32];
+ int (*get_key)(struct IR_i2c *ir,
+ enum rc_proto *protocol,
+ u32 *scancode, u8 *toggle);
+ /* tx */
+ struct i2c_client *tx_c;
+ struct mutex lock; /* do not poll Rx during Tx */
+ unsigned int carrier;
+ unsigned int duty_cycle;
+};
+
+enum ir_kbd_get_key_fn {
+ IR_KBD_GET_KEY_CUSTOM = 0,
+ IR_KBD_GET_KEY_PIXELVIEW,
+ IR_KBD_GET_KEY_HAUP,
+ IR_KBD_GET_KEY_KNC1,
+ IR_KBD_GET_KEY_GENIATECH,
+ IR_KBD_GET_KEY_FUSIONHDTV,
+ IR_KBD_GET_KEY_HAUP_XVR,
+ IR_KBD_GET_KEY_AVERMEDIA_CARDBUS,
+};
+
+/* Can be passed when instantiating an ir_video i2c device */
+struct IR_i2c_init_data {
+ char *ir_codes;
+ const char *name;
+ u64 type; /* RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5, etc */
+ u32 polling_interval; /* 0 means DEFAULT_POLLING_INTERVAL */
+
+ /*
+ * Specify either a function pointer or a value indicating one of
+ * ir_kbd_i2c's internal get_key functions
+ */
+ int (*get_key)(struct IR_i2c *ir,
+ enum rc_proto *protocol,
+ u32 *scancode, u8 *toggle);
+ enum ir_kbd_get_key_fn internal_get_key_func;
+
+ struct rc_dev *rc_dev;
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/lm3560.h b/include/media/i2c/lm3560.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..770d8c72c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/lm3560.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * include/media/i2c/lm3560.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Texas Instruments
+ *
+ * Contact: Daniel Jeong <gshark.jeong@gmail.com>
+ * Ldd-Mlp <ldd-mlp@list.ti.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LM3560_H__
+#define __LM3560_H__
+
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+
+#define LM3559_NAME "lm3559"
+#define LM3560_NAME "lm3560"
+#define LM3560_I2C_ADDR (0x53)
+
+/* FLASH Brightness
+ * min 62500uA, step 62500uA, max 1000000uA
+ */
+#define LM3560_FLASH_BRT_MIN 62500
+#define LM3560_FLASH_BRT_STEP 62500
+#define LM3560_FLASH_BRT_MAX 1000000
+#define LM3560_FLASH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a) \
+ ((a) < LM3560_FLASH_BRT_MIN ? 0 : \
+ (((a) - LM3560_FLASH_BRT_MIN) / LM3560_FLASH_BRT_STEP))
+#define LM3560_FLASH_BRT_REG_TO_uA(a) \
+ ((a) * LM3560_FLASH_BRT_STEP + LM3560_FLASH_BRT_MIN)
+
+/* FLASH TIMEOUT DURATION
+ * min 32ms, step 32ms, max 1024ms
+ */
+#define LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_MIN 32
+#define LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_STEP 32
+#define LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_MAX 1024
+#define LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_ms_TO_REG(a) \
+ ((a) < LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_MIN ? 0 : \
+ (((a) - LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_MIN) / LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_STEP))
+#define LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_REG_TO_ms(a) \
+ ((a) * LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_STEP + LM3560_FLASH_TOUT_MIN)
+
+/* TORCH BRT
+ * min 31250uA, step 31250uA, max 250000uA
+ */
+#define LM3560_TORCH_BRT_MIN 31250
+#define LM3560_TORCH_BRT_STEP 31250
+#define LM3560_TORCH_BRT_MAX 250000
+#define LM3560_TORCH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a) \
+ ((a) < LM3560_TORCH_BRT_MIN ? 0 : \
+ (((a) - LM3560_TORCH_BRT_MIN) / LM3560_TORCH_BRT_STEP))
+#define LM3560_TORCH_BRT_REG_TO_uA(a) \
+ ((a) * LM3560_TORCH_BRT_STEP + LM3560_TORCH_BRT_MIN)
+
+enum lm3560_led_id {
+ LM3560_LED0 = 0,
+ LM3560_LED1,
+ LM3560_LED_MAX
+};
+
+enum lm3560_peak_current {
+ LM3560_PEAK_1600mA = 0x00,
+ LM3560_PEAK_2300mA = 0x20,
+ LM3560_PEAK_3000mA = 0x40,
+ LM3560_PEAK_3600mA = 0x60
+};
+
+/* struct lm3560_platform_data
+ *
+ * @peak : peak current
+ * @max_flash_timeout: flash timeout
+ * @max_flash_brt: flash mode led brightness
+ * @max_torch_brt: torch mode led brightness
+ */
+struct lm3560_platform_data {
+ enum lm3560_peak_current peak;
+
+ u32 max_flash_timeout;
+ u32 max_flash_brt[LM3560_LED_MAX];
+ u32 max_torch_brt[LM3560_LED_MAX];
+};
+
+#endif /* __LM3560_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/lm3646.h b/include/media/i2c/lm3646.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..845f07b89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/lm3646.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * include/media/i2c/lm3646.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2014 Texas Instruments
+ *
+ * Contact: Daniel Jeong <gshark.jeong@gmail.com>
+ * Ldd-Mlp <ldd-mlp@list.ti.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LM3646_H__
+#define __LM3646_H__
+
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+
+#define LM3646_NAME "lm3646"
+#define LM3646_I2C_ADDR_REV1 (0x67)
+#define LM3646_I2C_ADDR_REV0 (0x63)
+
+/* TOTAL FLASH Brightness Max
+ * min 93350uA, step 93750uA, max 1499600uA
+ */
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_MIN 93350
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_STEP 93750
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_MAX 1499600
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a) \
+ ((a) < LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_MIN ? 0 : \
+ ((((a) - LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_MIN) / LM3646_TOTAL_FLASH_BRT_STEP)))
+
+/* TOTAL TORCH Brightness Max
+ * min 23040uA, step 23430uA, max 187100uA
+ */
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_MIN 23040
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_STEP 23430
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_MAX 187100
+#define LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a) \
+ ((a) < LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_MIN ? 0 : \
+ ((((a) - LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_MIN) / LM3646_TOTAL_TORCH_BRT_STEP)))
+
+/* LED1 FLASH Brightness
+ * min 23040uA, step 11718uA, max 1499600uA
+ */
+#define LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_MIN 23040
+#define LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_STEP 11718
+#define LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_MAX 1499600
+#define LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a) \
+ ((a) <= LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_MIN ? 0 : \
+ ((((a) - LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_MIN) / LM3646_LED1_FLASH_BRT_STEP))+1)
+
+/* LED1 TORCH Brightness
+ * min 2530uA, step 1460uA, max 187100uA
+ */
+#define LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_MIN 2530
+#define LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_STEP 1460
+#define LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_MAX 187100
+#define LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_uA_TO_REG(a) \
+ ((a) <= LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_MIN ? 0 : \
+ ((((a) - LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_MIN) / LM3646_LED1_TORCH_BRT_STEP))+1)
+
+/* FLASH TIMEOUT DURATION
+ * min 50ms, step 50ms, max 400ms
+ */
+#define LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_MIN 50
+#define LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_STEP 50
+#define LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_MAX 400
+#define LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_ms_TO_REG(a) \
+ ((a) <= LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_MIN ? 0 : \
+ (((a) - LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_MIN) / LM3646_FLASH_TOUT_STEP))
+
+/* struct lm3646_platform_data
+ *
+ * @flash_timeout: flash timeout
+ * @led1_flash_brt: led1 flash mode brightness, uA
+ * @led1_torch_brt: led1 torch mode brightness, uA
+ */
+struct lm3646_platform_data {
+
+ u32 flash_timeout;
+
+ u32 led1_flash_brt;
+ u32 led1_torch_brt;
+};
+
+#endif /* __LM3646_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/m52790.h b/include/media/i2c/m52790.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3f214fa9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/m52790.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ m52790.h - definition for m52790 inputs and outputs
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _M52790_H_
+#define _M52790_H_
+
+/* Input routing switch 1 */
+
+#define M52790_SW1_IN_MASK 0x0003
+#define M52790_SW1_IN_TUNER 0x0000
+#define M52790_SW1_IN_V2 0x0001
+#define M52790_SW1_IN_V3 0x0002
+#define M52790_SW1_IN_V4 0x0003
+
+/* Selects component input instead of composite */
+#define M52790_SW1_YCMIX 0x0004
+
+
+/* Input routing switch 2 */
+
+#define M52790_SW2_IN_MASK 0x0300
+#define M52790_SW2_IN_TUNER 0x0000
+#define M52790_SW2_IN_V2 0x0100
+#define M52790_SW2_IN_V3 0x0200
+#define M52790_SW2_IN_V4 0x0300
+
+/* Selects component input instead of composite */
+#define M52790_SW2_YCMIX 0x0400
+
+
+/* Output routing switch 1 */
+
+/* Enable 6dB amplifier for composite out */
+#define M52790_SW1_V_AMP 0x0008
+
+/* Enable 6dB amplifier for component out */
+#define M52790_SW1_YC_AMP 0x0010
+
+/* Audio output mode */
+#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_MASK 0x00c0
+#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_MUTE 0x0000
+#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_R 0x0040
+#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_L 0x0080
+#define M52790_SW1_AUDIO_STEREO 0x00c0
+
+
+/* Output routing switch 2 */
+
+/* Enable 6dB amplifier for composite out */
+#define M52790_SW2_V_AMP 0x0800
+
+/* Enable 6dB amplifier for component out */
+#define M52790_SW2_YC_AMP 0x1000
+
+/* Audio output mode */
+#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_MASK 0xc000
+#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_MUTE 0x0000
+#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_R 0x4000
+#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_L 0x8000
+#define M52790_SW2_AUDIO_STEREO 0xc000
+
+
+/* Common values */
+#define M52790_IN_TUNER (M52790_SW1_IN_TUNER | M52790_SW2_IN_TUNER)
+#define M52790_IN_V2 (M52790_SW1_IN_V2 | M52790_SW2_IN_V2)
+#define M52790_IN_V3 (M52790_SW1_IN_V3 | M52790_SW2_IN_V3)
+#define M52790_IN_V4 (M52790_SW1_IN_V4 | M52790_SW2_IN_V4)
+
+#define M52790_OUT_STEREO (M52790_SW1_AUDIO_STEREO | \
+ M52790_SW2_AUDIO_STEREO)
+#define M52790_OUT_AMP_STEREO (M52790_SW1_AUDIO_STEREO | \
+ M52790_SW1_V_AMP | \
+ M52790_SW2_AUDIO_STEREO | \
+ M52790_SW2_V_AMP)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/m5mols.h b/include/media/i2c/m5mols.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a56ae353c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/m5mols.h
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Driver header for M-5MOLS 8M Pixel camera sensor with ISP
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
+ * Author: HeungJun Kim <riverful.kim@samsung.com>
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
+ * Author: Dongsoo Nathaniel Kim <dongsoo45.kim@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef MEDIA_M5MOLS_H
+#define MEDIA_M5MOLS_H
+
+/**
+ * struct m5mols_platform_data - platform data for M-5MOLS driver
+ * @set_power: an additional callback to the board setup code
+ * to be called after enabling and before disabling
+ * the sensor's supply regulators
+ */
+struct m5mols_platform_data {
+ int (*set_power)(struct device *dev, int on);
+};
+
+#endif /* MEDIA_M5MOLS_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/mt9m032.h b/include/media/i2c/mt9m032.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1bd587577
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/mt9m032.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Driver for MT9M032 CMOS Image Sensor from Micron
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010-2011 Lund Engineering
+ * Contact: Gil Lund <gwlund@lundeng.com>
+ * Author: Martin Hostettler <martin@neutronstar.dyndns.org>
+ */
+
+#ifndef MT9M032_H
+#define MT9M032_H
+
+#define MT9M032_NAME "mt9m032"
+#define MT9M032_I2C_ADDR (0xb8 >> 1)
+
+struct mt9m032_platform_data {
+ u32 ext_clock;
+ u32 pix_clock;
+ bool invert_pixclock;
+
+};
+#endif /* MT9M032_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/mt9p031.h b/include/media/i2c/mt9p031.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f933cd0be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/mt9p031.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+#ifndef MT9P031_H
+#define MT9P031_H
+
+struct v4l2_subdev;
+
+/*
+ * struct mt9p031_platform_data - MT9P031 platform data
+ * @ext_freq: Input clock frequency
+ * @target_freq: Pixel clock frequency
+ */
+struct mt9p031_platform_data {
+ unsigned int pixclk_pol:1;
+ int ext_freq;
+ int target_freq;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/mt9t001.h b/include/media/i2c/mt9t001.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b1090554
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/mt9t001.h
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+#ifndef _MEDIA_MT9T001_H
+#define _MEDIA_MT9T001_H
+
+struct mt9t001_platform_data {
+ unsigned int clk_pol:1;
+ unsigned int ext_clk;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/mt9t112.h b/include/media/i2c/mt9t112.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..825b4a169
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/mt9t112.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/* mt9t112 Camera
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 Renesas Solutions Corp.
+ * Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MT9T112_H__
+#define __MT9T112_H__
+
+struct mt9t112_pll_divider {
+ u8 m, n;
+ u8 p1, p2, p3, p4, p5, p6, p7;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct mt9t112_platform_data - mt9t112 driver interface
+ * @flags: Sensor media bus configuration.
+ * @divider: Sensor PLL configuration
+ */
+struct mt9t112_platform_data {
+#define MT9T112_FLAG_PCLK_RISING_EDGE BIT(0)
+ u32 flags;
+ struct mt9t112_pll_divider divider;
+};
+
+#endif /* __MT9T112_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/mt9v011.h b/include/media/i2c/mt9v011.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41c00b3e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/mt9v011.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/* mt9v011 sensor
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MT9V011_H__
+#define __MT9V011_H__
+
+struct mt9v011_platform_data {
+ unsigned xtal; /* Hz */
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/mt9v022.h b/include/media/i2c/mt9v022.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6966eb538
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/mt9v022.h
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * mt9v022 sensor
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MT9V022_H__
+#define __MT9V022_H__
+
+struct mt9v022_platform_data {
+ unsigned short y_skip_top; /* Lines to skip at the top */
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/mt9v032.h b/include/media/i2c/mt9v032.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..83a37ccfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/mt9v032.h
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+#ifndef _MEDIA_MT9V032_H
+#define _MEDIA_MT9V032_H
+
+struct mt9v032_platform_data {
+ unsigned int clk_pol:1;
+
+ const s64 *link_freqs;
+ s64 link_def_freq;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/noon010pc30.h b/include/media/i2c/noon010pc30.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1880dad25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/noon010pc30.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Driver header for NOON010PC30L camera sensor chip.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 Samsung Electronics, Co. Ltd
+ * Contact: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef NOON010PC30_H
+#define NOON010PC30_H
+
+/**
+ * struct noon010pc30_platform_data - platform data
+ * @clk_rate: the clock frequency in Hz
+ */
+
+struct noon010pc30_platform_data {
+ unsigned long clk_rate;
+};
+
+#endif /* NOON010PC30_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ov2659.h b/include/media/i2c/ov2659.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c9ea318a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ov2659.h
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Omnivision OV2659 CMOS Image Sensor driver
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2015 Texas Instruments, Inc.
+ *
+ * Benoit Parrot <bparrot@ti.com>
+ * Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.csengg@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef OV2659_H
+#define OV2659_H
+
+/**
+ * struct ov2659_platform_data - ov2659 driver platform data
+ * @link_frequency: target pixel clock frequency
+ */
+struct ov2659_platform_data {
+ s64 link_frequency;
+};
+
+#endif /* OV2659_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ov7670.h b/include/media/i2c/ov7670.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8686fc212
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ov7670.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * A V4L2 driver for OmniVision OV7670 cameras.
+ *
+ * Copyright 2010 One Laptop Per Child
+ */
+
+#ifndef __OV7670_H
+#define __OV7670_H
+
+struct ov7670_config {
+ int min_width; /* Filter out smaller sizes */
+ int min_height; /* Filter out smaller sizes */
+ int clock_speed; /* External clock speed (MHz) */
+ bool use_smbus; /* Use smbus I/O instead of I2C */
+ bool pll_bypass; /* Choose whether to bypass the PLL */
+ bool pclk_hb_disable; /* Disable toggling pixclk during horizontal blanking */
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ov772x.h b/include/media/i2c/ov772x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..26f363ea4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ov772x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * ov772x Camera
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Renesas Solutions Corp.
+ * Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __OV772X_H__
+#define __OV772X_H__
+
+/* for flags */
+#define OV772X_FLAG_VFLIP (1 << 0) /* Vertical flip image */
+#define OV772X_FLAG_HFLIP (1 << 1) /* Horizontal flip image */
+
+/*
+ * for Edge ctrl
+ *
+ * strength also control Auto or Manual Edge Control Mode
+ * see also OV772X_MANUAL_EDGE_CTRL
+ */
+struct ov772x_edge_ctrl {
+ unsigned char strength;
+ unsigned char threshold;
+ unsigned char upper;
+ unsigned char lower;
+};
+
+#define OV772X_MANUAL_EDGE_CTRL 0x80 /* un-used bit of strength */
+#define OV772X_EDGE_STRENGTH_MASK 0x1F
+#define OV772X_EDGE_THRESHOLD_MASK 0x0F
+#define OV772X_EDGE_UPPER_MASK 0xFF
+#define OV772X_EDGE_LOWER_MASK 0xFF
+
+#define OV772X_AUTO_EDGECTRL(u, l) \
+{ \
+ .upper = (u & OV772X_EDGE_UPPER_MASK), \
+ .lower = (l & OV772X_EDGE_LOWER_MASK), \
+}
+
+#define OV772X_MANUAL_EDGECTRL(s, t) \
+{ \
+ .strength = (s & OV772X_EDGE_STRENGTH_MASK) | \
+ OV772X_MANUAL_EDGE_CTRL, \
+ .threshold = (t & OV772X_EDGE_THRESHOLD_MASK), \
+}
+
+/**
+ * struct ov772x_camera_info - ov772x driver interface structure
+ * @flags: Sensor configuration flags
+ * @edgectrl: Sensor edge control
+ */
+struct ov772x_camera_info {
+ unsigned long flags;
+ struct ov772x_edge_ctrl edgectrl;
+};
+
+#endif /* __OV772X_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ov9650.h b/include/media/i2c/ov9650.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3ec7e0695
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ov9650.h
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * OV9650/OV9652 camera sensors driver
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com>
+ */
+#ifndef OV9650_H_
+#define OV9650_H_
+
+/**
+ * struct ov9650_platform_data - ov9650 driver platform data
+ * @mclk_frequency: the sensor's master clock frequency in Hz
+ * @gpio_pwdn: number of a GPIO connected to OV965X PWDN pin
+ * @gpio_reset: number of a GPIO connected to OV965X RESET pin
+ *
+ * If any of @gpio_pwdn or @gpio_reset are unused then they should be
+ * set to a negative value. @mclk_frequency must always be specified.
+ */
+struct ov9650_platform_data {
+ unsigned long mclk_frequency;
+ int gpio_pwdn;
+ int gpio_reset;
+};
+#endif /* OV9650_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/rj54n1cb0c.h b/include/media/i2c/rj54n1cb0c.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5689c09b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/rj54n1cb0c.h
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * RJ54N1CB0C Private data
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __RJ54N1CB0C_H__
+#define __RJ54N1CB0C_H__
+
+struct rj54n1_pdata {
+ unsigned int mclk_freq;
+ bool ioctl_high;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/s5c73m3.h b/include/media/i2c/s5c73m3.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a51f1025b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/s5c73m3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ * Samsung LSI S5C73M3 8M pixel camera driver
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012, Samsung Electronics, Co., Ltd.
+ * Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
+ * Andrzej Hajda <a.hajda@samsung.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ * version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ */
+#ifndef MEDIA_S5C73M3__
+#define MEDIA_S5C73M3__
+
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct s5c73m3_gpio - data structure describing a GPIO
+ * @gpio: GPIO number
+ * @level: indicates active state of the @gpio
+ */
+struct s5c73m3_gpio {
+ int gpio;
+ int level;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct s5c73m3_platform_data - s5c73m3 driver platform data
+ * @mclk_frequency: sensor's master clock frequency in Hz
+ * @gpio_reset: GPIO driving RESET pin
+ * @gpio_stby: GPIO driving STBY pin
+ * @bus_type: bus type
+ * @nlanes: maximum number of MIPI-CSI lanes used
+ * @horiz_flip: default horizontal image flip value, non zero to enable
+ * @vert_flip: default vertical image flip value, non zero to enable
+ */
+
+struct s5c73m3_platform_data {
+ unsigned long mclk_frequency;
+
+ struct s5c73m3_gpio gpio_reset;
+ struct s5c73m3_gpio gpio_stby;
+
+ enum v4l2_mbus_type bus_type;
+ u8 nlanes;
+ u8 horiz_flip;
+ u8 vert_flip;
+};
+
+#endif /* MEDIA_S5C73M3__ */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/s5k4ecgx.h b/include/media/i2c/s5k4ecgx.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92202eb35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/s5k4ecgx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * S5K4ECGX image sensor header file
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012, Linaro
+ * Copyright (C) 2012, Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
+ */
+
+#ifndef S5K4ECGX_H
+#define S5K4ECGX_H
+
+/**
+ * struct s5k4ecgx_gpio - data structure describing a GPIO
+ * @gpio: GPIO number
+ * @level: indicates active state of the @gpio
+ */
+struct s5k4ecgx_gpio {
+ int gpio;
+ int level;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct s5k4ecgx_platform_data - s5k4ecgx driver platform data
+ * @gpio_reset: GPIO driving RESET pin
+ * @gpio_stby: GPIO driving STBY pin
+ */
+
+struct s5k4ecgx_platform_data {
+ struct s5k4ecgx_gpio gpio_reset;
+ struct s5k4ecgx_gpio gpio_stby;
+};
+
+#endif /* S5K4ECGX_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/s5k6aa.h b/include/media/i2c/s5k6aa.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eb3444d8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/s5k6aa.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * S5K6AAFX camera sensor driver header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
+ */
+
+#ifndef S5K6AA_H
+#define S5K6AA_H
+
+#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct s5k6aa_gpio - data structure describing a GPIO
+ * @gpio: GPIO number
+ * @level: indicates active state of the @gpio
+ */
+struct s5k6aa_gpio {
+ int gpio;
+ int level;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct s5k6aa_platform_data - s5k6aa driver platform data
+ * @set_power: an additional callback to the board code, called
+ * after enabling the regulators and before switching
+ * the sensor off
+ * @mclk_frequency: sensor's master clock frequency in Hz
+ * @gpio_reset: GPIO driving RESET pin
+ * @gpio_stby: GPIO driving STBY pin
+ * @bus_type: bus type
+ * @nlanes: maximum number of MIPI-CSI lanes used
+ * @horiz_flip: default horizontal image flip value, non zero to enable
+ * @vert_flip: default vertical image flip value, non zero to enable
+ */
+
+struct s5k6aa_platform_data {
+ int (*set_power)(int enable);
+ unsigned long mclk_frequency;
+ struct s5k6aa_gpio gpio_reset;
+ struct s5k6aa_gpio gpio_stby;
+ enum v4l2_mbus_type bus_type;
+ u8 nlanes;
+ u8 horiz_flip;
+ u8 vert_flip;
+};
+
+#endif /* S5K6AA_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/saa6588.h b/include/media/i2c/saa6588.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bbec05a31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/saa6588.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+
+ Types and defines needed for RDS. This is included by
+ saa6588.c and every driver (e.g. bttv-driver.c) that wants
+ to use the saa6588 module.
+
+ (c) 2005 by Hans J. Koch
+
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SAA6588_H
+#define _SAA6588_H
+
+struct saa6588_command {
+ unsigned int block_count;
+ bool nonblocking;
+ int result;
+ unsigned char __user *buffer;
+ struct file *instance;
+ poll_table *event_list;
+ __poll_t poll_mask;
+};
+
+/* These ioctls are internal to the kernel */
+#define SAA6588_CMD_CLOSE _IOW('R', 2, int)
+#define SAA6588_CMD_READ _IOR('R', 3, int)
+#define SAA6588_CMD_POLL _IOR('R', 4, int)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/saa7115.h b/include/media/i2c/saa7115.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0cd6080d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/saa7115.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ saa7115.h - definition for saa7111/3/4/5 inputs and frequency flags
+
+ Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SAA7115_H_
+#define _SAA7115_H_
+
+/* s_routing inputs, outputs, and config */
+
+/* SAA7111/3/4/5 HW inputs */
+#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE0 0
+#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE1 1
+#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE2 2
+#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE3 3
+#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE4 4 /* not available for the saa7111/3 */
+#define SAA7115_COMPOSITE5 5 /* not available for the saa7111/3 */
+#define SAA7115_SVIDEO0 6
+#define SAA7115_SVIDEO1 7
+#define SAA7115_SVIDEO2 8
+#define SAA7115_SVIDEO3 9
+
+/* outputs */
+#define SAA7115_IPORT_ON 1
+#define SAA7115_IPORT_OFF 0
+
+/* SAA7111 specific outputs. */
+#define SAA7111_VBI_BYPASS 2
+#define SAA7111_FMT_YUV422 0x00
+#define SAA7111_FMT_RGB 0x40
+#define SAA7111_FMT_CCIR 0x80
+#define SAA7111_FMT_YUV411 0xc0
+
+/* config flags */
+/*
+ * Register 0x85 should set bit 0 to 0 (it's 1 by default). This bit
+ * controls the IDQ signal polarity which is set to 'inverted' if the bit
+ * it 1 and to 'default' if it is 0.
+ */
+#define SAA7115_IDQ_IS_DEFAULT (1 << 0)
+
+/* s_crystal_freq values and flags */
+
+/* SAA7115 v4l2_crystal_freq frequency values */
+#define SAA7115_FREQ_32_11_MHZ 32110000 /* 32.11 MHz crystal, SAA7114/5 only */
+#define SAA7115_FREQ_24_576_MHZ 24576000 /* 24.576 MHz crystal */
+
+/* SAA7115 v4l2_crystal_freq audio clock control flags */
+#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_UCGC (1 << 0) /* SA 3A[7], UCGC, SAA7115 only */
+#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_CGCDIV (1 << 1) /* SA 3A[6], CGCDIV, SAA7115 only */
+#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_APLL (1 << 2) /* SA 3A[3], APLL, SAA7114/5 only */
+#define SAA7115_FREQ_FL_DOUBLE_ASCLK (1 << 3) /* SA 39, LRDIV, SAA7114/5 only */
+
+/* ===== SAA7113 Config enums ===== */
+
+/* Register 0x08 "Horizontal time constant" [Bit 3..4]:
+ * Should be set to "Fast Locking Mode" according to the datasheet,
+ * and that is the default setting in the gm7113c_init table.
+ * saa7113_init sets this value to "VTR Mode". */
+enum saa7113_r08_htc {
+ SAA7113_HTC_TV_MODE = 0x00,
+ SAA7113_HTC_VTR_MODE, /* Default for saa7113_init */
+ SAA7113_HTC_FAST_LOCKING_MODE = 0x03 /* Default for gm7113c_init */
+};
+
+/* Register 0x10 "Output format selection" [Bit 6..7]:
+ * Defaults to ITU_656 as specified in datasheet. */
+enum saa7113_r10_ofts {
+ SAA7113_OFTS_ITU_656 = 0x0, /* Default */
+ SAA7113_OFTS_VFLAG_BY_VREF,
+ SAA7113_OFTS_VFLAG_BY_DATA_TYPE
+};
+
+/*
+ * Register 0x12 "Output control" [Bit 0..3 Or Bit 4..7]:
+ * This is used to select what data is output on the RTS0 and RTS1 pins.
+ * RTS1 [Bit 4..7] Defaults to DOT_IN. (This value can not be set for RTS0)
+ * RTS0 [Bit 0..3] Defaults to VIPB in gm7113c_init as specified
+ * in the datasheet, but is set to HREF_HS in the saa7113_init table.
+ */
+enum saa7113_r12_rts {
+ SAA7113_RTS_DOT_IN = 0, /* OBS: Only for RTS1 (Default RTS1) */
+ SAA7113_RTS_VIPB, /* Default RTS0 For gm7113c_init */
+ SAA7113_RTS_GPSW,
+ SAA7115_RTS_HL,
+ SAA7113_RTS_VL,
+ SAA7113_RTS_DL,
+ SAA7113_RTS_PLIN,
+ SAA7113_RTS_HREF_HS, /* Default RTS0 For saa7113_init */
+ SAA7113_RTS_HS,
+ SAA7113_RTS_HQ,
+ SAA7113_RTS_ODD,
+ SAA7113_RTS_VS,
+ SAA7113_RTS_V123,
+ SAA7113_RTS_VGATE,
+ SAA7113_RTS_VREF,
+ SAA7113_RTS_FID
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct saa7115_platform_data - Allow overriding default initialization
+ *
+ * @saa7113_force_gm7113c_init: Force the use of the gm7113c_init table
+ * instead of saa7113_init table
+ * (saa7113 only)
+ * @saa7113_r08_htc: [R_08 - Bit 3..4]
+ * @saa7113_r10_vrln: [R_10 - Bit 3]
+ * default: Disabled for gm7113c_init
+ * Enabled for saa7113c_init
+ * @saa7113_r10_ofts: [R_10 - Bit 6..7]
+ * @saa7113_r12_rts0: [R_12 - Bit 0..3]
+ * @saa7113_r12_rts1: [R_12 - Bit 4..7]
+ * @saa7113_r13_adlsb: [R_13 - Bit 7] - default: disabled
+ */
+struct saa7115_platform_data {
+ bool saa7113_force_gm7113c_init;
+ enum saa7113_r08_htc *saa7113_r08_htc;
+ bool *saa7113_r10_vrln;
+ enum saa7113_r10_ofts *saa7113_r10_ofts;
+ enum saa7113_r12_rts *saa7113_r12_rts0;
+ enum saa7113_r12_rts *saa7113_r12_rts1;
+ bool *saa7113_r13_adlsb;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/saa7127.h b/include/media/i2c/saa7127.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..53ee999e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/saa7127.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ saa7127.h - definition for saa7126/7/8/9 inputs/outputs
+
+ Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SAA7127_H_
+#define _SAA7127_H_
+
+/* Enumeration for the supported input types */
+enum saa7127_input_type {
+ SAA7127_INPUT_TYPE_NORMAL,
+ SAA7127_INPUT_TYPE_TEST_IMAGE
+};
+
+/* Enumeration for the supported output signal types */
+enum saa7127_output_type {
+ SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_BOTH,
+ SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_COMPOSITE,
+ SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_SVIDEO,
+ SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_RGB,
+ SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_YUV_C,
+ SAA7127_OUTPUT_TYPE_YUV_V
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/sr030pc30.h b/include/media/i2c/sr030pc30.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..84c602d68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/sr030pc30.h
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Driver header for SR030PC30 camera sensor
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 Samsung Electronics, Co. Ltd
+ * Contact: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef SR030PC30_H
+#define SR030PC30_H
+
+struct sr030pc30_platform_data {
+ unsigned long clk_rate; /* master clock frequency in Hz */
+ int (*set_power)(struct device *dev, int on);
+};
+
+#endif /* SR030PC30_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tc358743.h b/include/media/i2c/tc358743.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b343650c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/tc358743.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * tc358743 - Toshiba HDMI to CSI-2 bridge
+ *
+ * Copyright 2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * References (c = chapter, p = page):
+ * REF_01 - Toshiba, TC358743XBG (H2C), Functional Specification, Rev 0.60
+ * REF_02 - Toshiba, TC358743XBG_HDMI-CSI_Tv11p_nm.xls
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TC358743_
+#define _TC358743_
+
+enum tc358743_ddc5v_delays {
+ DDC5V_DELAY_0_MS,
+ DDC5V_DELAY_50_MS,
+ DDC5V_DELAY_100_MS,
+ DDC5V_DELAY_200_MS,
+};
+
+enum tc358743_hdmi_detection_delay {
+ HDMI_MODE_DELAY_0_MS,
+ HDMI_MODE_DELAY_25_MS,
+ HDMI_MODE_DELAY_50_MS,
+ HDMI_MODE_DELAY_100_MS,
+};
+
+struct tc358743_platform_data {
+ /* System clock connected to REFCLK (pin H5) */
+ u32 refclk_hz; /* 26 MHz, 27 MHz or 42 MHz */
+
+ /* DDC +5V debounce delay to avoid spurious interrupts when the cable
+ * is connected.
+ * Sets DDC5V_MODE in register DDC_CTL.
+ * Default: DDC5V_DELAY_0_MS
+ */
+ enum tc358743_ddc5v_delays ddc5v_delay;
+
+ bool enable_hdcp;
+
+ /*
+ * The FIFO size is 512x32, so Toshiba recommend to set the default FIFO
+ * level to somewhere in the middle (e.g. 300), so it can cover speed
+ * mismatches in input and output ports.
+ */
+ u16 fifo_level;
+
+ /* Bps pr lane is (refclk_hz / pll_prd) * pll_fbd */
+ u16 pll_prd;
+ u16 pll_fbd;
+
+ /* CSI
+ * Calculate CSI parameters with REF_02 for the highest resolution your
+ * CSI interface can handle. The driver will adjust the number of CSI
+ * lanes in use according to the pixel clock.
+ *
+ * The values in brackets are calculated with REF_02 when the number of
+ * bps pr lane is 823.5 MHz, and can serve as a starting point.
+ */
+ u32 lineinitcnt; /* (0x00001770) */
+ u32 lptxtimecnt; /* (0x00000005) */
+ u32 tclk_headercnt; /* (0x00001d04) */
+ u32 tclk_trailcnt; /* (0x00000000) */
+ u32 ths_headercnt; /* (0x00000505) */
+ u32 twakeup; /* (0x00004650) */
+ u32 tclk_postcnt; /* (0x00000000) */
+ u32 ths_trailcnt; /* (0x00000004) */
+ u32 hstxvregcnt; /* (0x00000005) */
+
+ /* DVI->HDMI detection delay to avoid unnecessary switching between DVI
+ * and HDMI mode.
+ * Sets HDMI_DET_V in register HDMI_DET.
+ * Default: HDMI_MODE_DELAY_0_MS
+ */
+ enum tc358743_hdmi_detection_delay hdmi_detection_delay;
+
+ /* Reset PHY automatically when TMDS clock goes from DC to AC.
+ * Sets PHY_AUTO_RST2 in register PHY_CTL2.
+ * Default: false
+ */
+ bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_tmds_detected;
+
+ /* Reset PHY automatically when TMDS clock passes 21 MHz.
+ * Sets PHY_AUTO_RST3 in register PHY_CTL2.
+ * Default: false
+ */
+ bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_tmds_in_range;
+
+ /* Reset PHY automatically when TMDS clock is detected.
+ * Sets PHY_AUTO_RST4 in register PHY_CTL2.
+ * Default: false
+ */
+ bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_tmds_valid;
+
+ /* Reset HDMI PHY automatically when hsync period is out of range.
+ * Sets H_PI_RST in register HV_RST.
+ * Default: false
+ */
+ bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_hsync_out_of_range;
+
+ /* Reset HDMI PHY automatically when vsync period is out of range.
+ * Sets V_PI_RST in register HV_RST.
+ * Default: false
+ */
+ bool hdmi_phy_auto_reset_vsync_out_of_range;
+};
+
+/* custom controls */
+/* Audio sample rate in Hz */
+#define TC358743_CID_AUDIO_SAMPLING_RATE (V4L2_CID_USER_TC358743_BASE + 0)
+/* Audio present status */
+#define TC358743_CID_AUDIO_PRESENT (V4L2_CID_USER_TC358743_BASE + 1)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tda1997x.h b/include/media/i2c/tda1997x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6c2a8ae4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/tda1997x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/*
+ * tda1997x - NXP HDMI receiver
+ *
+ * Copyright 2017 Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TDA1997X_
+#define _TDA1997X_
+
+/* Platform Data */
+struct tda1997x_platform_data {
+ enum v4l2_mbus_type vidout_bus_type;
+ u32 vidout_bus_width;
+ u8 vidout_port_cfg[9];
+ /* pin polarity (1=invert) */
+ bool vidout_inv_de;
+ bool vidout_inv_hs;
+ bool vidout_inv_vs;
+ bool vidout_inv_pclk;
+ /* clock delays (0=-8, 1=-7 ... 15=+7 pixels) */
+ u8 vidout_delay_hs;
+ u8 vidout_delay_vs;
+ u8 vidout_delay_de;
+ u8 vidout_delay_pclk;
+ /* sync selections (controls how sync pins are derived) */
+ u8 vidout_sel_hs;
+ u8 vidout_sel_vs;
+ u8 vidout_sel_de;
+
+ /* Audio Port Output */
+ int audout_format;
+ u32 audout_mclk_fs; /* clock multiplier */
+ u32 audout_width; /* 13 or 32 bit */
+ u32 audout_layout; /* layout0=AP0 layout1=AP0,AP1,AP2,AP3 */
+ bool audout_layoutauto; /* audio layout dictated by pkt header */
+ bool audout_invert_clk; /* data valid on rising edge of BCLK */
+ bool audio_auto_mute; /* enable hardware audio auto-mute */
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/ths7303.h b/include/media/i2c/ths7303.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95492d127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/ths7303.h
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Texas Instruments Inc
+ *
+ * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates.
+ *
+ * Contributors:
+ * Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
+ * Lad, Prabhakar <prabhakar.lad@ti.com>
+ * Martin Bugge <marbugge@cisco.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef THS7353_H
+#define THS7353_H
+
+/**
+ * struct ths7303_platform_data - Platform dependent data
+ * @ch_1: Bias value for channel one.
+ * @ch_2: Bias value for channel two.
+ * @ch_3: Bias value for channel three.
+ */
+struct ths7303_platform_data {
+ u8 ch_1;
+ u8 ch_2;
+ u8 ch_3;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tvaudio.h b/include/media/i2c/tvaudio.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..42cd3206f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/tvaudio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ tvaudio.h - definition for tvaudio inputs
+
+ Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _TVAUDIO_H
+#define _TVAUDIO_H
+
+/*
+ * i2c bus addresses for the chips supported by tvaudio.c
+ */
+
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA8425 0x82
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9840 0x84
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9874 0xb0 /* also used by 9875 */
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9875 0xb0
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA8425 0x82
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9840 0x84 /* also used by TA8874Z */
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_L 0xb4 /* also used by 9873 */
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_H 0xb6
+#define I2C_ADDR_TDA9874 0xb0 /* also used by 9875 */
+#define I2C_ADDR_TEA6300 0x80 /* also used by 6320 */
+#define I2C_ADDR_TEA6420 0x98
+#define I2C_ADDR_PIC16C54 0x96 /* PV951 */
+
+/* The tvaudio module accepts the following inputs: */
+#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_TUNER 0
+#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_RADIO 1
+#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_EXTERN 2
+#define TVAUDIO_INPUT_INTERN 3
+
+static inline const unsigned short *tvaudio_addrs(void)
+{
+ static const unsigned short addrs[] = {
+ I2C_ADDR_TDA8425 >> 1,
+ I2C_ADDR_TEA6300 >> 1,
+ I2C_ADDR_TEA6420 >> 1,
+ I2C_ADDR_TDA9840 >> 1,
+ I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_L >> 1,
+ I2C_ADDR_TDA985x_H >> 1,
+ I2C_ADDR_TDA9874 >> 1,
+ I2C_ADDR_PIC16C54 >> 1,
+ I2C_CLIENT_END
+ };
+
+ return addrs;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tvp514x.h b/include/media/i2c/tvp514x.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..837efff0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/tvp514x.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * drivers/media/video/tvp514x.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Texas Instruments Inc
+ * Author: Vaibhav Hiremath <hvaibhav@ti.com>
+ *
+ * Contributors:
+ * Sivaraj R <sivaraj@ti.com>
+ * Brijesh R Jadav <brijesh.j@ti.com>
+ * Hardik Shah <hardik.shah@ti.com>
+ * Manjunath Hadli <mrh@ti.com>
+ * Karicheri Muralidharan <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TVP514X_H
+#define _TVP514X_H
+
+/*
+ * Other macros
+ */
+#define TVP514X_MODULE_NAME "tvp514x"
+
+#define TVP514X_XCLK_BT656 (27000000)
+
+/* Number of pixels and number of lines per frame for different standards */
+#define NTSC_NUM_ACTIVE_PIXELS (720)
+#define NTSC_NUM_ACTIVE_LINES (480)
+#define PAL_NUM_ACTIVE_PIXELS (720)
+#define PAL_NUM_ACTIVE_LINES (576)
+
+/* enum for different decoder input pin configuration */
+enum tvp514x_input {
+ /*
+ * CVBS input selection
+ */
+ INPUT_CVBS_VI1A = 0x0,
+ INPUT_CVBS_VI1B,
+ INPUT_CVBS_VI1C,
+ INPUT_CVBS_VI2A = 0x04,
+ INPUT_CVBS_VI2B,
+ INPUT_CVBS_VI2C,
+ INPUT_CVBS_VI3A = 0x08,
+ INPUT_CVBS_VI3B,
+ INPUT_CVBS_VI3C,
+ INPUT_CVBS_VI4A = 0x0C,
+ /*
+ * S-Video input selection
+ */
+ INPUT_SVIDEO_VI2A_VI1A = 0x44,
+ INPUT_SVIDEO_VI2B_VI1B,
+ INPUT_SVIDEO_VI2C_VI1C,
+ INPUT_SVIDEO_VI2A_VI3A = 0x54,
+ INPUT_SVIDEO_VI2B_VI3B,
+ INPUT_SVIDEO_VI2C_VI3C,
+ INPUT_SVIDEO_VI4A_VI1A = 0x4C,
+ INPUT_SVIDEO_VI4A_VI1B,
+ INPUT_SVIDEO_VI4A_VI1C,
+ INPUT_SVIDEO_VI4A_VI3A = 0x5C,
+ INPUT_SVIDEO_VI4A_VI3B,
+ INPUT_SVIDEO_VI4A_VI3C,
+
+ /* Need to add entries for
+ * RGB, YPbPr and SCART.
+ */
+ INPUT_INVALID
+};
+
+/* enum for output format supported. */
+enum tvp514x_output {
+ OUTPUT_10BIT_422_EMBEDDED_SYNC = 0,
+ OUTPUT_20BIT_422_SEPERATE_SYNC,
+ OUTPUT_10BIT_422_SEPERATE_SYNC = 3,
+ OUTPUT_INVALID
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tvp514x_platform_data - Platform data values and access functions.
+ * @clk_polarity: Clock polarity of the current interface.
+ * @hs_polarity: HSYNC Polarity configuration for current interface.
+ * @vs_polarity: VSYNC Polarity configuration for current interface.
+ */
+struct tvp514x_platform_data {
+ /* Interface control params */
+ bool clk_polarity;
+ bool hs_polarity;
+ bool vs_polarity;
+};
+
+
+#endif /* ifndef _TVP514X_H */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tvp7002.h b/include/media/i2c/tvp7002.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c31eb0040
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/tvp7002.h
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/* Texas Instruments Triple 8-/10-BIT 165-/110-MSPS Video and Graphics
+ * Digitizer with Horizontal PLL registers
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments Inc
+ * Author: Santiago Nunez-Corrales <santiago.nunez@ridgerun.com>
+ *
+ * This code is partially based upon the TVP5150 driver
+ * written by Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org>,
+ * the TVP514x driver written by Vaibhav Hiremath <hvaibhav@ti.com>
+ * and the TVP7002 driver in the TI LSP 2.10.00.14
+ */
+#ifndef _TVP7002_H_
+#define _TVP7002_H_
+
+#define TVP7002_MODULE_NAME "tvp7002"
+
+/**
+ * struct tvp7002_config - Platform dependent data
+ *@clk_polarity: Clock polarity
+ * 0 - Data clocked out on rising edge of DATACLK signal
+ * 1 - Data clocked out on falling edge of DATACLK signal
+ *@hs_polarity: HSYNC polarity
+ * 0 - Active low HSYNC output, 1 - Active high HSYNC output
+ *@vs_polarity: VSYNC Polarity
+ * 0 - Active low VSYNC output, 1 - Active high VSYNC output
+ *@fid_polarity: Active-high Field ID polarity.
+ * 0 - The field ID output is set to logic 1 for an odd field
+ * (field 1) and set to logic 0 for an even field (field 0).
+ * 1 - Operation with polarity inverted.
+ *@sog_polarity: Active high Sync on Green output polarity.
+ * 0 - Normal operation, 1 - Operation with polarity inverted
+ */
+struct tvp7002_config {
+ bool clk_polarity;
+ bool hs_polarity;
+ bool vs_polarity;
+ bool fid_polarity;
+ bool sog_polarity;
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/tw9910.h b/include/media/i2c/tw9910.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..77da94f90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/tw9910.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * tw9910 Driver header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Renesas Solutions Corp.
+ * Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com>
+ *
+ * Based on ov772x.h
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TW9910_H__
+#define __TW9910_H__
+
+/* MPOUT (multi-purpose output) pin functions */
+enum tw9910_mpout_pin {
+ TW9910_MPO_VLOSS,
+ TW9910_MPO_HLOCK,
+ TW9910_MPO_SLOCK,
+ TW9910_MPO_VLOCK,
+ TW9910_MPO_MONO,
+ TW9910_MPO_DET50,
+ TW9910_MPO_FIELD,
+ TW9910_MPO_RTCO,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tw9910_video_info - tw9910 driver interface structure
+ * @buswidth: Parallel data bus width (8 or 16).
+ * @mpout: Selected function of MPOUT (multi-purpose output) pin.
+ * See enum tw9910_mpout_pin
+ */
+struct tw9910_video_info {
+ unsigned long buswidth;
+ enum tw9910_mpout_pin mpout;
+};
+
+
+#endif /* __TW9910_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/uda1342.h b/include/media/i2c/uda1342.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb412d4c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/uda1342.h
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * uda1342.h - definition for uda1342 inputs
+ *
+ * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UDA1342_H_
+#define _UDA1342_H_
+
+/* The UDA1342 has 2 inputs */
+
+#define UDA1342_IN1 1
+#define UDA1342_IN2 2
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/upd64031a.h b/include/media/i2c/upd64031a.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6570abc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/upd64031a.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * upd64031a - NEC Electronics Ghost Reduction input defines
+ *
+ * 2006 by Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UPD64031A_H_
+#define _UPD64031A_H_
+
+/* Ghost reduction modes */
+#define UPD64031A_GR_ON 0
+#define UPD64031A_GR_OFF 1
+#define UPD64031A_GR_THROUGH 3
+
+/* Direct 3D/YCS Connection */
+#define UPD64031A_3DYCS_DISABLE (0 << 2)
+#define UPD64031A_3DYCS_COMPOSITE (2 << 2)
+#define UPD64031A_3DYCS_SVIDEO (3 << 2)
+
+/* Composite sync digital separation circuit */
+#define UPD64031A_COMPOSITE_EXTERNAL (1 << 4)
+
+/* Vertical sync digital separation circuit */
+#define UPD64031A_VERTICAL_EXTERNAL (1 << 5)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/upd64083.h b/include/media/i2c/upd64083.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17fb7b520
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/upd64083.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * upd6408x - NEC Electronics 3-Dimensional Y/C separation input defines
+ *
+ * 2006 by Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UPD64083_H_
+#define _UPD64083_H_
+
+/* There are two bits of information that the driver needs in order
+ to select the correct routing: the operating mode and the selection
+ of the Y input (external or internal).
+
+ The first two operating modes expect a composite signal on the Y input,
+ the second two operating modes use both the Y and C inputs.
+
+ Normally YCS_MODE is used for tuner and composite inputs, and the
+ YCNR mode is used for S-Video inputs.
+
+ The external Y-ADC is selected when the composite input comes from a
+ upd64031a ghost reduction device. If this device is not present, or
+ the input is a S-Video signal, then the internal Y-ADC input should
+ be used. */
+
+/* Operating modes: */
+
+/* YCS mode: Y/C separation (burst locked clocking) */
+#define UPD64083_YCS_MODE 0
+/* YCS+ mode: 2D Y/C separation and YCNR (burst locked clocking) */
+#define UPD64083_YCS_PLUS_MODE 1
+
+/* Note: the following two modes cannot be used in combination with the
+ external Y-ADC. */
+/* MNNR mode: frame comb type YNR+C delay (line locked clocking) */
+#define UPD64083_MNNR_MODE 2
+/* YCNR mode: frame recursive YCNR (burst locked clocking) */
+#define UPD64083_YCNR_MODE 3
+
+/* Select external Y-ADC: this should be set if this device is used in
+ combination with the upd64031a ghost reduction device.
+ Otherwise leave at 0 (use internal Y-ADC). */
+#define UPD64083_EXT_Y_ADC (1 << 2)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/i2c/wm8775.h b/include/media/i2c/wm8775.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ccdeb381
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/i2c/wm8775.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ wm8775.h - definition for wm8775 inputs and outputs
+
+ Copyright (C) 2006 Hans Verkuil (hverkuil@xs4all.nl)
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _WM8775_H_
+#define _WM8775_H_
+
+/* The WM8775 has 4 inputs and one output. Zero or more inputs
+ are multiplexed together to the output. Hence there are
+ 16 combinations.
+ If only one input is active (the normal case) then the
+ input values 1, 2, 4 or 8 should be used. */
+
+#define WM8775_AIN1 1
+#define WM8775_AIN2 2
+#define WM8775_AIN3 4
+#define WM8775_AIN4 8
+
+
+struct wm8775_platform_data {
+ /*
+ * FIXME: Instead, we should parameterize the params
+ * that need different settings between ivtv, pvrusb2, and Nova-S
+ */
+ bool is_nova_s;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/imx.h b/include/media/imx.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5f14acdd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/imx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014-2017 Mentor Graphics Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MEDIA_IMX_H__
+#define __MEDIA_IMX_H__
+
+#include <linux/imx-media.h>
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/media-dev-allocator.h b/include/media/media-dev-allocator.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ab54d426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/media-dev-allocator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ */
+/*
+ * media-dev-allocator.h - Media Controller Device Allocator API
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 Shuah Khan <shuah@kernel.org>
+ *
+ * Credits: Suggested by Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file adds a global ref-counted Media Controller Device Instance API.
+ * A system wide global media device list is managed and each media device
+ * includes a kref count. The last put on the media device releases the media
+ * device instance.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_DEV_ALLOCATOR_H
+#define _MEDIA_DEV_ALLOCATOR_H
+
+struct usb_device;
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER) && IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_USB)
+/**
+ * media_device_usb_allocate() - Allocate and return struct &media device
+ *
+ * @udev: struct &usb_device pointer
+ * @module_name: should be filled with %KBUILD_MODNAME
+ * @owner: struct module pointer %THIS_MODULE for the driver.
+ * %THIS_MODULE is null for a built-in driver.
+ * It is safe even when %THIS_MODULE is null.
+ *
+ * This interface should be called to allocate a Media Device when multiple
+ * drivers share usb_device and the media device. This interface allocates
+ * &media_device structure and calls media_device_usb_init() to initialize
+ * it.
+ *
+ */
+struct media_device *media_device_usb_allocate(struct usb_device *udev,
+ const char *module_name,
+ struct module *owner);
+/**
+ * media_device_delete() - Release media device. Calls kref_put().
+ *
+ * @mdev: struct &media_device pointer
+ * @module_name: should be filled with %KBUILD_MODNAME
+ * @owner: struct module pointer %THIS_MODULE for the driver.
+ * %THIS_MODULE is null for a built-in driver.
+ * It is safe even when %THIS_MODULE is null.
+ *
+ * This interface should be called to put Media Device Instance kref.
+ */
+void media_device_delete(struct media_device *mdev, const char *module_name,
+ struct module *owner);
+#else
+static inline struct media_device *media_device_usb_allocate(
+ struct usb_device *udev, const char *module_name,
+ struct module *owner)
+ { return NULL; }
+static inline void media_device_delete(
+ struct media_device *mdev, const char *module_name,
+ struct module *owner) { }
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER && CONFIG_USB */
+#endif /* _MEDIA_DEV_ALLOCATOR_H */
diff --git a/include/media/media-device.h b/include/media/media-device.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86716ee7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/media-device.h
@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Media device
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
+ *
+ * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+ * Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_DEVICE_H
+#define _MEDIA_DEVICE_H
+
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/pci.h>
+#include <linux/platform_device.h>
+
+#include <media/media-devnode.h>
+#include <media/media-entity.h>
+
+struct ida;
+struct media_device;
+
+/**
+ * struct media_entity_notify - Media Entity Notify
+ *
+ * @list: List head
+ * @notify_data: Input data to invoke the callback
+ * @notify: Callback function pointer
+ *
+ * Drivers may register a callback to take action when new entities get
+ * registered with the media device. This handler is intended for creating
+ * links between existing entities and should not create entities and register
+ * them.
+ */
+struct media_entity_notify {
+ struct list_head list;
+ void *notify_data;
+ void (*notify)(struct media_entity *entity, void *notify_data);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_device_ops - Media device operations
+ * @link_notify: Link state change notification callback. This callback is
+ * called with the graph_mutex held.
+ * @req_alloc: Allocate a request. Set this if you need to allocate a struct
+ * larger then struct media_request. @req_alloc and @req_free must
+ * either both be set or both be NULL.
+ * @req_free: Free a request. Set this if @req_alloc was set as well, leave
+ * to NULL otherwise.
+ * @req_validate: Validate a request, but do not queue yet. The req_queue_mutex
+ * lock is held when this op is called.
+ * @req_queue: Queue a validated request, cannot fail. If something goes
+ * wrong when queueing this request then it should be marked
+ * as such internally in the driver and any related buffers
+ * must eventually return to vb2 with state VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR.
+ * The req_queue_mutex lock is held when this op is called.
+ * It is important that vb2 buffer objects are queued last after
+ * all other object types are queued: queueing a buffer kickstarts
+ * the request processing, so all other objects related to the
+ * request (and thus the buffer) must be available to the driver.
+ * And once a buffer is queued, then the driver can complete
+ * or delete objects from the request before req_queue exits.
+ */
+struct media_device_ops {
+ int (*link_notify)(struct media_link *link, u32 flags,
+ unsigned int notification);
+ struct media_request *(*req_alloc)(struct media_device *mdev);
+ void (*req_free)(struct media_request *req);
+ int (*req_validate)(struct media_request *req);
+ void (*req_queue)(struct media_request *req);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_device - Media device
+ * @dev: Parent device
+ * @devnode: Media device node
+ * @driver_name: Optional device driver name. If not set, calls to
+ * %MEDIA_IOC_DEVICE_INFO will return ``dev->driver->name``.
+ * This is needed for USB drivers for example, as otherwise
+ * they'll all appear as if the driver name was "usb".
+ * @model: Device model name
+ * @serial: Device serial number (optional)
+ * @bus_info: Unique and stable device location identifier
+ * @hw_revision: Hardware device revision
+ * @topology_version: Monotonic counter for storing the version of the graph
+ * topology. Should be incremented each time the topology changes.
+ * @id: Unique ID used on the last registered graph object
+ * @entity_internal_idx: Unique internal entity ID used by the graph traversal
+ * algorithms
+ * @entity_internal_idx_max: Allocated internal entity indices
+ * @entities: List of registered entities
+ * @interfaces: List of registered interfaces
+ * @pads: List of registered pads
+ * @links: List of registered links
+ * @entity_notify: List of registered entity_notify callbacks
+ * @graph_mutex: Protects access to struct media_device data
+ * @pm_count_walk: Graph walk for power state walk. Access serialised using
+ * graph_mutex.
+ *
+ * @source_priv: Driver Private data for enable/disable source handlers
+ * @enable_source: Enable Source Handler function pointer
+ * @disable_source: Disable Source Handler function pointer
+ *
+ * @ops: Operation handler callbacks
+ * @req_queue_mutex: Serialise the MEDIA_REQUEST_IOC_QUEUE ioctl w.r.t.
+ * other operations that stop or start streaming.
+ * @request_id: Used to generate unique request IDs
+ *
+ * This structure represents an abstract high-level media device. It allows easy
+ * access to entities and provides basic media device-level support. The
+ * structure can be allocated directly or embedded in a larger structure.
+ *
+ * The parent @dev is a physical device. It must be set before registering the
+ * media device.
+ *
+ * @model is a descriptive model name exported through sysfs. It doesn't have to
+ * be unique.
+ *
+ * @enable_source is a handler to find source entity for the
+ * sink entity and activate the link between them if source
+ * entity is free. Drivers should call this handler before
+ * accessing the source.
+ *
+ * @disable_source is a handler to find source entity for the
+ * sink entity and deactivate the link between them. Drivers
+ * should call this handler to release the source.
+ *
+ * Use-case: find tuner entity connected to the decoder
+ * entity and check if it is available, and activate the
+ * link between them from @enable_source and deactivate
+ * from @disable_source.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Bridge driver is expected to implement and set the
+ * handler when &media_device is registered or when
+ * bridge driver finds the media_device during probe.
+ * Bridge driver sets source_priv with information
+ * necessary to run @enable_source and @disable_source handlers.
+ * Callers should hold graph_mutex to access and call @enable_source
+ * and @disable_source handlers.
+ */
+struct media_device {
+ /* dev->driver_data points to this struct. */
+ struct device *dev;
+ struct media_devnode *devnode;
+
+ char model[32];
+ char driver_name[32];
+ char serial[40];
+ char bus_info[32];
+ u32 hw_revision;
+
+ u64 topology_version;
+
+ u32 id;
+ struct ida entity_internal_idx;
+ int entity_internal_idx_max;
+
+ struct list_head entities;
+ struct list_head interfaces;
+ struct list_head pads;
+ struct list_head links;
+
+ /* notify callback list invoked when a new entity is registered */
+ struct list_head entity_notify;
+
+ /* Serializes graph operations. */
+ struct mutex graph_mutex;
+ struct media_graph pm_count_walk;
+
+ void *source_priv;
+ int (*enable_source)(struct media_entity *entity,
+ struct media_pipeline *pipe);
+ void (*disable_source)(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+ const struct media_device_ops *ops;
+
+ struct mutex req_queue_mutex;
+ atomic_t request_id;
+};
+
+/* We don't need to include usb.h here */
+struct usb_device;
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+
+/* Supported link_notify @notification values. */
+#define MEDIA_DEV_NOTIFY_PRE_LINK_CH 0
+#define MEDIA_DEV_NOTIFY_POST_LINK_CH 1
+
+/**
+ * media_device_init() - Initializes a media device element
+ *
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device
+ *
+ * This function initializes the media device prior to its registration.
+ * The media device initialization and registration is split in two functions
+ * to avoid race conditions and make the media device available to user-space
+ * before the media graph has been completed.
+ *
+ * So drivers need to first initialize the media device, register any entity
+ * within the media device, create pad to pad links and then finally register
+ * the media device by calling media_device_register() as a final step.
+ *
+ * The caller is responsible for initializing the media device before
+ * registration. The following fields must be set:
+ *
+ * - dev must point to the parent device
+ * - model must be filled with the device model name
+ *
+ * The bus_info field is set by media_device_init() for PCI and platform devices
+ * if the field begins with '\0'.
+ */
+void media_device_init(struct media_device *mdev);
+
+/**
+ * media_device_cleanup() - Cleanups a media device element
+ *
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device
+ *
+ * This function that will destroy the graph_mutex that is
+ * initialized in media_device_init().
+ */
+void media_device_cleanup(struct media_device *mdev);
+
+/**
+ * __media_device_register() - Registers a media device element
+ *
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @owner: should be filled with %THIS_MODULE
+ *
+ * Users, should, instead, call the media_device_register() macro.
+ *
+ * The caller is responsible for initializing the &media_device structure
+ * before registration. The following fields of &media_device must be set:
+ *
+ * - &media_device.model must be filled with the device model name as a
+ * NUL-terminated UTF-8 string. The device/model revision must not be
+ * stored in this field.
+ *
+ * The following fields are optional:
+ *
+ * - &media_device.serial is a unique serial number stored as a
+ * NUL-terminated ASCII string. The field is big enough to store a GUID
+ * in text form. If the hardware doesn't provide a unique serial number
+ * this field must be left empty.
+ *
+ * - &media_device.bus_info represents the location of the device in the
+ * system as a NUL-terminated ASCII string. For PCI/PCIe devices
+ * &media_device.bus_info must be set to "PCI:" (or "PCIe:") followed by
+ * the value of pci_name(). For USB devices,the usb_make_path() function
+ * must be used. This field is used by applications to distinguish between
+ * otherwise identical devices that don't provide a serial number.
+ *
+ * - &media_device.hw_revision is the hardware device revision in a
+ * driver-specific format. When possible the revision should be formatted
+ * with the KERNEL_VERSION() macro.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * #) Upon successful registration a character device named media[0-9]+ is created. The device major and minor numbers are dynamic. The model name is exported as a sysfs attribute.
+ *
+ * #) Unregistering a media device that hasn't been registered is **NOT** safe.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success or a negative error code.
+ */
+int __must_check __media_device_register(struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct module *owner);
+
+
+/**
+ * media_device_register() - Registers a media device element
+ *
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device
+ *
+ * This macro calls __media_device_register() passing %THIS_MODULE as
+ * the __media_device_register() second argument (**owner**).
+ */
+#define media_device_register(mdev) __media_device_register(mdev, THIS_MODULE)
+
+/**
+ * media_device_unregister() - Unregisters a media device element
+ *
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device
+ *
+ * It is safe to call this function on an unregistered (but initialised)
+ * media device.
+ */
+void media_device_unregister(struct media_device *mdev);
+
+/**
+ * media_device_register_entity() - registers a media entity inside a
+ * previously registered media device.
+ *
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @entity: pointer to struct &media_entity to be registered
+ *
+ * Entities are identified by a unique positive integer ID. The media
+ * controller framework will such ID automatically. IDs are not guaranteed
+ * to be contiguous, and the ID number can change on newer Kernel versions.
+ * So, neither the driver nor userspace should hardcode ID numbers to refer
+ * to the entities, but, instead, use the framework to find the ID, when
+ * needed.
+ *
+ * The media_entity name, type and flags fields should be initialized before
+ * calling media_device_register_entity(). Entities embedded in higher-level
+ * standard structures can have some of those fields set by the higher-level
+ * framework.
+ *
+ * If the device has pads, media_entity_pads_init() should be called before
+ * this function. Otherwise, the &media_entity.pad and &media_entity.num_pads
+ * should be zeroed before calling this function.
+ *
+ * Entities have flags that describe the entity capabilities and state:
+ *
+ * %MEDIA_ENT_FL_DEFAULT
+ * indicates the default entity for a given type.
+ * This can be used to report the default audio and video devices or the
+ * default camera sensor.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Drivers should set the entity function before calling this function.
+ * Please notice that the values %MEDIA_ENT_F_V4L2_SUBDEV_UNKNOWN and
+ * %MEDIA_ENT_F_UNKNOWN should not be used by the drivers.
+ */
+int __must_check media_device_register_entity(struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * media_device_unregister_entity() - unregisters a media entity.
+ *
+ * @entity: pointer to struct &media_entity to be unregistered
+ *
+ * All links associated with the entity and all PADs are automatically
+ * unregistered from the media_device when this function is called.
+ *
+ * Unregistering an entity will not change the IDs of the other entities and
+ * the previoully used ID will never be reused for a newly registered entities.
+ *
+ * When a media device is unregistered, all its entities are unregistered
+ * automatically. No manual entities unregistration is then required.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * The media_entity instance itself must be freed explicitly by
+ * the driver if required.
+ */
+void media_device_unregister_entity(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * media_device_register_entity_notify() - Registers a media entity_notify
+ * callback
+ *
+ * @mdev: The media device
+ * @nptr: The media_entity_notify
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * When a new entity is registered, all the registered
+ * media_entity_notify callbacks are invoked.
+ */
+
+int __must_check media_device_register_entity_notify(struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct media_entity_notify *nptr);
+
+/**
+ * media_device_unregister_entity_notify() - Unregister a media entity notify
+ * callback
+ *
+ * @mdev: The media device
+ * @nptr: The media_entity_notify
+ *
+ */
+void media_device_unregister_entity_notify(struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct media_entity_notify *nptr);
+
+/* Iterate over all entities. */
+#define media_device_for_each_entity(entity, mdev) \
+ list_for_each_entry(entity, &(mdev)->entities, graph_obj.list)
+
+/* Iterate over all interfaces. */
+#define media_device_for_each_intf(intf, mdev) \
+ list_for_each_entry(intf, &(mdev)->interfaces, graph_obj.list)
+
+/* Iterate over all pads. */
+#define media_device_for_each_pad(pad, mdev) \
+ list_for_each_entry(pad, &(mdev)->pads, graph_obj.list)
+
+/* Iterate over all links. */
+#define media_device_for_each_link(link, mdev) \
+ list_for_each_entry(link, &(mdev)->links, graph_obj.list)
+
+/**
+ * media_device_pci_init() - create and initialize a
+ * struct &media_device from a PCI device.
+ *
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @pci_dev: pointer to struct pci_dev
+ * @name: media device name. If %NULL, the routine will use the default
+ * name for the pci device, given by pci_name() macro.
+ */
+void media_device_pci_init(struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct pci_dev *pci_dev,
+ const char *name);
+/**
+ * __media_device_usb_init() - create and initialize a
+ * struct &media_device from a PCI device.
+ *
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @udev: pointer to struct usb_device
+ * @board_name: media device name. If %NULL, the routine will use the usb
+ * product name, if available.
+ * @driver_name: name of the driver. if %NULL, the routine will use the name
+ * given by ``udev->dev->driver->name``, with is usually the wrong
+ * thing to do.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * It is better to call media_device_usb_init() instead, as
+ * such macro fills driver_name with %KBUILD_MODNAME.
+ */
+void __media_device_usb_init(struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct usb_device *udev,
+ const char *board_name,
+ const char *driver_name);
+
+#else
+static inline int media_device_register(struct media_device *mdev)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+static inline void media_device_unregister(struct media_device *mdev)
+{
+}
+static inline int media_device_register_entity(struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+static inline void media_device_unregister_entity(struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+}
+static inline int media_device_register_entity_notify(
+ struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct media_entity_notify *nptr)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+static inline void media_device_unregister_entity_notify(
+ struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct media_entity_notify *nptr)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void media_device_pci_init(struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct pci_dev *pci_dev,
+ char *name)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void __media_device_usb_init(struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct usb_device *udev,
+ char *board_name,
+ char *driver_name)
+{
+}
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */
+
+/**
+ * media_device_usb_init() - create and initialize a
+ * struct &media_device from a PCI device.
+ *
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @udev: pointer to struct usb_device
+ * @name: media device name. If %NULL, the routine will use the usb
+ * product name, if available.
+ *
+ * This macro calls media_device_usb_init() passing the
+ * media_device_usb_init() **driver_name** parameter filled with
+ * %KBUILD_MODNAME.
+ */
+#define media_device_usb_init(mdev, udev, name) \
+ __media_device_usb_init(mdev, udev, name, KBUILD_MODNAME)
+
+/**
+ * media_set_bus_info() - Set bus_info field
+ *
+ * @bus_info: Variable where to write the bus info (char array)
+ * @bus_info_size: Length of the bus_info
+ * @dev: Related struct device
+ *
+ * Sets bus information based on &dev. This is currently done for PCI and
+ * platform devices. dev is required to be non-NULL for this to happen.
+ *
+ * This function is not meant to be called from drivers.
+ */
+static inline void
+media_set_bus_info(char *bus_info, size_t bus_info_size, struct device *dev)
+{
+ if (!dev)
+ strscpy(bus_info, "no bus info", bus_info_size);
+ else if (dev_is_platform(dev))
+ snprintf(bus_info, bus_info_size, "platform:%s", dev_name(dev));
+ else if (dev_is_pci(dev))
+ snprintf(bus_info, bus_info_size, "PCI:%s", dev_name(dev));
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/media-devnode.h b/include/media/media-devnode.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d27c1c646
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/media-devnode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Media device node
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
+ *
+ * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+ * Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ *
+ * --
+ *
+ * Common functions for media-related drivers to register and unregister media
+ * device nodes.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_DEVNODE_H
+#define _MEDIA_DEVNODE_H
+
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/device.h>
+#include <linux/cdev.h>
+
+struct media_device;
+
+/*
+ * Flag to mark the media_devnode struct as registered. Drivers must not touch
+ * this flag directly, it will be set and cleared by media_devnode_register and
+ * media_devnode_unregister.
+ */
+#define MEDIA_FLAG_REGISTERED 0
+
+/**
+ * struct media_file_operations - Media device file operations
+ *
+ * @owner: should be filled with %THIS_MODULE
+ * @read: pointer to the function that implements read() syscall
+ * @write: pointer to the function that implements write() syscall
+ * @poll: pointer to the function that implements poll() syscall
+ * @ioctl: pointer to the function that implements ioctl() syscall
+ * @compat_ioctl: pointer to the function that will handle 32 bits userspace
+ * calls to the ioctl() syscall on a Kernel compiled with 64 bits.
+ * @open: pointer to the function that implements open() syscall
+ * @release: pointer to the function that will release the resources allocated
+ * by the @open function.
+ */
+struct media_file_operations {
+ struct module *owner;
+ ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
+ ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
+ __poll_t (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *);
+ long (*ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
+ long (*compat_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
+ int (*open) (struct file *);
+ int (*release) (struct file *);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_devnode - Media device node
+ * @media_dev: pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @fops: pointer to struct &media_file_operations with media device ops
+ * @dev: pointer to struct &device containing the media controller device
+ * @cdev: struct cdev pointer character device
+ * @parent: parent device
+ * @minor: device node minor number
+ * @flags: flags, combination of the ``MEDIA_FLAG_*`` constants
+ * @release: release callback called at the end of ``media_devnode_release()``
+ * routine at media-device.c.
+ *
+ * This structure represents a media-related device node.
+ *
+ * The @parent is a physical device. It must be set by core or device drivers
+ * before registering the node.
+ */
+struct media_devnode {
+ struct media_device *media_dev;
+
+ /* device ops */
+ const struct media_file_operations *fops;
+
+ /* sysfs */
+ struct device dev; /* media device */
+ struct cdev cdev; /* character device */
+ struct device *parent; /* device parent */
+
+ /* device info */
+ int minor;
+ unsigned long flags; /* Use bitops to access flags */
+
+ /* callbacks */
+ void (*release)(struct media_devnode *devnode);
+};
+
+/* dev to media_devnode */
+#define to_media_devnode(cd) container_of(cd, struct media_devnode, dev)
+
+/**
+ * media_devnode_register - register a media device node
+ *
+ * @mdev: struct media_device we want to register a device node
+ * @devnode: media device node structure we want to register
+ * @owner: should be filled with %THIS_MODULE
+ *
+ * The registration code assigns minor numbers and registers the new device node
+ * with the kernel. An error is returned if no free minor number can be found,
+ * or if the registration of the device node fails.
+ *
+ * Zero is returned on success.
+ *
+ * Note that if the media_devnode_register call fails, the release() callback of
+ * the media_devnode structure is *not* called, so the caller is responsible for
+ * freeing any data.
+ */
+int __must_check media_devnode_register(struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct media_devnode *devnode,
+ struct module *owner);
+
+/**
+ * media_devnode_unregister_prepare - clear the media device node register bit
+ * @devnode: the device node to prepare for unregister
+ *
+ * This clears the passed device register bit. Future open calls will be met
+ * with errors. Should be called before media_devnode_unregister() to avoid
+ * races with unregister and device file open calls.
+ *
+ * This function can safely be called if the device node has never been
+ * registered or has already been unregistered.
+ */
+void media_devnode_unregister_prepare(struct media_devnode *devnode);
+
+/**
+ * media_devnode_unregister - unregister a media device node
+ * @devnode: the device node to unregister
+ *
+ * This unregisters the passed device. Future open calls will be met with
+ * errors.
+ *
+ * Should be called after media_devnode_unregister_prepare()
+ */
+void media_devnode_unregister(struct media_devnode *devnode);
+
+/**
+ * media_devnode_data - returns a pointer to the &media_devnode
+ *
+ * @filp: pointer to struct &file
+ */
+static inline struct media_devnode *media_devnode_data(struct file *filp)
+{
+ return filp->private_data;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_devnode_is_registered - returns true if &media_devnode is registered;
+ * false otherwise.
+ *
+ * @devnode: pointer to struct &media_devnode.
+ *
+ * Note: If mdev is NULL, it also returns false.
+ */
+static inline int media_devnode_is_registered(struct media_devnode *devnode)
+{
+ if (!devnode)
+ return false;
+
+ return test_bit(MEDIA_FLAG_REGISTERED, &devnode->flags);
+}
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_DEVNODE_H */
diff --git a/include/media/media-entity.h b/include/media/media-entity.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..28c9de8a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/media-entity.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1352 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Media entity
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation
+ *
+ * Contacts: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+ * Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_ENTITY_H
+#define _MEDIA_ENTITY_H
+
+#include <linux/bitmap.h>
+#include <linux/bug.h>
+#include <linux/container_of.h>
+#include <linux/fwnode.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/media.h>
+#include <linux/minmax.h>
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+/* Enums used internally at the media controller to represent graphs */
+
+/**
+ * enum media_gobj_type - type of a graph object
+ *
+ * @MEDIA_GRAPH_ENTITY: Identify a media entity
+ * @MEDIA_GRAPH_PAD: Identify a media pad
+ * @MEDIA_GRAPH_LINK: Identify a media link
+ * @MEDIA_GRAPH_INTF_DEVNODE: Identify a media Kernel API interface via
+ * a device node
+ */
+enum media_gobj_type {
+ MEDIA_GRAPH_ENTITY,
+ MEDIA_GRAPH_PAD,
+ MEDIA_GRAPH_LINK,
+ MEDIA_GRAPH_INTF_DEVNODE,
+};
+
+#define MEDIA_BITS_PER_TYPE 8
+#define MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID (32 - MEDIA_BITS_PER_TYPE)
+#define MEDIA_ID_MASK GENMASK_ULL(MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID - 1, 0)
+
+/* Structs to represent the objects that belong to a media graph */
+
+/**
+ * struct media_gobj - Define a graph object.
+ *
+ * @mdev: Pointer to the struct &media_device that owns the object
+ * @id: Non-zero object ID identifier. The ID should be unique
+ * inside a media_device, as it is composed by
+ * %MEDIA_BITS_PER_TYPE to store the type plus
+ * %MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID to store the ID
+ * @list: List entry stored in one of the per-type mdev object lists
+ *
+ * All objects on the media graph should have this struct embedded
+ */
+struct media_gobj {
+ struct media_device *mdev;
+ u32 id;
+ struct list_head list;
+};
+
+#define MEDIA_ENTITY_ENUM_MAX_DEPTH 16
+
+/**
+ * struct media_entity_enum - An enumeration of media entities.
+ *
+ * @bmap: Bit map in which each bit represents one entity at struct
+ * media_entity->internal_idx.
+ * @idx_max: Number of bits in bmap
+ */
+struct media_entity_enum {
+ unsigned long *bmap;
+ int idx_max;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_graph - Media graph traversal state
+ *
+ * @stack: Graph traversal stack; the stack contains information
+ * on the path the media entities to be walked and the
+ * links through which they were reached.
+ * @stack.entity: pointer to &struct media_entity at the graph.
+ * @stack.link: pointer to &struct list_head.
+ * @ent_enum: Visited entities
+ * @top: The top of the stack
+ */
+struct media_graph {
+ struct {
+ struct media_entity *entity;
+ struct list_head *link;
+ } stack[MEDIA_ENTITY_ENUM_MAX_DEPTH];
+
+ struct media_entity_enum ent_enum;
+ int top;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_pipeline - Media pipeline related information
+ *
+ * @allocated: Media pipeline allocated and freed by the framework
+ * @mdev: The media device the pipeline is part of
+ * @pads: List of media_pipeline_pad
+ * @start_count: Media pipeline start - stop count
+ */
+struct media_pipeline {
+ bool allocated;
+ struct media_device *mdev;
+ struct list_head pads;
+ int start_count;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_pipeline_pad - A pad part of a media pipeline
+ *
+ * @list: Entry in the media_pad pads list
+ * @pipe: The media_pipeline that the pad is part of
+ * @pad: The media pad
+ *
+ * This structure associate a pad with a media pipeline. Instances of
+ * media_pipeline_pad are created by media_pipeline_start() when it builds the
+ * pipeline, and stored in the &media_pad.pads list. media_pipeline_stop()
+ * removes the entries from the list and deletes them.
+ */
+struct media_pipeline_pad {
+ struct list_head list;
+ struct media_pipeline *pipe;
+ struct media_pad *pad;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_link - A link object part of a media graph.
+ *
+ * @graph_obj: Embedded structure containing the media object common data
+ * @list: Linked list associated with an entity or an interface that
+ * owns the link.
+ * @gobj0: Part of a union. Used to get the pointer for the first
+ * graph_object of the link.
+ * @source: Part of a union. Used only if the first object (gobj0) is
+ * a pad. In that case, it represents the source pad.
+ * @intf: Part of a union. Used only if the first object (gobj0) is
+ * an interface.
+ * @gobj1: Part of a union. Used to get the pointer for the second
+ * graph_object of the link.
+ * @sink: Part of a union. Used only if the second object (gobj1) is
+ * a pad. In that case, it represents the sink pad.
+ * @entity: Part of a union. Used only if the second object (gobj1) is
+ * an entity.
+ * @reverse: Pointer to the link for the reverse direction of a pad to pad
+ * link.
+ * @flags: Link flags, as defined in uapi/media.h (MEDIA_LNK_FL_*)
+ * @is_backlink: Indicate if the link is a backlink.
+ */
+struct media_link {
+ struct media_gobj graph_obj;
+ struct list_head list;
+ union {
+ struct media_gobj *gobj0;
+ struct media_pad *source;
+ struct media_interface *intf;
+ };
+ union {
+ struct media_gobj *gobj1;
+ struct media_pad *sink;
+ struct media_entity *entity;
+ };
+ struct media_link *reverse;
+ unsigned long flags;
+ bool is_backlink;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum media_pad_signal_type - type of the signal inside a media pad
+ *
+ * @PAD_SIGNAL_DEFAULT:
+ * Default signal. Use this when all inputs or all outputs are
+ * uniquely identified by the pad number.
+ * @PAD_SIGNAL_ANALOG:
+ * The pad contains an analog signal. It can be Radio Frequency,
+ * Intermediate Frequency, a baseband signal or sub-carriers.
+ * Tuner inputs, IF-PLL demodulators, composite and s-video signals
+ * should use it.
+ * @PAD_SIGNAL_DV:
+ * Contains a digital video signal, with can be a bitstream of samples
+ * taken from an analog TV video source. On such case, it usually
+ * contains the VBI data on it.
+ * @PAD_SIGNAL_AUDIO:
+ * Contains an Intermediate Frequency analog signal from an audio
+ * sub-carrier or an audio bitstream. IF signals are provided by tuners
+ * and consumed by audio AM/FM decoders. Bitstream audio is provided by
+ * an audio decoder.
+ */
+enum media_pad_signal_type {
+ PAD_SIGNAL_DEFAULT = 0,
+ PAD_SIGNAL_ANALOG,
+ PAD_SIGNAL_DV,
+ PAD_SIGNAL_AUDIO,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_pad - A media pad graph object.
+ *
+ * @graph_obj: Embedded structure containing the media object common data
+ * @entity: Entity this pad belongs to
+ * @index: Pad index in the entity pads array, numbered from 0 to n
+ * @sig_type: Type of the signal inside a media pad
+ * @flags: Pad flags, as defined in
+ * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ * (seek for ``MEDIA_PAD_FL_*``)
+ * @pipe: Pipeline this pad belongs to. Use media_entity_pipeline() to
+ * access this field.
+ */
+struct media_pad {
+ struct media_gobj graph_obj; /* must be first field in struct */
+ struct media_entity *entity;
+ u16 index;
+ enum media_pad_signal_type sig_type;
+ unsigned long flags;
+
+ /*
+ * The fields below are private, and should only be accessed via
+ * appropriate functions.
+ */
+ struct media_pipeline *pipe;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_entity_operations - Media entity operations
+ * @get_fwnode_pad: Return the pad number based on a fwnode endpoint or
+ * a negative value on error. This operation can be used
+ * to map a fwnode to a media pad number. Optional.
+ * @link_setup: Notify the entity of link changes. The operation can
+ * return an error, in which case link setup will be
+ * cancelled. Optional.
+ * @link_validate: Return whether a link is valid from the entity point of
+ * view. The media_pipeline_start() function
+ * validates all links by calling this operation. Optional.
+ * @has_pad_interdep: Return whether a two pads inside the entity are
+ * interdependent. If two pads are interdependent they are
+ * part of the same pipeline and enabling one of the pads
+ * means that the other pad will become "locked" and
+ * doesn't allow configuration changes. pad0 and pad1 are
+ * guaranteed to not both be sinks or sources.
+ * Optional: If the operation isn't implemented all pads
+ * will be considered as interdependent.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Those these callbacks are called with struct &media_device.graph_mutex
+ * mutex held.
+ */
+struct media_entity_operations {
+ int (*get_fwnode_pad)(struct media_entity *entity,
+ struct fwnode_endpoint *endpoint);
+ int (*link_setup)(struct media_entity *entity,
+ const struct media_pad *local,
+ const struct media_pad *remote, u32 flags);
+ int (*link_validate)(struct media_link *link);
+ bool (*has_pad_interdep)(struct media_entity *entity, unsigned int pad0,
+ unsigned int pad1);
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum media_entity_type - Media entity type
+ *
+ * @MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_BASE:
+ * The entity isn't embedded in another subsystem structure.
+ * @MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_VIDEO_DEVICE:
+ * The entity is embedded in a struct video_device instance.
+ * @MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_V4L2_SUBDEV:
+ * The entity is embedded in a struct v4l2_subdev instance.
+ *
+ * Media entity objects are often not instantiated directly, but the media
+ * entity structure is inherited by (through embedding) other subsystem-specific
+ * structures. The media entity type identifies the type of the subclass
+ * structure that implements a media entity instance.
+ *
+ * This allows runtime type identification of media entities and safe casting to
+ * the correct object type. For instance, a media entity structure instance
+ * embedded in a v4l2_subdev structure instance will have the type
+ * %MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_V4L2_SUBDEV and can safely be cast to a &v4l2_subdev
+ * structure using the container_of() macro.
+ */
+enum media_entity_type {
+ MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_BASE,
+ MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_VIDEO_DEVICE,
+ MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_V4L2_SUBDEV,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_entity - A media entity graph object.
+ *
+ * @graph_obj: Embedded structure containing the media object common data.
+ * @name: Entity name.
+ * @obj_type: Type of the object that implements the media_entity.
+ * @function: Entity main function, as defined in
+ * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ * (seek for ``MEDIA_ENT_F_*``)
+ * @flags: Entity flags, as defined in
+ * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ * (seek for ``MEDIA_ENT_FL_*``)
+ * @num_pads: Number of sink and source pads.
+ * @num_links: Total number of links, forward and back, enabled and disabled.
+ * @num_backlinks: Number of backlinks
+ * @internal_idx: An unique internal entity specific number. The numbers are
+ * re-used if entities are unregistered or registered again.
+ * @pads: Pads array with the size defined by @num_pads.
+ * @links: List of data links.
+ * @ops: Entity operations.
+ * @use_count: Use count for the entity.
+ * @info: Union with devnode information. Kept just for backward
+ * compatibility.
+ * @info.dev: Contains device major and minor info.
+ * @info.dev.major: device node major, if the device is a devnode.
+ * @info.dev.minor: device node minor, if the device is a devnode.
+ * @major: Devnode major number (zero if not applicable). Kept just
+ * for backward compatibility.
+ * @minor: Devnode minor number (zero if not applicable). Kept just
+ * for backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * The @use_count reference count must never be negative, but is a signed
+ * integer on purpose: a simple ``WARN_ON(<0)`` check can be used to detect
+ * reference count bugs that would make it negative.
+ */
+struct media_entity {
+ struct media_gobj graph_obj; /* must be first field in struct */
+ const char *name;
+ enum media_entity_type obj_type;
+ u32 function;
+ unsigned long flags;
+
+ u16 num_pads;
+ u16 num_links;
+ u16 num_backlinks;
+ int internal_idx;
+
+ struct media_pad *pads;
+ struct list_head links;
+
+ const struct media_entity_operations *ops;
+
+ int use_count;
+
+ union {
+ struct {
+ u32 major;
+ u32 minor;
+ } dev;
+ } info;
+};
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_for_each_pad - Iterate on all pads in an entity
+ * @entity: The entity the pads belong to
+ * @iter: The iterator pad
+ *
+ * Iterate on all pads in a media entity.
+ */
+#define media_entity_for_each_pad(entity, iter) \
+ for (iter = (entity)->pads; \
+ iter < &(entity)->pads[(entity)->num_pads]; \
+ ++iter)
+
+/**
+ * struct media_interface - A media interface graph object.
+ *
+ * @graph_obj: embedded graph object
+ * @links: List of links pointing to graph entities
+ * @type: Type of the interface as defined in
+ * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ * (seek for ``MEDIA_INTF_T_*``)
+ * @flags: Interface flags as defined in
+ * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ * (seek for ``MEDIA_INTF_FL_*``)
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Currently, no flags for &media_interface is defined.
+ */
+struct media_interface {
+ struct media_gobj graph_obj;
+ struct list_head links;
+ u32 type;
+ u32 flags;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_intf_devnode - A media interface via a device node.
+ *
+ * @intf: embedded interface object
+ * @major: Major number of a device node
+ * @minor: Minor number of a device node
+ */
+struct media_intf_devnode {
+ struct media_interface intf;
+
+ /* Should match the fields at media_v2_intf_devnode */
+ u32 major;
+ u32 minor;
+};
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_id() - return the media entity graph object id
+ *
+ * @entity: pointer to &media_entity
+ */
+static inline u32 media_entity_id(struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+ return entity->graph_obj.id;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_type() - return the media object type
+ *
+ * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ */
+static inline enum media_gobj_type media_type(struct media_gobj *gobj)
+{
+ return gobj->id >> MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_id() - return the media object ID
+ *
+ * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ */
+static inline u32 media_id(struct media_gobj *gobj)
+{
+ return gobj->id & MEDIA_ID_MASK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_gobj_gen_id() - encapsulates type and ID on at the object ID
+ *
+ * @type: object type as define at enum &media_gobj_type.
+ * @local_id: next ID, from struct &media_device.id.
+ */
+static inline u32 media_gobj_gen_id(enum media_gobj_type type, u64 local_id)
+{
+ u32 id;
+
+ id = type << MEDIA_BITS_PER_ID;
+ id |= local_id & MEDIA_ID_MASK;
+
+ return id;
+}
+
+/**
+ * is_media_entity_v4l2_video_device() - Check if the entity is a video_device
+ * @entity: pointer to entity
+ *
+ * Return: %true if the entity is an instance of a video_device object and can
+ * safely be cast to a struct video_device using the container_of() macro, or
+ * %false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool is_media_entity_v4l2_video_device(struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+ return entity && entity->obj_type == MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_VIDEO_DEVICE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * is_media_entity_v4l2_subdev() - Check if the entity is a v4l2_subdev
+ * @entity: pointer to entity
+ *
+ * Return: %true if the entity is an instance of a &v4l2_subdev object and can
+ * safely be cast to a struct &v4l2_subdev using the container_of() macro, or
+ * %false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool is_media_entity_v4l2_subdev(struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+ return entity && entity->obj_type == MEDIA_ENTITY_TYPE_V4L2_SUBDEV;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_init - Initialise an entity enumeration
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration to be initialised
+ * @mdev: The related media device
+ *
+ * Return: zero on success or a negative error code.
+ */
+__must_check int media_entity_enum_init(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum,
+ struct media_device *mdev);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_cleanup - Release resources of an entity enumeration
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration to be released
+ */
+void media_entity_enum_cleanup(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_zero - Clear the entire enum
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration to be cleared
+ */
+static inline void media_entity_enum_zero(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum)
+{
+ bitmap_zero(ent_enum->bmap, ent_enum->idx_max);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_set - Mark a single entity in the enum
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration
+ * @entity: Entity to be marked
+ */
+static inline void media_entity_enum_set(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum,
+ struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+ if (WARN_ON(entity->internal_idx >= ent_enum->idx_max))
+ return;
+
+ __set_bit(entity->internal_idx, ent_enum->bmap);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_clear - Unmark a single entity in the enum
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration
+ * @entity: Entity to be unmarked
+ */
+static inline void media_entity_enum_clear(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum,
+ struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+ if (WARN_ON(entity->internal_idx >= ent_enum->idx_max))
+ return;
+
+ __clear_bit(entity->internal_idx, ent_enum->bmap);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_test - Test whether the entity is marked
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration
+ * @entity: Entity to be tested
+ *
+ * Returns %true if the entity was marked.
+ */
+static inline bool media_entity_enum_test(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum,
+ struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+ if (WARN_ON(entity->internal_idx >= ent_enum->idx_max))
+ return true;
+
+ return test_bit(entity->internal_idx, ent_enum->bmap);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_test_and_set - Test whether the entity is marked,
+ * and mark it
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration
+ * @entity: Entity to be tested
+ *
+ * Returns %true if the entity was marked, and mark it before doing so.
+ */
+static inline bool
+media_entity_enum_test_and_set(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum,
+ struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+ if (WARN_ON(entity->internal_idx >= ent_enum->idx_max))
+ return true;
+
+ return __test_and_set_bit(entity->internal_idx, ent_enum->bmap);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_empty - Test whether the entire enum is empty
+ *
+ * @ent_enum: Entity enumeration
+ *
+ * Return: %true if the entity was empty.
+ */
+static inline bool media_entity_enum_empty(struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum)
+{
+ return bitmap_empty(ent_enum->bmap, ent_enum->idx_max);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_enum_intersects - Test whether two enums intersect
+ *
+ * @ent_enum1: First entity enumeration
+ * @ent_enum2: Second entity enumeration
+ *
+ * Return: %true if entity enumerations @ent_enum1 and @ent_enum2 intersect,
+ * otherwise %false.
+ */
+static inline bool media_entity_enum_intersects(
+ struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum1,
+ struct media_entity_enum *ent_enum2)
+{
+ WARN_ON(ent_enum1->idx_max != ent_enum2->idx_max);
+
+ return bitmap_intersects(ent_enum1->bmap, ent_enum2->bmap,
+ min(ent_enum1->idx_max, ent_enum2->idx_max));
+}
+
+/**
+ * gobj_to_entity - returns the struct &media_entity pointer from the
+ * @gobj contained on it.
+ *
+ * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ */
+#define gobj_to_entity(gobj) \
+ container_of(gobj, struct media_entity, graph_obj)
+
+/**
+ * gobj_to_pad - returns the struct &media_pad pointer from the
+ * @gobj contained on it.
+ *
+ * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ */
+#define gobj_to_pad(gobj) \
+ container_of(gobj, struct media_pad, graph_obj)
+
+/**
+ * gobj_to_link - returns the struct &media_link pointer from the
+ * @gobj contained on it.
+ *
+ * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ */
+#define gobj_to_link(gobj) \
+ container_of(gobj, struct media_link, graph_obj)
+
+/**
+ * gobj_to_intf - returns the struct &media_interface pointer from the
+ * @gobj contained on it.
+ *
+ * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ */
+#define gobj_to_intf(gobj) \
+ container_of(gobj, struct media_interface, graph_obj)
+
+/**
+ * intf_to_devnode - returns the struct media_intf_devnode pointer from the
+ * @intf contained on it.
+ *
+ * @intf: Pointer to struct &media_intf_devnode
+ */
+#define intf_to_devnode(intf) \
+ container_of(intf, struct media_intf_devnode, intf)
+
+/**
+ * media_gobj_create - Initialize a graph object
+ *
+ * @mdev: Pointer to the &media_device that contains the object
+ * @type: Type of the object
+ * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ *
+ * This routine initializes the embedded struct &media_gobj inside a
+ * media graph object. It is called automatically if ``media_*_create``
+ * function calls are used. However, if the object (entity, link, pad,
+ * interface) is embedded on some other object, this function should be
+ * called before registering the object at the media controller.
+ */
+void media_gobj_create(struct media_device *mdev,
+ enum media_gobj_type type,
+ struct media_gobj *gobj);
+
+/**
+ * media_gobj_destroy - Stop using a graph object on a media device
+ *
+ * @gobj: Pointer to the struct &media_gobj graph object
+ *
+ * This should be called by all routines like media_device_unregister()
+ * that remove/destroy media graph objects.
+ */
+void media_gobj_destroy(struct media_gobj *gobj);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_pads_init() - Initialize the entity pads
+ *
+ * @entity: entity where the pads belong
+ * @num_pads: total number of sink and source pads
+ * @pads: Array of @num_pads pads.
+ *
+ * The pads array is managed by the entity driver and passed to
+ * media_entity_pads_init() where its pointer will be stored in the
+ * &media_entity structure.
+ *
+ * If no pads are needed, drivers could either directly fill
+ * &media_entity->num_pads with 0 and &media_entity->pads with %NULL or call
+ * this function that will do the same.
+ *
+ * As the number of pads is known in advance, the pads array is not allocated
+ * dynamically but is managed by the entity driver. Most drivers will embed the
+ * pads array in a driver-specific structure, avoiding dynamic allocation.
+ *
+ * Drivers must set the direction of every pad in the pads array before calling
+ * media_entity_pads_init(). The function will initialize the other pads fields.
+ */
+int media_entity_pads_init(struct media_entity *entity, u16 num_pads,
+ struct media_pad *pads);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_cleanup() - free resources associated with an entity
+ *
+ * @entity: entity where the pads belong
+ *
+ * This function must be called during the cleanup phase after unregistering
+ * the entity (currently, it does nothing).
+ *
+ * Calling media_entity_cleanup() on a media_entity whose memory has been
+ * zeroed but that has not been initialized with media_entity_pad_init() is
+ * valid and is a no-op.
+ */
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER)
+static inline void media_entity_cleanup(struct media_entity *entity) {}
+#else
+#define media_entity_cleanup(entity) do { } while (false)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * media_get_pad_index() - retrieves a pad index from an entity
+ *
+ * @entity: entity where the pads belong
+ * @is_sink: true if the pad is a sink, false if it is a source
+ * @sig_type: type of signal of the pad to be search
+ *
+ * This helper function finds the first pad index inside an entity that
+ * satisfies both @is_sink and @sig_type conditions.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *
+ * On success, return the pad number. If the pad was not found or the media
+ * entity is a NULL pointer, return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int media_get_pad_index(struct media_entity *entity, bool is_sink,
+ enum media_pad_signal_type sig_type);
+
+/**
+ * media_create_pad_link() - creates a link between two entities.
+ *
+ * @source: pointer to &media_entity of the source pad.
+ * @source_pad: number of the source pad in the pads array
+ * @sink: pointer to &media_entity of the sink pad.
+ * @sink_pad: number of the sink pad in the pads array.
+ * @flags: Link flags, as defined in
+ * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ * ( seek for ``MEDIA_LNK_FL_*``)
+ *
+ * Valid values for flags:
+ *
+ * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED
+ * Indicates that the link is enabled and can be used to transfer media data.
+ * When two or more links target a sink pad, only one of them can be
+ * enabled at a time.
+ *
+ * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE
+ * Indicates that the link enabled state can't be modified at runtime. If
+ * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE is set, then %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED must also be
+ * set, since an immutable link is always enabled.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Before calling this function, media_entity_pads_init() and
+ * media_device_register_entity() should be called previously for both ends.
+ */
+__must_check int media_create_pad_link(struct media_entity *source,
+ u16 source_pad, struct media_entity *sink,
+ u16 sink_pad, u32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * media_create_pad_links() - creates a link between two entities.
+ *
+ * @mdev: Pointer to the media_device that contains the object
+ * @source_function: Function of the source entities. Used only if @source is
+ * NULL.
+ * @source: pointer to &media_entity of the source pad. If NULL, it will use
+ * all entities that matches the @sink_function.
+ * @source_pad: number of the source pad in the pads array
+ * @sink_function: Function of the sink entities. Used only if @sink is NULL.
+ * @sink: pointer to &media_entity of the sink pad. If NULL, it will use
+ * all entities that matches the @sink_function.
+ * @sink_pad: number of the sink pad in the pads array.
+ * @flags: Link flags, as defined in include/uapi/linux/media.h.
+ * @allow_both_undefined: if %true, then both @source and @sink can be NULL.
+ * In such case, it will create a crossbar between all entities that
+ * matches @source_function to all entities that matches @sink_function.
+ * If %false, it will return 0 and won't create any link if both @source
+ * and @sink are NULL.
+ *
+ * Valid values for flags:
+ *
+ * A %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED flag indicates that the link is enabled and can be
+ * used to transfer media data. If multiple links are created and this
+ * flag is passed as an argument, only the first created link will have
+ * this flag.
+ *
+ * A %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE flag indicates that the link enabled state can't
+ * be modified at runtime. If %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE is set, then
+ * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED must also be set since an immutable link is
+ * always enabled.
+ *
+ * It is common for some devices to have multiple source and/or sink entities
+ * of the same type that should be linked. While media_create_pad_link()
+ * creates link by link, this function is meant to allow 1:n, n:1 and even
+ * cross-bar (n:n) links.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Before calling this function, media_entity_pads_init() and
+ * media_device_register_entity() should be called previously for the
+ * entities to be linked.
+ */
+int media_create_pad_links(const struct media_device *mdev,
+ const u32 source_function,
+ struct media_entity *source,
+ const u16 source_pad,
+ const u32 sink_function,
+ struct media_entity *sink,
+ const u16 sink_pad,
+ u32 flags,
+ const bool allow_both_undefined);
+
+void __media_entity_remove_links(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_remove_links() - remove all links associated with an entity
+ *
+ * @entity: pointer to &media_entity
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * This is called automatically when an entity is unregistered via
+ * media_device_register_entity().
+ */
+void media_entity_remove_links(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * __media_entity_setup_link - Configure a media link without locking
+ * @link: The link being configured
+ * @flags: Link configuration flags
+ *
+ * The bulk of link setup is handled by the two entities connected through the
+ * link. This function notifies both entities of the link configuration change.
+ *
+ * If the link is immutable or if the current and new configuration are
+ * identical, return immediately.
+ *
+ * The user is expected to hold link->source->parent->mutex. If not,
+ * media_entity_setup_link() should be used instead.
+ */
+int __media_entity_setup_link(struct media_link *link, u32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_setup_link() - changes the link flags properties in runtime
+ *
+ * @link: pointer to &media_link
+ * @flags: the requested new link flags
+ *
+ * The only configurable property is the %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED link flag
+ * to enable/disable a link. Links marked with the
+ * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE link flag can not be enabled or disabled.
+ *
+ * When a link is enabled or disabled, the media framework calls the
+ * link_setup operation for the two entities at the source and sink of the
+ * link, in that order. If the second link_setup call fails, another
+ * link_setup call is made on the first entity to restore the original link
+ * flags.
+ *
+ * Media device drivers can be notified of link setup operations by setting the
+ * &media_device.link_notify pointer to a callback function. If provided, the
+ * notification callback will be called before enabling and after disabling
+ * links.
+ *
+ * Entity drivers must implement the link_setup operation if any of their links
+ * is non-immutable. The operation must either configure the hardware or store
+ * the configuration information to be applied later.
+ *
+ * Link configuration must not have any side effect on other links. If an
+ * enabled link at a sink pad prevents another link at the same pad from
+ * being enabled, the link_setup operation must return %-EBUSY and can't
+ * implicitly disable the first enabled link.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * The valid values of the flags for the link is the same as described
+ * on media_create_pad_link(), for pad to pad links or the same as described
+ * on media_create_intf_link(), for interface to entity links.
+ */
+int media_entity_setup_link(struct media_link *link, u32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_find_link - Find a link between two pads
+ * @source: Source pad
+ * @sink: Sink pad
+ *
+ * Return: returns a pointer to the link between the two entities. If no
+ * such link exists, return %NULL.
+ */
+struct media_link *media_entity_find_link(struct media_pad *source,
+ struct media_pad *sink);
+
+/**
+ * media_pad_remote_pad_first - Find the first pad at the remote end of a link
+ * @pad: Pad at the local end of the link
+ *
+ * Search for a remote pad connected to the given pad by iterating over all
+ * links originating or terminating at that pad until an enabled link is found.
+ *
+ * Return: returns a pointer to the pad at the remote end of the first found
+ * enabled link, or %NULL if no enabled link has been found.
+ */
+struct media_pad *media_pad_remote_pad_first(const struct media_pad *pad);
+
+/**
+ * media_pad_remote_pad_unique - Find a remote pad connected to a pad
+ * @pad: The pad
+ *
+ * Search for and return a remote pad connected to @pad through an enabled
+ * link. If multiple (or no) remote pads are found, an error is returned.
+ *
+ * The uniqueness constraint makes this helper function suitable for entities
+ * that support a single active source at a time on a given pad.
+ *
+ * Return: A pointer to the remote pad, or one of the following error pointers
+ * if an error occurs:
+ *
+ * * -ENOTUNIQ - Multiple links are enabled
+ * * -ENOLINK - No connected pad found
+ */
+struct media_pad *media_pad_remote_pad_unique(const struct media_pad *pad);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_remote_pad_unique - Find a remote pad connected to an entity
+ * @entity: The entity
+ * @type: The type of pad to find (MEDIA_PAD_FL_SINK or MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE)
+ *
+ * Search for and return a remote pad of @type connected to @entity through an
+ * enabled link. If multiple (or no) remote pads match these criteria, an error
+ * is returned.
+ *
+ * The uniqueness constraint makes this helper function suitable for entities
+ * that support a single active source or sink at a time.
+ *
+ * Return: A pointer to the remote pad, or one of the following error pointers
+ * if an error occurs:
+ *
+ * * -ENOTUNIQ - Multiple links are enabled
+ * * -ENOLINK - No connected pad found
+ */
+struct media_pad *
+media_entity_remote_pad_unique(const struct media_entity *entity,
+ unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_remote_source_pad_unique - Find a remote source pad connected to
+ * an entity
+ * @entity: The entity
+ *
+ * Search for and return a remote source pad connected to @entity through an
+ * enabled link. If multiple (or no) remote pads match these criteria, an error
+ * is returned.
+ *
+ * The uniqueness constraint makes this helper function suitable for entities
+ * that support a single active source at a time.
+ *
+ * Return: A pointer to the remote pad, or one of the following error pointers
+ * if an error occurs:
+ *
+ * * -ENOTUNIQ - Multiple links are enabled
+ * * -ENOLINK - No connected pad found
+ */
+static inline struct media_pad *
+media_entity_remote_source_pad_unique(const struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+ return media_entity_remote_pad_unique(entity, MEDIA_PAD_FL_SOURCE);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_pad_is_streaming - Test if a pad is part of a streaming pipeline
+ * @pad: The pad
+ *
+ * Return: True if the pad is part of a pipeline started with the
+ * media_pipeline_start() function, false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool media_pad_is_streaming(const struct media_pad *pad)
+{
+ return pad->pipe;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_is_streaming - Test if an entity is part of a streaming pipeline
+ * @entity: The entity
+ *
+ * Return: True if the entity is part of a pipeline started with the
+ * media_pipeline_start() function, false otherwise.
+ */
+static inline bool media_entity_is_streaming(const struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+ struct media_pad *pad;
+
+ media_entity_for_each_pad(entity, pad) {
+ if (media_pad_is_streaming(pad))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_pipeline - Get the media pipeline an entity is part of
+ * @entity: The entity
+ *
+ * DEPRECATED: use media_pad_pipeline() instead.
+ *
+ * This function returns the media pipeline that an entity has been associated
+ * with when constructing the pipeline with media_pipeline_start(). The pointer
+ * remains valid until media_pipeline_stop() is called.
+ *
+ * In general, entities can be part of multiple pipelines, when carrying
+ * multiple streams (either on different pads, or on the same pad using
+ * multiplexed streams). This function is to be used only for entities that
+ * do not support multiple pipelines.
+ *
+ * Return: The media_pipeline the entity is part of, or NULL if the entity is
+ * not part of any pipeline.
+ */
+struct media_pipeline *media_entity_pipeline(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * media_pad_pipeline - Get the media pipeline a pad is part of
+ * @pad: The pad
+ *
+ * This function returns the media pipeline that a pad has been associated
+ * with when constructing the pipeline with media_pipeline_start(). The pointer
+ * remains valid until media_pipeline_stop() is called.
+ *
+ * Return: The media_pipeline the pad is part of, or NULL if the pad is
+ * not part of any pipeline.
+ */
+struct media_pipeline *media_pad_pipeline(struct media_pad *pad);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_get_fwnode_pad - Get pad number from fwnode
+ *
+ * @entity: The entity
+ * @fwnode: Pointer to the fwnode_handle which should be used to find the pad
+ * @direction_flags: Expected direction of the pad, as defined in
+ * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ * (seek for ``MEDIA_PAD_FL_*``)
+ *
+ * This function can be used to resolve the media pad number from
+ * a fwnode. This is useful for devices which use more complex
+ * mappings of media pads.
+ *
+ * If the entity does not implement the get_fwnode_pad() operation
+ * then this function searches the entity for the first pad that
+ * matches the @direction_flags.
+ *
+ * Return: returns the pad number on success or a negative error code.
+ */
+int media_entity_get_fwnode_pad(struct media_entity *entity,
+ struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+ unsigned long direction_flags);
+
+/**
+ * media_graph_walk_init - Allocate resources used by graph walk.
+ *
+ * @graph: Media graph structure that will be used to walk the graph
+ * @mdev: Pointer to the &media_device that contains the object
+ *
+ * The caller is required to hold the media_device graph_mutex during the graph
+ * walk until the graph state is released.
+ *
+ * Returns zero on success or a negative error code otherwise.
+ */
+__must_check int media_graph_walk_init(
+ struct media_graph *graph, struct media_device *mdev);
+
+/**
+ * media_graph_walk_cleanup - Release resources used by graph walk.
+ *
+ * @graph: Media graph structure that will be used to walk the graph
+ */
+void media_graph_walk_cleanup(struct media_graph *graph);
+
+/**
+ * media_graph_walk_start - Start walking the media graph at a
+ * given entity
+ *
+ * @graph: Media graph structure that will be used to walk the graph
+ * @entity: Starting entity
+ *
+ * Before using this function, media_graph_walk_init() must be
+ * used to allocate resources used for walking the graph. This
+ * function initializes the graph traversal structure to walk the
+ * entities graph starting at the given entity. The traversal
+ * structure must not be modified by the caller during graph
+ * traversal. After the graph walk, the resources must be released
+ * using media_graph_walk_cleanup().
+ */
+void media_graph_walk_start(struct media_graph *graph,
+ struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * media_graph_walk_next - Get the next entity in the graph
+ * @graph: Media graph structure
+ *
+ * Perform a depth-first traversal of the given media entities graph.
+ *
+ * The graph structure must have been previously initialized with a call to
+ * media_graph_walk_start().
+ *
+ * Return: returns the next entity in the graph or %NULL if the whole graph
+ * have been traversed.
+ */
+struct media_entity *media_graph_walk_next(struct media_graph *graph);
+
+/**
+ * media_pipeline_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming
+ * @pad: Starting pad
+ * @pipe: Media pipeline to be assigned to all pads in the pipeline.
+ *
+ * Mark all pads connected to a given pad through enabled links, either
+ * directly or indirectly, as streaming. The given pipeline object is assigned
+ * to every pad in the pipeline and stored in the media_pad pipe field.
+ *
+ * Calls to this function can be nested, in which case the same number of
+ * media_pipeline_stop() calls will be required to stop streaming. The
+ * pipeline pointer must be identical for all nested calls to
+ * media_pipeline_start().
+ */
+__must_check int media_pipeline_start(struct media_pad *pad,
+ struct media_pipeline *pipe);
+/**
+ * __media_pipeline_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming
+ *
+ * @pad: Starting pad
+ * @pipe: Media pipeline to be assigned to all pads in the pipeline.
+ *
+ * ..note:: This is the non-locking version of media_pipeline_start()
+ */
+__must_check int __media_pipeline_start(struct media_pad *pad,
+ struct media_pipeline *pipe);
+
+/**
+ * media_pipeline_stop - Mark a pipeline as not streaming
+ * @pad: Starting pad
+ *
+ * Mark all pads connected to a given pads through enabled links, either
+ * directly or indirectly, as not streaming. The media_pad pipe field is
+ * reset to %NULL.
+ *
+ * If multiple calls to media_pipeline_start() have been made, the same
+ * number of calls to this function are required to mark the pipeline as not
+ * streaming.
+ */
+void media_pipeline_stop(struct media_pad *pad);
+
+/**
+ * __media_pipeline_stop - Mark a pipeline as not streaming
+ *
+ * @pad: Starting pad
+ *
+ * .. note:: This is the non-locking version of media_pipeline_stop()
+ */
+void __media_pipeline_stop(struct media_pad *pad);
+
+/**
+ * media_pipeline_alloc_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming
+ * @pad: Starting pad
+ *
+ * media_pipeline_alloc_start() is similar to media_pipeline_start() but instead
+ * of working on a given pipeline the function will use an existing pipeline if
+ * the pad is already part of a pipeline, or allocate a new pipeline.
+ *
+ * Calls to media_pipeline_alloc_start() must be matched with
+ * media_pipeline_stop().
+ */
+__must_check int media_pipeline_alloc_start(struct media_pad *pad);
+
+/**
+ * media_devnode_create() - creates and initializes a device node interface
+ *
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct &media_device
+ * @type: type of the interface, as given by
+ * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ * ( seek for ``MEDIA_INTF_T_*``) macros.
+ * @flags: Interface flags, as defined in
+ * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ * ( seek for ``MEDIA_INTF_FL_*``)
+ * @major: Device node major number.
+ * @minor: Device node minor number.
+ *
+ * Return: if succeeded, returns a pointer to the newly allocated
+ * &media_intf_devnode pointer.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Currently, no flags for &media_interface is defined.
+ */
+struct media_intf_devnode *
+__must_check media_devnode_create(struct media_device *mdev,
+ u32 type, u32 flags,
+ u32 major, u32 minor);
+/**
+ * media_devnode_remove() - removes a device node interface
+ *
+ * @devnode: pointer to &media_intf_devnode to be freed.
+ *
+ * When a device node interface is removed, all links to it are automatically
+ * removed.
+ */
+void media_devnode_remove(struct media_intf_devnode *devnode);
+
+/**
+ * media_create_intf_link() - creates a link between an entity and an interface
+ *
+ * @entity: pointer to %media_entity
+ * @intf: pointer to %media_interface
+ * @flags: Link flags, as defined in
+ * :ref:`include/uapi/linux/media.h <media_header>`
+ * ( seek for ``MEDIA_LNK_FL_*``)
+ *
+ *
+ * Valid values for flags:
+ *
+ * %MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED
+ * Indicates that the interface is connected to the entity hardware.
+ * That's the default value for interfaces. An interface may be disabled if
+ * the hardware is busy due to the usage of some other interface that it is
+ * currently controlling the hardware.
+ *
+ * A typical example is an hybrid TV device that handle only one type of
+ * stream on a given time. So, when the digital TV is streaming,
+ * the V4L2 interfaces won't be enabled, as such device is not able to
+ * also stream analog TV or radio.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Before calling this function, media_devnode_create() should be called for
+ * the interface and media_device_register_entity() should be called for the
+ * interface that will be part of the link.
+ */
+struct media_link *
+__must_check media_create_intf_link(struct media_entity *entity,
+ struct media_interface *intf,
+ u32 flags);
+/**
+ * __media_remove_intf_link() - remove a single interface link
+ *
+ * @link: pointer to &media_link.
+ *
+ * .. note:: This is an unlocked version of media_remove_intf_link()
+ */
+void __media_remove_intf_link(struct media_link *link);
+
+/**
+ * media_remove_intf_link() - remove a single interface link
+ *
+ * @link: pointer to &media_link.
+ *
+ * .. note:: Prefer to use this one, instead of __media_remove_intf_link()
+ */
+void media_remove_intf_link(struct media_link *link);
+
+/**
+ * __media_remove_intf_links() - remove all links associated with an interface
+ *
+ * @intf: pointer to &media_interface
+ *
+ * .. note:: This is an unlocked version of media_remove_intf_links().
+ */
+void __media_remove_intf_links(struct media_interface *intf);
+
+/**
+ * media_remove_intf_links() - remove all links associated with an interface
+ *
+ * @intf: pointer to &media_interface
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * #) This is called automatically when an entity is unregistered via
+ * media_device_register_entity() and by media_devnode_remove().
+ *
+ * #) Prefer to use this one, instead of __media_remove_intf_links().
+ */
+void media_remove_intf_links(struct media_interface *intf);
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_call - Calls a struct media_entity_operations operation on
+ * an entity
+ *
+ * @entity: entity where the @operation will be called
+ * @operation: type of the operation. Should be the name of a member of
+ * struct &media_entity_operations.
+ *
+ * This helper function will check if @operation is not %NULL. On such case,
+ * it will issue a call to @operation\(@entity, @args\).
+ */
+
+#define media_entity_call(entity, operation, args...) \
+ (((entity)->ops && (entity)->ops->operation) ? \
+ (entity)->ops->operation((entity) , ##args) : -ENOIOCTLCMD)
+
+/**
+ * media_create_ancillary_link() - create an ancillary link between two
+ * instances of &media_entity
+ *
+ * @primary: pointer to the primary &media_entity
+ * @ancillary: pointer to the ancillary &media_entity
+ *
+ * Create an ancillary link between two entities, indicating that they
+ * represent two connected pieces of hardware that form a single logical unit.
+ * A typical example is a camera lens controller being linked to the sensor that
+ * it is supporting.
+ *
+ * The function sets both MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED and MEDIA_LNK_FL_IMMUTABLE for
+ * the new link.
+ */
+struct media_link *
+media_create_ancillary_link(struct media_entity *primary,
+ struct media_entity *ancillary);
+
+/**
+ * __media_entity_next_link() - Iterate through a &media_entity's links
+ *
+ * @entity: pointer to the &media_entity
+ * @link: pointer to a &media_link to hold the iterated values
+ * @link_type: one of the MEDIA_LNK_FL_LINK_TYPE flags
+ *
+ * Return the next link against an entity matching a specific link type. This
+ * allows iteration through an entity's links whilst guaranteeing all of the
+ * returned links are of the given type.
+ */
+struct media_link *__media_entity_next_link(struct media_entity *entity,
+ struct media_link *link,
+ unsigned long link_type);
+
+/**
+ * for_each_media_entity_data_link() - Iterate through an entity's data links
+ *
+ * @entity: pointer to the &media_entity
+ * @link: pointer to a &media_link to hold the iterated values
+ *
+ * Iterate over a &media_entity's data links
+ */
+#define for_each_media_entity_data_link(entity, link) \
+ for (link = __media_entity_next_link(entity, NULL, \
+ MEDIA_LNK_FL_DATA_LINK); \
+ link; \
+ link = __media_entity_next_link(entity, link, \
+ MEDIA_LNK_FL_DATA_LINK))
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/media-request.h b/include/media/media-request.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3cd25a271
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/media-request.h
@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
+// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+/*
+ * Media device request objects
+ *
+ * Copyright 2018 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
+ *
+ * Author: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
+ * Author: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef MEDIA_REQUEST_H
+#define MEDIA_REQUEST_H
+
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/slab.h>
+#include <linux/spinlock.h>
+#include <linux/refcount.h>
+
+#include <media/media-device.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum media_request_state - media request state
+ *
+ * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_IDLE: Idle
+ * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_VALIDATING: Validating the request, no state changes
+ * allowed
+ * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_QUEUED: Queued
+ * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_COMPLETE: Completed, the request is done
+ * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_CLEANING: Cleaning, the request is being re-inited
+ * @MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_UPDATING: The request is being updated, i.e.
+ * request objects are being added,
+ * modified or removed
+ * @NR_OF_MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE: The number of media request states, used
+ * internally for sanity check purposes
+ */
+enum media_request_state {
+ MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_IDLE,
+ MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_VALIDATING,
+ MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_QUEUED,
+ MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_COMPLETE,
+ MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_CLEANING,
+ MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_UPDATING,
+ NR_OF_MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE,
+};
+
+struct media_request_object;
+
+/**
+ * struct media_request - Media device request
+ * @mdev: Media device this request belongs to
+ * @kref: Reference count
+ * @debug_str: Prefix for debug messages (process name:fd)
+ * @state: The state of the request
+ * @updating_count: count the number of request updates that are in progress
+ * @access_count: count the number of request accesses that are in progress
+ * @objects: List of @struct media_request_object request objects
+ * @num_incomplete_objects: The number of incomplete objects in the request
+ * @poll_wait: Wait queue for poll
+ * @lock: Serializes access to this struct
+ */
+struct media_request {
+ struct media_device *mdev;
+ struct kref kref;
+ char debug_str[TASK_COMM_LEN + 11];
+ enum media_request_state state;
+ unsigned int updating_count;
+ unsigned int access_count;
+ struct list_head objects;
+ unsigned int num_incomplete_objects;
+ wait_queue_head_t poll_wait;
+ spinlock_t lock;
+};
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+
+/**
+ * media_request_lock_for_access - Lock the request to access its objects
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ *
+ * Use before accessing a completed request. A reference to the request must
+ * be held during the access. This usually takes place automatically through
+ * a file handle. Use @media_request_unlock_for_access when done.
+ */
+static inline int __must_check
+media_request_lock_for_access(struct media_request *req)
+{
+ unsigned long flags;
+ int ret = -EBUSY;
+
+ spin_lock_irqsave(&req->lock, flags);
+ if (req->state == MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_COMPLETE) {
+ req->access_count++;
+ ret = 0;
+ }
+ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&req->lock, flags);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_unlock_for_access - Unlock a request previously locked for
+ * access
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ *
+ * Unlock a request that has previously been locked using
+ * @media_request_lock_for_access.
+ */
+static inline void media_request_unlock_for_access(struct media_request *req)
+{
+ unsigned long flags;
+
+ spin_lock_irqsave(&req->lock, flags);
+ if (!WARN_ON(!req->access_count))
+ req->access_count--;
+ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&req->lock, flags);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_lock_for_update - Lock the request for updating its objects
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ *
+ * Use before updating a request, i.e. adding, modifying or removing a request
+ * object in it. A reference to the request must be held during the update. This
+ * usually takes place automatically through a file handle. Use
+ * @media_request_unlock_for_update when done.
+ */
+static inline int __must_check
+media_request_lock_for_update(struct media_request *req)
+{
+ unsigned long flags;
+ int ret = 0;
+
+ spin_lock_irqsave(&req->lock, flags);
+ if (req->state == MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_IDLE ||
+ req->state == MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_UPDATING) {
+ req->state = MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_UPDATING;
+ req->updating_count++;
+ } else {
+ ret = -EBUSY;
+ }
+ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&req->lock, flags);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_unlock_for_update - Unlock a request previously locked for
+ * update
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ *
+ * Unlock a request that has previously been locked using
+ * @media_request_lock_for_update.
+ */
+static inline void media_request_unlock_for_update(struct media_request *req)
+{
+ unsigned long flags;
+
+ spin_lock_irqsave(&req->lock, flags);
+ WARN_ON(req->updating_count <= 0);
+ if (!--req->updating_count)
+ req->state = MEDIA_REQUEST_STATE_IDLE;
+ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&req->lock, flags);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_get - Get the media request
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ *
+ * Get the media request.
+ */
+static inline void media_request_get(struct media_request *req)
+{
+ kref_get(&req->kref);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_put - Put the media request
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ *
+ * Put the media request. The media request will be released
+ * when the refcount reaches 0.
+ */
+void media_request_put(struct media_request *req);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_get_by_fd - Get a media request by fd
+ *
+ * @mdev: Media device this request belongs to
+ * @request_fd: The file descriptor of the request
+ *
+ * Get the request represented by @request_fd that is owned
+ * by the media device.
+ *
+ * Return a -EBADR error pointer if requests are not supported
+ * by this driver. Return -EINVAL if the request was not found.
+ * Return the pointer to the request if found: the caller will
+ * have to call @media_request_put when it finished using the
+ * request.
+ */
+struct media_request *
+media_request_get_by_fd(struct media_device *mdev, int request_fd);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_alloc - Allocate the media request
+ *
+ * @mdev: Media device this request belongs to
+ * @alloc_fd: Store the request's file descriptor in this int
+ *
+ * Allocated the media request and put the fd in @alloc_fd.
+ */
+int media_request_alloc(struct media_device *mdev,
+ int *alloc_fd);
+
+#else
+
+static inline void media_request_get(struct media_request *req)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_put(struct media_request *req)
+{
+}
+
+static inline struct media_request *
+media_request_get_by_fd(struct media_device *mdev, int request_fd)
+{
+ return ERR_PTR(-EBADR);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * struct media_request_object_ops - Media request object operations
+ * @prepare: Validate and prepare the request object, optional.
+ * @unprepare: Unprepare the request object, optional.
+ * @queue: Queue the request object, optional.
+ * @unbind: Unbind the request object, optional.
+ * @release: Release the request object, required.
+ */
+struct media_request_object_ops {
+ int (*prepare)(struct media_request_object *object);
+ void (*unprepare)(struct media_request_object *object);
+ void (*queue)(struct media_request_object *object);
+ void (*unbind)(struct media_request_object *object);
+ void (*release)(struct media_request_object *object);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct media_request_object - An opaque object that belongs to a media
+ * request
+ *
+ * @ops: object's operations
+ * @priv: object's priv pointer
+ * @req: the request this object belongs to (can be NULL)
+ * @list: List entry of the object for @struct media_request
+ * @kref: Reference count of the object, acquire before releasing req->lock
+ * @completed: If true, then this object was completed.
+ *
+ * An object related to the request. This struct is always embedded in
+ * another struct that contains the actual data for this request object.
+ */
+struct media_request_object {
+ const struct media_request_object_ops *ops;
+ void *priv;
+ struct media_request *req;
+ struct list_head list;
+ struct kref kref;
+ bool completed;
+};
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_get - Get a media request object
+ *
+ * @obj: The object
+ *
+ * Get a media request object.
+ */
+static inline void media_request_object_get(struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+ kref_get(&obj->kref);
+}
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_put - Put a media request object
+ *
+ * @obj: The object
+ *
+ * Put a media request object. Once all references are gone, the
+ * object's memory is released.
+ */
+void media_request_object_put(struct media_request_object *obj);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_find - Find an object in a request
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ * @ops: Find an object with this ops value
+ * @priv: Find an object with this priv value
+ *
+ * Both @ops and @priv must be non-NULL.
+ *
+ * Returns the object pointer or NULL if not found. The caller must
+ * call media_request_object_put() once it finished using the object.
+ *
+ * Since this function needs to walk the list of objects it takes
+ * the @req->lock spin lock to make this safe.
+ */
+struct media_request_object *
+media_request_object_find(struct media_request *req,
+ const struct media_request_object_ops *ops,
+ void *priv);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_init - Initialise a media request object
+ *
+ * @obj: The object
+ *
+ * Initialise a media request object. The object will be released using the
+ * release callback of the ops once it has no references (this function
+ * initialises references to one).
+ */
+void media_request_object_init(struct media_request_object *obj);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_bind - Bind a media request object to a request
+ *
+ * @req: The media request
+ * @ops: The object ops for this object
+ * @priv: A driver-specific priv pointer associated with this object
+ * @is_buffer: Set to true if the object a buffer object.
+ * @obj: The object
+ *
+ * Bind this object to the request and set the ops and priv values of
+ * the object so it can be found later with media_request_object_find().
+ *
+ * Every bound object must be unbound or completed by the kernel at some
+ * point in time, otherwise the request will never complete. When the
+ * request is released all completed objects will be unbound by the
+ * request core code.
+ *
+ * Buffer objects will be added to the end of the request's object
+ * list, non-buffer objects will be added to the front of the list.
+ * This ensures that all buffer objects are at the end of the list
+ * and that all non-buffer objects that they depend on are processed
+ * first.
+ */
+int media_request_object_bind(struct media_request *req,
+ const struct media_request_object_ops *ops,
+ void *priv, bool is_buffer,
+ struct media_request_object *obj);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_unbind - Unbind a media request object
+ *
+ * @obj: The object
+ *
+ * Unbind the media request object from the request.
+ */
+void media_request_object_unbind(struct media_request_object *obj);
+
+/**
+ * media_request_object_complete - Mark the media request object as complete
+ *
+ * @obj: The object
+ *
+ * Mark the media request object as complete. Only bound objects can
+ * be completed.
+ */
+void media_request_object_complete(struct media_request_object *obj);
+
+#else
+
+static inline int __must_check
+media_request_lock_for_access(struct media_request *req)
+{
+ return -EINVAL;
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_unlock_for_access(struct media_request *req)
+{
+}
+
+static inline int __must_check
+media_request_lock_for_update(struct media_request *req)
+{
+ return -EINVAL;
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_unlock_for_update(struct media_request *req)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_object_get(struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_object_put(struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+}
+
+static inline struct media_request_object *
+media_request_object_find(struct media_request *req,
+ const struct media_request_object_ops *ops,
+ void *priv)
+{
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_object_init(struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+ obj->ops = NULL;
+ obj->req = NULL;
+}
+
+static inline int media_request_object_bind(struct media_request *req,
+ const struct media_request_object_ops *ops,
+ void *priv, bool is_buffer,
+ struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_object_unbind(struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+}
+
+static inline void media_request_object_complete(struct media_request_object *obj)
+{
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/mipi-csi2.h b/include/media/mipi-csi2.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c3d8f1223
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/mipi-csi2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * MIPI CSI-2 Data Types
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2022 Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_MIPI_CSI2_H
+#define _MEDIA_MIPI_CSI2_H
+
+/* Short packet data types */
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_FS 0x00
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_FE 0x01
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_LS 0x02
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_LE 0x03
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_GENERIC_SHORT(n) (0x08 + (n)) /* 0..7 */
+
+/* Long packet data types */
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_NULL 0x10
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_BLANKING 0x11
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_EMBEDDED_8B 0x12
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_8B 0x18
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_10B 0x19
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_8B_LEGACY 0x1a
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_8B_CS 0x1c
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV420_10B_CS 0x1d
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV422_8B 0x1e
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_YUV422_10B 0x1f
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB444 0x20
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB555 0x21
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB565 0x22
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB666 0x23
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RGB888 0x24
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW28 0x26
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW24 0x27
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW6 0x28
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW7 0x29
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW8 0x2a
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW10 0x2b
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW12 0x2c
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW14 0x2d
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW16 0x2e
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_RAW20 0x2f
+#define MIPI_CSI2_DT_USER_DEFINED(n) (0x30 + (n)) /* 0..7 */
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_MIPI_CSI2_H */
diff --git a/include/media/rc-core.h b/include/media/rc-core.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..803349599
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/rc-core.h
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Remote Controller core header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009-2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RC_CORE
+#define _RC_CORE
+
+#include <linux/spinlock.h>
+#include <linux/cdev.h>
+#include <linux/kfifo.h>
+#include <linux/time.h>
+#include <linux/timer.h>
+#include <media/rc-map.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum rc_driver_type - type of the RC driver.
+ *
+ * @RC_DRIVER_SCANCODE: Driver or hardware generates a scancode.
+ * @RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW: Driver or hardware generates pulse/space sequences.
+ * It needs a Infra-Red pulse/space decoder
+ * @RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW_TX: Device transmitter only,
+ * driver requires pulse/space data sequence.
+ */
+enum rc_driver_type {
+ RC_DRIVER_SCANCODE = 0,
+ RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW,
+ RC_DRIVER_IR_RAW_TX,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct rc_scancode_filter - Filter scan codes.
+ * @data: Scancode data to match.
+ * @mask: Mask of bits of scancode to compare.
+ */
+struct rc_scancode_filter {
+ u32 data;
+ u32 mask;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum rc_filter_type - Filter type constants.
+ * @RC_FILTER_NORMAL: Filter for normal operation.
+ * @RC_FILTER_WAKEUP: Filter for waking from suspend.
+ * @RC_FILTER_MAX: Number of filter types.
+ */
+enum rc_filter_type {
+ RC_FILTER_NORMAL = 0,
+ RC_FILTER_WAKEUP,
+
+ RC_FILTER_MAX
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct lirc_fh - represents an open lirc file
+ * @list: list of open file handles
+ * @rc: rcdev for this lirc chardev
+ * @carrier_low: when setting the carrier range, first the low end must be
+ * set with an ioctl and then the high end with another ioctl
+ * @rawir: queue for incoming raw IR
+ * @scancodes: queue for incoming decoded scancodes
+ * @wait_poll: poll struct for lirc device
+ * @send_mode: lirc mode for sending, either LIRC_MODE_SCANCODE or
+ * LIRC_MODE_PULSE
+ * @rec_mode: lirc mode for receiving, either LIRC_MODE_SCANCODE or
+ * LIRC_MODE_MODE2
+ */
+struct lirc_fh {
+ struct list_head list;
+ struct rc_dev *rc;
+ int carrier_low;
+ DECLARE_KFIFO_PTR(rawir, unsigned int);
+ DECLARE_KFIFO_PTR(scancodes, struct lirc_scancode);
+ wait_queue_head_t wait_poll;
+ u8 send_mode;
+ u8 rec_mode;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct rc_dev - represents a remote control device
+ * @dev: driver model's view of this device
+ * @managed_alloc: devm_rc_allocate_device was used to create rc_dev
+ * @sysfs_groups: sysfs attribute groups
+ * @device_name: name of the rc child device
+ * @input_phys: physical path to the input child device
+ * @input_id: id of the input child device (struct input_id)
+ * @driver_name: name of the hardware driver which registered this device
+ * @map_name: name of the default keymap
+ * @rc_map: current scan/key table
+ * @lock: used to ensure we've filled in all protocol details before
+ * anyone can call show_protocols or store_protocols
+ * @minor: unique minor remote control device number
+ * @raw: additional data for raw pulse/space devices
+ * @input_dev: the input child device used to communicate events to userspace
+ * @driver_type: specifies if protocol decoding is done in hardware or software
+ * @idle: used to keep track of RX state
+ * @encode_wakeup: wakeup filtering uses IR encode API, therefore the allowed
+ * wakeup protocols is the set of all raw encoders
+ * @allowed_protocols: bitmask with the supported RC_PROTO_BIT_* protocols
+ * @enabled_protocols: bitmask with the enabled RC_PROTO_BIT_* protocols
+ * @allowed_wakeup_protocols: bitmask with the supported RC_PROTO_BIT_* wakeup
+ * protocols
+ * @wakeup_protocol: the enabled RC_PROTO_* wakeup protocol or
+ * RC_PROTO_UNKNOWN if disabled.
+ * @scancode_filter: scancode filter
+ * @scancode_wakeup_filter: scancode wakeup filters
+ * @scancode_mask: some hardware decoders are not capable of providing the full
+ * scancode to the application. As this is a hardware limit, we can't do
+ * anything with it. Yet, as the same keycode table can be used with other
+ * devices, a mask is provided to allow its usage. Drivers should generally
+ * leave this field in blank
+ * @users: number of current users of the device
+ * @priv: driver-specific data
+ * @keylock: protects the remaining members of the struct
+ * @keypressed: whether a key is currently pressed
+ * @keyup_jiffies: time (in jiffies) when the current keypress should be released
+ * @timer_keyup: timer for releasing a keypress
+ * @timer_repeat: timer for autorepeat events. This is needed for CEC, which
+ * has non-standard repeats.
+ * @last_keycode: keycode of last keypress
+ * @last_protocol: protocol of last keypress
+ * @last_scancode: scancode of last keypress
+ * @last_toggle: toggle value of last command
+ * @timeout: optional time after which device stops sending data
+ * @min_timeout: minimum timeout supported by device
+ * @max_timeout: maximum timeout supported by device
+ * @rx_resolution : resolution (in us) of input sampler
+ * @tx_resolution: resolution (in us) of output sampler
+ * @lirc_dev: lirc device
+ * @lirc_cdev: lirc char cdev
+ * @gap_start: start time for gap after timeout if non-zero
+ * @lirc_fh_lock: protects lirc_fh list
+ * @lirc_fh: list of open files
+ * @registered: set to true by rc_register_device(), false by
+ * rc_unregister_device
+ * @change_protocol: allow changing the protocol used on hardware decoders
+ * @open: callback to allow drivers to enable polling/irq when IR input device
+ * is opened.
+ * @close: callback to allow drivers to disable polling/irq when IR input device
+ * is opened.
+ * @s_tx_mask: set transmitter mask (for devices with multiple tx outputs)
+ * @s_tx_carrier: set transmit carrier frequency
+ * @s_tx_duty_cycle: set transmit duty cycle (0% - 100%)
+ * @s_rx_carrier_range: inform driver about carrier it is expected to handle
+ * @tx_ir: transmit IR
+ * @s_idle: enable/disable hardware idle mode, upon which,
+ * device doesn't interrupt host until it sees IR pulses
+ * @s_wideband_receiver: enable wide band receiver used for learning
+ * @s_carrier_report: enable carrier reports
+ * @s_filter: set the scancode filter
+ * @s_wakeup_filter: set the wakeup scancode filter. If the mask is zero
+ * then wakeup should be disabled. wakeup_protocol will be set to
+ * a valid protocol if mask is nonzero.
+ * @s_timeout: set hardware timeout in us
+ */
+struct rc_dev {
+ struct device dev;
+ bool managed_alloc;
+ const struct attribute_group *sysfs_groups[5];
+ const char *device_name;
+ const char *input_phys;
+ struct input_id input_id;
+ const char *driver_name;
+ const char *map_name;
+ struct rc_map rc_map;
+ struct mutex lock;
+ unsigned int minor;
+ struct ir_raw_event_ctrl *raw;
+ struct input_dev *input_dev;
+ enum rc_driver_type driver_type;
+ bool idle;
+ bool encode_wakeup;
+ u64 allowed_protocols;
+ u64 enabled_protocols;
+ u64 allowed_wakeup_protocols;
+ enum rc_proto wakeup_protocol;
+ struct rc_scancode_filter scancode_filter;
+ struct rc_scancode_filter scancode_wakeup_filter;
+ u32 scancode_mask;
+ u32 users;
+ void *priv;
+ spinlock_t keylock;
+ bool keypressed;
+ unsigned long keyup_jiffies;
+ struct timer_list timer_keyup;
+ struct timer_list timer_repeat;
+ u32 last_keycode;
+ enum rc_proto last_protocol;
+ u64 last_scancode;
+ u8 last_toggle;
+ u32 timeout;
+ u32 min_timeout;
+ u32 max_timeout;
+ u32 rx_resolution;
+ u32 tx_resolution;
+#ifdef CONFIG_LIRC
+ struct device lirc_dev;
+ struct cdev lirc_cdev;
+ ktime_t gap_start;
+ spinlock_t lirc_fh_lock;
+ struct list_head lirc_fh;
+#endif
+ bool registered;
+ int (*change_protocol)(struct rc_dev *dev, u64 *rc_proto);
+ int (*open)(struct rc_dev *dev);
+ void (*close)(struct rc_dev *dev);
+ int (*s_tx_mask)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 mask);
+ int (*s_tx_carrier)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 carrier);
+ int (*s_tx_duty_cycle)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 duty_cycle);
+ int (*s_rx_carrier_range)(struct rc_dev *dev, u32 min, u32 max);
+ int (*tx_ir)(struct rc_dev *dev, unsigned *txbuf, unsigned n);
+ void (*s_idle)(struct rc_dev *dev, bool enable);
+ int (*s_wideband_receiver)(struct rc_dev *dev, int enable);
+ int (*s_carrier_report) (struct rc_dev *dev, int enable);
+ int (*s_filter)(struct rc_dev *dev,
+ struct rc_scancode_filter *filter);
+ int (*s_wakeup_filter)(struct rc_dev *dev,
+ struct rc_scancode_filter *filter);
+ int (*s_timeout)(struct rc_dev *dev,
+ unsigned int timeout);
+};
+
+#define to_rc_dev(d) container_of(d, struct rc_dev, dev)
+
+/*
+ * From rc-main.c
+ * Those functions can be used on any type of Remote Controller. They
+ * basically creates an input_dev and properly reports the device as a
+ * Remote Controller, at sys/class/rc.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * rc_allocate_device - Allocates a RC device
+ *
+ * @rc_driver_type: specifies the type of the RC output to be allocated
+ * returns a pointer to struct rc_dev.
+ */
+struct rc_dev *rc_allocate_device(enum rc_driver_type);
+
+/**
+ * devm_rc_allocate_device - Managed RC device allocation
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to struct device
+ * @rc_driver_type: specifies the type of the RC output to be allocated
+ * returns a pointer to struct rc_dev.
+ */
+struct rc_dev *devm_rc_allocate_device(struct device *dev, enum rc_driver_type);
+
+/**
+ * rc_free_device - Frees a RC device
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to struct rc_dev.
+ */
+void rc_free_device(struct rc_dev *dev);
+
+/**
+ * rc_register_device - Registers a RC device
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to struct rc_dev.
+ */
+int rc_register_device(struct rc_dev *dev);
+
+/**
+ * devm_rc_register_device - Manageded registering of a RC device
+ *
+ * @parent: pointer to struct device.
+ * @dev: pointer to struct rc_dev.
+ */
+int devm_rc_register_device(struct device *parent, struct rc_dev *dev);
+
+/**
+ * rc_unregister_device - Unregisters a RC device
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to struct rc_dev.
+ */
+void rc_unregister_device(struct rc_dev *dev);
+
+void rc_repeat(struct rc_dev *dev);
+void rc_keydown(struct rc_dev *dev, enum rc_proto protocol, u64 scancode,
+ u8 toggle);
+void rc_keydown_notimeout(struct rc_dev *dev, enum rc_proto protocol,
+ u64 scancode, u8 toggle);
+void rc_keyup(struct rc_dev *dev);
+u32 rc_g_keycode_from_table(struct rc_dev *dev, u64 scancode);
+
+/*
+ * From rc-raw.c
+ * The Raw interface is specific to InfraRed. It may be a good idea to
+ * split it later into a separate header.
+ */
+struct ir_raw_event {
+ union {
+ u32 duration;
+ u32 carrier;
+ };
+ u8 duty_cycle;
+
+ unsigned pulse:1;
+ unsigned overflow:1;
+ unsigned timeout:1;
+ unsigned carrier_report:1;
+};
+
+#define US_TO_NS(usec) ((usec) * 1000)
+#define MS_TO_US(msec) ((msec) * 1000)
+#define IR_MAX_DURATION MS_TO_US(500)
+#define IR_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT MS_TO_US(125)
+#define IR_MAX_TIMEOUT LIRC_VALUE_MASK
+
+void ir_raw_event_handle(struct rc_dev *dev);
+int ir_raw_event_store(struct rc_dev *dev, struct ir_raw_event *ev);
+int ir_raw_event_store_edge(struct rc_dev *dev, bool pulse);
+int ir_raw_event_store_with_filter(struct rc_dev *dev,
+ struct ir_raw_event *ev);
+int ir_raw_event_store_with_timeout(struct rc_dev *dev,
+ struct ir_raw_event *ev);
+void ir_raw_event_set_idle(struct rc_dev *dev, bool idle);
+int ir_raw_encode_scancode(enum rc_proto protocol, u32 scancode,
+ struct ir_raw_event *events, unsigned int max);
+int ir_raw_encode_carrier(enum rc_proto protocol);
+
+static inline void ir_raw_event_overflow(struct rc_dev *dev)
+{
+ ir_raw_event_store(dev, &((struct ir_raw_event) { .overflow = true }));
+ dev->idle = true;
+ ir_raw_event_handle(dev);
+}
+
+/* extract mask bits out of data and pack them into the result */
+static inline u32 ir_extract_bits(u32 data, u32 mask)
+{
+ u32 vbit = 1, value = 0;
+
+ do {
+ if (mask & 1) {
+ if (data & 1)
+ value |= vbit;
+ vbit <<= 1;
+ }
+ data >>= 1;
+ } while (mask >>= 1);
+
+ return value;
+}
+
+/* Get NEC scancode and protocol type from address and command bytes */
+static inline u32 ir_nec_bytes_to_scancode(u8 address, u8 not_address,
+ u8 command, u8 not_command,
+ enum rc_proto *protocol)
+{
+ u32 scancode;
+
+ if ((command ^ not_command) != 0xff) {
+ /* NEC transport, but modified protocol, used by at
+ * least Apple and TiVo remotes
+ */
+ scancode = not_address << 24 |
+ address << 16 |
+ not_command << 8 |
+ command;
+ *protocol = RC_PROTO_NEC32;
+ } else if ((address ^ not_address) != 0xff) {
+ /* Extended NEC */
+ scancode = address << 16 |
+ not_address << 8 |
+ command;
+ *protocol = RC_PROTO_NECX;
+ } else {
+ /* Normal NEC */
+ scancode = address << 8 | command;
+ *protocol = RC_PROTO_NEC;
+ }
+
+ return scancode;
+}
+
+#endif /* _RC_CORE */
diff --git a/include/media/rc-map.h b/include/media/rc-map.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..793b54342
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/rc-map.h
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * rc-map.h - define RC map names used by RC drivers
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 by Mauro Carvalho Chehab
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_RC_MAP_H
+#define _MEDIA_RC_MAP_H
+
+#include <linux/input.h>
+#include <uapi/linux/lirc.h>
+
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_NONE 0ULL
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_UNKNOWN BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_UNKNOWN)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_OTHER BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_OTHER)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC5)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5X_20 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC5X_20)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5_SZ BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC5_SZ)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_JVC BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_JVC)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY12 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SONY12)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY15 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SONY15)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY20 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SONY20)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_NEC BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_NEC)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_NECX BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_NECX)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_NEC32 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_NEC32)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SANYO BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SANYO)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_MCIR2_KBD BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_MCIR2_KBD)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_MCIR2_MSE BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_MCIR2_MSE)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_0 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_0)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_20 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_20)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_24 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_24)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_32 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_6A_32)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_MCE BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RC6_MCE)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_SHARP BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_SHARP)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_XMP BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_XMP)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_CEC BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_CEC)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_IMON BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_IMON)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM12 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RCMM12)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM24 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RCMM24)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM32 BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_RCMM32)
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_XBOX_DVD BIT_ULL(RC_PROTO_XBOX_DVD)
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_RC5_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_RC5_CODEC \
+ (RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5X_20 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RC5_SZ)
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_RC5_CODEC 0
+#endif
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_JVC_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_JVC_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_JVC
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_JVC_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_SONY_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_SONY_CODEC \
+ (RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY12 | RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY15 | RC_PROTO_BIT_SONY20)
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_SONY_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_NEC_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_NEC_CODEC \
+ (RC_PROTO_BIT_NEC | RC_PROTO_BIT_NECX | RC_PROTO_BIT_NEC32)
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_NEC_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_SANYO_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_SANYO_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_SANYO
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_SANYO_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_MCE_KBD_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_MCE_KBD_CODEC \
+ (RC_PROTO_BIT_MCIR2_KBD | RC_PROTO_BIT_MCIR2_MSE)
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_MCE_KBD_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_RC6_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_RC6_CODEC \
+ (RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_0 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_20 | \
+ RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_24 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_6A_32 | \
+ RC_PROTO_BIT_RC6_MCE)
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_RC6_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_SHARP_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_SHARP_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_SHARP
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_SHARP_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_XMP_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_XMP_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_XMP
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_XMP_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_IMON_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_IMON_CODEC RC_PROTO_BIT_IMON
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_IMON_CODEC 0
+#endif
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IR_RCMM_DECODER)
+#define __RC_PROTO_RCMM_CODEC \
+ (RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM12 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM24 | RC_PROTO_BIT_RCMM32)
+#else
+#define __RC_PROTO_RCMM_CODEC 0
+#endif
+
+/* All kernel-based codecs have encoders and decoders */
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_ALL_IR_DECODER \
+ (__RC_PROTO_RC5_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_JVC_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_SONY_CODEC | \
+ __RC_PROTO_NEC_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_SANYO_CODEC | \
+ __RC_PROTO_MCE_KBD_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_RC6_CODEC | \
+ __RC_PROTO_SHARP_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_XMP_CODEC | \
+ __RC_PROTO_IMON_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_RCMM_CODEC)
+
+#define RC_PROTO_BIT_ALL_IR_ENCODER \
+ (__RC_PROTO_RC5_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_JVC_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_SONY_CODEC | \
+ __RC_PROTO_NEC_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_SANYO_CODEC | \
+ __RC_PROTO_MCE_KBD_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_RC6_CODEC | \
+ __RC_PROTO_SHARP_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_XMP_CODEC | \
+ __RC_PROTO_IMON_CODEC | __RC_PROTO_RCMM_CODEC)
+
+#define RC_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN(x) (x)
+#define RC_SCANCODE_OTHER(x) (x)
+#define RC_SCANCODE_NEC(addr, cmd) (((addr) << 8) | (cmd))
+#define RC_SCANCODE_NECX(addr, cmd) (((addr) << 8) | (cmd))
+#define RC_SCANCODE_NEC32(data) ((data) & 0xffffffff)
+#define RC_SCANCODE_RC5(sys, cmd) (((sys) << 8) | (cmd))
+#define RC_SCANCODE_RC5_SZ(sys, cmd) (((sys) << 8) | (cmd))
+#define RC_SCANCODE_RC6_0(sys, cmd) (((sys) << 8) | (cmd))
+#define RC_SCANCODE_RC6_6A(vendor, sys, cmd) (((vendor) << 16) | ((sys) << 8) | (cmd))
+
+/**
+ * struct rc_map_table - represents a scancode/keycode pair
+ *
+ * @scancode: scan code (u64)
+ * @keycode: Linux input keycode
+ */
+struct rc_map_table {
+ u64 scancode;
+ u32 keycode;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct rc_map - represents a keycode map table
+ *
+ * @scan: pointer to struct &rc_map_table
+ * @size: Max number of entries
+ * @len: Number of entries that are in use
+ * @alloc: size of \*scan, in bytes
+ * @rc_proto: type of the remote controller protocol, as defined at
+ * enum &rc_proto
+ * @name: name of the key map table
+ * @lock: lock to protect access to this structure
+ */
+struct rc_map {
+ struct rc_map_table *scan;
+ unsigned int size;
+ unsigned int len;
+ unsigned int alloc;
+ enum rc_proto rc_proto;
+ const char *name;
+ spinlock_t lock;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct rc_map_list - list of the registered &rc_map maps
+ *
+ * @list: pointer to struct &list_head
+ * @map: pointer to struct &rc_map
+ */
+struct rc_map_list {
+ struct list_head list;
+ struct rc_map map;
+};
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CEC_RC
+/*
+ * rc_map_list from rc-cec.c
+ */
+extern struct rc_map_list cec_map;
+#endif
+
+/* Routines from rc-map.c */
+
+/**
+ * rc_map_register() - Registers a Remote Controller scancode map
+ *
+ * @map: pointer to struct rc_map_list
+ */
+int rc_map_register(struct rc_map_list *map);
+
+/**
+ * rc_map_unregister() - Unregisters a Remote Controller scancode map
+ *
+ * @map: pointer to struct rc_map_list
+ */
+void rc_map_unregister(struct rc_map_list *map);
+
+/**
+ * rc_map_get - gets an RC map from its name
+ * @name: name of the RC scancode map
+ */
+struct rc_map *rc_map_get(const char *name);
+
+/* Names of the several keytables defined in-kernel */
+
+#define RC_MAP_ADSTECH_DVB_T_PCI "rc-adstech-dvb-t-pci"
+#define RC_MAP_ALINK_DTU_M "rc-alink-dtu-m"
+#define RC_MAP_ANYSEE "rc-anysee"
+#define RC_MAP_APAC_VIEWCOMP "rc-apac-viewcomp"
+#define RC_MAP_ASTROMETA_T2HYBRID "rc-astrometa-t2hybrid"
+#define RC_MAP_ASUS_PC39 "rc-asus-pc39"
+#define RC_MAP_ASUS_PS3_100 "rc-asus-ps3-100"
+#define RC_MAP_ATI_TV_WONDER_HD_600 "rc-ati-tv-wonder-hd-600"
+#define RC_MAP_ATI_X10 "rc-ati-x10"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA "rc-avermedia"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_A16D "rc-avermedia-a16d"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_CARDBUS "rc-avermedia-cardbus"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_DVBT "rc-avermedia-dvbt"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_M135A "rc-avermedia-m135a"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_M733A_RM_K6 "rc-avermedia-m733a-rm-k6"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERMEDIA_RM_KS "rc-avermedia-rm-ks"
+#define RC_MAP_AVERTV_303 "rc-avertv-303"
+#define RC_MAP_AZUREWAVE_AD_TU700 "rc-azurewave-ad-tu700"
+#define RC_MAP_BEELINK_GS1 "rc-beelink-gs1"
+#define RC_MAP_BEHOLD "rc-behold"
+#define RC_MAP_BEHOLD_COLUMBUS "rc-behold-columbus"
+#define RC_MAP_BUDGET_CI_OLD "rc-budget-ci-old"
+#define RC_MAP_CEC "rc-cec"
+#define RC_MAP_CINERGY "rc-cinergy"
+#define RC_MAP_CINERGY_1400 "rc-cinergy-1400"
+#define RC_MAP_CT_90405 "rc-ct-90405"
+#define RC_MAP_D680_DMB "rc-d680-dmb"
+#define RC_MAP_DELOCK_61959 "rc-delock-61959"
+#define RC_MAP_DIB0700_NEC_TABLE "rc-dib0700-nec"
+#define RC_MAP_DIB0700_RC5_TABLE "rc-dib0700-rc5"
+#define RC_MAP_DIGITALNOW_TINYTWIN "rc-digitalnow-tinytwin"
+#define RC_MAP_DIGITTRADE "rc-digittrade"
+#define RC_MAP_DM1105_NEC "rc-dm1105-nec"
+#define RC_MAP_DNTV_LIVE_DVB_T "rc-dntv-live-dvb-t"
+#define RC_MAP_DNTV_LIVE_DVBT_PRO "rc-dntv-live-dvbt-pro"
+#define RC_MAP_DTT200U "rc-dtt200u"
+#define RC_MAP_DVBSKY "rc-dvbsky"
+#define RC_MAP_DVICO_MCE "rc-dvico-mce"
+#define RC_MAP_DVICO_PORTABLE "rc-dvico-portable"
+#define RC_MAP_EMPTY "rc-empty"
+#define RC_MAP_EM_TERRATEC "rc-em-terratec"
+#define RC_MAP_ENCORE_ENLTV "rc-encore-enltv"
+#define RC_MAP_ENCORE_ENLTV2 "rc-encore-enltv2"
+#define RC_MAP_ENCORE_ENLTV_FM53 "rc-encore-enltv-fm53"
+#define RC_MAP_EVGA_INDTUBE "rc-evga-indtube"
+#define RC_MAP_EZTV "rc-eztv"
+#define RC_MAP_FLYDVB "rc-flydvb"
+#define RC_MAP_FLYVIDEO "rc-flyvideo"
+#define RC_MAP_FUSIONHDTV_MCE "rc-fusionhdtv-mce"
+#define RC_MAP_GADMEI_RM008Z "rc-gadmei-rm008z"
+#define RC_MAP_GEEKBOX "rc-geekbox"
+#define RC_MAP_GENIUS_TVGO_A11MCE "rc-genius-tvgo-a11mce"
+#define RC_MAP_GOTVIEW7135 "rc-gotview7135"
+#define RC_MAP_HAUPPAUGE "rc-hauppauge"
+#define RC_MAP_HAUPPAUGE_NEW "rc-hauppauge"
+#define RC_MAP_HISI_POPLAR "rc-hisi-poplar"
+#define RC_MAP_HISI_TV_DEMO "rc-hisi-tv-demo"
+#define RC_MAP_IMON_MCE "rc-imon-mce"
+#define RC_MAP_IMON_PAD "rc-imon-pad"
+#define RC_MAP_IMON_RSC "rc-imon-rsc"
+#define RC_MAP_IODATA_BCTV7E "rc-iodata-bctv7e"
+#define RC_MAP_IT913X_V1 "rc-it913x-v1"
+#define RC_MAP_IT913X_V2 "rc-it913x-v2"
+#define RC_MAP_KAIOMY "rc-kaiomy"
+#define RC_MAP_KHADAS "rc-khadas"
+#define RC_MAP_KHAMSIN "rc-khamsin"
+#define RC_MAP_KWORLD_315U "rc-kworld-315u"
+#define RC_MAP_KWORLD_PC150U "rc-kworld-pc150u"
+#define RC_MAP_KWORLD_PLUS_TV_ANALOG "rc-kworld-plus-tv-analog"
+#define RC_MAP_LEADTEK_Y04G0051 "rc-leadtek-y04g0051"
+#define RC_MAP_LME2510 "rc-lme2510"
+#define RC_MAP_MANLI "rc-manli"
+#define RC_MAP_MECOOL_KII_PRO "rc-mecool-kii-pro"
+#define RC_MAP_MECOOL_KIII_PRO "rc-mecool-kiii-pro"
+#define RC_MAP_MEDION_X10 "rc-medion-x10"
+#define RC_MAP_MEDION_X10_DIGITAINER "rc-medion-x10-digitainer"
+#define RC_MAP_MEDION_X10_OR2X "rc-medion-x10-or2x"
+#define RC_MAP_MINIX_NEO "rc-minix-neo"
+#define RC_MAP_MSI_DIGIVOX_II "rc-msi-digivox-ii"
+#define RC_MAP_MSI_DIGIVOX_III "rc-msi-digivox-iii"
+#define RC_MAP_MSI_TVANYWHERE "rc-msi-tvanywhere"
+#define RC_MAP_MSI_TVANYWHERE_PLUS "rc-msi-tvanywhere-plus"
+#define RC_MAP_NEBULA "rc-nebula"
+#define RC_MAP_NEC_TERRATEC_CINERGY_XS "rc-nec-terratec-cinergy-xs"
+#define RC_MAP_NORWOOD "rc-norwood"
+#define RC_MAP_NPGTECH "rc-npgtech"
+#define RC_MAP_ODROID "rc-odroid"
+#define RC_MAP_PCTV_SEDNA "rc-pctv-sedna"
+#define RC_MAP_PINE64 "rc-pine64"
+#define RC_MAP_PINNACLE_COLOR "rc-pinnacle-color"
+#define RC_MAP_PINNACLE_GREY "rc-pinnacle-grey"
+#define RC_MAP_PINNACLE_PCTV_HD "rc-pinnacle-pctv-hd"
+#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW "rc-pixelview"
+#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_002T "rc-pixelview-002t"
+#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_MK12 "rc-pixelview-mk12"
+#define RC_MAP_PIXELVIEW_NEW "rc-pixelview-new"
+#define RC_MAP_POWERCOLOR_REAL_ANGEL "rc-powercolor-real-angel"
+#define RC_MAP_PROTEUS_2309 "rc-proteus-2309"
+#define RC_MAP_PURPLETV "rc-purpletv"
+#define RC_MAP_PV951 "rc-pv951"
+#define RC_MAP_RC5_TV "rc-rc5-tv"
+#define RC_MAP_RC6_MCE "rc-rc6-mce"
+#define RC_MAP_REAL_AUDIO_220_32_KEYS "rc-real-audio-220-32-keys"
+#define RC_MAP_REDDO "rc-reddo"
+#define RC_MAP_SNAPSTREAM_FIREFLY "rc-snapstream-firefly"
+#define RC_MAP_STREAMZAP "rc-streamzap"
+#define RC_MAP_SU3000 "rc-su3000"
+#define RC_MAP_TANIX_TX3MINI "rc-tanix-tx3mini"
+#define RC_MAP_TANIX_TX5MAX "rc-tanix-tx5max"
+#define RC_MAP_TBS_NEC "rc-tbs-nec"
+#define RC_MAP_TECHNISAT_TS35 "rc-technisat-ts35"
+#define RC_MAP_TECHNISAT_USB2 "rc-technisat-usb2"
+#define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_CINERGY_C_PCI "rc-terratec-cinergy-c-pci"
+#define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_CINERGY_S2_HD "rc-terratec-cinergy-s2-hd"
+#define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_CINERGY_XS "rc-terratec-cinergy-xs"
+#define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_SLIM "rc-terratec-slim"
+#define RC_MAP_TERRATEC_SLIM_2 "rc-terratec-slim-2"
+#define RC_MAP_TEVII_NEC "rc-tevii-nec"
+#define RC_MAP_TIVO "rc-tivo"
+#define RC_MAP_TOTAL_MEDIA_IN_HAND "rc-total-media-in-hand"
+#define RC_MAP_TOTAL_MEDIA_IN_HAND_02 "rc-total-media-in-hand-02"
+#define RC_MAP_TREKSTOR "rc-trekstor"
+#define RC_MAP_TT_1500 "rc-tt-1500"
+#define RC_MAP_TWINHAN_DTV_CAB_CI "rc-twinhan-dtv-cab-ci"
+#define RC_MAP_TWINHAN_VP1027_DVBS "rc-twinhan1027"
+#define RC_MAP_VEGA_S9X "rc-vega-s9x"
+#define RC_MAP_VIDEOMATE_K100 "rc-videomate-k100"
+#define RC_MAP_VIDEOMATE_S350 "rc-videomate-s350"
+#define RC_MAP_VIDEOMATE_TV_PVR "rc-videomate-tv-pvr"
+#define RC_MAP_KII_PRO "rc-videostrong-kii-pro"
+#define RC_MAP_WETEK_HUB "rc-wetek-hub"
+#define RC_MAP_WETEK_PLAY2 "rc-wetek-play2"
+#define RC_MAP_WINFAST "rc-winfast"
+#define RC_MAP_WINFAST_USBII_DELUXE "rc-winfast-usbii-deluxe"
+#define RC_MAP_X96MAX "rc-x96max"
+#define RC_MAP_XBOX_360 "rc-xbox-360"
+#define RC_MAP_XBOX_DVD "rc-xbox-dvd"
+#define RC_MAP_ZX_IRDEC "rc-zx-irdec"
+
+/*
+ * Please, do not just append newer Remote Controller names at the end.
+ * The names should be ordered in alphabetical order
+ */
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_RC_MAP_H */
diff --git a/include/media/rcar-fcp.h b/include/media/rcar-fcp.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..179240fb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/rcar-fcp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ */
+/*
+ * rcar-fcp.h -- R-Car Frame Compression Processor Driver
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 Renesas Electronics Corporation
+ *
+ * Contact: Laurent Pinchart (laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com)
+ */
+#ifndef __MEDIA_RCAR_FCP_H__
+#define __MEDIA_RCAR_FCP_H__
+
+struct device_node;
+struct rcar_fcp_device;
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_VIDEO_RENESAS_FCP)
+struct rcar_fcp_device *rcar_fcp_get(const struct device_node *np);
+void rcar_fcp_put(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp);
+struct device *rcar_fcp_get_device(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp);
+int rcar_fcp_enable(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp);
+void rcar_fcp_disable(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp);
+#else
+static inline struct rcar_fcp_device *rcar_fcp_get(const struct device_node *np)
+{
+ return ERR_PTR(-ENOENT);
+}
+static inline void rcar_fcp_put(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp) { }
+static inline struct device *rcar_fcp_get_device(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp)
+{
+ return NULL;
+}
+static inline int rcar_fcp_enable(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+static inline void rcar_fcp_disable(struct rcar_fcp_device *fcp) { }
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __MEDIA_RCAR_FCP_H__ */
diff --git a/include/media/tpg/v4l2-tpg.h b/include/media/tpg/v4l2-tpg.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a55088921
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/tpg/v4l2-tpg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,668 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * v4l2-tpg.h - Test Pattern Generator
+ *
+ * Copyright 2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_TPG_H_
+#define _V4L2_TPG_H_
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/errno.h>
+#include <linux/random.h>
+#include <linux/slab.h>
+#include <linux/vmalloc.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+struct tpg_rbg_color8 {
+ unsigned char r, g, b;
+};
+
+struct tpg_rbg_color16 {
+ __u16 r, g, b;
+};
+
+enum tpg_color {
+ TPG_COLOR_CSC_WHITE,
+ TPG_COLOR_CSC_YELLOW,
+ TPG_COLOR_CSC_CYAN,
+ TPG_COLOR_CSC_GREEN,
+ TPG_COLOR_CSC_MAGENTA,
+ TPG_COLOR_CSC_RED,
+ TPG_COLOR_CSC_BLUE,
+ TPG_COLOR_CSC_BLACK,
+ TPG_COLOR_75_YELLOW,
+ TPG_COLOR_75_CYAN,
+ TPG_COLOR_75_GREEN,
+ TPG_COLOR_75_MAGENTA,
+ TPG_COLOR_75_RED,
+ TPG_COLOR_75_BLUE,
+ TPG_COLOR_100_WHITE,
+ TPG_COLOR_100_YELLOW,
+ TPG_COLOR_100_CYAN,
+ TPG_COLOR_100_GREEN,
+ TPG_COLOR_100_MAGENTA,
+ TPG_COLOR_100_RED,
+ TPG_COLOR_100_BLUE,
+ TPG_COLOR_100_BLACK,
+ TPG_COLOR_TEXTFG,
+ TPG_COLOR_TEXTBG,
+ TPG_COLOR_RANDOM,
+ TPG_COLOR_RAMP,
+ TPG_COLOR_MAX = TPG_COLOR_RAMP + 256
+};
+
+extern const struct tpg_rbg_color8 tpg_colors[TPG_COLOR_MAX];
+extern const unsigned short tpg_rec709_to_linear[255 * 16 + 1];
+extern const unsigned short tpg_linear_to_rec709[255 * 16 + 1];
+extern const struct tpg_rbg_color16 tpg_csc_colors[V4L2_COLORSPACE_DCI_P3 + 1]
+ [V4L2_XFER_FUNC_SMPTE2084 + 1]
+ [TPG_COLOR_CSC_BLACK + 1];
+enum tpg_pattern {
+ TPG_PAT_75_COLORBAR,
+ TPG_PAT_100_COLORBAR,
+ TPG_PAT_CSC_COLORBAR,
+ TPG_PAT_100_HCOLORBAR,
+ TPG_PAT_100_COLORSQUARES,
+ TPG_PAT_BLACK,
+ TPG_PAT_WHITE,
+ TPG_PAT_RED,
+ TPG_PAT_GREEN,
+ TPG_PAT_BLUE,
+ TPG_PAT_CHECKERS_16X16,
+ TPG_PAT_CHECKERS_2X2,
+ TPG_PAT_CHECKERS_1X1,
+ TPG_PAT_COLOR_CHECKERS_2X2,
+ TPG_PAT_COLOR_CHECKERS_1X1,
+ TPG_PAT_ALTERNATING_HLINES,
+ TPG_PAT_ALTERNATING_VLINES,
+ TPG_PAT_CROSS_1_PIXEL,
+ TPG_PAT_CROSS_2_PIXELS,
+ TPG_PAT_CROSS_10_PIXELS,
+ TPG_PAT_GRAY_RAMP,
+
+ /* Must be the last pattern */
+ TPG_PAT_NOISE,
+};
+
+extern const char * const tpg_pattern_strings[];
+
+enum tpg_quality {
+ TPG_QUAL_COLOR,
+ TPG_QUAL_GRAY,
+ TPG_QUAL_NOISE
+};
+
+enum tpg_video_aspect {
+ TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_IMAGE,
+ TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_4X3,
+ TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_14X9_CENTRE,
+ TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_16X9_CENTRE,
+ TPG_VIDEO_ASPECT_16X9_ANAMORPHIC,
+};
+
+enum tpg_pixel_aspect {
+ TPG_PIXEL_ASPECT_SQUARE,
+ TPG_PIXEL_ASPECT_NTSC,
+ TPG_PIXEL_ASPECT_PAL,
+};
+
+enum tpg_move_mode {
+ TPG_MOVE_NEG_FAST,
+ TPG_MOVE_NEG,
+ TPG_MOVE_NEG_SLOW,
+ TPG_MOVE_NONE,
+ TPG_MOVE_POS_SLOW,
+ TPG_MOVE_POS,
+ TPG_MOVE_POS_FAST,
+};
+
+enum tgp_color_enc {
+ TGP_COLOR_ENC_RGB,
+ TGP_COLOR_ENC_YCBCR,
+ TGP_COLOR_ENC_HSV,
+ TGP_COLOR_ENC_LUMA,
+};
+
+extern const char * const tpg_aspect_strings[];
+
+#define TPG_MAX_PLANES 3
+#define TPG_MAX_PAT_LINES 8
+
+struct tpg_data {
+ /* Source frame size */
+ unsigned src_width, src_height;
+ /* Buffer height */
+ unsigned buf_height;
+ /* Scaled output frame size */
+ unsigned scaled_width;
+ u32 field;
+ bool field_alternate;
+ /* crop coordinates are frame-based */
+ struct v4l2_rect crop;
+ /* compose coordinates are format-based */
+ struct v4l2_rect compose;
+ /* border and square coordinates are frame-based */
+ struct v4l2_rect border;
+ struct v4l2_rect square;
+
+ /* Color-related fields */
+ enum tpg_quality qual;
+ unsigned qual_offset;
+ u8 alpha_component;
+ bool alpha_red_only;
+ u8 brightness;
+ u8 contrast;
+ u8 saturation;
+ s16 hue;
+ u32 fourcc;
+ enum tgp_color_enc color_enc;
+ u32 colorspace;
+ u32 xfer_func;
+ u32 ycbcr_enc;
+ u32 hsv_enc;
+ /*
+ * Stores the actual transfer function, i.e. will never be
+ * V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT.
+ */
+ u32 real_xfer_func;
+ /*
+ * Stores the actual Y'CbCr encoding, i.e. will never be
+ * V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_DEFAULT.
+ */
+ u32 real_hsv_enc;
+ u32 real_ycbcr_enc;
+ u32 quantization;
+ /*
+ * Stores the actual quantization, i.e. will never be
+ * V4L2_QUANTIZATION_DEFAULT.
+ */
+ u32 real_quantization;
+ enum tpg_video_aspect vid_aspect;
+ enum tpg_pixel_aspect pix_aspect;
+ unsigned rgb_range;
+ unsigned real_rgb_range;
+ unsigned buffers;
+ unsigned planes;
+ bool interleaved;
+ u8 vdownsampling[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+ u8 hdownsampling[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+ /*
+ * horizontal positions must be ANDed with this value to enforce
+ * correct boundaries for packed YUYV values.
+ */
+ unsigned hmask[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+ /* Used to store the colors in native format, either RGB or YUV */
+ u8 colors[TPG_COLOR_MAX][3];
+ u8 textfg[TPG_MAX_PLANES][8], textbg[TPG_MAX_PLANES][8];
+ /* size in bytes for two pixels in each plane */
+ unsigned twopixelsize[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+ unsigned bytesperline[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+
+ /* Configuration */
+ enum tpg_pattern pattern;
+ bool hflip;
+ bool vflip;
+ unsigned perc_fill;
+ bool perc_fill_blank;
+ bool show_border;
+ bool show_square;
+ bool insert_sav;
+ bool insert_eav;
+ bool insert_hdmi_video_guard_band;
+
+ /* Test pattern movement */
+ enum tpg_move_mode mv_hor_mode;
+ int mv_hor_count;
+ int mv_hor_step;
+ enum tpg_move_mode mv_vert_mode;
+ int mv_vert_count;
+ int mv_vert_step;
+
+ bool recalc_colors;
+ bool recalc_lines;
+ bool recalc_square_border;
+
+ /* Used to store TPG_MAX_PAT_LINES lines, each with up to two planes */
+ unsigned max_line_width;
+ u8 *lines[TPG_MAX_PAT_LINES][TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+ u8 *downsampled_lines[TPG_MAX_PAT_LINES][TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+ u8 *random_line[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+ u8 *contrast_line[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+ u8 *black_line[TPG_MAX_PLANES];
+};
+
+void tpg_init(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned w, unsigned h);
+int tpg_alloc(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned max_w);
+void tpg_free(struct tpg_data *tpg);
+void tpg_reset_source(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned width, unsigned height,
+ u32 field);
+void tpg_log_status(struct tpg_data *tpg);
+
+void tpg_set_font(const u8 *f);
+void tpg_gen_text(const struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ u8 *basep[TPG_MAX_PLANES][2], int y, int x, const char *text);
+void tpg_calc_text_basep(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ u8 *basep[TPG_MAX_PLANES][2], unsigned p, u8 *vbuf);
+unsigned tpg_g_interleaved_plane(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned buf_line);
+void tpg_fill_plane_buffer(struct tpg_data *tpg, v4l2_std_id std,
+ unsigned p, u8 *vbuf);
+void tpg_fillbuffer(struct tpg_data *tpg, v4l2_std_id std,
+ unsigned p, u8 *vbuf);
+bool tpg_s_fourcc(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 fourcc);
+void tpg_s_crop_compose(struct tpg_data *tpg, const struct v4l2_rect *crop,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *compose);
+const char *tpg_g_color_order(const struct tpg_data *tpg);
+
+static inline void tpg_s_pattern(struct tpg_data *tpg, enum tpg_pattern pattern)
+{
+ if (tpg->pattern == pattern)
+ return;
+ tpg->pattern = pattern;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_quality(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ enum tpg_quality qual, unsigned qual_offset)
+{
+ if (tpg->qual == qual && tpg->qual_offset == qual_offset)
+ return;
+ tpg->qual = qual;
+ tpg->qual_offset = qual_offset;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline enum tpg_quality tpg_g_quality(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->qual;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_alpha_component(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ u8 alpha_component)
+{
+ if (tpg->alpha_component == alpha_component)
+ return;
+ tpg->alpha_component = alpha_component;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_alpha_mode(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ bool red_only)
+{
+ if (tpg->alpha_red_only == red_only)
+ return;
+ tpg->alpha_red_only = red_only;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_brightness(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ u8 brightness)
+{
+ if (tpg->brightness == brightness)
+ return;
+ tpg->brightness = brightness;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_contrast(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ u8 contrast)
+{
+ if (tpg->contrast == contrast)
+ return;
+ tpg->contrast = contrast;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_saturation(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ u8 saturation)
+{
+ if (tpg->saturation == saturation)
+ return;
+ tpg->saturation = saturation;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_hue(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ s16 hue)
+{
+ hue = clamp_t(s16, hue, -128, 128);
+ if (tpg->hue == hue)
+ return;
+ tpg->hue = hue;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_rgb_range(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ unsigned rgb_range)
+{
+ if (tpg->rgb_range == rgb_range)
+ return;
+ tpg->rgb_range = rgb_range;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_real_rgb_range(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ unsigned rgb_range)
+{
+ if (tpg->real_rgb_range == rgb_range)
+ return;
+ tpg->real_rgb_range = rgb_range;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_colorspace(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 colorspace)
+{
+ if (tpg->colorspace == colorspace)
+ return;
+ tpg->colorspace = colorspace;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline u32 tpg_g_colorspace(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->colorspace;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_ycbcr_enc(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 ycbcr_enc)
+{
+ if (tpg->ycbcr_enc == ycbcr_enc)
+ return;
+ tpg->ycbcr_enc = ycbcr_enc;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline u32 tpg_g_ycbcr_enc(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->ycbcr_enc;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_hsv_enc(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 hsv_enc)
+{
+ if (tpg->hsv_enc == hsv_enc)
+ return;
+ tpg->hsv_enc = hsv_enc;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline u32 tpg_g_hsv_enc(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->hsv_enc;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_xfer_func(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 xfer_func)
+{
+ if (tpg->xfer_func == xfer_func)
+ return;
+ tpg->xfer_func = xfer_func;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline u32 tpg_g_xfer_func(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->xfer_func;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_quantization(struct tpg_data *tpg, u32 quantization)
+{
+ if (tpg->quantization == quantization)
+ return;
+ tpg->quantization = quantization;
+ tpg->recalc_colors = true;
+}
+
+static inline u32 tpg_g_quantization(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->quantization;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_g_buffers(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->buffers;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_g_planes(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->interleaved ? 1 : tpg->planes;
+}
+
+static inline bool tpg_g_interleaved(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->interleaved;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_g_twopixelsize(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane)
+{
+ return tpg->twopixelsize[plane];
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_hdiv(const struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ unsigned plane, unsigned x)
+{
+ return ((x / tpg->hdownsampling[plane]) & tpg->hmask[plane]) *
+ tpg->twopixelsize[plane] / 2;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_hscale(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned x)
+{
+ return (x * tpg->scaled_width) / tpg->src_width;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_hscale_div(const struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ unsigned plane, unsigned x)
+{
+ return tpg_hdiv(tpg, plane, tpg_hscale(tpg, x));
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_g_bytesperline(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane)
+{
+ return tpg->bytesperline[plane];
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_bytesperline(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane, unsigned bpl)
+{
+ unsigned p;
+
+ if (tpg->buffers > 1) {
+ tpg->bytesperline[plane] = bpl;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (p = 0; p < tpg_g_planes(tpg); p++) {
+ unsigned plane_w = bpl * tpg->twopixelsize[p] / tpg->twopixelsize[0];
+
+ tpg->bytesperline[p] = plane_w / tpg->hdownsampling[p];
+ }
+ if (tpg_g_interleaved(tpg))
+ tpg->bytesperline[1] = tpg->bytesperline[0];
+}
+
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_g_line_width(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane)
+{
+ unsigned w = 0;
+ unsigned p;
+
+ if (tpg->buffers > 1)
+ return tpg_g_bytesperline(tpg, plane);
+ for (p = 0; p < tpg_g_planes(tpg); p++) {
+ unsigned plane_w = tpg_g_bytesperline(tpg, p);
+
+ w += plane_w / tpg->vdownsampling[p];
+ }
+ return w;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_calc_line_width(const struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ unsigned plane, unsigned bpl)
+{
+ unsigned w = 0;
+ unsigned p;
+
+ if (tpg->buffers > 1)
+ return bpl;
+ for (p = 0; p < tpg_g_planes(tpg); p++) {
+ unsigned plane_w = bpl * tpg->twopixelsize[p] / tpg->twopixelsize[0];
+
+ plane_w /= tpg->hdownsampling[p];
+ w += plane_w / tpg->vdownsampling[p];
+ }
+ return w;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_calc_plane_size(const struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned plane)
+{
+ if (plane >= tpg_g_planes(tpg))
+ return 0;
+
+ return tpg_g_bytesperline(tpg, plane) * tpg->buf_height /
+ tpg->vdownsampling[plane];
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_buf_height(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned h)
+{
+ tpg->buf_height = h;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_field(struct tpg_data *tpg, unsigned field, bool alternate)
+{
+ tpg->field = field;
+ tpg->field_alternate = alternate;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_perc_fill(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ unsigned perc_fill)
+{
+ tpg->perc_fill = perc_fill;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned tpg_g_perc_fill(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->perc_fill;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_perc_fill_blank(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ bool perc_fill_blank)
+{
+ tpg->perc_fill_blank = perc_fill_blank;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_video_aspect(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ enum tpg_video_aspect vid_aspect)
+{
+ if (tpg->vid_aspect == vid_aspect)
+ return;
+ tpg->vid_aspect = vid_aspect;
+ tpg->recalc_square_border = true;
+}
+
+static inline enum tpg_video_aspect tpg_g_video_aspect(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->vid_aspect;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_pixel_aspect(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ enum tpg_pixel_aspect pix_aspect)
+{
+ if (tpg->pix_aspect == pix_aspect)
+ return;
+ tpg->pix_aspect = pix_aspect;
+ tpg->recalc_square_border = true;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_show_border(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ bool show_border)
+{
+ tpg->show_border = show_border;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_show_square(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ bool show_square)
+{
+ tpg->show_square = show_square;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_insert_sav(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool insert_sav)
+{
+ tpg->insert_sav = insert_sav;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_insert_eav(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool insert_eav)
+{
+ tpg->insert_eav = insert_eav;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This inserts 4 pixels of the RGB color 0xab55ab at the left hand side of the
+ * image. This is only done for 3 or 4 byte RGB pixel formats. This pixel value
+ * equals the Video Guard Band value as defined by HDMI (see section 5.2.2.1
+ * in the HDMI 1.3 Specification) that preceeds the first actual pixel. If the
+ * HDMI receiver doesn't handle this correctly, then it might keep skipping
+ * these Video Guard Band patterns and end up with a shorter video line. So this
+ * is a nice pattern to test with.
+ */
+static inline void tpg_s_insert_hdmi_video_guard_band(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ bool insert_hdmi_video_guard_band)
+{
+ tpg->insert_hdmi_video_guard_band = insert_hdmi_video_guard_band;
+}
+
+void tpg_update_mv_step(struct tpg_data *tpg);
+
+static inline void tpg_s_mv_hor_mode(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ enum tpg_move_mode mv_hor_mode)
+{
+ tpg->mv_hor_mode = mv_hor_mode;
+ tpg_update_mv_step(tpg);
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_mv_vert_mode(struct tpg_data *tpg,
+ enum tpg_move_mode mv_vert_mode)
+{
+ tpg->mv_vert_mode = mv_vert_mode;
+ tpg_update_mv_step(tpg);
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_init_mv_count(struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ tpg->mv_hor_count = tpg->mv_vert_count = 0;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_update_mv_count(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool frame_is_field)
+{
+ tpg->mv_hor_count += tpg->mv_hor_step * (frame_is_field ? 1 : 2);
+ tpg->mv_vert_count += tpg->mv_vert_step * (frame_is_field ? 1 : 2);
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_hflip(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool hflip)
+{
+ if (tpg->hflip == hflip)
+ return;
+ tpg->hflip = hflip;
+ tpg_update_mv_step(tpg);
+ tpg->recalc_lines = true;
+}
+
+static inline bool tpg_g_hflip(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->hflip;
+}
+
+static inline void tpg_s_vflip(struct tpg_data *tpg, bool vflip)
+{
+ tpg->vflip = vflip;
+}
+
+static inline bool tpg_g_vflip(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->vflip;
+}
+
+static inline bool tpg_pattern_is_static(const struct tpg_data *tpg)
+{
+ return tpg->pattern != TPG_PAT_NOISE &&
+ tpg->mv_hor_mode == TPG_MOVE_NONE &&
+ tpg->mv_vert_mode == TPG_MOVE_NONE;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/tuner-types.h b/include/media/tuner-types.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df76ac8e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/tuner-types.h
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/*
+ * descriptions for simple tuners.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TUNER_TYPES_H__
+#define __TUNER_TYPES_H__
+
+/**
+ * enum param_type - type of the tuner pameters
+ *
+ * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_RADIO: Tuner params are for FM and/or AM radio
+ * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_PAL: Tuner params are for PAL color TV standard
+ * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_SECAM: Tuner params are for SECAM color TV standard
+ * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_NTSC: Tuner params are for NTSC color TV standard
+ * @TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_DIGITAL: Tuner params are for digital TV
+ */
+enum param_type {
+ TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_RADIO,
+ TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_PAL,
+ TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_SECAM,
+ TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_NTSC,
+ TUNER_PARAM_TYPE_DIGITAL,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tuner_range - define the frequencies supported by the tuner
+ *
+ * @limit: Max frequency supported by that range, in 62.5 kHz
+ * (TV) or 62.5 Hz (Radio), as defined by
+ * V4L2_TUNER_CAP_LOW.
+ * @config: Value of the band switch byte (BB) to setup this mode.
+ * @cb: Value of the CB byte to setup this mode.
+ *
+ * Please notice that digital tuners like xc3028/xc4000/xc5000 don't use
+ * those ranges, as they're defined inside the driver. This is used by
+ * analog tuners that are compatible with the "Philips way" to setup the
+ * tuners. On those devices, the tuner set is done via 4 bytes:
+ *
+ * #) divider byte1 (DB1)
+ * #) divider byte 2 (DB2)
+ * #) Control byte (CB)
+ * #) band switch byte (BB)
+ *
+ * Some tuners also have an additional optional Auxiliary byte (AB).
+ */
+struct tuner_range {
+ unsigned short limit;
+ unsigned char config;
+ unsigned char cb;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tuner_params - Parameters to be used to setup the tuner. Those
+ * are used by drivers/media/tuners/tuner-types.c in
+ * order to specify the tuner properties. Most of
+ * the parameters are for tuners based on tda9887 IF-PLL
+ * multi-standard analog TV/Radio demodulator, with is
+ * very common on legacy analog tuners.
+ *
+ * @type: Type of the tuner parameters, as defined at
+ * enum param_type. If the tuner supports multiple
+ * standards, an array should be used, with one
+ * row per different standard.
+ * @cb_first_if_lower_freq: Many Philips-based tuners have a comment in
+ * their datasheet like
+ * "For channel selection involving band
+ * switching, and to ensure smooth tuning to the
+ * desired channel without causing unnecessary
+ * charge pump action, it is recommended to
+ * consider the difference between wanted channel
+ * frequency and the current channel frequency.
+ * Unnecessary charge pump action will result
+ * in very low tuning voltage which may drive the
+ * oscillator to extreme conditions".
+ * Set cb_first_if_lower_freq to 1, if this check
+ * is required for this tuner. I tested this for
+ * PAL by first setting the TV frequency to
+ * 203 MHz and then switching to 96.6 MHz FM
+ * radio. The result was static unless the
+ * control byte was sent first.
+ * @has_tda9887: Set to 1 if this tuner uses a tda9887
+ * @port1_fm_high_sensitivity: Many Philips tuners use tda9887 PORT1 to select
+ * the FM radio sensitivity. If this setting is 1,
+ * then set PORT1 to 1 to get proper FM reception.
+ * @port2_fm_high_sensitivity: Some Philips tuners use tda9887 PORT2 to select
+ * the FM radio sensitivity. If this setting is 1,
+ * then set PORT2 to 1 to get proper FM reception.
+ * @fm_gain_normal: Some Philips tuners use tda9887 cGainNormal to
+ * select the FM radio sensitivity. If this
+ * setting is 1, e register will use cGainNormal
+ * instead of cGainLow.
+ * @intercarrier_mode: Most tuners with a tda9887 use QSS mode.
+ * Some (cheaper) tuners use Intercarrier mode.
+ * If this setting is 1, then the tuner needs to
+ * be set to intercarrier mode.
+ * @port1_active: This setting sets the default value for PORT1.
+ * 0 means inactive, 1 means active. Note: the
+ * actual bit value written to the tda9887 is
+ * inverted. So a 0 here means a 1 in the B6 bit.
+ * @port2_active: This setting sets the default value for PORT2.
+ * 0 means inactive, 1 means active. Note: the
+ * actual bit value written to the tda9887 is
+ * inverted. So a 0 here means a 1 in the B7 bit.
+ * @port1_invert_for_secam_lc: Sometimes PORT1 is inverted when the SECAM-L'
+ * standard is selected. Set this bit to 1 if this
+ * is needed.
+ * @port2_invert_for_secam_lc: Sometimes PORT2 is inverted when the SECAM-L'
+ * standard is selected. Set this bit to 1 if this
+ * is needed.
+ * @port1_set_for_fm_mono: Some cards require PORT1 to be 1 for mono Radio
+ * FM and 0 for stereo.
+ * @default_pll_gating_18: Select 18% (or according to datasheet 0%)
+ * L standard PLL gating, vs the driver default
+ * of 36%.
+ * @radio_if: IF to use in radio mode. Tuners with a
+ * separate radio IF filter seem to use 10.7,
+ * while those without use 33.3 for PAL/SECAM
+ * tuners and 41.3 for NTSC tuners.
+ * 0 = 10.7, 1 = 33.3, 2 = 41.3
+ * @default_top_low: Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for the low
+ * band. Default is 0. Range: -16:+15
+ * @default_top_mid: Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for the mid
+ * band. Default is 0. Range: -16:+15
+ * @default_top_high: Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for the high
+ * band. Default is 0. Range: -16:+15
+ * @default_top_secam_low: Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for SECAM-L/L'
+ * for the low band. Default is 0. Several tuners
+ * require a different TOP value for the
+ * SECAM-L/L' standards. Range: -16:+15
+ * @default_top_secam_mid: Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for SECAM-L/L'
+ * for the mid band. Default is 0. Several tuners
+ * require a different TOP value for the
+ * SECAM-L/L' standards. Range: -16:+15
+ * @default_top_secam_high: Default tda9887 TOP value in dB for SECAM-L/L'
+ * for the high band. Default is 0. Several tuners
+ * require a different TOP value for the
+ * SECAM-L/L' standards. Range: -16:+15
+ * @iffreq: Intermediate frequency (IF) used by the tuner
+ * on digital mode.
+ * @count: Size of the ranges array.
+ * @ranges: Array with the frequency ranges supported by
+ * the tuner.
+ */
+struct tuner_params {
+ enum param_type type;
+
+ unsigned int cb_first_if_lower_freq:1;
+ unsigned int has_tda9887:1;
+ unsigned int port1_fm_high_sensitivity:1;
+ unsigned int port2_fm_high_sensitivity:1;
+ unsigned int fm_gain_normal:1;
+ unsigned int intercarrier_mode:1;
+ unsigned int port1_active:1;
+ unsigned int port2_active:1;
+ unsigned int port1_invert_for_secam_lc:1;
+ unsigned int port2_invert_for_secam_lc:1;
+ unsigned int port1_set_for_fm_mono:1;
+ unsigned int default_pll_gating_18:1;
+ unsigned int radio_if:2;
+ signed int default_top_low:5;
+ signed int default_top_mid:5;
+ signed int default_top_high:5;
+ signed int default_top_secam_low:5;
+ signed int default_top_secam_mid:5;
+ signed int default_top_secam_high:5;
+
+ u16 iffreq;
+
+ unsigned int count;
+ struct tuner_range *ranges;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tunertype - describes the known tuners.
+ *
+ * @name: string with the tuner's name.
+ * @count: size of &struct tuner_params array.
+ * @params: pointer to &struct tuner_params array.
+ *
+ * @min: minimal tuner frequency, in 62.5 kHz step.
+ * should be multiplied to 16 to convert to MHz.
+ * @max: minimal tuner frequency, in 62.5 kHz step.
+ * Should be multiplied to 16 to convert to MHz.
+ * @stepsize: frequency step, in Hz.
+ * @initdata: optional byte sequence to initialize the tuner.
+ * @sleepdata: optional byte sequence to power down the tuner.
+ */
+struct tunertype {
+ char *name;
+ unsigned int count;
+ struct tuner_params *params;
+
+ u16 min;
+ u16 max;
+ u32 stepsize;
+
+ u8 *initdata;
+ u8 *sleepdata;
+};
+
+extern struct tunertype tuners[];
+extern unsigned const int tuner_count;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/tuner.h b/include/media/tuner.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7796e0a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/tuner.h
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * tuner.h - definition for different tuners
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 1997 Markus Schroeder (schroedm@uni-duesseldorf.de)
+ * minor modifications by Ralph Metzler (rjkm@thp.uni-koeln.de)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TUNER_H
+#define _TUNER_H
+#ifdef __KERNEL__
+
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-mc.h>
+
+#define ADDR_UNSET (255)
+
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_PAL 0 /* 4002 FH5 (3X 7756, 9483) */
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_PAL_I 1
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_NTSC 2
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_SECAM 3 /* you must actively select B/G, L, L` */
+
+#define TUNER_ABSENT 4
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_PAL 5
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_NTSC 6 /* 4032 FY5 (3X 7004, 9498, 9789) */
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_PAL_I 7 /* 4062 FY5 (3X 8501, 9957) */
+
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4036FY5_NTSC 8 /* 4036 FY5 (3X 1223, 1981, 7686) */
+#define TUNER_ALPS_TSBH1_NTSC 9
+#define TUNER_ALPS_TSBE1_PAL 10
+#define TUNER_ALPS_TSBB5_PAL_I 11
+
+#define TUNER_ALPS_TSBE5_PAL 12
+#define TUNER_ALPS_TSBC5_PAL 13
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4006FH5_PAL 14 /* 4006 FH5 (3X 9500, 9501, 7291) */
+#define TUNER_ALPS_TSHC6_NTSC 15
+
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_PAL_DK 16 /* 4016 FY5 (3X 1392, 1393) */
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_NTSC_M 17
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4066FY5_PAL_I 18 /* 4066 FY5 (3X 7032, 7035) */
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4006FN5_MULTI_PAL 19 /* B/G, I and D/K autodetected (3X 7595, 7606, 7657) */
+
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4009FR5_PAL 20 /* incl. FM radio (3X 7607, 7488, 7711) */
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4039FR5_NTSC 21 /* incl. FM radio (3X 7246, 7578, 7732) */
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4046FM5 22 /* you must actively select B/G, D/K, I, L, L` ! (3X 7804, 7806, 8103, 8104) */
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_PAL_DK 23
+
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1216ME 24 /* you must actively select B/G/D/K, I, L, L` */
+#define TUNER_LG_PAL_I_FM 25
+#define TUNER_LG_PAL_I 26
+#define TUNER_LG_NTSC_FM 27
+
+#define TUNER_LG_PAL_FM 28
+#define TUNER_LG_PAL 29
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4009FN5_MULTI_PAL_FM 30 /* B/G, I and D/K autodetected (3X 8155, 8160, 8163) */
+#define TUNER_SHARP_2U5JF5540_NTSC 31
+
+#define TUNER_Samsung_PAL_TCPM9091PD27 32
+#define TUNER_MT2032 33
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4106FH5 34 /* 4106 FH5 (3X 7808, 7865) */
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4012FY5 35 /* 4012 FY5 (3X 0971, 1099) */
+
+#define TUNER_TEMIC_4136FY5 36 /* 4136 FY5 (3X 7708, 7746) */
+#define TUNER_LG_PAL_NEW_TAPC 37
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FM1216ME_MK3 38
+#define TUNER_LG_NTSC_NEW_TAPC 39
+
+#define TUNER_HITACHI_NTSC 40
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_PAL_MK 41
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FCV1236D 42
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FM1236_MK3 43
+
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_4IN1 44 /* ATI TV Wonder Pro - Conexant */
+ /*
+ * Microtune merged with Temic 12/31/1999 partially financed by Alps.
+ * these may be similar to Temic
+ */
+#define TUNER_MICROTUNE_4049FM5 45
+#define TUNER_PANASONIC_VP27 46
+#define TUNER_LG_NTSC_TAPE 47
+
+#define TUNER_TNF_8831BGFF 48
+#define TUNER_MICROTUNE_4042FI5 49 /* DViCO FusionHDTV 3 Gold-Q - 4042 FI5 (3X 8147) */
+#define TUNER_TCL_2002N 50
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FM1256_IH3 51
+
+#define TUNER_THOMSON_DTT7610 52
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1286 53
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_TDA8290 54
+#define TUNER_TCL_2002MB 55 /* Hauppauge PVR-150 PAL */
+
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1216AME_MK4 56 /* Hauppauge PVR-150 PAL */
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1236A_MK4 57 /* Hauppauge PVR-500MCE NTSC */
+#define TUNER_YMEC_TVF_8531MF 58
+#define TUNER_YMEC_TVF_5533MF 59 /* Pixelview Pro Ultra NTSC */
+
+#define TUNER_THOMSON_DTT761X 60 /* DTT 7611 7611A 7612 7613 7613A 7614 7615 7615A */
+#define TUNER_TENA_9533_DI 61
+#define TUNER_TEA5767 62 /* Only FM Radio Tuner */
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FMD1216ME_MK3 63
+
+#define TUNER_LG_TDVS_H06XF 64 /* TDVS H061F, H062F, H064F */
+#define TUNER_YMEC_TVF66T5_B_DFF 65 /* Acorp Y878F */
+#define TUNER_LG_TALN 66
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_TD1316 67
+
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_TUV1236D 68 /* ATI HDTV Wonder */
+#define TUNER_TNF_5335MF 69 /* Sabrent Bt848 */
+#define TUNER_SAMSUNG_TCPN_2121P30A 70 /* Hauppauge PVR-500MCE NTSC */
+#define TUNER_XC2028 71
+
+#define TUNER_THOMSON_FE6600 72 /* DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T Hybrid */
+#define TUNER_SAMSUNG_TCPG_6121P30A 73 /* Hauppauge PVR-500 PAL */
+#define TUNER_TDA9887 74 /* This tuner should be used only internally */
+#define TUNER_TEA5761 75 /* Only FM Radio Tuner */
+#define TUNER_XC5000 76 /* Xceive Silicon Tuner */
+#define TUNER_TCL_MF02GIP_5N 77 /* TCL MF02GIP_5N */
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FMD1216MEX_MK3 78
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FM1216MK5 79
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1216LME_MK3 80 /* Active loopthrough, no FM */
+
+#define TUNER_PARTSNIC_PTI_5NF05 81
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_CU1216L 82
+#define TUNER_NXP_TDA18271 83
+#define TUNER_SONY_BTF_PXN01Z 84
+#define TUNER_PHILIPS_FQ1236_MK5 85 /* NTSC, TDA9885, no FM radio */
+#define TUNER_TENA_TNF_5337 86
+
+#define TUNER_XC4000 87 /* Xceive Silicon Tuner */
+#define TUNER_XC5000C 88 /* Xceive Silicon Tuner */
+
+#define TUNER_SONY_BTF_PG472Z 89 /* PAL+SECAM */
+#define TUNER_SONY_BTF_PK467Z 90 /* NTSC_JP */
+#define TUNER_SONY_BTF_PB463Z 91 /* NTSC */
+#define TUNER_SI2157 92
+
+/* tv card specific */
+#define TDA9887_PRESENT (1<<0)
+#define TDA9887_PORT1_INACTIVE (1<<1)
+#define TDA9887_PORT2_INACTIVE (1<<2)
+#define TDA9887_QSS (1<<3)
+#define TDA9887_INTERCARRIER (1<<4)
+#define TDA9887_PORT1_ACTIVE (1<<5)
+#define TDA9887_PORT2_ACTIVE (1<<6)
+#define TDA9887_INTERCARRIER_NTSC (1<<7)
+/* Tuner takeover point adjustment, in dB, -16 <= top <= 15 */
+#define TDA9887_TOP_MASK (0x3f << 8)
+#define TDA9887_TOP_SET (1 << 13)
+#define TDA9887_TOP(top) (TDA9887_TOP_SET | \
+ (((16 + (top)) & 0x1f) << 8))
+
+/* config options */
+#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_MASK (3<<16)
+#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_NONE (1<<16)
+#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_50 (2<<16)
+#define TDA9887_DEEMPHASIS_75 (3<<16)
+#define TDA9887_AUTOMUTE (1<<18)
+#define TDA9887_GATING_18 (1<<19)
+#define TDA9887_GAIN_NORMAL (1<<20)
+#define TDA9887_RIF_41_3 (1<<21) /* radio IF1 41.3 vs 33.3 */
+
+/**
+ * enum tuner_mode - Mode of the tuner
+ *
+ * @T_RADIO: Tuner core will work in radio mode
+ * @T_ANALOG_TV: Tuner core will work in analog TV mode
+ *
+ * Older boards only had a single tuner device, but some devices have a
+ * separate tuner for radio. In any case, the tuner-core needs to know if
+ * the tuner chip(s) will be used in radio mode or analog TV mode, as, on
+ * radio mode, frequencies are specified on a different range than on TV
+ * mode. This enum is used by the tuner core in order to work with the
+ * proper tuner range and eventually use a different tuner chip while in
+ * radio mode.
+ */
+enum tuner_mode {
+ T_RADIO = 1 << V4L2_TUNER_RADIO,
+ T_ANALOG_TV = 1 << V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV,
+ /* Don't map V4L2_TUNER_DIGITAL_TV, as tuner-core won't use it */
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tuner_setup - setup the tuner chipsets
+ *
+ * @addr: I2C address used to control the tuner device/chipset
+ * @type: Type of the tuner, as defined at the TUNER_* macros.
+ * Each different tuner model should have an unique
+ * identifier.
+ * @mode_mask: Mask with the allowed tuner modes: V4L2_TUNER_RADIO,
+ * V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV and/or V4L2_TUNER_DIGITAL_TV,
+ * describing if the tuner should be used to support
+ * Radio, analog TV and/or digital TV.
+ * @config: Used to send tuner-specific configuration for complex
+ * tuners that require extra parameters to be set.
+ * Only a very few tuners require it and its usage on
+ * newer tuners should be avoided.
+ * @tuner_callback: Some tuners require to call back the bridge driver,
+ * in order to do some tasks like rising a GPIO at the
+ * bridge chipset, in order to do things like resetting
+ * the device.
+ *
+ * Older boards only had a single tuner device. Nowadays multiple tuner
+ * devices may be present on a single board. Using TUNER_SET_TYPE_ADDR
+ * to pass the tuner_setup structure it is possible to setup each tuner
+ * device in turn.
+ *
+ * Since multiple devices may be present it is no longer sufficient to
+ * send a command to a single i2c device. Instead you should broadcast
+ * the command to all i2c devices.
+ *
+ * By setting the mode_mask correctly you can select which commands are
+ * accepted by a specific tuner device. For example, set mode_mask to
+ * T_RADIO if the device is a radio-only tuner. That specific tuner will
+ * only accept commands when the tuner is in radio mode and ignore them
+ * when the tuner is set to TV mode.
+ */
+
+struct tuner_setup {
+ unsigned short addr;
+ unsigned int type;
+ unsigned int mode_mask;
+ void *config;
+ int (*tuner_callback)(void *dev, int component, int cmd, int arg);
+};
+
+#endif /* __KERNEL__ */
+
+#endif /* _TUNER_H */
diff --git a/include/media/tveeprom.h b/include/media/tveeprom.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b56eaee82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/tveeprom.h
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+
+/*
+ * tveeprom - Contains structures and functions to work with Hauppauge
+ * eeproms.
+ */
+
+#include <linux/if_ether.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum tveeprom_audio_processor - Specifies the type of audio processor
+ * used on a Hauppauge device.
+ *
+ * @TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_NONE: No audio processor present
+ * @TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_INTERNAL: The audio processor is internal to the
+ * video processor
+ * @TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_MSP: The audio processor is a MSPXXXX device
+ * @TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_OTHER: The audio processor is another device
+ */
+enum tveeprom_audio_processor {
+ TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_NONE,
+ TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_INTERNAL,
+ TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_MSP,
+ TVEEPROM_AUDPROC_OTHER,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct tveeprom - Contains the fields parsed from Hauppauge eeproms
+ *
+ * @has_radio: 1 if the device has radio; 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * @has_ir: If has_ir == 0, then it is unknown what the IR
+ * capabilities are. Otherwise:
+ * bit 0) 1 (= IR capabilities are known);
+ * bit 1) IR receiver present;
+ * bit 2) IR transmitter (blaster) present.
+ *
+ * @has_MAC_address: 0: no MAC, 1: MAC present, 2: unknown.
+ * @tuner_type: type of the tuner (TUNER_*, as defined at
+ * include/media/tuner.h).
+ *
+ * @tuner_formats: Supported analog TV standards (V4L2_STD_*).
+ * @tuner_hauppauge_model: Hauppauge's code for the device model number.
+ * @tuner2_type: type of the second tuner (TUNER_*, as defined
+ * at include/media/tuner.h).
+ *
+ * @tuner2_formats: Tuner 2 supported analog TV standards
+ * (V4L2_STD_*).
+ *
+ * @tuner2_hauppauge_model: tuner 2 Hauppauge's code for the device model
+ * number.
+ *
+ * @audio_processor: analog audio decoder, as defined by enum
+ * tveeprom_audio_processor.
+ *
+ * @decoder_processor: Hauppauge's code for the decoder chipset.
+ * Unused by the drivers, as they probe the
+ * decoder based on the PCI or USB ID.
+ *
+ * @model: Hauppauge's model number
+ *
+ * @revision: Card revision number
+ *
+ * @serial_number: Card's serial number
+ *
+ * @rev_str: Card revision converted to number
+ *
+ * @MAC_address: MAC address for the network interface
+ */
+struct tveeprom {
+ u32 has_radio;
+ u32 has_ir;
+ u32 has_MAC_address;
+
+ u32 tuner_type;
+ u32 tuner_formats;
+ u32 tuner_hauppauge_model;
+
+ u32 tuner2_type;
+ u32 tuner2_formats;
+ u32 tuner2_hauppauge_model;
+
+ u32 audio_processor;
+ u32 decoder_processor;
+
+ u32 model;
+ u32 revision;
+ u32 serial_number;
+ char rev_str[5];
+ u8 MAC_address[ETH_ALEN];
+};
+
+/**
+ * tveeprom_hauppauge_analog - Fill struct tveeprom using the contents
+ * of the eeprom previously filled at
+ * @eeprom_data field.
+ *
+ * @tvee: Struct to where the eeprom parsed data will be filled;
+ * @eeprom_data: Array with the contents of the eeprom_data. It should
+ * contain 256 bytes filled with the contents of the
+ * eeprom read from the Hauppauge device.
+ */
+void tveeprom_hauppauge_analog(struct tveeprom *tvee,
+ unsigned char *eeprom_data);
+
+/**
+ * tveeprom_read - Reads the contents of the eeprom found at the Hauppauge
+ * devices.
+ *
+ * @c: I2C client struct
+ * @eedata: Array where the eeprom content will be stored.
+ * @len: Size of @eedata array. If the eeprom content will be latter
+ * be parsed by tveeprom_hauppauge_analog(), len should be, at
+ * least, 256.
+ */
+int tveeprom_read(struct i2c_client *c, unsigned char *eedata, int len);
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-async.h b/include/media/v4l2-async.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25eb1d138
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-async.h
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * V4L2 asynchronous subdevice registration API
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012-2013, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
+ */
+
+#ifndef V4L2_ASYNC_H
+#define V4L2_ASYNC_H
+
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+
+struct dentry;
+struct device;
+struct device_node;
+struct v4l2_device;
+struct v4l2_subdev;
+struct v4l2_async_notifier;
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_async_match_type - type of asynchronous subdevice logic to be used
+ * in order to identify a match
+ *
+ * @V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_I2C: Match will check for I2C adapter ID and address
+ * @V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_FWNODE: Match will use firmware node
+ *
+ * This enum is used by the asynchronous sub-device logic to define the
+ * algorithm that will be used to match an asynchronous device.
+ */
+enum v4l2_async_match_type {
+ V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_I2C,
+ V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_FWNODE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_async_subdev - sub-device descriptor, as known to a bridge
+ *
+ * @match_type: type of match that will be used
+ * @match: union of per-bus type matching data sets
+ * @match.fwnode:
+ * pointer to &struct fwnode_handle to be matched.
+ * Used if @match_type is %V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_FWNODE.
+ * @match.i2c: embedded struct with I2C parameters to be matched.
+ * Both @match.i2c.adapter_id and @match.i2c.address
+ * should be matched.
+ * Used if @match_type is %V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_I2C.
+ * @match.i2c.adapter_id:
+ * I2C adapter ID to be matched.
+ * Used if @match_type is %V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_I2C.
+ * @match.i2c.address:
+ * I2C address to be matched.
+ * Used if @match_type is %V4L2_ASYNC_MATCH_I2C.
+ * @asd_list: used to add struct v4l2_async_subdev objects to the
+ * master notifier @asd_list
+ * @list: used to link struct v4l2_async_subdev objects, waiting to be
+ * probed, to a notifier->waiting list
+ *
+ * When this struct is used as a member in a driver specific struct,
+ * the driver specific struct shall contain the &struct
+ * v4l2_async_subdev as its first member.
+ */
+struct v4l2_async_subdev {
+ enum v4l2_async_match_type match_type;
+ union {
+ struct fwnode_handle *fwnode;
+ struct {
+ int adapter_id;
+ unsigned short address;
+ } i2c;
+ } match;
+
+ /* v4l2-async core private: not to be used by drivers */
+ struct list_head list;
+ struct list_head asd_list;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_async_notifier_operations - Asynchronous V4L2 notifier operations
+ * @bound: a subdevice driver has successfully probed one of the subdevices
+ * @complete: All subdevices have been probed successfully. The complete
+ * callback is only executed for the root notifier.
+ * @unbind: a subdevice is leaving
+ * @destroy: the asd is about to be freed
+ */
+struct v4l2_async_notifier_operations {
+ int (*bound)(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier,
+ struct v4l2_subdev *subdev,
+ struct v4l2_async_subdev *asd);
+ int (*complete)(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier);
+ void (*unbind)(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier,
+ struct v4l2_subdev *subdev,
+ struct v4l2_async_subdev *asd);
+ void (*destroy)(struct v4l2_async_subdev *asd);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_async_notifier - v4l2_device notifier data
+ *
+ * @ops: notifier operations
+ * @v4l2_dev: v4l2_device of the root notifier, NULL otherwise
+ * @sd: sub-device that registered the notifier, NULL otherwise
+ * @parent: parent notifier
+ * @asd_list: master list of struct v4l2_async_subdev
+ * @waiting: list of struct v4l2_async_subdev, waiting for their drivers
+ * @done: list of struct v4l2_subdev, already probed
+ * @list: member in a global list of notifiers
+ */
+struct v4l2_async_notifier {
+ const struct v4l2_async_notifier_operations *ops;
+ struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev;
+ struct v4l2_subdev *sd;
+ struct v4l2_async_notifier *parent;
+ struct list_head asd_list;
+ struct list_head waiting;
+ struct list_head done;
+ struct list_head list;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_debug_init - Initialize debugging tools.
+ *
+ * @debugfs_dir: pointer to the parent debugfs &struct dentry
+ */
+void v4l2_async_debug_init(struct dentry *debugfs_dir);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_init - Initialize a notifier.
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ *
+ * This function initializes the notifier @asd_list. It must be called
+ * before adding a subdevice to a notifier, using one of:
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(),
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(),
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(),
+ * __v4l2_async_nf_add_subdev() or
+ * v4l2_async_nf_parse_fwnode_endpoints().
+ */
+void v4l2_async_nf_init(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_async_nf_add_subdev - Add an async subdev to the
+ * notifier's master asd list.
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ * @asd: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_subdev
+ *
+ * \warning: Drivers should avoid using this function and instead use one of:
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(),
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote() or
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c().
+ *
+ * Call this function before registering a notifier to link the provided @asd to
+ * the notifiers master @asd_list. The @asd must be allocated with k*alloc() as
+ * it will be freed by the framework when the notifier is destroyed.
+ */
+int __v4l2_async_nf_add_subdev(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier,
+ struct v4l2_async_subdev *asd);
+
+struct v4l2_async_subdev *
+__v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier,
+ struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+ unsigned int asd_struct_size);
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode - Allocate and add a fwnode async
+ * subdev to the notifier's master asd_list.
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ * @fwnode: fwnode handle of the sub-device to be matched, pointer to
+ * &struct fwnode_handle
+ * @type: Type of the driver's async sub-device struct. The &struct
+ * v4l2_async_subdev shall be the first member of the driver's async
+ * sub-device struct, i.e. both begin at the same memory address.
+ *
+ * Allocate a fwnode-matched asd of size asd_struct_size, and add it to the
+ * notifiers @asd_list. The function also gets a reference of the fwnode which
+ * is released later at notifier cleanup time.
+ */
+#define v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(notifier, fwnode, type) \
+ ((type *)__v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(notifier, fwnode, sizeof(type)))
+
+struct v4l2_async_subdev *
+__v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notif,
+ struct fwnode_handle *endpoint,
+ unsigned int asd_struct_size);
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote - Allocate and add a fwnode
+ * remote async subdev to the
+ * notifier's master asd_list.
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ * @ep: local endpoint pointing to the remote sub-device to be matched,
+ * pointer to &struct fwnode_handle
+ * @type: Type of the driver's async sub-device struct. The &struct
+ * v4l2_async_subdev shall be the first member of the driver's async
+ * sub-device struct, i.e. both begin at the same memory address.
+ *
+ * Gets the remote endpoint of a given local endpoint, set it up for fwnode
+ * matching and adds the async sub-device to the notifier's @asd_list. The
+ * function also gets a reference of the fwnode which is released later at
+ * notifier cleanup time.
+ *
+ * This is just like v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(), but with the
+ * exception that the fwnode refers to a local endpoint, not the remote one.
+ */
+#define v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(notifier, ep, type) \
+ ((type *)__v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(notifier, ep, sizeof(type)))
+
+struct v4l2_async_subdev *
+__v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier,
+ int adapter_id, unsigned short address,
+ unsigned int asd_struct_size);
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c - Allocate and add an i2c async
+ * subdev to the notifier's master asd_list.
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ * @adapter: I2C adapter ID to be matched
+ * @address: I2C address of sub-device to be matched
+ * @type: Type of the driver's async sub-device struct. The &struct
+ * v4l2_async_subdev shall be the first member of the driver's async
+ * sub-device struct, i.e. both begin at the same memory address.
+ *
+ * Same as v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode() but for I2C matched
+ * sub-devices.
+ */
+#define v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(notifier, adapter, address, type) \
+ ((type *)__v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(notifier, adapter, address, \
+ sizeof(type)))
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_register - registers a subdevice asynchronous notifier
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ */
+int v4l2_async_nf_register(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+ struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_subdev_nf_register - registers a subdevice asynchronous
+ * notifier for a sub-device
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ */
+int v4l2_async_subdev_nf_register(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_unregister - unregisters a subdevice
+ * asynchronous notifier
+ *
+ * @notifier: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_notifier
+ */
+void v4l2_async_nf_unregister(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_cleanup - clean up notifier resources
+ * @notifier: the notifier the resources of which are to be cleaned up
+ *
+ * Release memory resources related to a notifier, including the async
+ * sub-devices allocated for the purposes of the notifier but not the notifier
+ * itself. The user is responsible for calling this function to clean up the
+ * notifier after calling
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode_remote(),
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_fwnode(),
+ * v4l2_async_nf_add_i2c(),
+ * __v4l2_async_nf_add_subdev() or
+ * v4l2_async_nf_parse_fwnode_endpoints().
+ *
+ * There is no harm from calling v4l2_async_nf_cleanup() in other
+ * cases as long as its memory has been zeroed after it has been
+ * allocated.
+ */
+void v4l2_async_nf_cleanup(struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_register_subdev - registers a sub-device to the asynchronous
+ * subdevice framework
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ */
+int v4l2_async_register_subdev(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_register_subdev_sensor - registers a sensor sub-device to the
+ * asynchronous sub-device framework and
+ * parse set up common sensor related
+ * devices
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to struct &v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * This function is just like v4l2_async_register_subdev() with the exception
+ * that calling it will also parse firmware interfaces for remote references
+ * using v4l2_async_nf_parse_fwnode_sensor() and registers the
+ * async sub-devices. The sub-device is similarly unregistered by calling
+ * v4l2_async_unregister_subdev().
+ *
+ * While registered, the subdev module is marked as in-use.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if the module is no longer loaded on any attempts
+ * to register it.
+ */
+int __must_check
+v4l2_async_register_subdev_sensor(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_unregister_subdev - unregisters a sub-device to the asynchronous
+ * subdevice framework
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ */
+void v4l2_async_unregister_subdev(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-common.h b/include/media/v4l2-common.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1bdaea248
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,597 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ v4l2 common internal API header
+
+ This header contains internal shared ioctl definitions for use by the
+ internal low-level v4l2 drivers.
+ Each ioctl begins with VIDIOC_INT_ to clearly mark that it is an internal
+ define,
+
+ Copyright (C) 2005 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
+
+ */
+
+#ifndef V4L2_COMMON_H_
+#define V4L2_COMMON_H_
+
+#include <linux/time.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+
+/* Common printk constructs for v4l-i2c drivers. These macros create a unique
+ prefix consisting of the driver name, the adapter number and the i2c
+ address. */
+#define v4l_printk(level, name, adapter, addr, fmt, arg...) \
+ printk(level "%s %d-%04x: " fmt, name, i2c_adapter_id(adapter), addr , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l_client_printk(level, client, fmt, arg...) \
+ v4l_printk(level, (client)->dev.driver->name, (client)->adapter, \
+ (client)->addr, fmt , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l_err(client, fmt, arg...) \
+ v4l_client_printk(KERN_ERR, client, fmt , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l_warn(client, fmt, arg...) \
+ v4l_client_printk(KERN_WARNING, client, fmt , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l_info(client, fmt, arg...) \
+ v4l_client_printk(KERN_INFO, client, fmt , ## arg)
+
+/* These three macros assume that the debug level is set with a module
+ parameter called 'debug'. */
+#define v4l_dbg(level, debug, client, fmt, arg...) \
+ do { \
+ if (debug >= (level)) \
+ v4l_client_printk(KERN_DEBUG, client, fmt , ## arg); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/* Add a version of v4l_dbg to be used on drivers using dev_foo() macros */
+#define dev_dbg_lvl(__dev, __level, __debug, __fmt, __arg...) \
+ do { \
+ if (__debug >= (__level)) \
+ dev_printk(KERN_DEBUG, __dev, __fmt, ##__arg); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* These printk constructs can be used with v4l2_device and v4l2_subdev */
+#define v4l2_printk(level, dev, fmt, arg...) \
+ printk(level "%s: " fmt, (dev)->name , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l2_err(dev, fmt, arg...) \
+ v4l2_printk(KERN_ERR, dev, fmt , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l2_warn(dev, fmt, arg...) \
+ v4l2_printk(KERN_WARNING, dev, fmt , ## arg)
+
+#define v4l2_info(dev, fmt, arg...) \
+ v4l2_printk(KERN_INFO, dev, fmt , ## arg)
+
+/* These three macros assume that the debug level is set with a module
+ parameter called 'debug'. */
+#define v4l2_dbg(level, debug, dev, fmt, arg...) \
+ do { \
+ if (debug >= (level)) \
+ v4l2_printk(KERN_DEBUG, dev, fmt , ## arg); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_query_fill- Fill in a struct v4l2_queryctrl
+ *
+ * @qctrl: pointer to the &struct v4l2_queryctrl to be filled
+ * @min: minimum value for the control
+ * @max: maximum value for the control
+ * @step: control step
+ * @def: default value for the control
+ *
+ * Fills the &struct v4l2_queryctrl fields for the query control.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * This function assumes that the @qctrl->id field is filled.
+ *
+ * Returns -EINVAL if the control is not known by the V4L2 core, 0 on success.
+ */
+
+int v4l2_ctrl_query_fill(struct v4l2_queryctrl *qctrl,
+ s32 min, s32 max, s32 step, s32 def);
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+struct v4l2_device;
+struct v4l2_subdev;
+struct v4l2_subdev_ops;
+
+/* I2C Helper functions */
+#include <linux/i2c.h>
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type - specifies the range of tuner address that
+ * should be used when seeking for I2C devices.
+ *
+ * @ADDRS_RADIO: Radio tuner addresses.
+ * Represent the following I2C addresses:
+ * 0x10 (if compiled with tea5761 support)
+ * and 0x60.
+ * @ADDRS_DEMOD: Demod tuner addresses.
+ * Represent the following I2C addresses:
+ * 0x42, 0x43, 0x4a and 0x4b.
+ * @ADDRS_TV: TV tuner addresses.
+ * Represent the following I2C addresses:
+ * 0x42, 0x43, 0x4a, 0x4b, 0x60, 0x61, 0x62,
+ * 0x63 and 0x64.
+ * @ADDRS_TV_WITH_DEMOD: TV tuner addresses if demod is present, this
+ * excludes addresses used by the demodulator
+ * from the list of candidates.
+ * Represent the following I2C addresses:
+ * 0x60, 0x61, 0x62, 0x63 and 0x64.
+ *
+ * NOTE: All I2C addresses above use the 7-bit notation.
+ */
+enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type {
+ ADDRS_RADIO,
+ ADDRS_DEMOD,
+ ADDRS_TV,
+ ADDRS_TV_WITH_DEMOD,
+};
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_I2C)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_new_subdev - Load an i2c module and return an initialized
+ * &struct v4l2_subdev.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device
+ * @adapter: pointer to struct i2c_adapter
+ * @client_type: name of the chip that's on the adapter.
+ * @addr: I2C address. If zero, it will use @probe_addrs
+ * @probe_addrs: array with a list of address. The last entry at such
+ * array should be %I2C_CLIENT_END.
+ *
+ * returns a &struct v4l2_subdev pointer.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_i2c_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+ struct i2c_adapter *adapter, const char *client_type,
+ u8 addr, const unsigned short *probe_addrs);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_board - Load an i2c module and return an initialized
+ * &struct v4l2_subdev.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device
+ * @adapter: pointer to struct i2c_adapter
+ * @info: pointer to struct i2c_board_info used to replace the irq,
+ * platform_data and addr arguments.
+ * @probe_addrs: array with a list of address. The last entry at such
+ * array should be %I2C_CLIENT_END.
+ *
+ * returns a &struct v4l2_subdev pointer.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_board(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+ struct i2c_adapter *adapter, struct i2c_board_info *info,
+ const unsigned short *probe_addrs);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_subdev_set_name - Set name for an I²C sub-device
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @client: pointer to struct i2c_client
+ * @devname: the name of the device; if NULL, the I²C device drivers's name
+ * will be used
+ * @postfix: sub-device specific string to put right after the I²C device name;
+ * may be NULL
+ */
+void v4l2_i2c_subdev_set_name(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client,
+ const char *devname, const char *postfix);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_subdev_init - Initializes a &struct v4l2_subdev with data from
+ * an i2c_client struct.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @client: pointer to struct i2c_client
+ * @ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_ops
+ */
+void v4l2_i2c_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client,
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_subdev_addr - returns i2c client address of &struct v4l2_subdev.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * Returns the address of an I2C sub-device
+ */
+unsigned short v4l2_i2c_subdev_addr(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_tuner_addrs - Return a list of I2C tuner addresses to probe.
+ *
+ * @type: type of the tuner to seek, as defined by
+ * &enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type.
+ *
+ * NOTE: Use only if the tuner addresses are unknown.
+ */
+const unsigned short *v4l2_i2c_tuner_addrs(enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type type);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_i2c_subdev_unregister - Unregister a v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ */
+void v4l2_i2c_subdev_unregister(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+#else
+
+static inline struct v4l2_subdev *
+v4l2_i2c_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+ struct i2c_adapter *adapter, const char *client_type,
+ u8 addr, const unsigned short *probe_addrs)
+{
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct v4l2_subdev *
+v4l2_i2c_new_subdev_board(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+ struct i2c_adapter *adapter, struct i2c_board_info *info,
+ const unsigned short *probe_addrs)
+{
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline void
+v4l2_i2c_subdev_set_name(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client,
+ const char *devname, const char *postfix)
+{}
+
+static inline void
+v4l2_i2c_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct i2c_client *client,
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops)
+{}
+
+static inline unsigned short v4l2_i2c_subdev_addr(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+ return I2C_CLIENT_END;
+}
+
+static inline const unsigned short *
+v4l2_i2c_tuner_addrs(enum v4l2_i2c_tuner_type type)
+{
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l2_i2c_subdev_unregister(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{}
+
+#endif
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* SPI Helper functions */
+
+#include <linux/spi/spi.h>
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_SPI)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_spi_new_subdev - Load an spi module and return an initialized
+ * &struct v4l2_subdev.
+ *
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device.
+ * @master: pointer to struct spi_master.
+ * @info: pointer to struct spi_board_info.
+ *
+ * returns a &struct v4l2_subdev pointer.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev *v4l2_spi_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+ struct spi_master *master, struct spi_board_info *info);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_spi_subdev_init - Initialize a v4l2_subdev with data from an
+ * spi_device struct.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @spi: pointer to struct spi_device.
+ * @ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_ops
+ */
+void v4l2_spi_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct spi_device *spi,
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_spi_subdev_unregister - Unregister a v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ */
+void v4l2_spi_subdev_unregister(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+#else
+
+static inline struct v4l2_subdev *
+v4l2_spi_new_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+ struct spi_master *master, struct spi_board_info *info)
+{
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline void
+v4l2_spi_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct spi_device *spi,
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops)
+{}
+
+static inline void v4l2_spi_subdev_unregister(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{}
+#endif
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*
+ * FIXME: these remaining ioctls/structs should be removed as well, but they
+ * are still used in tuner-simple.c (TUNER_SET_CONFIG) and cx18/ivtv (RESET).
+ * To remove these ioctls some more cleanup is needed in those modules.
+ *
+ * It doesn't make much sense on documenting them, as what we really want is
+ * to get rid of them.
+ */
+
+/* s_config */
+struct v4l2_priv_tun_config {
+ int tuner;
+ void *priv;
+};
+#define TUNER_SET_CONFIG _IOW('d', 92, struct v4l2_priv_tun_config)
+
+#define VIDIOC_INT_RESET _IOW ('d', 102, u32)
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Miscellaneous helper functions */
+
+/**
+ * v4l_bound_align_image - adjust video dimensions according to
+ * a given constraints.
+ *
+ * @width: pointer to width that will be adjusted if needed.
+ * @wmin: minimum width.
+ * @wmax: maximum width.
+ * @walign: least significant bit on width.
+ * @height: pointer to height that will be adjusted if needed.
+ * @hmin: minimum height.
+ * @hmax: maximum height.
+ * @halign: least significant bit on height.
+ * @salign: least significant bit for the image size (e. g.
+ * :math:`width * height`).
+ *
+ * Clip an image to have @width between @wmin and @wmax, and @height between
+ * @hmin and @hmax, inclusive.
+ *
+ * Additionally, the @width will be a multiple of :math:`2^{walign}`,
+ * the @height will be a multiple of :math:`2^{halign}`, and the overall
+ * size :math:`width * height` will be a multiple of :math:`2^{salign}`.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * #. The clipping rectangle may be shrunk or enlarged to fit the alignment
+ * constraints.
+ * #. @wmax must not be smaller than @wmin.
+ * #. @hmax must not be smaller than @hmin.
+ * #. The alignments must not be so high there are no possible image
+ * sizes within the allowed bounds.
+ * #. @wmin and @hmin must be at least 1 (don't use 0).
+ * #. For @walign, @halign and @salign, if you don't care about a certain
+ * alignment, specify ``0``, as :math:`2^0 = 1` and one byte alignment
+ * is equivalent to no alignment.
+ * #. If you only want to adjust downward, specify a maximum that's the
+ * same as the initial value.
+ */
+void v4l_bound_align_image(unsigned int *width, unsigned int wmin,
+ unsigned int wmax, unsigned int walign,
+ unsigned int *height, unsigned int hmin,
+ unsigned int hmax, unsigned int halign,
+ unsigned int salign);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_find_nearest_size - Find the nearest size among a discrete
+ * set of resolutions contained in an array of a driver specific struct.
+ *
+ * @array: a driver specific array of image sizes
+ * @array_size: the length of the driver specific array of image sizes
+ * @width_field: the name of the width field in the driver specific struct
+ * @height_field: the name of the height field in the driver specific struct
+ * @width: desired width.
+ * @height: desired height.
+ *
+ * Finds the closest resolution to minimize the width and height differences
+ * between what requested and the supported resolutions. The size of the width
+ * and height fields in the driver specific must equal to that of u32, i.e. four
+ * bytes.
+ *
+ * Returns the best match or NULL if the length of the array is zero.
+ */
+#define v4l2_find_nearest_size(array, array_size, width_field, height_field, \
+ width, height) \
+ ({ \
+ BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof((array)->width_field) != sizeof(u32) || \
+ sizeof((array)->height_field) != sizeof(u32)); \
+ (typeof(&(array)[0]))__v4l2_find_nearest_size( \
+ (array), array_size, sizeof(*(array)), \
+ offsetof(typeof(*(array)), width_field), \
+ offsetof(typeof(*(array)), height_field), \
+ width, height); \
+ })
+const void *
+__v4l2_find_nearest_size(const void *array, size_t array_size,
+ size_t entry_size, size_t width_offset,
+ size_t height_offset, s32 width, s32 height);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_g_parm_cap - helper routine for vidioc_g_parm to fill this in by
+ * calling the g_frame_interval op of the given subdev. It only works
+ * for V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE(_MPLANE), hence the _cap in the
+ * function name.
+ *
+ * @vdev: the struct video_device pointer. Used to determine the device caps.
+ * @sd: the sub-device pointer.
+ * @a: the VIDIOC_G_PARM argument.
+ */
+int v4l2_g_parm_cap(struct video_device *vdev,
+ struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_streamparm *a);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_s_parm_cap - helper routine for vidioc_s_parm to fill this in by
+ * calling the s_frame_interval op of the given subdev. It only works
+ * for V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE(_MPLANE), hence the _cap in the
+ * function name.
+ *
+ * @vdev: the struct video_device pointer. Used to determine the device caps.
+ * @sd: the sub-device pointer.
+ * @a: the VIDIOC_S_PARM argument.
+ */
+int v4l2_s_parm_cap(struct video_device *vdev,
+ struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_streamparm *a);
+
+/* Compare two v4l2_fract structs */
+#define V4L2_FRACT_COMPARE(a, OP, b) \
+ ((u64)(a).numerator * (b).denominator OP \
+ (u64)(b).numerator * (a).denominator)
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* Pixel format and FourCC helpers */
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_pixel_encoding - specifies the pixel encoding value
+ *
+ * @V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_UNKNOWN: Pixel encoding is unknown/un-initialized
+ * @V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_YUV: Pixel encoding is YUV
+ * @V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_RGB: Pixel encoding is RGB
+ * @V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_BAYER: Pixel encoding is Bayer
+ */
+enum v4l2_pixel_encoding {
+ V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_UNKNOWN = 0,
+ V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_YUV = 1,
+ V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_RGB = 2,
+ V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_BAYER = 3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_format_info - information about a V4L2 format
+ * @format: 4CC format identifier (V4L2_PIX_FMT_*)
+ * @pixel_enc: Pixel encoding (see enum v4l2_pixel_encoding above)
+ * @mem_planes: Number of memory planes, which includes the alpha plane (1 to 4).
+ * @comp_planes: Number of component planes, which includes the alpha plane (1 to 4).
+ * @bpp: Array of per-plane bytes per pixel
+ * @hdiv: Horizontal chroma subsampling factor
+ * @vdiv: Vertical chroma subsampling factor
+ * @block_w: Per-plane macroblock pixel width (optional)
+ * @block_h: Per-plane macroblock pixel height (optional)
+ */
+struct v4l2_format_info {
+ u32 format;
+ u8 pixel_enc;
+ u8 mem_planes;
+ u8 comp_planes;
+ u8 bpp[4];
+ u8 hdiv;
+ u8 vdiv;
+ u8 block_w[4];
+ u8 block_h[4];
+};
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_format_rgb(const struct v4l2_format_info *f)
+{
+ return f && f->pixel_enc == V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_RGB;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_format_yuv(const struct v4l2_format_info *f)
+{
+ return f && f->pixel_enc == V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_YUV;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_format_bayer(const struct v4l2_format_info *f)
+{
+ return f && f->pixel_enc == V4L2_PIXEL_ENC_BAYER;
+}
+
+const struct v4l2_format_info *v4l2_format_info(u32 format);
+void v4l2_apply_frmsize_constraints(u32 *width, u32 *height,
+ const struct v4l2_frmsize_stepwise *frmsize);
+int v4l2_fill_pixfmt(struct v4l2_pix_format *pixfmt, u32 pixelformat,
+ u32 width, u32 height);
+int v4l2_fill_pixfmt_mp(struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane *pixfmt, u32 pixelformat,
+ u32 width, u32 height);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_get_link_freq - Get link rate from transmitter
+ *
+ * @handler: The transmitter's control handler
+ * @mul: The multiplier between pixel rate and link frequency. Bits per pixel on
+ * D-PHY, samples per clock on parallel. 0 otherwise.
+ * @div: The divisor between pixel rate and link frequency. Number of data lanes
+ * times two on D-PHY, 1 on parallel. 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * This function is intended for obtaining the link frequency from the
+ * transmitter sub-devices. It returns the link rate, either from the
+ * V4L2_CID_LINK_FREQ control implemented by the transmitter, or value
+ * calculated based on the V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE implemented by the transmitter.
+ *
+ * Returns link frequency on success, otherwise a negative error code:
+ * -ENOENT: Link frequency or pixel rate control not found
+ * -EINVAL: Invalid link frequency value
+ */
+s64 v4l2_get_link_freq(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *handler, unsigned int mul,
+ unsigned int div);
+
+void v4l2_simplify_fraction(u32 *numerator, u32 *denominator,
+ unsigned int n_terms, unsigned int threshold);
+u32 v4l2_fraction_to_interval(u32 numerator, u32 denominator);
+
+static inline u64 v4l2_buffer_get_timestamp(const struct v4l2_buffer *buf)
+{
+ /*
+ * When the timestamp comes from 32-bit user space, there may be
+ * uninitialized data in tv_usec, so cast it to u32.
+ * Otherwise allow invalid input for backwards compatibility.
+ */
+ return buf->timestamp.tv_sec * NSEC_PER_SEC +
+ (u32)buf->timestamp.tv_usec * NSEC_PER_USEC;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l2_buffer_set_timestamp(struct v4l2_buffer *buf,
+ u64 timestamp)
+{
+ struct timespec64 ts = ns_to_timespec64(timestamp);
+
+ buf->timestamp.tv_sec = ts.tv_sec;
+ buf->timestamp.tv_usec = ts.tv_nsec / NSEC_PER_USEC;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_colorspace_valid(__u32 colorspace)
+{
+ return colorspace > V4L2_COLORSPACE_DEFAULT &&
+ colorspace < V4L2_COLORSPACE_LAST;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_xfer_func_valid(__u32 xfer_func)
+{
+ return xfer_func > V4L2_XFER_FUNC_DEFAULT &&
+ xfer_func < V4L2_XFER_FUNC_LAST;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_ycbcr_enc_valid(__u8 ycbcr_enc)
+{
+ return ycbcr_enc > V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_DEFAULT &&
+ ycbcr_enc < V4L2_YCBCR_ENC_LAST;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_hsv_enc_valid(__u8 hsv_enc)
+{
+ return hsv_enc == V4L2_HSV_ENC_180 || hsv_enc == V4L2_HSV_ENC_256;
+}
+
+static inline bool v4l2_is_quant_valid(__u8 quantization)
+{
+ return quantization == V4L2_QUANTIZATION_FULL_RANGE ||
+ quantization == V4L2_QUANTIZATION_LIM_RANGE;
+}
+
+#endif /* V4L2_COMMON_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h b/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e59d9a234
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-ctrls.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1583 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * V4L2 controls support header.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_CTRLS_H
+#define _V4L2_CTRLS_H
+
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <media/media-request.h>
+
+/* forward references */
+struct file;
+struct poll_table_struct;
+struct v4l2_ctrl;
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler;
+struct v4l2_ctrl_helper;
+struct v4l2_fh;
+struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties;
+struct v4l2_subdev;
+struct v4l2_subscribed_event;
+struct video_device;
+
+/**
+ * union v4l2_ctrl_ptr - A pointer to a control value.
+ * @p_s32: Pointer to a 32-bit signed value.
+ * @p_s64: Pointer to a 64-bit signed value.
+ * @p_u8: Pointer to a 8-bit unsigned value.
+ * @p_u16: Pointer to a 16-bit unsigned value.
+ * @p_u32: Pointer to a 32-bit unsigned value.
+ * @p_char: Pointer to a string.
+ * @p_mpeg2_sequence: Pointer to a MPEG2 sequence structure.
+ * @p_mpeg2_picture: Pointer to a MPEG2 picture structure.
+ * @p_mpeg2_quantisation: Pointer to a MPEG2 quantisation data structure.
+ * @p_fwht_params: Pointer to a FWHT stateless parameters structure.
+ * @p_h264_sps: Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_sps.
+ * @p_h264_pps: Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_pps.
+ * @p_h264_scaling_matrix: Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_scaling_matrix.
+ * @p_h264_slice_params: Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_slice_params.
+ * @p_h264_decode_params: Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_decode_params.
+ * @p_h264_pred_weights: Pointer to a struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_pred_weights.
+ * @p_vp8_frame: Pointer to a VP8 frame params structure.
+ * @p_vp9_compressed_hdr_probs: Pointer to a VP9 frame compressed header probs structure.
+ * @p_vp9_frame: Pointer to a VP9 frame params structure.
+ * @p_hevc_sps: Pointer to an HEVC sequence parameter set structure.
+ * @p_hevc_pps: Pointer to an HEVC picture parameter set structure.
+ * @p_hevc_slice_params: Pointer to an HEVC slice parameters structure.
+ * @p_hdr10_cll: Pointer to an HDR10 Content Light Level structure.
+ * @p_hdr10_mastering: Pointer to an HDR10 Mastering Display structure.
+ * @p_area: Pointer to an area.
+ * @p: Pointer to a compound value.
+ * @p_const: Pointer to a constant compound value.
+ */
+union v4l2_ctrl_ptr {
+ s32 *p_s32;
+ s64 *p_s64;
+ u8 *p_u8;
+ u16 *p_u16;
+ u32 *p_u32;
+ char *p_char;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_sequence *p_mpeg2_sequence;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_picture *p_mpeg2_picture;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_mpeg2_quantisation *p_mpeg2_quantisation;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_fwht_params *p_fwht_params;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_sps *p_h264_sps;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_pps *p_h264_pps;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_scaling_matrix *p_h264_scaling_matrix;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_slice_params *p_h264_slice_params;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_decode_params *p_h264_decode_params;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_pred_weights *p_h264_pred_weights;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_vp8_frame *p_vp8_frame;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_hevc_sps *p_hevc_sps;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_hevc_pps *p_hevc_pps;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_hevc_slice_params *p_hevc_slice_params;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_compressed_hdr *p_vp9_compressed_hdr_probs;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_frame *p_vp9_frame;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_hdr10_cll_info *p_hdr10_cll;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_hdr10_mastering_display *p_hdr10_mastering;
+ struct v4l2_area *p_area;
+ void *p;
+ const void *p_const;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create() - Helper function to return a v4l2_ctrl_ptr from a
+ * void pointer
+ * @ptr: The void pointer
+ */
+static inline union v4l2_ctrl_ptr v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create(void *ptr)
+{
+ union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p = { .p = ptr };
+
+ return p;
+}
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ctrl_ops - The control operations that the driver has to provide.
+ *
+ * @g_volatile_ctrl: Get a new value for this control. Generally only relevant
+ * for volatile (and usually read-only) controls such as a control
+ * that returns the current signal strength which changes
+ * continuously.
+ * If not set, then the currently cached value will be returned.
+ * @try_ctrl: Test whether the control's value is valid. Only relevant when
+ * the usual min/max/step checks are not sufficient.
+ * @s_ctrl: Actually set the new control value. s_ctrl is compulsory. The
+ * ctrl->handler->lock is held when these ops are called, so no
+ * one else can access controls owned by that handler.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl_ops {
+ int (*g_volatile_ctrl)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+ int (*try_ctrl)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+ int (*s_ctrl)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops - The control type operations that the driver
+ * has to provide.
+ *
+ * @equal: return true if all ctrl->elems array elements are equal.
+ * @init: initialize the value for array elements from from_idx to ctrl->elems.
+ * @log: log the value.
+ * @validate: validate the value for ctrl->new_elems array elements.
+ * Return 0 on success and a negative value otherwise.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops {
+ bool (*equal)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+ union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr1, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr2);
+ void (*init)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 from_idx,
+ union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr);
+ void (*log)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+ int (*validate)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr);
+};
+
+/**
+ * typedef v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc - typedef for a notify argument with a function
+ * that should be called when a control value has changed.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: pointer to struct &v4l2_ctrl
+ * @priv: control private data
+ *
+ * This typedef definition is used as an argument to v4l2_ctrl_notify()
+ * and as an argument at struct &v4l2_ctrl_handler.
+ */
+typedef void (*v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc)(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, void *priv);
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ctrl - The control structure.
+ *
+ * @node: The list node.
+ * @ev_subs: The list of control event subscriptions.
+ * @handler: The handler that owns the control.
+ * @cluster: Point to start of cluster array.
+ * @ncontrols: Number of controls in cluster array.
+ * @done: Internal flag: set for each processed control.
+ * @is_new: Set when the user specified a new value for this control. It
+ * is also set when called from v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(). Drivers
+ * should never set this flag.
+ * @has_changed: Set when the current value differs from the new value. Drivers
+ * should never use this flag.
+ * @is_private: If set, then this control is private to its handler and it
+ * will not be added to any other handlers. Drivers can set
+ * this flag.
+ * @is_auto: If set, then this control selects whether the other cluster
+ * members are in 'automatic' mode or 'manual' mode. This is
+ * used for autogain/gain type clusters. Drivers should never
+ * set this flag directly.
+ * @is_int: If set, then this control has a simple integer value (i.e. it
+ * uses ctrl->val).
+ * @is_string: If set, then this control has type %V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING.
+ * @is_ptr: If set, then this control is an array and/or has type >=
+ * %V4L2_CTRL_COMPOUND_TYPES
+ * and/or has type %V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_STRING. In other words, &struct
+ * v4l2_ext_control uses field p to point to the data.
+ * @is_array: If set, then this control contains an N-dimensional array.
+ * @is_dyn_array: If set, then this control contains a dynamically sized 1-dimensional array.
+ * If this is set, then @is_array is also set.
+ * @has_volatiles: If set, then one or more members of the cluster are volatile.
+ * Drivers should never touch this flag.
+ * @call_notify: If set, then call the handler's notify function whenever the
+ * control's value changes.
+ * @manual_mode_value: If the is_auto flag is set, then this is the value
+ * of the auto control that determines if that control is in
+ * manual mode. So if the value of the auto control equals this
+ * value, then the whole cluster is in manual mode. Drivers should
+ * never set this flag directly.
+ * @ops: The control ops.
+ * @type_ops: The control type ops.
+ * @id: The control ID.
+ * @name: The control name.
+ * @type: The control type.
+ * @minimum: The control's minimum value.
+ * @maximum: The control's maximum value.
+ * @default_value: The control's default value.
+ * @step: The control's step value for non-menu controls.
+ * @elems: The number of elements in the N-dimensional array.
+ * @elem_size: The size in bytes of the control.
+ * @new_elems: The number of elements in p_new. This is the same as @elems,
+ * except for dynamic arrays. In that case it is in the range of
+ * 1 to @p_array_alloc_elems.
+ * @dims: The size of each dimension.
+ * @nr_of_dims:The number of dimensions in @dims.
+ * @menu_skip_mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it
+ * easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set,
+ * then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for
+ * menus with <= 32 menu items. There are no menus that come
+ * close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more,
+ * then this will have to be extended to a u64 or a bit array.
+ * @qmenu: A const char * array for all menu items. Array entries that are
+ * empty strings ("") correspond to non-existing menu items (this
+ * is in addition to the menu_skip_mask above). The last entry
+ * must be NULL.
+ * Used only if the @type is %V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU.
+ * @qmenu_int: A 64-bit integer array for with integer menu items.
+ * The size of array must be equal to the menu size, e. g.:
+ * :math:`ceil(\frac{maximum - minimum}{step}) + 1`.
+ * Used only if the @type is %V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU.
+ * @flags: The control's flags.
+ * @priv: The control's private pointer. For use by the driver. It is
+ * untouched by the control framework. Note that this pointer is
+ * not freed when the control is deleted. Should this be needed
+ * then a new internal bitfield can be added to tell the framework
+ * to free this pointer.
+ * @p_array: Pointer to the allocated array. Only valid if @is_array is true.
+ * @p_array_alloc_elems: The number of elements in the allocated
+ * array for both the cur and new values. So @p_array is actually
+ * sized for 2 * @p_array_alloc_elems * @elem_size. Only valid if
+ * @is_array is true.
+ * @cur: Structure to store the current value.
+ * @cur.val: The control's current value, if the @type is represented via
+ * a u32 integer (see &enum v4l2_ctrl_type).
+ * @val: The control's new s32 value.
+ * @p_def: The control's default value represented via a union which
+ * provides a standard way of accessing control types
+ * through a pointer (for compound controls only).
+ * @p_cur: The control's current value represented via a union which
+ * provides a standard way of accessing control types
+ * through a pointer.
+ * @p_new: The control's new value represented via a union which provides
+ * a standard way of accessing control types
+ * through a pointer.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl {
+ /* Administrative fields */
+ struct list_head node;
+ struct list_head ev_subs;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *handler;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl **cluster;
+ unsigned int ncontrols;
+
+ unsigned int done:1;
+
+ unsigned int is_new:1;
+ unsigned int has_changed:1;
+ unsigned int is_private:1;
+ unsigned int is_auto:1;
+ unsigned int is_int:1;
+ unsigned int is_string:1;
+ unsigned int is_ptr:1;
+ unsigned int is_array:1;
+ unsigned int is_dyn_array:1;
+ unsigned int has_volatiles:1;
+ unsigned int call_notify:1;
+ unsigned int manual_mode_value:8;
+
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops;
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops *type_ops;
+ u32 id;
+ const char *name;
+ enum v4l2_ctrl_type type;
+ s64 minimum, maximum, default_value;
+ u32 elems;
+ u32 elem_size;
+ u32 new_elems;
+ u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS];
+ u32 nr_of_dims;
+ union {
+ u64 step;
+ u64 menu_skip_mask;
+ };
+ union {
+ const char * const *qmenu;
+ const s64 *qmenu_int;
+ };
+ unsigned long flags;
+ void *priv;
+ void *p_array;
+ u32 p_array_alloc_elems;
+ s32 val;
+ struct {
+ s32 val;
+ } cur;
+
+ union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_def;
+ union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_new;
+ union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_cur;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ctrl_ref - The control reference.
+ *
+ * @node: List node for the sorted list.
+ * @next: Single-link list node for the hash.
+ * @ctrl: The actual control information.
+ * @helper: Pointer to helper struct. Used internally in
+ * ``prepare_ext_ctrls`` function at ``v4l2-ctrl.c``.
+ * @from_other_dev: If true, then @ctrl was defined in another
+ * device than the &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler.
+ * @req_done: Internal flag: if the control handler containing this control
+ * reference is bound to a media request, then this is set when
+ * the control has been applied. This prevents applying controls
+ * from a cluster with multiple controls twice (when the first
+ * control of a cluster is applied, they all are).
+ * @p_req_valid: If set, then p_req contains the control value for the request.
+ * @p_req_array_enomem: If set, then p_req is invalid since allocating space for
+ * an array failed. Attempting to read this value shall
+ * result in ENOMEM. Only valid if ctrl->is_array is true.
+ * @p_req_array_alloc_elems: The number of elements allocated for the
+ * array. Only valid if @p_req_valid and ctrl->is_array are
+ * true.
+ * @p_req_elems: The number of elements in @p_req. This is the same as
+ * ctrl->elems, except for dynamic arrays. In that case it is in
+ * the range of 1 to @p_req_array_alloc_elems. Only valid if
+ * @p_req_valid is true.
+ * @p_req: If the control handler containing this control reference
+ * is bound to a media request, then this points to the
+ * value of the control that must be applied when the request
+ * is executed, or to the value of the control at the time
+ * that the request was completed. If @p_req_valid is false,
+ * then this control was never set for this request and the
+ * control will not be updated when this request is applied.
+ *
+ * Each control handler has a list of these refs. The list_head is used to
+ * keep a sorted-by-control-ID list of all controls, while the next pointer
+ * is used to link the control in the hash's bucket.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl_ref {
+ struct list_head node;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *next;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_helper *helper;
+ bool from_other_dev;
+ bool req_done;
+ bool p_req_valid;
+ bool p_req_array_enomem;
+ u32 p_req_array_alloc_elems;
+ u32 p_req_elems;
+ union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_req;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ctrl_handler - The control handler keeps track of all the
+ * controls: both the controls owned by the handler and those inherited
+ * from other handlers.
+ *
+ * @_lock: Default for "lock".
+ * @lock: Lock to control access to this handler and its controls.
+ * May be replaced by the user right after init.
+ * @ctrls: The list of controls owned by this handler.
+ * @ctrl_refs: The list of control references.
+ * @cached: The last found control reference. It is common that the same
+ * control is needed multiple times, so this is a simple
+ * optimization.
+ * @buckets: Buckets for the hashing. Allows for quick control lookup.
+ * @notify: A notify callback that is called whenever the control changes
+ * value.
+ * Note that the handler's lock is held when the notify function
+ * is called!
+ * @notify_priv: Passed as argument to the v4l2_ctrl notify callback.
+ * @nr_of_buckets: Total number of buckets in the array.
+ * @error: The error code of the first failed control addition.
+ * @request_is_queued: True if the request was queued.
+ * @requests: List to keep track of open control handler request objects.
+ * For the parent control handler (@req_obj.ops == NULL) this
+ * is the list header. When the parent control handler is
+ * removed, it has to unbind and put all these requests since
+ * they refer to the parent.
+ * @requests_queued: List of the queued requests. This determines the order
+ * in which these controls are applied. Once the request is
+ * completed it is removed from this list.
+ * @req_obj: The &struct media_request_object, used to link into a
+ * &struct media_request. This request object has a refcount.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler {
+ struct mutex _lock;
+ struct mutex *lock;
+ struct list_head ctrls;
+ struct list_head ctrl_refs;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_ref *cached;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_ref **buckets;
+ v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc notify;
+ void *notify_priv;
+ u16 nr_of_buckets;
+ int error;
+ bool request_is_queued;
+ struct list_head requests;
+ struct list_head requests_queued;
+ struct media_request_object req_obj;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ctrl_config - Control configuration structure.
+ *
+ * @ops: The control ops.
+ * @type_ops: The control type ops. Only needed for compound controls.
+ * @id: The control ID.
+ * @name: The control name.
+ * @type: The control type.
+ * @min: The control's minimum value.
+ * @max: The control's maximum value.
+ * @step: The control's step value for non-menu controls.
+ * @def: The control's default value.
+ * @p_def: The control's default value for compound controls.
+ * @dims: The size of each dimension.
+ * @elem_size: The size in bytes of the control.
+ * @flags: The control's flags.
+ * @menu_skip_mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it
+ * easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set,
+ * then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for
+ * menus with <= 64 menu items. There are no menus that come
+ * close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more,
+ * then this will have to be extended to a bit array.
+ * @qmenu: A const char * array for all menu items. Array entries that are
+ * empty strings ("") correspond to non-existing menu items (this
+ * is in addition to the menu_skip_mask above). The last entry
+ * must be NULL.
+ * @qmenu_int: A const s64 integer array for all menu items of the type
+ * V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU.
+ * @is_private: If set, then this control is private to its handler and it
+ * will not be added to any other handlers.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl_config {
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops;
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_type_ops *type_ops;
+ u32 id;
+ const char *name;
+ enum v4l2_ctrl_type type;
+ s64 min;
+ s64 max;
+ u64 step;
+ s64 def;
+ union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_def;
+ u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS];
+ u32 elem_size;
+ u32 flags;
+ u64 menu_skip_mask;
+ const char * const *qmenu;
+ const s64 *qmenu_int;
+ unsigned int is_private:1;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_fill - Fill in the control fields based on the control ID.
+ *
+ * @id: ID of the control
+ * @name: pointer to be filled with a string with the name of the control
+ * @type: pointer for storing the type of the control
+ * @min: pointer for storing the minimum value for the control
+ * @max: pointer for storing the maximum value for the control
+ * @step: pointer for storing the control step
+ * @def: pointer for storing the default value for the control
+ * @flags: pointer for storing the flags to be used on the control
+ *
+ * This works for all standard V4L2 controls.
+ * For non-standard controls it will only fill in the given arguments
+ * and @name content will be set to %NULL.
+ *
+ * This function will overwrite the contents of @name, @type and @flags.
+ * The contents of @min, @max, @step and @def may be modified depending on
+ * the type.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Do not use in drivers! It is used internally for backwards compatibility
+ * control handling only. Once all drivers are converted to use the new
+ * control framework this function will no longer be exported.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_fill(u32 id, const char **name, enum v4l2_ctrl_type *type,
+ s64 *min, s64 *max, u64 *step, s64 *def, u32 *flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class() - Initialize the control handler.
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ * @nr_of_controls_hint: A hint of how many controls this handler is
+ * expected to refer to. This is the total number, so including
+ * any inherited controls. It doesn't have to be precise, but if
+ * it is way off, then you either waste memory (too many buckets
+ * are allocated) or the control lookup becomes slower (not enough
+ * buckets are allocated, so there are more slow list lookups).
+ * It will always work, though.
+ * @key: Used by the lock validator if CONFIG_LOCKDEP is set.
+ * @name: Used by the lock validator if CONFIG_LOCKDEP is set.
+ *
+ * .. attention::
+ *
+ * Never use this call directly, always use the v4l2_ctrl_handler_init()
+ * macro that hides the @key and @name arguments.
+ *
+ * Return: returns an error if the buckets could not be allocated. This
+ * error will also be stored in @hdl->error.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ unsigned int nr_of_controls_hint,
+ struct lock_class_key *key, const char *name);
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_handler_init - helper function to create a static struct
+ * &lock_class_key and calls v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class()
+ *
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ * @nr_of_controls_hint: A hint of how many controls this handler is
+ * expected to refer to. This is the total number, so including
+ * any inherited controls. It doesn't have to be precise, but if
+ * it is way off, then you either waste memory (too many buckets
+ * are allocated) or the control lookup becomes slower (not enough
+ * buckets are allocated, so there are more slow list lookups).
+ * It will always work, though.
+ *
+ * This helper function creates a static struct &lock_class_key and
+ * calls v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(), providing a proper name for the lock
+ * validador.
+ *
+ * Use this helper function to initialize a control handler.
+ */
+#define v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(hdl, nr_of_controls_hint) \
+( \
+ ({ \
+ static struct lock_class_key _key; \
+ v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(hdl, nr_of_controls_hint, \
+ &_key, \
+ KBUILD_BASENAME ":" \
+ __stringify(__LINE__) ":" \
+ "(" #hdl ")->_lock"); \
+ }) \
+)
+#else
+#define v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(hdl, nr_of_controls_hint) \
+ v4l2_ctrl_handler_init_class(hdl, nr_of_controls_hint, NULL, NULL)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_handler_free() - Free all controls owned by the handler and free
+ * the control list.
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ *
+ * Does nothing if @hdl == NULL.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_handler_free(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_lock() - Helper function to lock the handler
+ * associated with the control.
+ * @ctrl: The control to lock.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_ctrl_lock(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
+{
+ mutex_lock(ctrl->handler->lock);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_unlock() - Helper function to unlock the handler
+ * associated with the control.
+ * @ctrl: The control to unlock.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_ctrl_unlock(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl)
+{
+ mutex_unlock(ctrl->handler->lock);
+}
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() - Call the s_ctrl op for all controls belonging
+ * to the handler to initialize the hardware to the current control values. The
+ * caller is responsible for acquiring the control handler mutex on behalf of
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup().
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ *
+ * Button controls will be skipped, as are read-only controls.
+ *
+ * If @hdl == NULL, then this just returns 0.
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup() - Call the s_ctrl op for all controls belonging
+ * to the handler to initialize the hardware to the current control values.
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ *
+ * Button controls will be skipped, as are read-only controls.
+ *
+ * If @hdl == NULL, then this just returns 0.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_handler_setup(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status() - Log all controls owned by the handler.
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ * @prefix: The prefix to use when logging the control values. If the
+ * prefix does not end with a space, then ": " will be added
+ * after the prefix. If @prefix == NULL, then no prefix will be
+ * used.
+ *
+ * For use with VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS.
+ *
+ * Does nothing if @hdl == NULL.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_handler_log_status(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ const char *prefix);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_custom() - Allocate and initialize a new custom V4L2
+ * control.
+ *
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ * @cfg: The control's configuration data.
+ * @priv: The control's driver-specific private data.
+ *
+ * If the &v4l2_ctrl struct could not be allocated then NULL is returned
+ * and @hdl->error is set to the error code (if it wasn't set already).
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_custom(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_config *cfg,
+ void *priv);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_std() - Allocate and initialize a new standard V4L2 non-menu
+ * control.
+ *
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ * @ops: The control ops.
+ * @id: The control ID.
+ * @min: The control's minimum value.
+ * @max: The control's maximum value.
+ * @step: The control's step value
+ * @def: The control's default value.
+ *
+ * If the &v4l2_ctrl struct could not be allocated, or the control
+ * ID is not known, then NULL is returned and @hdl->error is set to the
+ * appropriate error code (if it wasn't set already).
+ *
+ * If @id refers to a menu control, then this function will return NULL.
+ *
+ * Use v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu() when adding menu controls.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
+ u32 id, s64 min, s64 max, u64 step,
+ s64 def);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu() - Allocate and initialize a new standard V4L2
+ * menu control.
+ *
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ * @ops: The control ops.
+ * @id: The control ID.
+ * @max: The control's maximum value.
+ * @mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it
+ * easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set,
+ * then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for
+ * menus with <= 64 menu items. There are no menus that come
+ * close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more,
+ * then this will have to be extended to a bit array.
+ * @def: The control's default value.
+ *
+ * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std(), but @min is set to 0 and the @mask value
+ * determines which menu items are to be skipped.
+ *
+ * If @id refers to a non-menu control, then this function will return NULL.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
+ u32 id, u8 max, u64 mask, u8 def);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items() - Create a new standard V4L2 menu control
+ * with driver specific menu.
+ *
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ * @ops: The control ops.
+ * @id: The control ID.
+ * @max: The control's maximum value.
+ * @mask: The control's skip mask for menu controls. This makes it
+ * easy to skip menu items that are not valid. If bit X is set,
+ * then menu item X is skipped. Of course, this only works for
+ * menus with <= 64 menu items. There are no menus that come
+ * close to that number, so this is OK. Should we ever need more,
+ * then this will have to be extended to a bit array.
+ * @def: The control's default value.
+ * @qmenu: The new menu.
+ *
+ * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(), but @qmenu will be the driver specific
+ * menu of this control.
+ *
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu_items(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
+ u32 id, u8 max,
+ u64 mask, u8 def,
+ const char * const *qmenu);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_std_compound() - Allocate and initialize a new standard V4L2
+ * compound control.
+ *
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ * @ops: The control ops.
+ * @id: The control ID.
+ * @p_def: The control's default value.
+ *
+ * Sames as v4l2_ctrl_new_std(), but with support to compound controls, thanks
+ * to the @p_def field. Use v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create() to create @p_def from a
+ * pointer. Use v4l2_ctrl_ptr_create(NULL) if the default value of the
+ * compound control should be all zeroes.
+ *
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_std_compound(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
+ u32 id,
+ const union v4l2_ctrl_ptr p_def);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu() - Create a new standard V4L2 integer menu control.
+ *
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ * @ops: The control ops.
+ * @id: The control ID.
+ * @max: The control's maximum value.
+ * @def: The control's default value.
+ * @qmenu_int: The control's menu entries.
+ *
+ * Same as v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu(), but @mask is set to 0 and it additionally
+ * takes as an argument an array of integers determining the menu items.
+ *
+ * If @id refers to a non-integer-menu control, then this function will
+ * return %NULL.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops,
+ u32 id, u8 max, u8 def,
+ const s64 *qmenu_int);
+
+/**
+ * typedef v4l2_ctrl_filter - Typedef to define the filter function to be
+ * used when adding a control handler.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: pointer to struct &v4l2_ctrl.
+ */
+
+typedef bool (*v4l2_ctrl_filter)(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_add_handler() - Add all controls from handler @add to
+ * handler @hdl.
+ *
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ * @add: The control handler whose controls you want to add to
+ * the @hdl control handler.
+ * @filter: This function will filter which controls should be added.
+ * @from_other_dev: If true, then the controls in @add were defined in another
+ * device than @hdl.
+ *
+ * Does nothing if either of the two handlers is a NULL pointer.
+ * If @filter is NULL, then all controls are added. Otherwise only those
+ * controls for which @filter returns true will be added.
+ * In case of an error @hdl->error will be set to the error code (if it
+ * wasn't set already).
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_add_handler(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *add,
+ v4l2_ctrl_filter filter,
+ bool from_other_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_radio_filter() - Standard filter for radio controls.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control that is filtered.
+ *
+ * This will return true for any controls that are valid for radio device
+ * nodes. Those are all of the V4L2_CID_AUDIO_* user controls and all FM
+ * transmitter class controls.
+ *
+ * This function is to be used with v4l2_ctrl_add_handler().
+ */
+bool v4l2_ctrl_radio_filter(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_cluster() - Mark all controls in the cluster as belonging
+ * to that cluster.
+ *
+ * @ncontrols: The number of controls in this cluster.
+ * @controls: The cluster control array of size @ncontrols.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_cluster(unsigned int ncontrols, struct v4l2_ctrl **controls);
+
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster() - Mark all controls in the cluster as belonging
+ * to that cluster and set it up for autofoo/foo-type handling.
+ *
+ * @ncontrols: The number of controls in this cluster.
+ * @controls: The cluster control array of size @ncontrols. The first control
+ * must be the 'auto' control (e.g. autogain, autoexposure, etc.)
+ * @manual_val: The value for the first control in the cluster that equals the
+ * manual setting.
+ * @set_volatile: If true, then all controls except the first auto control will
+ * be volatile.
+ *
+ * Use for control groups where one control selects some automatic feature and
+ * the other controls are only active whenever the automatic feature is turned
+ * off (manual mode). Typical examples: autogain vs gain, auto-whitebalance vs
+ * red and blue balance, etc.
+ *
+ * The behavior of such controls is as follows:
+ *
+ * When the autofoo control is set to automatic, then any manual controls
+ * are set to inactive and any reads will call g_volatile_ctrl (if the control
+ * was marked volatile).
+ *
+ * When the autofoo control is set to manual, then any manual controls will
+ * be marked active, and any reads will just return the current value without
+ * going through g_volatile_ctrl.
+ *
+ * In addition, this function will set the %V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_UPDATE flag
+ * on the autofoo control and %V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE on the foo control(s)
+ * if autofoo is in auto mode.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_auto_cluster(unsigned int ncontrols,
+ struct v4l2_ctrl **controls,
+ u8 manual_val, bool set_volatile);
+
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_find() - Find a control with the given ID.
+ *
+ * @hdl: The control handler.
+ * @id: The control ID to find.
+ *
+ * If @hdl == NULL this will return NULL as well. Will lock the handler so
+ * do not use from inside &v4l2_ctrl_ops.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_find(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_activate() - Make the control active or inactive.
+ * @ctrl: The control to (de)activate.
+ * @active: True if the control should become active.
+ *
+ * This sets or clears the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INACTIVE flag atomically.
+ * Does nothing if @ctrl == NULL.
+ * This will usually be called from within the s_ctrl op.
+ * The V4L2_EVENT_CTRL event will be generated afterwards.
+ *
+ * This function assumes that the control handler is locked.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_activate(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool active);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_grab() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_grab.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control to (de)activate.
+ * @grabbed: True if the control should become grabbed.
+ *
+ * This sets or clears the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED flag atomically.
+ * Does nothing if @ctrl == NULL.
+ * The V4L2_EVENT_CTRL event will be generated afterwards.
+ * This will usually be called when starting or stopping streaming in the
+ * driver.
+ *
+ * This function assumes that the control handler is locked by the caller.
+ */
+void __v4l2_ctrl_grab(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool grabbed);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_grab() - Mark the control as grabbed or not grabbed.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control to (de)activate.
+ * @grabbed: True if the control should become grabbed.
+ *
+ * This sets or clears the V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_GRABBED flag atomically.
+ * Does nothing if @ctrl == NULL.
+ * The V4L2_EVENT_CTRL event will be generated afterwards.
+ * This will usually be called when starting or stopping streaming in the
+ * driver.
+ *
+ * This function assumes that the control handler is not locked and will
+ * take the lock itself.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_ctrl_grab(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, bool grabbed)
+{
+ if (!ctrl)
+ return;
+
+ v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+ __v4l2_ctrl_grab(ctrl, grabbed);
+ v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+}
+
+/**
+ *__v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_modify_range()
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control to update.
+ * @min: The control's minimum value.
+ * @max: The control's maximum value.
+ * @step: The control's step value
+ * @def: The control's default value.
+ *
+ * Update the range of a control on the fly. This works for control types
+ * INTEGER, BOOLEAN, MENU, INTEGER MENU and BITMASK. For menu controls the
+ * @step value is interpreted as a menu_skip_mask.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if one of the range arguments is invalid for this
+ * control type.
+ *
+ * The caller is responsible for acquiring the control handler mutex on behalf
+ * of __v4l2_ctrl_modify_range().
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+ s64 min, s64 max, u64 step, s64 def);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_modify_range() - Update the range of a control.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control to update.
+ * @min: The control's minimum value.
+ * @max: The control's maximum value.
+ * @step: The control's step value
+ * @def: The control's default value.
+ *
+ * Update the range of a control on the fly. This works for control types
+ * INTEGER, BOOLEAN, MENU, INTEGER MENU and BITMASK. For menu controls the
+ * @step value is interpreted as a menu_skip_mask.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if one of the range arguments is invalid for this
+ * control type.
+ *
+ * This function assumes that the control handler is not locked and will
+ * take the lock itself.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+ s64 min, s64 max, u64 step, s64 def)
+{
+ int rval;
+
+ v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+ rval = __v4l2_ctrl_modify_range(ctrl, min, max, step, def);
+ v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+
+ return rval;
+}
+
+/**
+ *__v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions()
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control to update.
+ * @dims: The control's new dimensions.
+ *
+ * Update the dimensions of an array control on the fly. The elements of the
+ * array are reset to their default value, even if the dimensions are
+ * unchanged.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if @dims is invalid for this control.
+ *
+ * The caller is responsible for acquiring the control handler mutex on behalf
+ * of __v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions().
+ *
+ * Note: calling this function when the same control is used in pending requests
+ * is untested. It should work (a request with the wrong size of the control
+ * will drop that control silently), but it will be very confusing.
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+ u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS]);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions() - Update the dimensions of an array control.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control to update.
+ * @dims: The control's new dimensions.
+ *
+ * Update the dimensions of an array control on the fly. The elements of the
+ * array are reset to their default value, even if the dimensions are
+ * unchanged.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if @dims is invalid for this control type.
+ *
+ * This function assumes that the control handler is not locked and will
+ * take the lock itself.
+ *
+ * Note: calling this function when the same control is used in pending requests
+ * is untested. It should work (a request with the wrong size of the control
+ * will drop that control silently), but it will be very confusing.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+ u32 dims[V4L2_CTRL_MAX_DIMS])
+{
+ int rval;
+
+ v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+ rval = __v4l2_ctrl_modify_dimensions(ctrl, dims);
+ v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+
+ return rval;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_notify() - Function to set a notify callback for a control.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ * @notify: The callback function.
+ * @priv: The callback private handle, passed as argument to the callback.
+ *
+ * This function sets a callback function for the control. If @ctrl is NULL,
+ * then it will do nothing. If @notify is NULL, then the notify callback will
+ * be removed.
+ *
+ * There can be only one notify. If another already exists, then a WARN_ON
+ * will be issued and the function will do nothing.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_notify(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, v4l2_ctrl_notify_fnc notify,
+ void *priv);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_get_name() - Get the name of the control
+ *
+ * @id: The control ID.
+ *
+ * This function returns the name of the given control ID or NULL if it isn't
+ * a known control.
+ */
+const char *v4l2_ctrl_get_name(u32 id);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_get_menu() - Get the menu string array of the control
+ *
+ * @id: The control ID.
+ *
+ * This function returns the NULL-terminated menu string array name of the
+ * given control ID or NULL if it isn't a known menu control.
+ */
+const char * const *v4l2_ctrl_get_menu(u32 id);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_get_int_menu() - Get the integer menu array of the control
+ *
+ * @id: The control ID.
+ * @len: The size of the integer array.
+ *
+ * This function returns the integer array of the given control ID or NULL if it
+ * if it isn't a known integer menu control.
+ */
+const s64 *v4l2_ctrl_get_int_menu(u32 id, u32 *len);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl() - Helper function to get the control's value from
+ * within a driver.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ *
+ * This returns the control's value safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be
+ * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for integer type controls only.
+ */
+s32 v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl().
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ * @val: The new value.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new value safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function assumes the control's handler is already locked,
+ * allowing it to be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for integer type controls only.
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s32 val);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl() - Helper function to set the control's value from
+ * within a driver.
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ * @val: The new value.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new value safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be
+ * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for integer type controls only.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s32 val)
+{
+ int rval;
+
+ v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+ rval = __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl(ctrl, val);
+ v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+
+ return rval;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl_int64() - Helper function to get a 64-bit control's value
+ * from within a driver.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ *
+ * This returns the control's value safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be
+ * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for 64-bit integer type controls only.
+ */
+s64 v4l2_ctrl_g_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64().
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ * @val: The new value.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new value safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function assumes the control's handler is already locked,
+ * allowing it to be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for 64-bit integer type controls only.
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s64 val);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64() - Helper function to set a 64-bit control's value
+ * from within a driver.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ * @val: The new value.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new value safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be
+ * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for 64-bit integer type controls only.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, s64 val)
+{
+ int rval;
+
+ v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+ rval = __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_int64(ctrl, val);
+ v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+
+ return rval;
+}
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string() - Unlocked variant of v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string().
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ * @s: The new string.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new string safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function assumes the control's handler is already locked,
+ * allowing it to be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for string type controls only.
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string() - Helper function to set a control's string value
+ * from within a driver.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ * @s: The new string.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new string safely by going through the control
+ * framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it cannot be
+ * used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for string type controls only.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, const char *s)
+{
+ int rval;
+
+ v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+ rval = __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_string(ctrl, s);
+ v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+
+ return rval;
+}
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound() - Unlocked variant to set a compound control
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ * @type: The type of the data.
+ * @p: The new compound payload.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new compound payload safely by going through the
+ * control framework. This function assumes the control's handler is already
+ * locked, allowing it to be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for compound type controls only.
+ */
+int __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+ enum v4l2_ctrl_type type, const void *p);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound() - Helper function to set a compound control
+ * from within a driver.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The control.
+ * @type: The type of the data.
+ * @p: The new compound payload.
+ *
+ * This sets the control's new compound payload safely by going through the
+ * control framework. This function will lock the control's handler, so it
+ * cannot be used from within the &v4l2_ctrl_ops functions.
+ *
+ * This function is for compound type controls only.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound(struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+ enum v4l2_ctrl_type type,
+ const void *p)
+{
+ int rval;
+
+ v4l2_ctrl_lock(ctrl);
+ rval = __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound(ctrl, type, p);
+ v4l2_ctrl_unlock(ctrl);
+
+ return rval;
+}
+
+/* Helper defines for area type controls */
+#define __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_area(ctrl, area) \
+ __v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound((ctrl), V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_AREA, (area))
+#define v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_area(ctrl, area) \
+ v4l2_ctrl_s_ctrl_compound((ctrl), V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_AREA, (area))
+
+/* Internal helper functions that deal with control events. */
+extern const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops v4l2_ctrl_sub_ev_ops;
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_replace - Function to be used as a callback to
+ * &struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops replace\(\)
+ *
+ * @old: pointer to struct &v4l2_event with the reported
+ * event;
+ * @new: pointer to struct &v4l2_event with the modified
+ * event;
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_replace(struct v4l2_event *old, const struct v4l2_event *new);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_merge - Function to be used as a callback to
+ * &struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops merge(\)
+ *
+ * @old: pointer to struct &v4l2_event with the reported
+ * event;
+ * @new: pointer to struct &v4l2_event with the merged
+ * event;
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_merge(const struct v4l2_event *old, struct v4l2_event *new);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_log_status - helper function to implement %VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS ioctl
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct file
+ * @fh: unused. Kept just to be compatible to the arguments expected by
+ * &struct v4l2_ioctl_ops.vidioc_log_status.
+ *
+ * Can be used as a vidioc_log_status function that just dumps all controls
+ * associated with the filehandle.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_log_status(struct file *file, void *fh);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event - Subscribes to an event
+ *
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ *
+ * Can be used as a vidioc_subscribe_event function that just subscribes
+ * control events.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_subscribe_event(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_poll - function to be used as a callback to the poll()
+ * That just polls for control events.
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct file
+ * @wait: pointer to struct poll_table_struct
+ */
+__poll_t v4l2_ctrl_poll(struct file *file, struct poll_table_struct *wait);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_request_setup - helper function to apply control values in a request
+ *
+ * @req: The request
+ * @parent: The parent control handler ('priv' in media_request_object_find())
+ *
+ * This is a helper function to call the control handler's s_ctrl callback with
+ * the control values contained in the request. Do note that this approach of
+ * applying control values in a request is only applicable to memory-to-memory
+ * devices.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_request_setup(struct media_request *req,
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *parent);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_request_complete - Complete a control handler request object
+ *
+ * @req: The request
+ * @parent: The parent control handler ('priv' in media_request_object_find())
+ *
+ * This function is to be called on each control handler that may have had a
+ * request object associated with it, i.e. control handlers of a driver that
+ * supports requests.
+ *
+ * The function first obtains the values of any volatile controls in the control
+ * handler and attach them to the request. Then, the function completes the
+ * request object.
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_request_complete(struct media_request *req,
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *parent);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_find - Find the control handler in the request
+ *
+ * @req: The request
+ * @parent: The parent control handler ('priv' in media_request_object_find())
+ *
+ * This function finds the control handler in the request. It may return
+ * NULL if not found. When done, you must call v4l2_ctrl_request_put_hdl()
+ * with the returned handler pointer.
+ *
+ * If the request is not in state VALIDATING or QUEUED, then this function
+ * will always return NULL.
+ *
+ * Note that in state VALIDATING the req_queue_mutex is held, so
+ * no objects can be added or deleted from the request.
+ *
+ * In state QUEUED it is the driver that will have to ensure this.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_find(struct media_request *req,
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *parent);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_put - Put the control handler
+ *
+ * @hdl: Put this control handler
+ *
+ * This function released the control handler previously obtained from'
+ * v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_find().
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_put(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl)
+{
+ if (hdl)
+ media_request_object_put(&hdl->req_obj);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_ctrl_find() - Find a control with the given ID.
+ *
+ * @hdl: The control handler from the request.
+ * @id: The ID of the control to find.
+ *
+ * This function returns a pointer to the control if this control is
+ * part of the request or NULL otherwise.
+ */
+struct v4l2_ctrl *
+v4l2_ctrl_request_hdl_ctrl_find(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, u32 id);
+
+/* Helpers for ioctl_ops */
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_queryctrl - Helper function to implement
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @qc: pointer to &struct v4l2_queryctrl
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_queryctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_queryctrl *qc);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_query_ext_ctrl - Helper function to implement
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @qc: pointer to &struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_query_ext_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl *qc);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_querymenu - Helper function to implement
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYMENU <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @qm: pointer to &struct v4l2_querymenu
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_querymenu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_querymenu *qm);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_g_ctrl - Helper function to implement
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_CTRL <vidioc_g_ctrl>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @ctrl: pointer to &struct v4l2_control
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_g_ctrl(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct v4l2_control *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_s_ctrl - Helper function to implement
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_CTRL <vidioc_g_ctrl>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ *
+ * @ctrl: pointer to &struct v4l2_control
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_s_ctrl(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ struct v4l2_control *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_g_ext_ctrls - Helper function to implement
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device
+ * @c: pointer to &struct v4l2_ext_controls
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_g_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, struct video_device *vdev,
+ struct media_device *mdev, struct v4l2_ext_controls *c);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_try_ext_ctrls - Helper function to implement
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device
+ * @c: pointer to &struct v4l2_ext_controls
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_try_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ struct video_device *vdev,
+ struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct v4l2_ext_controls *c);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_s_ext_ctrls - Helper function to implement
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device
+ * @c: pointer to &struct v4l2_ext_controls
+ *
+ * If hdl == NULL then they will all return -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_s_ext_ctrls(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ struct video_device *vdev,
+ struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct v4l2_ext_controls *c);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_subdev_subscribe_event - Helper function to implement
+ * as a &struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops subscribe_event function
+ * that just subscribes control events.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_subdev_subscribe_event(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+ struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_subdev_log_status - Log all controls owned by subdev's control
+ * handler.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_subdev_log_status(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_new_fwnode_properties() - Register controls for the device
+ * properties
+ *
+ * @hdl: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler to register controls on
+ * @ctrl_ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_ops to register controls with
+ * @p: pointer to &struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties
+ *
+ * This function registers controls associated to device properties, using the
+ * property values contained in @p parameter, if the property has been set to
+ * a value.
+ *
+ * Currently the following v4l2 controls are parsed and registered:
+ * - V4L2_CID_CAMERA_ORIENTATION
+ * - V4L2_CID_CAMERA_SENSOR_ROTATION;
+ *
+ * Controls already registered by the caller with the @hdl control handler are
+ * not overwritten. Callers should register the controls they want to handle
+ * themselves before calling this function.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success, a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_new_fwnode_properties(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl,
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ctrl_ops,
+ const struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties *p);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_type_op_equal - Default v4l2_ctrl_type_ops equal callback.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The v4l2_ctrl pointer.
+ * @ptr1: A v4l2 control value.
+ * @ptr2: A v4l2 control value.
+ *
+ * Return: true if values are equal, otherwise false.
+ */
+bool v4l2_ctrl_type_op_equal(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl,
+ union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr1, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr2);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_type_op_init - Default v4l2_ctrl_type_ops init callback.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The v4l2_ctrl pointer.
+ * @from_idx: Starting element index.
+ * @ptr: The v4l2 control value.
+ *
+ * Return: void
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_type_op_init(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, u32 from_idx,
+ union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_type_op_log - Default v4l2_ctrl_type_ops log callback.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The v4l2_ctrl pointer.
+ *
+ * Return: void
+ */
+void v4l2_ctrl_type_op_log(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_type_op_validate - Default v4l2_ctrl_type_ops validate callback.
+ *
+ * @ctrl: The v4l2_ctrl pointer.
+ * @ptr: The v4l2 control value.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success, a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int v4l2_ctrl_type_op_validate(const struct v4l2_ctrl *ctrl, union v4l2_ctrl_ptr ptr);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-dev.h b/include/media/v4l2-dev.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e0a13505f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-dev.h
@@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/*
+ *
+ * V 4 L 2 D R I V E R H E L P E R A P I
+ *
+ * Moved from videodev2.h
+ *
+ * Some commonly needed functions for drivers (v4l2-common.o module)
+ */
+#ifndef _V4L2_DEV_H
+#define _V4L2_DEV_H
+
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/device.h>
+#include <linux/cdev.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+#include <media/media-entity.h>
+
+#define VIDEO_MAJOR 81
+
+/**
+ * enum vfl_devnode_type - type of V4L2 device node
+ *
+ * @VFL_TYPE_VIDEO: for video input/output devices
+ * @VFL_TYPE_VBI: for vertical blank data (i.e. closed captions, teletext)
+ * @VFL_TYPE_RADIO: for radio tuners
+ * @VFL_TYPE_SUBDEV: for V4L2 subdevices
+ * @VFL_TYPE_SDR: for Software Defined Radio tuners
+ * @VFL_TYPE_TOUCH: for touch sensors
+ * @VFL_TYPE_MAX: number of VFL types, must always be last in the enum
+ */
+enum vfl_devnode_type {
+ VFL_TYPE_VIDEO,
+ VFL_TYPE_VBI,
+ VFL_TYPE_RADIO,
+ VFL_TYPE_SUBDEV,
+ VFL_TYPE_SDR,
+ VFL_TYPE_TOUCH,
+ VFL_TYPE_MAX /* Shall be the last one */
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum vfl_devnode_direction - Identifies if a &struct video_device
+ * corresponds to a receiver, a transmitter or a mem-to-mem device.
+ *
+ * @VFL_DIR_RX: device is a receiver.
+ * @VFL_DIR_TX: device is a transmitter.
+ * @VFL_DIR_M2M: device is a memory to memory device.
+ *
+ * Note: Ignored if &enum vfl_devnode_type is %VFL_TYPE_SUBDEV.
+ */
+enum vfl_devnode_direction {
+ VFL_DIR_RX,
+ VFL_DIR_TX,
+ VFL_DIR_M2M,
+};
+
+struct v4l2_ioctl_callbacks;
+struct video_device;
+struct v4l2_device;
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler;
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_video_device_flags - Flags used by &struct video_device
+ *
+ * @V4L2_FL_REGISTERED:
+ * indicates that a &struct video_device is registered.
+ * Drivers can clear this flag if they want to block all future
+ * device access. It is cleared by video_unregister_device.
+ * @V4L2_FL_USES_V4L2_FH:
+ * indicates that file->private_data points to &struct v4l2_fh.
+ * This flag is set by the core when v4l2_fh_init() is called.
+ * All new drivers should use it.
+ * @V4L2_FL_QUIRK_INVERTED_CROP:
+ * some old M2M drivers use g/s_crop/cropcap incorrectly: crop and
+ * compose are swapped. If this flag is set, then the selection
+ * targets are swapped in the g/s_crop/cropcap functions in v4l2-ioctl.c.
+ * This allows those drivers to correctly implement the selection API,
+ * but the old crop API will still work as expected in order to preserve
+ * backwards compatibility.
+ * Never set this flag for new drivers.
+ * @V4L2_FL_SUBDEV_RO_DEVNODE:
+ * indicates that the video device node is registered in read-only mode.
+ * The flag only applies to device nodes registered for sub-devices, it is
+ * set by the core when the sub-devices device nodes are registered with
+ * v4l2_device_register_ro_subdev_nodes() and used by the sub-device ioctl
+ * handler to restrict access to some ioctl calls.
+ */
+enum v4l2_video_device_flags {
+ V4L2_FL_REGISTERED = 0,
+ V4L2_FL_USES_V4L2_FH = 1,
+ V4L2_FL_QUIRK_INVERTED_CROP = 2,
+ V4L2_FL_SUBDEV_RO_DEVNODE = 3,
+};
+
+/* Priority helper functions */
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_prio_state - stores the priority states
+ *
+ * @prios: array with elements to store the array priorities
+ *
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * The size of @prios array matches the number of priority types defined
+ * by enum &v4l2_priority.
+ */
+struct v4l2_prio_state {
+ atomic_t prios[4];
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_prio_init - initializes a struct v4l2_prio_state
+ *
+ * @global: pointer to &struct v4l2_prio_state
+ */
+void v4l2_prio_init(struct v4l2_prio_state *global);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_prio_change - changes the v4l2 file handler priority
+ *
+ * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node.
+ * @local: pointer to the desired priority, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority
+ * @new: Priority type requested, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * This function should be used only by the V4L2 core.
+ */
+int v4l2_prio_change(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority *local,
+ enum v4l2_priority new);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_prio_open - Implements the priority logic for a file handler open
+ *
+ * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node.
+ * @local: pointer to the desired priority, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * This function should be used only by the V4L2 core.
+ */
+void v4l2_prio_open(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority *local);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_prio_close - Implements the priority logic for a file handler close
+ *
+ * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node.
+ * @local: priority to be released, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * This function should be used only by the V4L2 core.
+ */
+void v4l2_prio_close(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority local);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_prio_max - Return the maximum priority, as stored at the @global array.
+ *
+ * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * This function should be used only by the V4L2 core.
+ */
+enum v4l2_priority v4l2_prio_max(struct v4l2_prio_state *global);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_prio_check - Implements the priority logic for a file handler close
+ *
+ * @global: pointer to the &struct v4l2_prio_state of the device node.
+ * @local: desired priority, as defined by enum &v4l2_priority local
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * This function should be used only by the V4L2 core.
+ */
+int v4l2_prio_check(struct v4l2_prio_state *global, enum v4l2_priority local);
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_file_operations - fs operations used by a V4L2 device
+ *
+ * @owner: pointer to struct module
+ * @read: operations needed to implement the read() syscall
+ * @write: operations needed to implement the write() syscall
+ * @poll: operations needed to implement the poll() syscall
+ * @unlocked_ioctl: operations needed to implement the ioctl() syscall
+ * @compat_ioctl32: operations needed to implement the ioctl() syscall for
+ * the special case where the Kernel uses 64 bits instructions, but
+ * the userspace uses 32 bits.
+ * @get_unmapped_area: called by the mmap() syscall, used when %!CONFIG_MMU
+ * @mmap: operations needed to implement the mmap() syscall
+ * @open: operations needed to implement the open() syscall
+ * @release: operations needed to implement the release() syscall
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Those operations are used to implemente the fs struct file_operations
+ * at the V4L2 drivers. The V4L2 core overrides the fs ops with some
+ * extra logic needed by the subsystem.
+ */
+struct v4l2_file_operations {
+ struct module *owner;
+ ssize_t (*read) (struct file *, char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
+ ssize_t (*write) (struct file *, const char __user *, size_t, loff_t *);
+ __poll_t (*poll) (struct file *, struct poll_table_struct *);
+ long (*unlocked_ioctl) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
+#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT
+ long (*compat_ioctl32) (struct file *, unsigned int, unsigned long);
+#endif
+ unsigned long (*get_unmapped_area) (struct file *, unsigned long,
+ unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long);
+ int (*mmap) (struct file *, struct vm_area_struct *);
+ int (*open) (struct file *);
+ int (*release) (struct file *);
+};
+
+/*
+ * Newer version of video_device, handled by videodev2.c
+ * This version moves redundant code from video device code to
+ * the common handler
+ */
+
+/**
+ * struct video_device - Structure used to create and manage the V4L2 device
+ * nodes.
+ *
+ * @entity: &struct media_entity
+ * @intf_devnode: pointer to &struct media_intf_devnode
+ * @pipe: &struct media_pipeline
+ * @fops: pointer to &struct v4l2_file_operations for the video device
+ * @device_caps: device capabilities as used in v4l2_capabilities
+ * @dev: &struct device for the video device
+ * @cdev: character device
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to &struct v4l2_device parent
+ * @dev_parent: pointer to &struct device parent
+ * @ctrl_handler: Control handler associated with this device node.
+ * May be NULL.
+ * @queue: &struct vb2_queue associated with this device node. May be NULL.
+ * @prio: pointer to &struct v4l2_prio_state with device's Priority state.
+ * If NULL, then v4l2_dev->prio will be used.
+ * @name: video device name
+ * @vfl_type: V4L device type, as defined by &enum vfl_devnode_type
+ * @vfl_dir: V4L receiver, transmitter or m2m
+ * @minor: device node 'minor'. It is set to -1 if the registration failed
+ * @num: number of the video device node
+ * @flags: video device flags. Use bitops to set/clear/test flags.
+ * Contains a set of &enum v4l2_video_device_flags.
+ * @index: attribute to differentiate multiple indices on one physical device
+ * @fh_lock: Lock for all v4l2_fhs
+ * @fh_list: List of &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @dev_debug: Internal device debug flags, not for use by drivers
+ * @tvnorms: Supported tv norms
+ *
+ * @release: video device release() callback
+ * @ioctl_ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_ioctl_ops with ioctl callbacks
+ *
+ * @valid_ioctls: bitmap with the valid ioctls for this device
+ * @lock: pointer to &struct mutex serialization lock
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * Only set @dev_parent if that can't be deduced from @v4l2_dev.
+ */
+
+struct video_device {
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER)
+ struct media_entity entity;
+ struct media_intf_devnode *intf_devnode;
+ struct media_pipeline pipe;
+#endif
+ const struct v4l2_file_operations *fops;
+
+ u32 device_caps;
+
+ /* sysfs */
+ struct device dev;
+ struct cdev *cdev;
+
+ struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev;
+ struct device *dev_parent;
+
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *ctrl_handler;
+
+ struct vb2_queue *queue;
+
+ struct v4l2_prio_state *prio;
+
+ /* device info */
+ char name[32];
+ enum vfl_devnode_type vfl_type;
+ enum vfl_devnode_direction vfl_dir;
+ int minor;
+ u16 num;
+ unsigned long flags;
+ int index;
+
+ /* V4L2 file handles */
+ spinlock_t fh_lock;
+ struct list_head fh_list;
+
+ int dev_debug;
+
+ v4l2_std_id tvnorms;
+
+ /* callbacks */
+ void (*release)(struct video_device *vdev);
+ const struct v4l2_ioctl_ops *ioctl_ops;
+ DECLARE_BITMAP(valid_ioctls, BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE);
+
+ struct mutex *lock;
+};
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_to_video_device - Returns a &struct video_device from
+ * the &struct media_entity embedded on it.
+ *
+ * @__entity: pointer to &struct media_entity
+ */
+#define media_entity_to_video_device(__entity) \
+ container_of(__entity, struct video_device, entity)
+
+/**
+ * to_video_device - Returns a &struct video_device from the
+ * &struct device embedded on it.
+ *
+ * @cd: pointer to &struct device
+ */
+#define to_video_device(cd) container_of(cd, struct video_device, dev)
+
+/**
+ * __video_register_device - register video4linux devices
+ *
+ * @vdev: struct video_device to register
+ * @type: type of device to register, as defined by &enum vfl_devnode_type
+ * @nr: which device node number is desired:
+ * (0 == /dev/video0, 1 == /dev/video1, ..., -1 == first free)
+ * @warn_if_nr_in_use: warn if the desired device node number
+ * was already in use and another number was chosen instead.
+ * @owner: module that owns the video device node
+ *
+ * The registration code assigns minor numbers and device node numbers
+ * based on the requested type and registers the new device node with
+ * the kernel.
+ *
+ * This function assumes that struct video_device was zeroed when it
+ * was allocated and does not contain any stale date.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if no free minor or device node number could be
+ * found, or if the registration of the device node failed.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * This function is meant to be used only inside the V4L2 core.
+ * Drivers should use video_register_device() or
+ * video_register_device_no_warn().
+ */
+int __must_check __video_register_device(struct video_device *vdev,
+ enum vfl_devnode_type type,
+ int nr, int warn_if_nr_in_use,
+ struct module *owner);
+
+/**
+ * video_register_device - register video4linux devices
+ *
+ * @vdev: struct video_device to register
+ * @type: type of device to register, as defined by &enum vfl_devnode_type
+ * @nr: which device node number is desired:
+ * (0 == /dev/video0, 1 == /dev/video1, ..., -1 == first free)
+ *
+ * Internally, it calls __video_register_device(). Please see its
+ * documentation for more details.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * if video_register_device fails, the release() callback of
+ * &struct video_device structure is *not* called, so the caller
+ * is responsible for freeing any data. Usually that means that
+ * you video_device_release() should be called on failure.
+ */
+static inline int __must_check video_register_device(struct video_device *vdev,
+ enum vfl_devnode_type type,
+ int nr)
+{
+ return __video_register_device(vdev, type, nr, 1, vdev->fops->owner);
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_register_device_no_warn - register video4linux devices
+ *
+ * @vdev: struct video_device to register
+ * @type: type of device to register, as defined by &enum vfl_devnode_type
+ * @nr: which device node number is desired:
+ * (0 == /dev/video0, 1 == /dev/video1, ..., -1 == first free)
+ *
+ * This function is identical to video_register_device() except that no
+ * warning is issued if the desired device node number was already in use.
+ *
+ * Internally, it calls __video_register_device(). Please see its
+ * documentation for more details.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * if video_register_device fails, the release() callback of
+ * &struct video_device structure is *not* called, so the caller
+ * is responsible for freeing any data. Usually that means that
+ * you video_device_release() should be called on failure.
+ */
+static inline int __must_check
+video_register_device_no_warn(struct video_device *vdev,
+ enum vfl_devnode_type type, int nr)
+{
+ return __video_register_device(vdev, type, nr, 0, vdev->fops->owner);
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_unregister_device - Unregister video devices.
+ *
+ * @vdev: &struct video_device to register
+ *
+ * Does nothing if vdev == NULL or if video_is_registered() returns false.
+ */
+void video_unregister_device(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * video_device_alloc - helper function to alloc &struct video_device
+ *
+ * Returns NULL if %-ENOMEM or a &struct video_device on success.
+ */
+struct video_device * __must_check video_device_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * video_device_release - helper function to release &struct video_device
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ *
+ * Can also be used for video_device->release\(\).
+ */
+void video_device_release(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * video_device_release_empty - helper function to implement the
+ * video_device->release\(\) callback.
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ *
+ * This release function does nothing.
+ *
+ * It should be used when the video_device is a static global struct.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * Having a static video_device is a dubious construction at best.
+ */
+void video_device_release_empty(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_disable_ioctl- mark that a given command isn't implemented.
+ * shouldn't use core locking
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @cmd: ioctl command
+ *
+ * This function allows drivers to provide just one v4l2_ioctl_ops struct, but
+ * disable ioctls based on the specific card that is actually found.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * This must be called before video_register_device.
+ * See also the comments for determine_valid_ioctls().
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_disable_ioctl(struct video_device *vdev,
+ unsigned int cmd)
+{
+ if (_IOC_NR(cmd) < BASE_VIDIOC_PRIVATE)
+ set_bit(_IOC_NR(cmd), vdev->valid_ioctls);
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_get_drvdata - gets private data from &struct video_device.
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ *
+ * returns a pointer to the private data
+ */
+static inline void *video_get_drvdata(struct video_device *vdev)
+{
+ return dev_get_drvdata(&vdev->dev);
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_set_drvdata - sets private data from &struct video_device.
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @data: private data pointer
+ */
+static inline void video_set_drvdata(struct video_device *vdev, void *data)
+{
+ dev_set_drvdata(&vdev->dev, data);
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_devdata - gets &struct video_device from struct file.
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct file
+ */
+struct video_device *video_devdata(struct file *file);
+
+/**
+ * video_drvdata - gets private data from &struct video_device using the
+ * struct file.
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct file
+ *
+ * This is function combines both video_get_drvdata() and video_devdata()
+ * as this is used very often.
+ */
+static inline void *video_drvdata(struct file *file)
+{
+ return video_get_drvdata(video_devdata(file));
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_device_node_name - returns the video device name
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ *
+ * Returns the device name string
+ */
+static inline const char *video_device_node_name(struct video_device *vdev)
+{
+ return dev_name(&vdev->dev);
+}
+
+/**
+ * video_is_registered - returns true if the &struct video_device is registered.
+ *
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ */
+static inline int video_is_registered(struct video_device *vdev)
+{
+ return test_bit(V4L2_FL_REGISTERED, &vdev->flags);
+}
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER)
+
+/**
+ * video_device_pipeline_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming
+ * @vdev: Starting video device
+ * @pipe: Media pipeline to be assigned to all entities in the pipeline.
+ *
+ * Mark all entities connected to a given video device through enabled links,
+ * either directly or indirectly, as streaming. The given pipeline object is
+ * assigned to every pad in the pipeline and stored in the media_pad pipe
+ * field.
+ *
+ * Calls to this function can be nested, in which case the same number of
+ * video_device_pipeline_stop() calls will be required to stop streaming. The
+ * pipeline pointer must be identical for all nested calls to
+ * video_device_pipeline_start().
+ *
+ * The video device must contain a single pad.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience wrapper around media_pipeline_start().
+ */
+__must_check int video_device_pipeline_start(struct video_device *vdev,
+ struct media_pipeline *pipe);
+
+/**
+ * __video_device_pipeline_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming
+ * @vdev: Starting video device
+ * @pipe: Media pipeline to be assigned to all entities in the pipeline.
+ *
+ * ..note:: This is the non-locking version of video_device_pipeline_start()
+ *
+ * The video device must contain a single pad.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience wrapper around __media_pipeline_start().
+ */
+__must_check int __video_device_pipeline_start(struct video_device *vdev,
+ struct media_pipeline *pipe);
+
+/**
+ * video_device_pipeline_stop - Mark a pipeline as not streaming
+ * @vdev: Starting video device
+ *
+ * Mark all entities connected to a given video device through enabled links,
+ * either directly or indirectly, as not streaming. The media_pad pipe field
+ * is reset to %NULL.
+ *
+ * If multiple calls to media_pipeline_start() have been made, the same
+ * number of calls to this function are required to mark the pipeline as not
+ * streaming.
+ *
+ * The video device must contain a single pad.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience wrapper around media_pipeline_stop().
+ */
+void video_device_pipeline_stop(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * __video_device_pipeline_stop - Mark a pipeline as not streaming
+ * @vdev: Starting video device
+ *
+ * .. note:: This is the non-locking version of media_pipeline_stop()
+ *
+ * The video device must contain a single pad.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience wrapper around __media_pipeline_stop().
+ */
+void __video_device_pipeline_stop(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * video_device_pipeline_alloc_start - Mark a pipeline as streaming
+ * @vdev: Starting video device
+ *
+ * video_device_pipeline_alloc_start() is similar to video_device_pipeline_start()
+ * but instead of working on a given pipeline the function will use an
+ * existing pipeline if the video device is already part of a pipeline, or
+ * allocate a new pipeline.
+ *
+ * Calls to video_device_pipeline_alloc_start() must be matched with
+ * video_device_pipeline_stop().
+ */
+__must_check int video_device_pipeline_alloc_start(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * video_device_pipeline - Get the media pipeline a video device is part of
+ * @vdev: The video device
+ *
+ * This function returns the media pipeline that a video device has been
+ * associated with when constructing the pipeline with
+ * video_device_pipeline_start(). The pointer remains valid until
+ * video_device_pipeline_stop() is called.
+ *
+ * Return: The media_pipeline the video device is part of, or NULL if the video
+ * device is not part of any pipeline.
+ *
+ * The video device must contain a single pad.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience wrapper around media_entity_pipeline().
+ */
+struct media_pipeline *video_device_pipeline(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */
+
+#endif /* _V4L2_DEV_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-device.h b/include/media/v4l2-device.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a8977a33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-device.h
@@ -0,0 +1,568 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ V4L2 device support header.
+
+ Copyright (C) 2008 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
+
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_DEVICE_H
+#define _V4L2_DEVICE_H
+
+#include <media/media-device.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+
+#define V4L2_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE (20 + 16)
+
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_device - main struct to for V4L2 device drivers
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to struct device.
+ * @mdev: pointer to struct media_device, may be NULL.
+ * @subdevs: used to keep track of the registered subdevs
+ * @lock: lock this struct; can be used by the driver as well
+ * if this struct is embedded into a larger struct.
+ * @name: unique device name, by default the driver name + bus ID
+ * @notify: notify operation called by some sub-devices.
+ * @ctrl_handler: The control handler. May be %NULL.
+ * @prio: Device's priority state
+ * @ref: Keep track of the references to this struct.
+ * @release: Release function that is called when the ref count
+ * goes to 0.
+ *
+ * Each instance of a V4L2 device should create the v4l2_device struct,
+ * either stand-alone or embedded in a larger struct.
+ *
+ * It allows easy access to sub-devices (see v4l2-subdev.h) and provides
+ * basic V4L2 device-level support.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * #) @dev->driver_data points to this struct.
+ * #) @dev might be %NULL if there is no parent device
+ */
+struct v4l2_device {
+ struct device *dev;
+ struct media_device *mdev;
+ struct list_head subdevs;
+ spinlock_t lock;
+ char name[V4L2_DEVICE_NAME_SIZE];
+ void (*notify)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ unsigned int notification, void *arg);
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *ctrl_handler;
+ struct v4l2_prio_state prio;
+ struct kref ref;
+ void (*release)(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_get - gets a V4L2 device reference
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device
+ *
+ * This is an ancillary routine meant to increment the usage for the
+ * struct &v4l2_device pointed by @v4l2_dev.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_device_get(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev)
+{
+ kref_get(&v4l2_dev->ref);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_put - puts a V4L2 device reference
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device
+ *
+ * This is an ancillary routine meant to decrement the usage for the
+ * struct &v4l2_device pointed by @v4l2_dev.
+ */
+int v4l2_device_put(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_register - Initialize v4l2_dev and make @dev->driver_data
+ * point to @v4l2_dev.
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to struct &device
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * @dev may be %NULL in rare cases (ISA devices).
+ * In such case the caller must fill in the @v4l2_dev->name field
+ * before calling this function.
+ */
+int __must_check v4l2_device_register(struct device *dev,
+ struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_set_name - Optional function to initialize the
+ * name field of struct &v4l2_device
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device
+ * @basename: base name for the device name
+ * @instance: pointer to a static atomic_t var with the instance usage for
+ * the device driver.
+ *
+ * v4l2_device_set_name() initializes the name field of struct &v4l2_device
+ * using the driver name and a driver-global atomic_t instance.
+ *
+ * This function will increment the instance counter and returns the
+ * instance value used in the name.
+ *
+ * Example:
+ *
+ * static atomic_t drv_instance = ATOMIC_INIT(0);
+ *
+ * ...
+ *
+ * instance = v4l2_device_set_name(&\ v4l2_dev, "foo", &\ drv_instance);
+ *
+ * The first time this is called the name field will be set to foo0 and
+ * this function returns 0. If the name ends with a digit (e.g. cx18),
+ * then the name will be set to cx18-0 since cx180 would look really odd.
+ */
+int v4l2_device_set_name(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev, const char *basename,
+ atomic_t *instance);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_disconnect - Change V4L2 device state to disconnected.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device
+ *
+ * Should be called when the USB parent disconnects.
+ * Since the parent disappears, this ensures that @v4l2_dev doesn't have
+ * an invalid parent pointer.
+ *
+ * .. note:: This function sets @v4l2_dev->dev to NULL.
+ */
+void v4l2_device_disconnect(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_unregister - Unregister all sub-devices and any other
+ * resources related to @v4l2_dev.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device
+ */
+void v4l2_device_unregister(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_register_subdev - Registers a subdev with a v4l2 device.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * While registered, the subdev module is marked as in-use.
+ *
+ * An error is returned if the module is no longer loaded on any attempts
+ * to register it.
+ */
+int __must_check v4l2_device_register_subdev(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+ struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_unregister_subdev - Unregisters a subdev with a v4l2 device.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * .. note ::
+ *
+ * Can also be called if the subdev wasn't registered. In such
+ * case, it will do nothing.
+ */
+void v4l2_device_unregister_subdev(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes - Registers device nodes for
+ * all subdevs of the v4l2 device that are marked with the
+ * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE flag.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device
+ * @read_only: subdevices read-only flag. True to register the subdevices
+ * device nodes in read-only mode, false to allow full access to the
+ * subdevice userspace API.
+ */
+int __must_check
+__v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev,
+ bool read_only);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes - Registers subdevices device nodes with
+ * unrestricted access to the subdevice userspace operations
+ *
+ * Internally calls __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(). See its documentation
+ * for more details.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device
+ */
+static inline int __must_check
+v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev)
+{
+#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API)
+ return __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(v4l2_dev, false);
+#else
+ return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_register_ro_subdev_nodes - Registers subdevices device nodes
+ * in read-only mode
+ *
+ * Internally calls __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(). See its documentation
+ * for more details.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device
+ */
+static inline int __must_check
+v4l2_device_register_ro_subdev_nodes(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev)
+{
+#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API)
+ return __v4l2_device_register_subdev_nodes(v4l2_dev, true);
+#else
+ return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_notify - Sends a notification to v4l2_device.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @notification: type of notification. Please notice that the notification
+ * type is driver-specific.
+ * @arg: arguments for the notification. Those are specific to each
+ * notification type.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_subdev_notify(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ unsigned int notification, void *arg)
+{
+ if (sd && sd->v4l2_dev && sd->v4l2_dev->notify)
+ sd->v4l2_dev->notify(sd, notification, arg);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_supports_requests - Test if requests are supported.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct v4l2_device
+ */
+static inline bool v4l2_device_supports_requests(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev)
+{
+ return v4l2_dev->mdev && v4l2_dev->mdev->ops &&
+ v4l2_dev->mdev->ops->req_queue;
+}
+
+/* Helper macros to iterate over all subdevs. */
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_for_each_subdev - Helper macro that interates over all
+ * sub-devices of a given &v4l2_device.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer that will be filled by the macro with all
+ * &struct v4l2_subdev pointer used as an iterator by the loop.
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ *
+ * This macro iterates over all sub-devices owned by the @v4l2_dev device.
+ * It acts as a for loop iterator and executes the next statement with
+ * the @sd variable pointing to each sub-device in turn.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_for_each_subdev(sd, v4l2_dev) \
+ list_for_each_entry(sd, &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list)
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p - Calls the specified operation for
+ * all subdevs matching the condition.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @sd: pointer that will be filled by the macro with all
+ * &struct v4l2_subdev pointer used as an iterator by the loop.
+ * @cond: condition to be match
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Ignore any errors.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p(v4l2_dev, sd, cond, o, f, args...) \
+ do { \
+ list_for_each_entry((sd), &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list) \
+ if ((cond) && (sd)->ops->o && (sd)->ops->o->f) \
+ (sd)->ops->o->f((sd) , ##args); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_device_call_subdevs - Calls the specified operation for
+ * all subdevs matching the condition.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @cond: condition to be match
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Ignore any errors.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define __v4l2_device_call_subdevs(v4l2_dev, cond, o, f, args...) \
+ do { \
+ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \
+ \
+ __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p(v4l2_dev, __sd, cond, o, \
+ f , ##args); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p - Calls the specified operation for
+ * all subdevs matching the condition.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @sd: pointer that will be filled by the macro with all
+ * &struct v4l2_subdev sub-devices associated with @v4l2_dev.
+ * @cond: condition to be match
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *
+ * If the operation returns an error other than 0 or ``-ENOIOCTLCMD``
+ * for any subdevice, then abort and return with that error code, zero
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p(v4l2_dev, sd, cond, o, f, args...) \
+({ \
+ long __err = 0; \
+ \
+ list_for_each_entry((sd), &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list) { \
+ if ((cond) && (sd)->ops->o && (sd)->ops->o->f) \
+ __err = (sd)->ops->o->f((sd) , ##args); \
+ if (__err && __err != -ENOIOCTLCMD) \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ (__err == -ENOIOCTLCMD) ? 0 : __err; \
+})
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err - Calls the specified operation for
+ * all subdevs matching the condition.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @cond: condition to be match
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *
+ * If the operation returns an error other than 0 or ``-ENOIOCTLCMD``
+ * for any subdevice, then abort and return with that error code,
+ * zero otherwise.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err(v4l2_dev, cond, o, f, args...) \
+({ \
+ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \
+ __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p(v4l2_dev, __sd, cond, o, \
+ f , ##args); \
+})
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_call_all - Calls the specified operation for
+ * all subdevs matching the &v4l2_subdev.grp_id, as assigned
+ * by the bridge driver.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @grpid: &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id group ID to match.
+ * Use 0 to match them all.
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Ignore any errors.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_call_all(v4l2_dev, grpid, o, f, args...) \
+ do { \
+ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \
+ \
+ __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p(v4l2_dev, __sd, \
+ (grpid) == 0 || __sd->grp_id == (grpid), o, f , \
+ ##args); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_call_until_err - Calls the specified operation for
+ * all subdevs matching the &v4l2_subdev.grp_id, as assigned
+ * by the bridge driver, until an error occurs.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @grpid: &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id group ID to match.
+ * Use 0 to match them all.
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *
+ * If the operation returns an error other than 0 or ``-ENOIOCTLCMD``
+ * for any subdevice, then abort and return with that error code,
+ * zero otherwise.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_call_until_err(v4l2_dev, grpid, o, f, args...) \
+({ \
+ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \
+ __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p(v4l2_dev, __sd, \
+ (grpid) == 0 || __sd->grp_id == (grpid), o, f , \
+ ##args); \
+})
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_mask_call_all - Calls the specified operation for
+ * all subdevices where a group ID matches a specified bitmask.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @grpmsk: bitmask to be checked against &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id
+ * group ID to be matched. Use 0 to match them all.
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Ignore any errors.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_mask_call_all(v4l2_dev, grpmsk, o, f, args...) \
+ do { \
+ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \
+ \
+ __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_p(v4l2_dev, __sd, \
+ (grpmsk) == 0 || (__sd->grp_id & (grpmsk)), o, \
+ f , ##args); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_mask_call_until_err - Calls the specified operation for
+ * all subdevices where a group ID matches a specified bitmask.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @grpmsk: bitmask to be checked against &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id
+ * group ID to be matched. Use 0 to match them all.
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ *
+ * If the operation returns an error other than 0 or ``-ENOIOCTLCMD``
+ * for any subdevice, then abort and return with that error code,
+ * zero otherwise.
+ *
+ * Note: subdevs cannot be added or deleted while walking
+ * the subdevs list.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_mask_call_until_err(v4l2_dev, grpmsk, o, f, args...) \
+({ \
+ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \
+ __v4l2_device_call_subdevs_until_err_p(v4l2_dev, __sd, \
+ (grpmsk) == 0 || (__sd->grp_id & (grpmsk)), o, \
+ f , ##args); \
+})
+
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_has_op - checks if any subdev with matching grpid has a
+ * given ops.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @grpid: &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id group ID to match.
+ * Use 0 to match them all.
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_has_op(v4l2_dev, grpid, o, f) \
+({ \
+ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \
+ bool __result = false; \
+ list_for_each_entry(__sd, &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list) { \
+ if ((grpid) && __sd->grp_id != (grpid)) \
+ continue; \
+ if (v4l2_subdev_has_op(__sd, o, f)) { \
+ __result = true; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ __result; \
+})
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_device_mask_has_op - checks if any subdev with matching group
+ * mask has a given ops.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: &struct v4l2_device owning the sub-devices to iterate over.
+ * @grpmsk: bitmask to be checked against &struct v4l2_subdev->grp_id
+ * group ID to be matched. Use 0 to match them all.
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of operations functions.
+ * @f: operation function that will be called if @cond matches.
+ * The operation functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ */
+#define v4l2_device_mask_has_op(v4l2_dev, grpmsk, o, f) \
+({ \
+ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd; \
+ bool __result = false; \
+ list_for_each_entry(__sd, &(v4l2_dev)->subdevs, list) { \
+ if ((grpmsk) && !(__sd->grp_id & (grpmsk))) \
+ continue; \
+ if (v4l2_subdev_has_op(__sd, o, f)) { \
+ __result = true; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ __result; \
+})
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h b/include/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8fa963326
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-dv-timings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * v4l2-dv-timings - Internal header with dv-timings helper functions
+ *
+ * Copyright 2013 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __V4L2_DV_TIMINGS_H
+#define __V4L2_DV_TIMINGS_H
+
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_calc_timeperframe - helper function to calculate timeperframe based
+ * v4l2_dv_timings fields.
+ * @t: Timings for the video mode.
+ *
+ * Calculates the expected timeperframe using the pixel clock value and
+ * horizontal/vertical measures. This means that v4l2_dv_timings structure
+ * must be correctly and fully filled.
+ */
+struct v4l2_fract v4l2_calc_timeperframe(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t);
+
+/*
+ * v4l2_dv_timings_presets: list of all dv_timings presets.
+ */
+extern const struct v4l2_dv_timings v4l2_dv_timings_presets[];
+
+/**
+ * typedef v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc - timings check callback
+ *
+ * @t: the v4l2_dv_timings struct.
+ * @handle: a handle from the driver.
+ *
+ * Returns true if the given timings are valid.
+ */
+typedef bool v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t, void *handle);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_valid_dv_timings() - are these timings valid?
+ *
+ * @t: the v4l2_dv_timings struct.
+ * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities.
+ * @fnc: callback to check if this timing is OK. May be NULL.
+ * @fnc_handle: a handle that is passed on to @fnc.
+ *
+ * Returns true if the given dv_timings struct is supported by the
+ * hardware capabilities and the callback function (if non-NULL), returns
+ * false otherwise.
+ */
+bool v4l2_valid_dv_timings(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t,
+ const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap,
+ v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc fnc,
+ void *fnc_handle);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_enum_dv_timings_cap() - Helper function to enumerate possible DV
+ * timings based on capabilities
+ *
+ * @t: the v4l2_enum_dv_timings struct.
+ * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities.
+ * @fnc: callback to check if this timing is OK. May be NULL.
+ * @fnc_handle: a handle that is passed on to @fnc.
+ *
+ * This enumerates dv_timings using the full list of possible CEA-861 and DMT
+ * timings, filtering out any timings that are not supported based on the
+ * hardware capabilities and the callback function (if non-NULL).
+ *
+ * If a valid timing for the given index is found, it will fill in @t and
+ * return 0, otherwise it returns -EINVAL.
+ */
+int v4l2_enum_dv_timings_cap(struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *t,
+ const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap,
+ v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc fnc,
+ void *fnc_handle);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_find_dv_timings_cap() - Find the closest timings struct
+ *
+ * @t: the v4l2_enum_dv_timings struct.
+ * @cap: the v4l2_dv_timings_cap capabilities.
+ * @pclock_delta: maximum delta between t->pixelclock and the timing struct
+ * under consideration.
+ * @fnc: callback to check if a given timings struct is OK. May be NULL.
+ * @fnc_handle: a handle that is passed on to @fnc.
+ *
+ * This function tries to map the given timings to an entry in the
+ * full list of possible CEA-861 and DMT timings, filtering out any timings
+ * that are not supported based on the hardware capabilities and the callback
+ * function (if non-NULL).
+ *
+ * On success it will fill in @t with the found timings and it returns true.
+ * On failure it will return false.
+ */
+bool v4l2_find_dv_timings_cap(struct v4l2_dv_timings *t,
+ const struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap,
+ unsigned pclock_delta,
+ v4l2_check_dv_timings_fnc fnc,
+ void *fnc_handle);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_find_dv_timings_cea861_vic() - find timings based on CEA-861 VIC
+ * @t: the timings data.
+ * @vic: CEA-861 VIC code
+ *
+ * On success it will fill in @t with the found timings and it returns true.
+ * On failure it will return false.
+ */
+bool v4l2_find_dv_timings_cea861_vic(struct v4l2_dv_timings *t, u8 vic);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_match_dv_timings() - do two timings match?
+ *
+ * @measured: the measured timings data.
+ * @standard: the timings according to the standard.
+ * @pclock_delta: maximum delta in Hz between standard->pixelclock and
+ * the measured timings.
+ * @match_reduced_fps: if true, then fail if V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_FPS does not
+ * match.
+ *
+ * Returns true if the two timings match, returns false otherwise.
+ */
+bool v4l2_match_dv_timings(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *measured,
+ const struct v4l2_dv_timings *standard,
+ unsigned pclock_delta, bool match_reduced_fps);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_print_dv_timings() - log the contents of a dv_timings struct
+ * @dev_prefix:device prefix for each log line.
+ * @prefix: additional prefix for each log line, may be NULL.
+ * @t: the timings data.
+ * @detailed: if true, give a detailed log.
+ */
+void v4l2_print_dv_timings(const char *dev_prefix, const char *prefix,
+ const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t, bool detailed);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_detect_cvt - detect if the given timings follow the CVT standard
+ *
+ * @frame_height: the total height of the frame (including blanking) in lines.
+ * @hfreq: the horizontal frequency in Hz.
+ * @vsync: the height of the vertical sync in lines.
+ * @active_width: active width of image (does not include blanking). This
+ * information is needed only in case of version 2 of reduced blanking.
+ * In other cases, this parameter does not have any effect on timings.
+ * @polarities: the horizontal and vertical polarities (same as struct
+ * v4l2_bt_timings polarities).
+ * @interlaced: if this flag is true, it indicates interlaced format
+ * @fmt: the resulting timings.
+ *
+ * This function will attempt to detect if the given values correspond to a
+ * valid CVT format. If so, then it will return true, and fmt will be filled
+ * in with the found CVT timings.
+ */
+bool v4l2_detect_cvt(unsigned frame_height, unsigned hfreq, unsigned vsync,
+ unsigned active_width, u32 polarities, bool interlaced,
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings *fmt);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_detect_gtf - detect if the given timings follow the GTF standard
+ *
+ * @frame_height: the total height of the frame (including blanking) in lines.
+ * @hfreq: the horizontal frequency in Hz.
+ * @vsync: the height of the vertical sync in lines.
+ * @polarities: the horizontal and vertical polarities (same as struct
+ * v4l2_bt_timings polarities).
+ * @interlaced: if this flag is true, it indicates interlaced format
+ * @aspect: preferred aspect ratio. GTF has no method of determining the
+ * aspect ratio in order to derive the image width from the
+ * image height, so it has to be passed explicitly. Usually
+ * the native screen aspect ratio is used for this. If it
+ * is not filled in correctly, then 16:9 will be assumed.
+ * @fmt: the resulting timings.
+ *
+ * This function will attempt to detect if the given values correspond to a
+ * valid GTF format. If so, then it will return true, and fmt will be filled
+ * in with the found GTF timings.
+ */
+bool v4l2_detect_gtf(unsigned frame_height, unsigned hfreq, unsigned vsync,
+ u32 polarities, bool interlaced, struct v4l2_fract aspect,
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings *fmt);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_calc_aspect_ratio - calculate the aspect ratio based on bytes
+ * 0x15 and 0x16 from the EDID.
+ *
+ * @hor_landscape: byte 0x15 from the EDID.
+ * @vert_portrait: byte 0x16 from the EDID.
+ *
+ * Determines the aspect ratio from the EDID.
+ * See VESA Enhanced EDID standard, release A, rev 2, section 3.6.2:
+ * "Horizontal and Vertical Screen Size or Aspect Ratio"
+ */
+struct v4l2_fract v4l2_calc_aspect_ratio(u8 hor_landscape, u8 vert_portrait);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_dv_timings_aspect_ratio - calculate the aspect ratio based on the
+ * v4l2_dv_timings information.
+ *
+ * @t: the timings data.
+ */
+struct v4l2_fract v4l2_dv_timings_aspect_ratio(const struct v4l2_dv_timings *t);
+
+/**
+ * can_reduce_fps - check if conditions for reduced fps are true.
+ * @bt: v4l2 timing structure
+ *
+ * For different timings reduced fps is allowed if the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * - For CVT timings: if reduced blanking v2 (vsync == 8) is true.
+ * - For CEA861 timings: if %V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS flag is true.
+ */
+static inline bool can_reduce_fps(struct v4l2_bt_timings *bt)
+{
+ if ((bt->standards & V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT) && (bt->vsync == 8))
+ return true;
+
+ if ((bt->standards & V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861) &&
+ (bt->flags & V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS))
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_hdmi_colorimetry - describes the HDMI colorimetry information
+ * @colorspace: enum v4l2_colorspace, the colorspace
+ * @ycbcr_enc: enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding, Y'CbCr encoding
+ * @quantization: enum v4l2_quantization, colorspace quantization
+ * @xfer_func: enum v4l2_xfer_func, colorspace transfer function
+ */
+struct v4l2_hdmi_colorimetry {
+ enum v4l2_colorspace colorspace;
+ enum v4l2_ycbcr_encoding ycbcr_enc;
+ enum v4l2_quantization quantization;
+ enum v4l2_xfer_func xfer_func;
+};
+
+struct hdmi_avi_infoframe;
+struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe;
+
+struct v4l2_hdmi_colorimetry
+v4l2_hdmi_rx_colorimetry(const struct hdmi_avi_infoframe *avi,
+ const struct hdmi_vendor_infoframe *hdmi,
+ unsigned int height);
+
+u16 v4l2_get_edid_phys_addr(const u8 *edid, unsigned int size,
+ unsigned int *offset);
+void v4l2_set_edid_phys_addr(u8 *edid, unsigned int size, u16 phys_addr);
+u16 v4l2_phys_addr_for_input(u16 phys_addr, u8 input);
+int v4l2_phys_addr_validate(u16 phys_addr, u16 *parent, u16 *port);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-event.h b/include/media/v4l2-event.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ffa914ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-event.h
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * v4l2-event.h
+ *
+ * V4L2 events.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009--2010 Nokia Corporation.
+ *
+ * Contact: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ */
+
+#ifndef V4L2_EVENT_H
+#define V4L2_EVENT_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <linux/wait.h>
+
+struct v4l2_fh;
+struct v4l2_subdev;
+struct v4l2_subscribed_event;
+struct video_device;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_kevent - Internal kernel event struct.
+ * @list: List node for the v4l2_fh->available list.
+ * @sev: Pointer to parent v4l2_subscribed_event.
+ * @event: The event itself.
+ * @ts: The timestamp of the event.
+ */
+struct v4l2_kevent {
+ struct list_head list;
+ struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev;
+ struct v4l2_event event;
+ u64 ts;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops - Subscribed event operations.
+ *
+ * @add: Optional callback, called when a new listener is added
+ * @del: Optional callback, called when a listener stops listening
+ * @replace: Optional callback that can replace event 'old' with event 'new'.
+ * @merge: Optional callback that can merge event 'old' into event 'new'.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops {
+ int (*add)(struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev, unsigned int elems);
+ void (*del)(struct v4l2_subscribed_event *sev);
+ void (*replace)(struct v4l2_event *old, const struct v4l2_event *new);
+ void (*merge)(const struct v4l2_event *old, struct v4l2_event *new);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subscribed_event - Internal struct representing a subscribed
+ * event.
+ *
+ * @list: List node for the v4l2_fh->subscribed list.
+ * @type: Event type.
+ * @id: Associated object ID (e.g. control ID). 0 if there isn't any.
+ * @flags: Copy of v4l2_event_subscription->flags.
+ * @fh: Filehandle that subscribed to this event.
+ * @node: List node that hooks into the object's event list
+ * (if there is one).
+ * @ops: v4l2_subscribed_event_ops
+ * @elems: The number of elements in the events array.
+ * @first: The index of the events containing the oldest available event.
+ * @in_use: The number of queued events.
+ * @events: An array of @elems events.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subscribed_event {
+ struct list_head list;
+ u32 type;
+ u32 id;
+ u32 flags;
+ struct v4l2_fh *fh;
+ struct list_head node;
+ const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops *ops;
+ unsigned int elems;
+ unsigned int first;
+ unsigned int in_use;
+ struct v4l2_kevent events[];
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_dequeue - Dequeue events from video device.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to struct v4l2_fh
+ * @event: pointer to struct v4l2_event
+ * @nonblocking: if not zero, waits for an event to arrive
+ */
+int v4l2_event_dequeue(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct v4l2_event *event,
+ int nonblocking);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_queue - Queue events to video device.
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @ev: pointer to &struct v4l2_event
+ *
+ * The event will be queued for all &struct v4l2_fh file handlers.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * The driver's only responsibility is to fill in the type and the data
+ * fields. The other fields will be filled in by V4L2.
+ */
+void v4l2_event_queue(struct video_device *vdev, const struct v4l2_event *ev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_queue_fh - Queue events to video device.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @ev: pointer to &struct v4l2_event
+ *
+ *
+ * The event will be queued only for the specified &struct v4l2_fh file handler.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * The driver's only responsibility is to fill in the type and the data
+ * fields. The other fields will be filled in by V4L2.
+ */
+void v4l2_event_queue_fh(struct v4l2_fh *fh, const struct v4l2_event *ev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_wake_all - Wake all filehandles.
+ *
+ * Used when unregistering a video device.
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ */
+void v4l2_event_wake_all(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_pending - Check if an event is available
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ *
+ * Returns the number of pending events.
+ */
+int v4l2_event_pending(struct v4l2_fh *fh);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_subscribe - Subscribes to an event
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ * @elems: size of the events queue
+ * @ops: pointer to &v4l2_subscribed_event_ops
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * if @elems is zero, the framework will fill in a default value,
+ * with is currently 1 element.
+ */
+int v4l2_event_subscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub,
+ unsigned int elems,
+ const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops *ops);
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_unsubscribe - Unsubscribes to an event
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ */
+int v4l2_event_unsubscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_unsubscribe_all - Unsubscribes to all events
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ */
+void v4l2_event_unsubscribe_all(struct v4l2_fh *fh);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_event_subdev_unsubscribe - Subdev variant of v4l2_event_unsubscribe()
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * This function should be used for the &struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops
+ * %unsubscribe_event field.
+ */
+int v4l2_event_subdev_unsubscribe(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+ struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+/**
+ * v4l2_src_change_event_subscribe - helper function that calls
+ * v4l2_event_subscribe() if the event is %V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ */
+int v4l2_src_change_event_subscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+/**
+ * v4l2_src_change_event_subdev_subscribe - Variant of v4l2_event_subscribe(),
+ * meant to subscribe only events of the type %V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @sub: pointer to &struct v4l2_event_subscription
+ */
+int v4l2_src_change_event_subdev_subscribe(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+ struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+#endif /* V4L2_EVENT_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-fh.h b/include/media/v4l2-fh.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b5b3e00c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-fh.h
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * v4l2-fh.h
+ *
+ * V4L2 file handle. Store per file handle data for the V4L2
+ * framework. Using file handles is optional for the drivers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009--2010 Nokia Corporation.
+ *
+ * Contact: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
+ */
+
+#ifndef V4L2_FH_H
+#define V4L2_FH_H
+
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/kconfig.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+struct video_device;
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_fh - Describes a V4L2 file handler
+ *
+ * @list: list of file handlers
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ * @ctrl_handler: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl_handler
+ * @prio: priority of the file handler, as defined by &enum v4l2_priority
+ *
+ * @wait: event' s wait queue
+ * @subscribe_lock: serialise changes to the subscribed list; guarantee that
+ * the add and del event callbacks are orderly called
+ * @subscribed: list of subscribed events
+ * @available: list of events waiting to be dequeued
+ * @navailable: number of available events at @available list
+ * @sequence: event sequence number
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: pointer to &struct v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+struct v4l2_fh {
+ struct list_head list;
+ struct video_device *vdev;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *ctrl_handler;
+ enum v4l2_priority prio;
+
+ /* Events */
+ wait_queue_head_t wait;
+ struct mutex subscribe_lock;
+ struct list_head subscribed;
+ struct list_head available;
+ unsigned int navailable;
+ u32 sequence;
+
+ struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_init - Initialise the file handle.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ *
+ * Parts of the V4L2 framework using the
+ * file handles should be initialised in this function. Must be called
+ * from driver's v4l2_file_operations->open\(\) handler if the driver
+ * uses &struct v4l2_fh.
+ */
+void v4l2_fh_init(struct v4l2_fh *fh, struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_add - Add the fh to the list of file handles on a video_device.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * The @fh file handle must be initialised first.
+ */
+void v4l2_fh_add(struct v4l2_fh *fh);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_open - Ancillary routine that can be used as the open\(\) op
+ * of v4l2_file_operations.
+ *
+ * @filp: pointer to struct file
+ *
+ * It allocates a v4l2_fh and inits and adds it to the &struct video_device
+ * associated with the file pointer.
+ */
+int v4l2_fh_open(struct file *filp);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_del - Remove file handle from the list of file handles.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ *
+ * On error filp->private_data will be %NULL, otherwise it will point to
+ * the &struct v4l2_fh.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * Must be called in v4l2_file_operations->release\(\) handler if the driver
+ * uses &struct v4l2_fh.
+ */
+void v4l2_fh_del(struct v4l2_fh *fh);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_exit - Release resources related to a file handle.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ *
+ * Parts of the V4L2 framework using the v4l2_fh must release their
+ * resources here, too.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * Must be called in v4l2_file_operations->release\(\) handler if the
+ * driver uses &struct v4l2_fh.
+ */
+void v4l2_fh_exit(struct v4l2_fh *fh);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_release - Ancillary routine that can be used as the release\(\) op
+ * of v4l2_file_operations.
+ *
+ * @filp: pointer to struct file
+ *
+ * It deletes and exits the v4l2_fh associated with the file pointer and
+ * frees it. It will do nothing if filp->private_data (the pointer to the
+ * v4l2_fh struct) is %NULL.
+ *
+ * This function always returns 0.
+ */
+int v4l2_fh_release(struct file *filp);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_is_singular - Returns 1 if this filehandle is the only filehandle
+ * opened for the associated video_device.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ *
+ * If @fh is NULL, then it returns 0.
+ */
+int v4l2_fh_is_singular(struct v4l2_fh *fh);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fh_is_singular_file - Returns 1 if this filehandle is the only
+ * filehandle opened for the associated video_device.
+ *
+ * @filp: pointer to struct file
+ *
+ * This is a helper function variant of v4l2_fh_is_singular() with uses
+ * struct file as argument.
+ *
+ * If filp->private_data is %NULL, then it will return 0.
+ */
+static inline int v4l2_fh_is_singular_file(struct file *filp)
+{
+ return v4l2_fh_is_singular(filp->private_data);
+}
+
+#endif /* V4L2_EVENT_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-flash-led-class.h b/include/media/v4l2-flash-led-class.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b106e7a74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-flash-led-class.h
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * V4L2 flash LED sub-device registration helpers.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2015 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd
+ * Author: Jacek Anaszewski <j.anaszewski@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_FLASH_H
+#define _V4L2_FLASH_H
+
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+
+struct led_classdev_flash;
+struct led_classdev;
+struct v4l2_flash;
+enum led_brightness;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_flash_ctrl_data - flash control initialization data, filled
+ * basing on the features declared by the LED flash
+ * class driver in the v4l2_flash_config
+ * @config: initialization data for a control
+ * @cid: contains v4l2 flash control id if the config
+ * field was initialized, 0 otherwise
+ */
+struct v4l2_flash_ctrl_data {
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_config config;
+ u32 cid;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_flash_ops - V4L2 flash operations
+ *
+ * @external_strobe_set: Setup strobing the flash by hardware pin state
+ * assertion.
+ * @intensity_to_led_brightness: Convert intensity to brightness in a device
+ * specific manner
+ * @led_brightness_to_intensity: convert brightness to intensity in a device
+ * specific manner.
+ */
+struct v4l2_flash_ops {
+ int (*external_strobe_set)(struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash,
+ bool enable);
+ enum led_brightness (*intensity_to_led_brightness)
+ (struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash, s32 intensity);
+ s32 (*led_brightness_to_intensity)
+ (struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash, enum led_brightness);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_flash_config - V4L2 Flash sub-device initialization data
+ * @dev_name: the name of the media entity,
+ * unique in the system
+ * @intensity: non-flash strobe constraints for the LED
+ * @flash_faults: bitmask of flash faults that the LED flash class
+ * device can report; corresponding LED_FAULT* bit
+ * definitions are available in the header file
+ * <linux/led-class-flash.h>
+ * @has_external_strobe: external strobe capability
+ */
+struct v4l2_flash_config {
+ char dev_name[32];
+ struct led_flash_setting intensity;
+ u32 flash_faults;
+ unsigned int has_external_strobe:1;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_flash - Flash sub-device context
+ * @fled_cdev: LED flash class device controlled by this sub-device
+ * @iled_cdev: LED class device representing indicator LED associated
+ * with the LED flash class device
+ * @ops: V4L2 specific flash ops
+ * @sd: V4L2 sub-device
+ * @hdl: flash controls handler
+ * @ctrls: array of pointers to controls, whose values define
+ * the sub-device state
+ */
+struct v4l2_flash {
+ struct led_classdev_flash *fled_cdev;
+ struct led_classdev *iled_cdev;
+ const struct v4l2_flash_ops *ops;
+
+ struct v4l2_subdev sd;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler hdl;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl **ctrls;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_to_v4l2_flash - Returns a &struct v4l2_flash from the
+ * &struct v4l2_subdev embedded on it.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_subdev_to_v4l2_flash(
+ struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+ return container_of(sd, struct v4l2_flash, sd);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_ctrl_to_v4l2_flash - Returns a &struct v4l2_flash from the
+ * &struct v4l2_ctrl embedded on it.
+ *
+ * @c: pointer to &struct v4l2_ctrl
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_ctrl_to_v4l2_flash(struct v4l2_ctrl *c)
+{
+ return container_of(c->handler, struct v4l2_flash, hdl);
+}
+
+#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_V4L2_FLASH_LED_CLASS)
+/**
+ * v4l2_flash_init - initialize V4L2 flash led sub-device
+ * @dev: flash device, e.g. an I2C device
+ * @fwn: fwnode_handle of the LED, may be NULL if the same as device's
+ * @fled_cdev: LED flash class device to wrap
+ * @ops: V4L2 Flash device ops
+ * @config: initialization data for V4L2 Flash sub-device
+ *
+ * Create V4L2 Flash sub-device wrapping given LED subsystem device.
+ * The ops pointer is stored by the V4L2 flash framework. No
+ * references are held to config nor its contents once this function
+ * has returned.
+ *
+ * Returns: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, the return
+ * value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to check and
+ * PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value.
+ */
+struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash_init(
+ struct device *dev, struct fwnode_handle *fwn,
+ struct led_classdev_flash *fled_cdev,
+ const struct v4l2_flash_ops *ops, struct v4l2_flash_config *config);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_flash_indicator_init - initialize V4L2 indicator sub-device
+ * @dev: flash device, e.g. an I2C device
+ * @fwn: fwnode_handle of the LED, may be NULL if the same as device's
+ * @iled_cdev: LED flash class device representing the indicator LED
+ * @config: initialization data for V4L2 Flash sub-device
+ *
+ * Create V4L2 Flash sub-device wrapping given LED subsystem device.
+ * The ops pointer is stored by the V4L2 flash framework. No
+ * references are held to config nor its contents once this function
+ * has returned.
+ *
+ * Returns: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, the return
+ * value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to check and
+ * PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value.
+ */
+struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash_indicator_init(
+ struct device *dev, struct fwnode_handle *fwn,
+ struct led_classdev *iled_cdev, struct v4l2_flash_config *config);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_flash_release - release V4L2 Flash sub-device
+ * @v4l2_flash: the V4L2 Flash sub-device to release
+ *
+ * Release V4L2 Flash sub-device.
+ */
+void v4l2_flash_release(struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash);
+
+#else
+static inline struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash_init(
+ struct device *dev, struct fwnode_handle *fwn,
+ struct led_classdev_flash *fled_cdev,
+ const struct v4l2_flash_ops *ops, struct v4l2_flash_config *config)
+{
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash_indicator_init(
+ struct device *dev, struct fwnode_handle *fwn,
+ struct led_classdev *iled_cdev, struct v4l2_flash_config *config)
+{
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l2_flash_release(struct v4l2_flash *v4l2_flash)
+{
+}
+#endif /* CONFIG_V4L2_FLASH_LED_CLASS */
+
+#endif /* _V4L2_FLASH_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-fwnode.h b/include/media/v4l2-fwnode.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..394d798f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-fwnode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,484 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * V4L2 fwnode binding parsing library
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Intel Corporation.
+ * Author: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@linux.intel.com>
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 - 2013 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
+ * Author: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Renesas Electronics Corp.
+ * Author: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
+ */
+#ifndef _V4L2_FWNODE_H
+#define _V4L2_FWNODE_H
+
+#include <linux/errno.h>
+#include <linux/fwnode.h>
+#include <linux/list.h>
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+
+struct fwnode_handle;
+struct v4l2_async_notifier;
+struct v4l2_async_subdev;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint - the endpoint data structure
+ * @base: fwnode endpoint of the v4l2_fwnode
+ * @bus_type: bus type
+ * @bus: bus configuration data structure
+ * @bus.parallel: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel.
+ * Used if the bus is parallel.
+ * @bus.mipi_csi1: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1.
+ * Used if the bus is MIPI Alliance's Camera Serial
+ * Interface version 1 (MIPI CSI1) or Standard
+ * Mobile Imaging Architecture's Compact Camera Port 2
+ * (SMIA CCP2).
+ * @bus.mipi_csi2: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2.
+ * Used if the bus is MIPI Alliance's Camera Serial
+ * Interface version 2 (MIPI CSI2).
+ * @link_frequencies: array of supported link frequencies
+ * @nr_of_link_frequencies: number of elements in link_frequenccies array
+ */
+struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint {
+ struct fwnode_endpoint base;
+ enum v4l2_mbus_type bus_type;
+ struct {
+ struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel parallel;
+ struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1 mipi_csi1;
+ struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2 mipi_csi2;
+ } bus;
+ u64 *link_frequencies;
+ unsigned int nr_of_link_frequencies;
+};
+
+/**
+ * V4L2_FWNODE_PROPERTY_UNSET - identify a non initialized property
+ *
+ * All properties in &struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties are initialized
+ * to this value.
+ */
+#define V4L2_FWNODE_PROPERTY_UNSET (-1U)
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation - possible device orientation
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_FRONT: device installed on the front side
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_BACK: device installed on the back side
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_EXTERNAL: device externally located
+ */
+enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation {
+ V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_FRONT,
+ V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_BACK,
+ V4L2_FWNODE_ORIENTATION_EXTERNAL
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties - fwnode device properties
+ * @orientation: device orientation. See &enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation
+ * @rotation: device rotation
+ */
+struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties {
+ enum v4l2_fwnode_orientation orientation;
+ unsigned int rotation;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_fwnode_link - a link between two endpoints
+ * @local_node: pointer to device_node of this endpoint
+ * @local_port: identifier of the port this endpoint belongs to
+ * @local_id: identifier of the id this endpoint belongs to
+ * @remote_node: pointer to device_node of the remote endpoint
+ * @remote_port: identifier of the port the remote endpoint belongs to
+ * @remote_id: identifier of the id the remote endpoint belongs to
+ */
+struct v4l2_fwnode_link {
+ struct fwnode_handle *local_node;
+ unsigned int local_port;
+ unsigned int local_id;
+ struct fwnode_handle *remote_node;
+ unsigned int remote_port;
+ unsigned int remote_id;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_connector_type - connector type
+ * @V4L2_CONN_UNKNOWN: unknown connector type, no V4L2 connector configuration
+ * @V4L2_CONN_COMPOSITE: analog composite connector
+ * @V4L2_CONN_SVIDEO: analog svideo connector
+ */
+enum v4l2_connector_type {
+ V4L2_CONN_UNKNOWN,
+ V4L2_CONN_COMPOSITE,
+ V4L2_CONN_SVIDEO,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_connector_link - connector link data structure
+ * @head: structure to be used to add the link to the
+ * &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector
+ * @fwnode_link: &struct v4l2_fwnode_link link between the connector and the
+ * device the connector belongs to.
+ */
+struct v4l2_connector_link {
+ struct list_head head;
+ struct v4l2_fwnode_link fwnode_link;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_fwnode_connector_analog - analog connector data structure
+ * @sdtv_stds: sdtv standards this connector supports, set to V4L2_STD_ALL
+ * if no restrictions are specified.
+ */
+struct v4l2_fwnode_connector_analog {
+ v4l2_std_id sdtv_stds;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_fwnode_connector - the connector data structure
+ * @name: the connector device name
+ * @label: optional connector label
+ * @type: connector type
+ * @links: list of all connector &struct v4l2_connector_link links
+ * @nr_of_links: total number of links
+ * @connector: connector configuration
+ * @connector.analog: analog connector configuration
+ * &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector_analog
+ */
+struct v4l2_fwnode_connector {
+ const char *name;
+ const char *label;
+ enum v4l2_connector_type type;
+ struct list_head links;
+ unsigned int nr_of_links;
+
+ union {
+ struct v4l2_fwnode_connector_analog analog;
+ /* future connectors */
+ } connector;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_fwnode_bus_type - Video bus types defined by firmware properties
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_GUESS: Default value if no bus-type fwnode property
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI2_CPHY: MIPI CSI-2 bus, C-PHY physical layer
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI1: MIPI CSI-1 bus
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CCP2: SMIA Compact Camera Port 2 bus
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI2_DPHY: MIPI CSI-2 bus, D-PHY physical layer
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_PARALLEL: Camera Parallel Interface bus
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_BT656: BT.656 video format bus-type
+ * @V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_DPI: Video Parallel Interface bus
+ * @NR_OF_V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE: Number of bus-types
+ */
+enum v4l2_fwnode_bus_type {
+ V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_GUESS = 0,
+ V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI2_CPHY,
+ V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI1,
+ V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CCP2,
+ V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_CSI2_DPHY,
+ V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_PARALLEL,
+ V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_BT656,
+ V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE_DPI,
+ NR_OF_V4L2_FWNODE_BUS_TYPE
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_parse() - parse all fwnode node properties
+ * @fwnode: pointer to the endpoint's fwnode handle
+ * @vep: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode data structure
+ *
+ * This function parses the V4L2 fwnode endpoint specific parameters from the
+ * firmware. There are two ways to use this function, either by letting it
+ * obtain the type of the bus (by setting the @vep.bus_type field to
+ * V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN) or specifying the bus type explicitly to one of the &enum
+ * v4l2_mbus_type types.
+ *
+ * When @vep.bus_type is V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN, the function will use the "bus-type"
+ * property to determine the type when it is available. The caller is
+ * responsible for validating the contents of @vep.bus_type field after the call
+ * returns.
+ *
+ * As a deprecated functionality to support older DT bindings without "bus-type"
+ * property for devices that support multiple types, if the "bus-type" property
+ * does not exist, the function will attempt to guess the type based on the
+ * endpoint properties available. NEVER RELY ON GUESSING THE BUS TYPE IN NEW
+ * DRIVERS OR BINDINGS.
+ *
+ * It is also possible to set @vep.bus_type corresponding to an actual bus. In
+ * this case the function will only attempt to parse properties related to this
+ * bus, and it will return an error if the value of the "bus-type" property
+ * corresponds to a different bus.
+ *
+ * The caller is required to initialise all fields of @vep, either with
+ * explicitly values, or by zeroing them.
+ *
+ * The function does not change the V4L2 fwnode endpoint state if it fails.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This function does not parse "link-frequencies" property as its size is
+ * not known in advance. Please use v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse() if you
+ * need properties of variable size.
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure:
+ * %-ENOMEM on memory allocation failure
+ * %-EINVAL on parsing failure
+ * %-ENXIO on mismatching bus types
+ */
+int v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_parse(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+ struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint *vep);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_free() - free the V4L2 fwnode acquired by
+ * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse()
+ * @vep: the V4L2 fwnode the resources of which are to be released
+ *
+ * It is safe to call this function with NULL argument or on a V4L2 fwnode the
+ * parsing of which failed.
+ */
+void v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_free(struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint *vep);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse() - parse all fwnode node properties
+ * @fwnode: pointer to the endpoint's fwnode handle
+ * @vep: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode data structure
+ *
+ * This function parses the V4L2 fwnode endpoint specific parameters from the
+ * firmware. There are two ways to use this function, either by letting it
+ * obtain the type of the bus (by setting the @vep.bus_type field to
+ * V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN) or specifying the bus type explicitly to one of the &enum
+ * v4l2_mbus_type types.
+ *
+ * When @vep.bus_type is V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN, the function will use the "bus-type"
+ * property to determine the type when it is available. The caller is
+ * responsible for validating the contents of @vep.bus_type field after the call
+ * returns.
+ *
+ * As a deprecated functionality to support older DT bindings without "bus-type"
+ * property for devices that support multiple types, if the "bus-type" property
+ * does not exist, the function will attempt to guess the type based on the
+ * endpoint properties available. NEVER RELY ON GUESSING THE BUS TYPE IN NEW
+ * DRIVERS OR BINDINGS.
+ *
+ * It is also possible to set @vep.bus_type corresponding to an actual bus. In
+ * this case the function will only attempt to parse properties related to this
+ * bus, and it will return an error if the value of the "bus-type" property
+ * corresponds to a different bus.
+ *
+ * The caller is required to initialise all fields of @vep, either with
+ * explicitly values, or by zeroing them.
+ *
+ * The function does not change the V4L2 fwnode endpoint state if it fails.
+ *
+ * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse() has two important differences to
+ * v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_parse():
+ *
+ * 1. It also parses variable size data.
+ *
+ * 2. The memory it has allocated to store the variable size data must be freed
+ * using v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_free() when no longer needed.
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success or a negative error code on failure:
+ * %-ENOMEM on memory allocation failure
+ * %-EINVAL on parsing failure
+ * %-ENXIO on mismatching bus types
+ */
+int v4l2_fwnode_endpoint_alloc_parse(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+ struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint *vep);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_parse_link() - parse a link between two endpoints
+ * @fwnode: pointer to the endpoint's fwnode at the local end of the link
+ * @link: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode link data structure
+ *
+ * Fill the link structure with the local and remote nodes and port numbers.
+ * The local_node and remote_node fields are set to point to the local and
+ * remote port's parent nodes respectively (the port parent node being the
+ * parent node of the port node if that node isn't a 'ports' node, or the
+ * grand-parent node of the port node otherwise).
+ *
+ * A reference is taken to both the local and remote nodes, the caller must use
+ * v4l2_fwnode_put_link() to drop the references when done with the
+ * link.
+ *
+ * Return: 0 on success, or -ENOLINK if the remote endpoint fwnode can't be
+ * found.
+ */
+int v4l2_fwnode_parse_link(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+ struct v4l2_fwnode_link *link);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_put_link() - drop references to nodes in a link
+ * @link: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode link data structure
+ *
+ * Drop references to the local and remote nodes in the link. This function
+ * must be called on every link parsed with v4l2_fwnode_parse_link().
+ */
+void v4l2_fwnode_put_link(struct v4l2_fwnode_link *link);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_connector_free() - free the V4L2 connector acquired memory
+ * @connector: the V4L2 connector resources of which are to be released
+ *
+ * Free all allocated memory and put all links acquired by
+ * v4l2_fwnode_connector_parse() and v4l2_fwnode_connector_add_link().
+ *
+ * It is safe to call this function with NULL argument or on a V4L2 connector
+ * the parsing of which failed.
+ */
+void v4l2_fwnode_connector_free(struct v4l2_fwnode_connector *connector);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_connector_parse() - initialize the 'struct v4l2_fwnode_connector'
+ * @fwnode: pointer to the subdev endpoint's fwnode handle where the connector
+ * is connected to or to the connector endpoint fwnode handle.
+ * @connector: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode connector data structure
+ *
+ * Fill the &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector with the connector type, label and
+ * all &enum v4l2_connector_type specific connector data. The label is optional
+ * so it is set to %NULL if no one was found. The function initialize the links
+ * to zero. Adding links to the connector is done by calling
+ * v4l2_fwnode_connector_add_link().
+ *
+ * The memory allocated for the label must be freed when no longer needed.
+ * Freeing the memory is done by v4l2_fwnode_connector_free().
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * * %0 on success or a negative error code on failure:
+ * * %-EINVAL if @fwnode is invalid
+ * * %-ENOTCONN if connector type is unknown or connector device can't be found
+ */
+int v4l2_fwnode_connector_parse(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+ struct v4l2_fwnode_connector *connector);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_connector_add_link - add a link between a connector node and
+ * a v4l2-subdev node.
+ * @fwnode: pointer to the subdev endpoint's fwnode handle where the connector
+ * is connected to
+ * @connector: pointer to the V4L2 fwnode connector data structure
+ *
+ * Add a new &struct v4l2_connector_link link to the
+ * &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector connector links list. The link local_node
+ * points to the connector node, the remote_node to the host v4l2 (sub)dev.
+ *
+ * The taken references to remote_node and local_node must be dropped and the
+ * allocated memory must be freed when no longer needed. Both is done by calling
+ * v4l2_fwnode_connector_free().
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * * %0 on success or a negative error code on failure:
+ * * %-EINVAL if @fwnode or @connector is invalid or @connector type is unknown
+ * * %-ENOMEM on link memory allocation failure
+ * * %-ENOTCONN if remote connector device can't be found
+ * * %-ENOLINK if link parsing between v4l2 (sub)dev and connector fails
+ */
+int v4l2_fwnode_connector_add_link(struct fwnode_handle *fwnode,
+ struct v4l2_fwnode_connector *connector);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fwnode_device_parse() - parse fwnode device properties
+ * @dev: pointer to &struct device
+ * @props: pointer to &struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties where to store the
+ * parsed properties values
+ *
+ * This function parses and validates the V4L2 fwnode device properties from the
+ * firmware interface, and fills the @struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties
+ * provided by the caller.
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * % 0 on success
+ * %-EINVAL if a parsed property value is not valid
+ */
+int v4l2_fwnode_device_parse(struct device *dev,
+ struct v4l2_fwnode_device_properties *props);
+
+/**
+ * typedef parse_endpoint_func - Driver's callback function to be called on
+ * each V4L2 fwnode endpoint.
+ *
+ * @dev: pointer to &struct device
+ * @vep: pointer to &struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint
+ * @asd: pointer to &struct v4l2_async_subdev
+ *
+ * Return:
+ * * %0 on success
+ * * %-ENOTCONN if the endpoint is to be skipped but this
+ * should not be considered as an error
+ * * %-EINVAL if the endpoint configuration is invalid
+ */
+typedef int (*parse_endpoint_func)(struct device *dev,
+ struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint *vep,
+ struct v4l2_async_subdev *asd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_async_nf_parse_fwnode_endpoints - Parse V4L2 fwnode endpoints in a
+ * device node
+ * @dev: the device the endpoints of which are to be parsed
+ * @notifier: notifier for @dev
+ * @asd_struct_size: size of the driver's async sub-device struct, including
+ * sizeof(struct v4l2_async_subdev). The &struct
+ * v4l2_async_subdev shall be the first member of
+ * the driver's async sub-device struct, i.e. both
+ * begin at the same memory address.
+ * @parse_endpoint: Driver's callback function called on each V4L2 fwnode
+ * endpoint. Optional.
+ *
+ * DEPRECATED! This function is deprecated. Don't use it in new drivers.
+ * Instead see an example in cio2_parse_firmware() function in
+ * drivers/media/pci/intel/ipu3/ipu3-cio2.c .
+ *
+ * Parse the fwnode endpoints of the @dev device and populate the async sub-
+ * devices list in the notifier. The @parse_endpoint callback function is
+ * called for each endpoint with the corresponding async sub-device pointer to
+ * let the caller initialize the driver-specific part of the async sub-device
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * The notifier memory shall be zeroed before this function is called on the
+ * notifier.
+ *
+ * This function may not be called on a registered notifier and may be called on
+ * a notifier only once.
+ *
+ * The &struct v4l2_fwnode_endpoint passed to the callback function
+ * @parse_endpoint is released once the function is finished. If there is a need
+ * to retain that configuration, the user needs to allocate memory for it.
+ *
+ * Any notifier populated using this function must be released with a call to
+ * v4l2_async_nf_cleanup() after it has been unregistered and the async
+ * sub-devices are no longer in use, even if the function returned an error.
+ *
+ * Return: %0 on success, including when no async sub-devices are found
+ * %-ENOMEM if memory allocation failed
+ * %-EINVAL if graph or endpoint parsing failed
+ * Other error codes as returned by @parse_endpoint
+ */
+int
+v4l2_async_nf_parse_fwnode_endpoints(struct device *dev,
+ struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier,
+ size_t asd_struct_size,
+ parse_endpoint_func parse_endpoint);
+
+/* Helper macros to access the connector links. */
+
+/** v4l2_connector_last_link - Helper macro to get the first
+ * &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector link
+ * @v4l2c: &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector owning the connector links
+ *
+ * This marco returns the first added &struct v4l2_connector_link connector
+ * link or @NULL if the connector has no links.
+ */
+#define v4l2_connector_first_link(v4l2c) \
+ list_first_entry_or_null(&(v4l2c)->links, \
+ struct v4l2_connector_link, head)
+
+/** v4l2_connector_last_link - Helper macro to get the last
+ * &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector link
+ * @v4l2c: &struct v4l2_fwnode_connector owning the connector links
+ *
+ * This marco returns the last &struct v4l2_connector_link added connector link.
+ */
+#define v4l2_connector_last_link(v4l2c) \
+ list_last_entry(&(v4l2c)->links, struct v4l2_connector_link, head)
+
+#endif /* _V4L2_FWNODE_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-h264.h b/include/media/v4l2-h264.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d9eaa956
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-h264.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Helper functions for H264 codecs.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2019 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Author: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@collabora.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_V4L2_H264_H
+#define _MEDIA_V4L2_H264_H
+
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder - Reference list builder object
+ *
+ * @refs.top_field_order_cnt: top field order count
+ * @refs.bottom_field_order_cnt: bottom field order count
+ * @refs.frame_num: reference frame number
+ * @refs.longterm: set to true for a long term reference
+ * @refs: array of references
+ * @cur_pic_order_count: picture order count of the frame being decoded
+ * @cur_pic_fields: fields present in the frame being decoded
+ * @unordered_reflist: unordered list of references. Will be used to generate
+ * ordered P/B0/B1 lists
+ * @num_valid: number of valid references in the refs array
+ *
+ * This object stores the context of the P/B0/B1 reference list builder.
+ * This procedure is described in section '8.2.4 Decoding process for reference
+ * picture lists construction' of the H264 spec.
+ */
+struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder {
+ struct {
+ s32 top_field_order_cnt;
+ s32 bottom_field_order_cnt;
+ int frame_num;
+ u16 longterm : 1;
+ } refs[V4L2_H264_NUM_DPB_ENTRIES];
+
+ s32 cur_pic_order_count;
+ u8 cur_pic_fields;
+
+ struct v4l2_h264_reference unordered_reflist[V4L2_H264_REF_LIST_LEN];
+ u8 num_valid;
+};
+
+void
+v4l2_h264_init_reflist_builder(struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder *b,
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_decode_params *dec_params,
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_h264_sps *sps,
+ const struct v4l2_h264_dpb_entry dpb[V4L2_H264_NUM_DPB_ENTRIES]);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_h264_build_b_ref_lists() - Build the B0/B1 reference lists
+ *
+ * @builder: reference list builder context
+ * @b0_reflist: 32 sized array used to store the B0 reference list. Each entry
+ * is a v4l2_h264_reference structure
+ * @b1_reflist: 32 sized array used to store the B1 reference list. Each entry
+ * is a v4l2_h264_reference structure
+ *
+ * This functions builds the B0/B1 reference lists. This procedure is described
+ * in section '8.2.4 Decoding process for reference picture lists construction'
+ * of the H264 spec. This function can be used by H264 decoder drivers that
+ * need to pass B0/B1 reference lists to the hardware.
+ */
+void
+v4l2_h264_build_b_ref_lists(const struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder *builder,
+ struct v4l2_h264_reference *b0_reflist,
+ struct v4l2_h264_reference *b1_reflist);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_h264_build_p_ref_list() - Build the P reference list
+ *
+ * @builder: reference list builder context
+ * @reflist: 32 sized array used to store the P reference list. Each entry
+ * is a v4l2_h264_reference structure
+ *
+ * This functions builds the P reference lists. This procedure is describe in
+ * section '8.2.4 Decoding process for reference picture lists construction'
+ * of the H264 spec. This function can be used by H264 decoder drivers that
+ * need to pass a P reference list to the hardware.
+ */
+void
+v4l2_h264_build_p_ref_list(const struct v4l2_h264_reflist_builder *builder,
+ struct v4l2_h264_reference *reflist);
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_V4L2_H264_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-image-sizes.h b/include/media/v4l2-image-sizes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24a7a0bb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-image-sizes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Standard image size definitions
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2013, Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com>
+ */
+#ifndef _IMAGE_SIZES_H
+#define _IMAGE_SIZES_H
+
+#define CIF_WIDTH 352
+#define CIF_HEIGHT 288
+
+#define HD_720_WIDTH 1280
+#define HD_720_HEIGHT 720
+
+#define HD_1080_WIDTH 1920
+#define HD_1080_HEIGHT 1080
+
+#define QCIF_WIDTH 176
+#define QCIF_HEIGHT 144
+
+#define QQCIF_WIDTH 88
+#define QQCIF_HEIGHT 72
+
+#define QQVGA_WIDTH 160
+#define QQVGA_HEIGHT 120
+
+#define QVGA_WIDTH 320
+#define QVGA_HEIGHT 240
+
+#define SVGA_WIDTH 800
+#define SVGA_HEIGHT 600
+
+#define SXGA_WIDTH 1280
+#define SXGA_HEIGHT 1024
+
+#define VGA_WIDTH 640
+#define VGA_HEIGHT 480
+
+#define UXGA_WIDTH 1600
+#define UXGA_HEIGHT 1200
+
+#define XGA_WIDTH 1024
+#define XGA_HEIGHT 768
+
+#endif /* _IMAGE_SIZES_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h b/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..edb733f21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-ioctl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,792 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+/*
+ *
+ * V 4 L 2 D R I V E R H E L P E R A P I
+ *
+ * Moved from videodev2.h
+ *
+ * Some commonly needed functions for drivers (v4l2-common.o module)
+ */
+#ifndef _V4L2_IOCTL_H
+#define _V4L2_IOCTL_H
+
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/fs.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/sched/signal.h>
+#include <linux/compiler.h> /* need __user */
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+struct v4l2_fh;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_ioctl_ops - describe operations for each V4L2 ioctl
+ *
+ * @vidioc_querycap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYCAP <vidioc_querycap>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ * for video capture in single and multi plane mode
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ * for video overlay
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ * for video output in single and multi plane mode
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_sdr_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ * for Software Defined Radio capture
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_sdr_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ * for Software Defined Radio output
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_meta_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ * for metadata capture
+ * @vidioc_enum_fmt_meta_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT <vidioc_enum_fmt>` ioctl logic
+ * for metadata output
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture
+ * in single plane mode
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out
+ * in single plane mode
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay output
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI capture
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI output
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI capture
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI output
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap_mplane: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture
+ * in multiple plane mode
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_mplane: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out
+ * in multiplane plane mode
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_sdr_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined
+ * Radio capture
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_sdr_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined
+ * Radio output
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_meta_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata capture
+ * @vidioc_g_fmt_meta_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata output
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture
+ * in single plane mode
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out
+ * in single plane mode
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay output
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI capture
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI output
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI capture
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI output
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap_mplane: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture
+ * in multiple plane mode
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_mplane: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out
+ * in multiplane plane mode
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_sdr_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined
+ * Radio capture
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_sdr_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined
+ * Radio output
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_meta_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata capture
+ * @vidioc_s_fmt_meta_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata output
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture
+ * in single plane mode
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out
+ * in single plane mode
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video overlay
+ * output
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI capture
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for raw VBI output
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI
+ * capture
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for sliced VBI output
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap_mplane: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video capture
+ * in multiple plane mode
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_mplane: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for video out
+ * in multiplane plane mode
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_sdr_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined
+ * Radio capture
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_sdr_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for Software Defined
+ * Radio output
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_meta_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata capture
+ * @vidioc_try_fmt_meta_out: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_FMT <vidioc_g_fmt>` ioctl logic for metadata output
+ * @vidioc_reqbufs: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_REQBUFS <vidioc_reqbufs>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_querybuf: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYBUF <vidioc_querybuf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_qbuf: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_QBUF <vidioc_qbuf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_expbuf: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_EXPBUF <vidioc_expbuf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_dqbuf: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_DQBUF <vidioc_qbuf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_create_bufs: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS <vidioc_create_bufs>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_prepare_buf: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF <vidioc_prepare_buf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_overlay: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_OVERLAY <vidioc_overlay>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_fbuf: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FBUF <vidioc_g_fbuf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_fbuf: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FBUF <vidioc_g_fbuf>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_streamon: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMON <vidioc_streamon>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_streamoff: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_STREAMOFF <vidioc_streamon>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_std: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_STD <vidioc_g_std>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_std: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_STD <vidioc_g_std>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_querystd: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYSTD <vidioc_querystd>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_input: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_INPUT <vidioc_g_input>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_input: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_INPUT <vidioc_g_input>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_input: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_INPUT <vidioc_g_input>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_output: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_OUTPUT <vidioc_g_output>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_output: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_OUTPUT <vidioc_g_output>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_output: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_OUTPUT <vidioc_g_output>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_queryctrl: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYCTRL <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_query_ext_ctrl: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERY_EXT_CTRL <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_ctrl: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_CTRL <vidioc_g_ctrl>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_ctrl: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_CTRL <vidioc_g_ctrl>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_ext_ctrls: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_ext_ctrls: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_try_ext_ctrls: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_EXT_CTRLS <vidioc_g_ext_ctrls>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_querymenu: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERYMENU <vidioc_queryctrl>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enumaudio: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUMAUDIO <vidioc_enumaudio>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_audio: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_AUDIO <vidioc_g_audio>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_audio: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_AUDIO <vidioc_g_audio>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enumaudout: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUMAUDOUT <vidioc_enumaudout>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_audout: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_AUDOUT <vidioc_g_audout>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_audout: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_AUDOUT <vidioc_g_audout>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_modulator: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR <vidioc_g_modulator>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_modulator: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR <vidioc_g_modulator>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_pixelaspect: pointer to the function that implements
+ * the pixelaspect part of the :ref:`VIDIOC_CROPCAP <vidioc_cropcap>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_selection: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_SELECTION <vidioc_g_selection>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_selection: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_SELECTION <vidioc_g_selection>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_jpegcomp: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP <vidioc_g_jpegcomp>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_jpegcomp: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP <vidioc_g_jpegcomp>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_enc_index: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_ENC_INDEX <vidioc_g_enc_index>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_encoder_cmd: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENCODER_CMD <vidioc_encoder_cmd>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_try_encoder_cmd: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_ENCODER_CMD <vidioc_encoder_cmd>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_decoder_cmd: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD <vidioc_decoder_cmd>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_try_decoder_cmd: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD <vidioc_decoder_cmd>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_parm: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_PARM <vidioc_g_parm>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_parm: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_PARM <vidioc_g_parm>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_tuner: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_TUNER <vidioc_g_tuner>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_tuner: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_TUNER <vidioc_g_tuner>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_frequency: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY <vidioc_g_frequency>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_frequency: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY <vidioc_g_frequency>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_freq_bands: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS <vidioc_enum_freq_bands>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_sliced_vbi_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP <vidioc_g_sliced_vbi_cap>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_log_status: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS <vidioc_log_status>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_hw_freq_seek: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_HW_FREQ_SEEK <vidioc_s_hw_freq_seek>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_register: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER <vidioc_dbg_g_register>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_register: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER <vidioc_dbg_g_register>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_chip_info: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_DBG_G_CHIP_INFO <vidioc_dbg_g_chip_info>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_framesizes: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMESIZES <vidioc_enum_framesizes>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_frameintervals: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_FRAMEINTERVALS <vidioc_enum_frameintervals>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_dv_timings: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS <vidioc_g_dv_timings>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_dv_timings: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS <vidioc_g_dv_timings>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_query_dv_timings: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS <vidioc_query_dv_timings>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_enum_dv_timings: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS <vidioc_enum_dv_timings>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_dv_timings_cap: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP <vidioc_dv_timings_cap>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_g_edid: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_G_EDID <vidioc_g_edid>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_s_edid: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_S_EDID <vidioc_g_edid>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_subscribe_event: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT <vidioc_subscribe_event>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_unsubscribe_event: pointer to the function that implements
+ * :ref:`VIDIOC_UNSUBSCRIBE_EVENT <vidioc_unsubscribe_event>` ioctl
+ * @vidioc_default: pointed used to allow other ioctls
+ */
+struct v4l2_ioctl_ops {
+ /* ioctl callbacks */
+
+ /* VIDIOC_QUERYCAP handler */
+ int (*vidioc_querycap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_capability *cap);
+
+ /* VIDIOC_ENUM_FMT handlers */
+ int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+ int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+ int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_vid_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+ int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_sdr_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+ int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_sdr_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+ int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_meta_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+ int (*vidioc_enum_fmt_meta_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_fmtdesc *f);
+
+ /* VIDIOC_G_FMT handlers */
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sliced_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sdr_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_sdr_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_meta_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fmt_meta_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+
+ /* VIDIOC_S_FMT handlers */
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sliced_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sdr_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_sdr_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_meta_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fmt_meta_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+
+ /* VIDIOC_TRY_FMT handlers */
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sliced_vbi_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_cap_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_vid_out_mplane)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sdr_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_sdr_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_meta_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+ int (*vidioc_try_fmt_meta_out)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_format *f);
+
+ /* Buffer handlers */
+ int (*vidioc_reqbufs)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_requestbuffers *b);
+ int (*vidioc_querybuf)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+ int (*vidioc_qbuf)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+ int (*vidioc_expbuf)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_exportbuffer *e);
+ int (*vidioc_dqbuf)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+
+ int (*vidioc_create_bufs)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_create_buffers *b);
+ int (*vidioc_prepare_buf)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+
+ int (*vidioc_overlay)(struct file *file, void *fh, unsigned int i);
+ int (*vidioc_g_fbuf)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_framebuffer *a);
+ int (*vidioc_s_fbuf)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_framebuffer *a);
+
+ /* Stream on/off */
+ int (*vidioc_streamon)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ enum v4l2_buf_type i);
+ int (*vidioc_streamoff)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ enum v4l2_buf_type i);
+
+ /*
+ * Standard handling
+ *
+ * Note: ENUMSTD is handled by videodev.c
+ */
+ int (*vidioc_g_std)(struct file *file, void *fh, v4l2_std_id *norm);
+ int (*vidioc_s_std)(struct file *file, void *fh, v4l2_std_id norm);
+ int (*vidioc_querystd)(struct file *file, void *fh, v4l2_std_id *a);
+
+ /* Input handling */
+ int (*vidioc_enum_input)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_input *inp);
+ int (*vidioc_g_input)(struct file *file, void *fh, unsigned int *i);
+ int (*vidioc_s_input)(struct file *file, void *fh, unsigned int i);
+
+ /* Output handling */
+ int (*vidioc_enum_output)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_output *a);
+ int (*vidioc_g_output)(struct file *file, void *fh, unsigned int *i);
+ int (*vidioc_s_output)(struct file *file, void *fh, unsigned int i);
+
+ /* Control handling */
+ int (*vidioc_queryctrl)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_queryctrl *a);
+ int (*vidioc_query_ext_ctrl)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_query_ext_ctrl *a);
+ int (*vidioc_g_ctrl)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_control *a);
+ int (*vidioc_s_ctrl)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_control *a);
+ int (*vidioc_g_ext_ctrls)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_ext_controls *a);
+ int (*vidioc_s_ext_ctrls)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_ext_controls *a);
+ int (*vidioc_try_ext_ctrls)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_ext_controls *a);
+ int (*vidioc_querymenu)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_querymenu *a);
+
+ /* Audio ioctls */
+ int (*vidioc_enumaudio)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_audio *a);
+ int (*vidioc_g_audio)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_audio *a);
+ int (*vidioc_s_audio)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_audio *a);
+
+ /* Audio out ioctls */
+ int (*vidioc_enumaudout)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_audioout *a);
+ int (*vidioc_g_audout)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_audioout *a);
+ int (*vidioc_s_audout)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_audioout *a);
+ int (*vidioc_g_modulator)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_modulator *a);
+ int (*vidioc_s_modulator)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_modulator *a);
+ /* Crop ioctls */
+ int (*vidioc_g_pixelaspect)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ int buf_type, struct v4l2_fract *aspect);
+ int (*vidioc_g_selection)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_selection *s);
+ int (*vidioc_s_selection)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_selection *s);
+ /* Compression ioctls */
+ int (*vidioc_g_jpegcomp)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_jpegcompression *a);
+ int (*vidioc_s_jpegcomp)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_jpegcompression *a);
+ int (*vidioc_g_enc_index)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_enc_idx *a);
+ int (*vidioc_encoder_cmd)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *a);
+ int (*vidioc_try_encoder_cmd)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *a);
+ int (*vidioc_decoder_cmd)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *a);
+ int (*vidioc_try_decoder_cmd)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *a);
+
+ /* Stream type-dependent parameter ioctls */
+ int (*vidioc_g_parm)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_streamparm *a);
+ int (*vidioc_s_parm)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_streamparm *a);
+
+ /* Tuner ioctls */
+ int (*vidioc_g_tuner)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_tuner *a);
+ int (*vidioc_s_tuner)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_tuner *a);
+ int (*vidioc_g_frequency)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_frequency *a);
+ int (*vidioc_s_frequency)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_frequency *a);
+ int (*vidioc_enum_freq_bands)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_frequency_band *band);
+
+ /* Sliced VBI cap */
+ int (*vidioc_g_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap *a);
+
+ /* Log status ioctl */
+ int (*vidioc_log_status)(struct file *file, void *fh);
+
+ int (*vidioc_s_hw_freq_seek)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_hw_freq_seek *a);
+
+ /* Debugging ioctls */
+#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG
+ int (*vidioc_g_register)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg);
+ int (*vidioc_s_register)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg);
+
+ int (*vidioc_g_chip_info)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_dbg_chip_info *chip);
+#endif
+
+ int (*vidioc_enum_framesizes)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_frmsizeenum *fsize);
+
+ int (*vidioc_enum_frameintervals)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_frmivalenum *fival);
+
+ /* DV Timings IOCTLs */
+ int (*vidioc_s_dv_timings)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings);
+ int (*vidioc_g_dv_timings)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings);
+ int (*vidioc_query_dv_timings)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings);
+ int (*vidioc_enum_dv_timings)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *timings);
+ int (*vidioc_dv_timings_cap)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap);
+ int (*vidioc_g_edid)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_edid *edid);
+ int (*vidioc_s_edid)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_edid *edid);
+
+ int (*vidioc_subscribe_event)(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+ int (*vidioc_unsubscribe_event)(struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+ const struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+
+ /* For other private ioctls */
+ long (*vidioc_default)(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ bool valid_prio, unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+};
+
+
+/* v4l debugging and diagnostics */
+
+/* Device debug flags to be used with the video device debug attribute */
+
+/* Just log the ioctl name + error code */
+#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_IOCTL 0x01
+/* Log the ioctl name arguments + error code */
+#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_IOCTL_ARG 0x02
+/* Log the file operations open, release, mmap and get_unmapped_area */
+#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_FOP 0x04
+/* Log the read and write file operations and the VIDIOC_(D)QBUF ioctls */
+#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_STREAMING 0x08
+/* Log poll() */
+#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_POLL 0x10
+/* Log controls */
+#define V4L2_DEV_DEBUG_CTRL 0x20
+
+/* Video standard functions */
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_norm_to_name - Ancillary routine to analog TV standard name from its ID.
+ *
+ * @id: analog TV standard ID.
+ *
+ * Return: returns a string with the name of the analog TV standard.
+ * If the standard is not found or if @id points to multiple standard,
+ * it returns "Unknown".
+ */
+const char *v4l2_norm_to_name(v4l2_std_id id);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_video_std_frame_period - Ancillary routine that fills a
+ * struct &v4l2_fract pointer with the default framerate fraction.
+ *
+ * @id: analog TV standard ID.
+ * @frameperiod: struct &v4l2_fract pointer to be filled
+ *
+ */
+void v4l2_video_std_frame_period(int id, struct v4l2_fract *frameperiod);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_video_std_construct - Ancillary routine that fills in the fields of
+ * a &v4l2_standard structure according to the @id parameter.
+ *
+ * @vs: struct &v4l2_standard pointer to be filled
+ * @id: analog TV standard ID.
+ * @name: name of the standard to be used
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * This ancillary routine is obsolete. Shouldn't be used on newer drivers.
+ */
+int v4l2_video_std_construct(struct v4l2_standard *vs,
+ int id, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * v4l_video_std_enumstd - Ancillary routine that fills in the fields of
+ * a &v4l2_standard structure according to the @id and @vs->index
+ * parameters.
+ *
+ * @vs: struct &v4l2_standard pointer to be filled.
+ * @id: analog TV standard ID.
+ *
+ */
+int v4l_video_std_enumstd(struct v4l2_standard *vs, v4l2_std_id id);
+
+/**
+ * v4l_printk_ioctl - Ancillary routine that prints the ioctl in a
+ * human-readable format.
+ *
+ * @prefix: prefix to be added at the ioctl prints.
+ * @cmd: ioctl name
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * If prefix != %NULL, then it will issue a
+ * ``printk(KERN_DEBUG "%s: ", prefix)`` first.
+ */
+void v4l_printk_ioctl(const char *prefix, unsigned int cmd);
+
+struct video_device;
+
+/* names for fancy debug output */
+extern const char *v4l2_field_names[];
+extern const char *v4l2_type_names[];
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT
+/**
+ * v4l2_compat_ioctl32 -32 Bits compatibility layer for 64 bits processors
+ *
+ * @file: Pointer to struct &file.
+ * @cmd: Ioctl name.
+ * @arg: Ioctl argument.
+ */
+long int v4l2_compat_ioctl32(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd,
+ unsigned long arg);
+#endif
+
+unsigned int v4l2_compat_translate_cmd(unsigned int cmd);
+int v4l2_compat_get_user(void __user *arg, void *parg, unsigned int cmd);
+int v4l2_compat_put_user(void __user *arg, void *parg, unsigned int cmd);
+int v4l2_compat_get_array_args(struct file *file, void *mbuf,
+ void __user *user_ptr, size_t array_size,
+ unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+int v4l2_compat_put_array_args(struct file *file, void __user *user_ptr,
+ void *mbuf, size_t array_size,
+ unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+
+/**
+ * typedef v4l2_kioctl - Typedef used to pass an ioctl handler.
+ *
+ * @file: Pointer to struct &file.
+ * @cmd: Ioctl name.
+ * @arg: Ioctl argument.
+ */
+typedef long (*v4l2_kioctl)(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+
+/**
+ * video_usercopy - copies data from/to userspace memory when an ioctl is
+ * issued.
+ *
+ * @file: Pointer to struct &file.
+ * @cmd: Ioctl name.
+ * @arg: Ioctl argument.
+ * @func: function that will handle the ioctl
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * This routine should be used only inside the V4L2 core.
+ */
+long int video_usercopy(struct file *file, unsigned int cmd,
+ unsigned long int arg, v4l2_kioctl func);
+
+/**
+ * video_ioctl2 - Handles a V4L2 ioctl.
+ *
+ * @file: Pointer to struct &file.
+ * @cmd: Ioctl name.
+ * @arg: Ioctl argument.
+ *
+ * Method used to hancle an ioctl. Should be used to fill the
+ * &v4l2_ioctl_ops.unlocked_ioctl on all V4L2 drivers.
+ */
+long int video_ioctl2(struct file *file,
+ unsigned int cmd, unsigned long int arg);
+
+/*
+ * The user space interpretation of the 'v4l2_event' differs
+ * based on the 'time_t' definition on 32-bit architectures, so
+ * the kernel has to handle both.
+ * This is the old version for 32-bit architectures.
+ */
+struct v4l2_event_time32 {
+ __u32 type;
+ union {
+ struct v4l2_event_vsync vsync;
+ struct v4l2_event_ctrl ctrl;
+ struct v4l2_event_frame_sync frame_sync;
+ struct v4l2_event_src_change src_change;
+ struct v4l2_event_motion_det motion_det;
+ __u8 data[64];
+ } u;
+ __u32 pending;
+ __u32 sequence;
+ struct old_timespec32 timestamp;
+ __u32 id;
+ __u32 reserved[8];
+};
+
+#define VIDIOC_DQEVENT_TIME32 _IOR('V', 89, struct v4l2_event_time32)
+
+struct v4l2_buffer_time32 {
+ __u32 index;
+ __u32 type;
+ __u32 bytesused;
+ __u32 flags;
+ __u32 field;
+ struct old_timeval32 timestamp;
+ struct v4l2_timecode timecode;
+ __u32 sequence;
+
+ /* memory location */
+ __u32 memory;
+ union {
+ __u32 offset;
+ unsigned long userptr;
+ struct v4l2_plane *planes;
+ __s32 fd;
+ } m;
+ __u32 length;
+ __u32 reserved2;
+ union {
+ __s32 request_fd;
+ __u32 reserved;
+ };
+};
+#define VIDIOC_QUERYBUF_TIME32 _IOWR('V', 9, struct v4l2_buffer_time32)
+#define VIDIOC_QBUF_TIME32 _IOWR('V', 15, struct v4l2_buffer_time32)
+#define VIDIOC_DQBUF_TIME32 _IOWR('V', 17, struct v4l2_buffer_time32)
+#define VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF_TIME32 _IOWR('V', 93, struct v4l2_buffer_time32)
+
+#endif /* _V4L2_IOCTL_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-jpeg.h b/include/media/v4l2-jpeg.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2dba843ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-jpeg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * V4L2 JPEG helpers header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 Pengutronix, Philipp Zabel <kernel@pengutronix.de>
+ *
+ * For reference, see JPEG ITU-T.81 (ISO/IEC 10918-1)
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_JPEG_H
+#define _V4L2_JPEG_H
+
+#include <linux/v4l2-controls.h>
+
+#define V4L2_JPEG_MAX_COMPONENTS 4
+#define V4L2_JPEG_MAX_TABLES 4
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_jpeg_reference - reference into the JPEG buffer
+ * @start: pointer to the start of the referenced segment or table
+ * @length: size of the referenced segment or table
+ *
+ * Wnen referencing marker segments, start points right after the marker code,
+ * and length is the size of the segment parameters, excluding the marker code.
+ */
+struct v4l2_jpeg_reference {
+ u8 *start;
+ size_t length;
+};
+
+/* B.2.2 Frame header syntax */
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_component_spec - frame component-specification
+ * @component_identifier: C[i]
+ * @horizontal_sampling_factor: H[i]
+ * @vertical_sampling_factor: V[i]
+ * @quantization_table_selector: quantization table destination selector Tq[i]
+ */
+struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_component_spec {
+ u8 component_identifier;
+ u8 horizontal_sampling_factor;
+ u8 vertical_sampling_factor;
+ u8 quantization_table_selector;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_header - JPEG frame header
+ * @height: Y
+ * @width: X
+ * @precision: P
+ * @num_components: Nf
+ * @component: component-specification, see v4l2_jpeg_frame_component_spec
+ * @subsampling: decoded subsampling from component-specification
+ */
+struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_header {
+ u16 height;
+ u16 width;
+ u8 precision;
+ u8 num_components;
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_component_spec component[V4L2_JPEG_MAX_COMPONENTS];
+ enum v4l2_jpeg_chroma_subsampling subsampling;
+};
+
+/* B.2.3 Scan header syntax */
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_component_spec - scan component-specification
+ * @component_selector: Cs[j]
+ * @dc_entropy_coding_table_selector: Td[j]
+ * @ac_entropy_coding_table_selector: Ta[j]
+ */
+struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_component_spec {
+ u8 component_selector;
+ u8 dc_entropy_coding_table_selector;
+ u8 ac_entropy_coding_table_selector;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_header - JPEG scan header
+ * @num_components: Ns
+ * @component: component-specification, see v4l2_jpeg_scan_component_spec
+ */
+struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_header {
+ u8 num_components; /* Ns */
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_component_spec component[V4L2_JPEG_MAX_COMPONENTS];
+ /* Ss, Se, Ah, and Al are not used by any driver */
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_jpeg_app14_tf - APP14 transform flag
+ * According to Rec. ITU-T T.872 (06/2012) 6.5.3
+ * APP14 segment is for color encoding, it contains a transform flag,
+ * which may have values of 0, 1 and 2 and are interpreted as follows:
+ * @V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_CMYK_RGB: CMYK for images encoded with four components
+ * RGB for images encoded with three components
+ * @V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_YCBCR: an image encoded with three components using YCbCr
+ * @V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_YCCK: an image encoded with four components using YCCK
+ * @V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_UNKNOWN: indicate app14 is not present
+ */
+enum v4l2_jpeg_app14_tf {
+ V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_CMYK_RGB = 0,
+ V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_YCBCR = 1,
+ V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_YCCK = 2,
+ V4L2_JPEG_APP14_TF_UNKNOWN = -1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_jpeg_header - parsed JPEG header
+ * @sof: pointer to frame header and size
+ * @sos: pointer to scan header and size
+ * @num_dht: number of entries in @dht
+ * @dht: pointers to huffman tables and sizes
+ * @num_dqt: number of entries in @dqt
+ * @dqt: pointers to quantization tables and sizes
+ * @frame: parsed frame header
+ * @scan: pointer to parsed scan header, optional
+ * @quantization_tables: references to four quantization tables, optional
+ * @huffman_tables: references to four Huffman tables in DC0, DC1, AC0, AC1
+ * order, optional
+ * @restart_interval: number of MCU per restart interval, Ri
+ * @ecs_offset: buffer offset in bytes to the entropy coded segment
+ * @app14_tf: transform flag from app14 data
+ *
+ * When this structure is passed to v4l2_jpeg_parse_header, the optional scan,
+ * quantization_tables, and huffman_tables pointers must be initialized to NULL
+ * or point at valid memory.
+ */
+struct v4l2_jpeg_header {
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_reference sof;
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_reference sos;
+ unsigned int num_dht;
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_reference dht[V4L2_JPEG_MAX_TABLES];
+ unsigned int num_dqt;
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_reference dqt[V4L2_JPEG_MAX_TABLES];
+
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_header frame;
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_header *scan;
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_reference *quantization_tables;
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_reference *huffman_tables;
+ u16 restart_interval;
+ size_t ecs_offset;
+ enum v4l2_jpeg_app14_tf app14_tf;
+};
+
+int v4l2_jpeg_parse_header(void *buf, size_t len, struct v4l2_jpeg_header *out);
+
+int v4l2_jpeg_parse_frame_header(void *buf, size_t len,
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_frame_header *frame_header);
+int v4l2_jpeg_parse_scan_header(void *buf, size_t len,
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_scan_header *scan_header);
+int v4l2_jpeg_parse_quantization_tables(void *buf, size_t len, u8 precision,
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_reference *q_tables);
+int v4l2_jpeg_parse_huffman_tables(void *buf, size_t len,
+ struct v4l2_jpeg_reference *huffman_tables);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-mc.h b/include/media/v4l2-mc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c18168592
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-mc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * v4l2-mc.h - Media Controller V4L2 types and prototypes
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@kernel.org>
+ * Copyright (C) 2006-2010 Nokia Corporation
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Intel Corporation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_MC_H
+#define _V4L2_MC_H
+
+#include <media/media-device.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-subdev.h>
+#include <linux/types.h>
+
+/* We don't need to include pci.h or usb.h here */
+struct pci_dev;
+struct usb_device;
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+/**
+ * v4l2_mc_create_media_graph() - create Media Controller links at the graph.
+ *
+ * @mdev: pointer to the &media_device struct.
+ *
+ * Add links between the entities commonly found on PC customer's hardware at
+ * the V4L2 side: camera sensors, audio and video PLL-IF decoders, tuners,
+ * analog TV decoder and I/O entities (video, VBI and Software Defined Radio).
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Webcams are modelled on a very simple way: the sensor is
+ * connected directly to the I/O entity. All dirty details, like
+ * scaler and crop HW are hidden. While such mapping is enough for v4l2
+ * interface centric PC-consumer's hardware, V4L2 subdev centric camera
+ * hardware should not use this routine, as it will not build the right graph.
+ */
+int v4l2_mc_create_media_graph(struct media_device *mdev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l_enable_media_source() - Hold media source for exclusive use
+ * if free
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to struct video_device
+ *
+ * This interface calls enable_source handler to determine if
+ * media source is free for use. The enable_source handler is
+ * responsible for checking is the media source is free and
+ * start a pipeline between the media source and the media
+ * entity associated with the video device. This interface
+ * should be called from v4l2-core and dvb-core interfaces
+ * that change the source configuration.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success or a negative error code.
+ */
+int v4l_enable_media_source(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l_disable_media_source() - Release media source
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to struct video_device
+ *
+ * This interface calls disable_source handler to release
+ * the media source. The disable_source handler stops the
+ * active media pipeline between the media source and the
+ * media entity associated with the video device.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success or a negative error code.
+ */
+void v4l_disable_media_source(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/*
+ * v4l_vb2q_enable_media_tuner - Hold media source for exclusive use
+ * if free.
+ * @q - pointer to struct vb2_queue
+ *
+ * Wrapper for v4l_enable_media_source(). This function should
+ * be called from v4l2-core to enable the media source with
+ * pointer to struct vb2_queue as the input argument. Some
+ * v4l2-core interfaces don't have access to video device and
+ * this interface finds the struct video_device for the q and
+ * calls v4l_enable_media_source().
+ */
+int v4l_vb2q_enable_media_source(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_create_fwnode_links_to_pad - Create fwnode-based links from a
+ * source subdev to a sink subdev pad.
+ *
+ * @src_sd: pointer to a source subdev
+ * @sink: pointer to a subdev sink pad
+ * @flags: the link flags
+ *
+ * This function searches for fwnode endpoint connections from a source
+ * subdevice to a single sink pad, and if suitable connections are found,
+ * translates them into media links to that pad. The function can be
+ * called by the sink subdevice, in its v4l2-async notifier subdev bound
+ * callback, to create links from a bound source subdevice.
+ *
+ * The @flags argument specifies the link flags. The caller shall ensure that
+ * the flags are valid regardless of the number of links that may be created.
+ * For instance, setting the MEDIA_LNK_FL_ENABLED flag will cause all created
+ * links to be enabled, which isn't valid if more than one link is created.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Any sink subdevice that calls this function must implement the
+ * .get_fwnode_pad media operation in order to verify endpoints passed
+ * to the sink are owned by the sink.
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int v4l2_create_fwnode_links_to_pad(struct v4l2_subdev *src_sd,
+ struct media_pad *sink, u32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_create_fwnode_links - Create fwnode-based links from a source
+ * subdev to a sink subdev.
+ *
+ * @src_sd: pointer to a source subdevice
+ * @sink_sd: pointer to a sink subdevice
+ *
+ * This function searches for any and all fwnode endpoint connections
+ * between source and sink subdevices, and translates them into media
+ * links. The function can be called by the sink subdevice, in its
+ * v4l2-async notifier subdev bound callback, to create all links from
+ * a bound source subdevice.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * Any sink subdevice that calls this function must implement the
+ * .get_fwnode_pad media operation in order to verify endpoints passed
+ * to the sink are owned by the sink.
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int v4l2_create_fwnode_links(struct v4l2_subdev *src_sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev *sink_sd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_pipeline_pm_get - Increase the use count of a pipeline
+ * @entity: The root entity of a pipeline
+ *
+ * Update the use count of all entities in the pipeline and power entities on.
+ *
+ * This function is intended to be called in video node open. It uses
+ * struct media_entity.use_count to track the power status. The use
+ * of this function should be paired with v4l2_pipeline_link_notify().
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure.
+ */
+int v4l2_pipeline_pm_get(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_pipeline_pm_put - Decrease the use count of a pipeline
+ * @entity: The root entity of a pipeline
+ *
+ * Update the use count of all entities in the pipeline and power entities off.
+ *
+ * This function is intended to be called in video node release. It uses
+ * struct media_entity.use_count to track the power status. The use
+ * of this function should be paired with v4l2_pipeline_link_notify().
+ */
+void v4l2_pipeline_pm_put(struct media_entity *entity);
+
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_pipeline_link_notify - Link management notification callback
+ * @link: The link
+ * @flags: New link flags that will be applied
+ * @notification: The link's state change notification type (MEDIA_DEV_NOTIFY_*)
+ *
+ * React to link management on powered pipelines by updating the use count of
+ * all entities in the source and sink sides of the link. Entities are powered
+ * on or off accordingly. The use of this function should be paired
+ * with v4l2_pipeline_pm_{get,put}().
+ *
+ * Return 0 on success or a negative error code on failure. Powering entities
+ * off is assumed to never fail. This function will not fail for disconnection
+ * events.
+ */
+int v4l2_pipeline_link_notify(struct media_link *link, u32 flags,
+ unsigned int notification);
+
+#else /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */
+
+static inline int v4l2_mc_create_media_graph(struct media_device *mdev)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int v4l_enable_media_source(struct video_device *vdev)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l_disable_media_source(struct video_device *vdev)
+{
+}
+
+static inline int v4l_vb2q_enable_media_source(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static inline int v4l2_pipeline_pm_get(struct media_entity *entity)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l2_pipeline_pm_put(struct media_entity *entity)
+{}
+
+static inline int v4l2_pipeline_link_notify(struct media_link *link, u32 flags,
+ unsigned int notification)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */
+#endif /* _V4L2_MC_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-mediabus.h b/include/media/v4l2-mediabus.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f67a74daf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-mediabus.h
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * Media Bus API header
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2009, Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
+ */
+
+#ifndef V4L2_MEDIABUS_H
+#define V4L2_MEDIABUS_H
+
+#include <linux/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+#include <linux/bitops.h>
+
+/*
+ * How to use the V4L2_MBUS_* flags:
+ * Flags are defined for each of the possible states and values of a media
+ * bus configuration parameter. One and only one bit of each group of flags
+ * shall be set by the users of the v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.get_mbus_config
+ * operation to ensure that no conflicting settings are specified when
+ * reporting the media bus configuration. For example, it is invalid to set or
+ * clear both the V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH and the
+ * V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW flag at the same time. Instead either flag
+ * V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH or flag V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW shall be set.
+ *
+ * TODO: replace the existing V4L2_MBUS_* flags with structures of fields
+ * to avoid conflicting settings.
+ *
+ * In example:
+ * #define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH BIT(2)
+ * #define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW BIT(3)
+ * will be replaced by a field whose value reports the intended active state of
+ * the signal:
+ * unsigned int v4l2_mbus_hsync_active : 1;
+ */
+
+/* Parallel flags */
+/*
+ * The client runs in master or in slave mode. By "Master mode" an operation
+ * mode is meant, when the client (e.g., a camera sensor) is producing
+ * horizontal and vertical synchronisation. In "Slave mode" the host is
+ * providing these signals to the slave.
+ */
+#define V4L2_MBUS_MASTER BIT(0)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_SLAVE BIT(1)
+/*
+ * Signal polarity flags
+ * Note: in BT.656 mode HSYNC, FIELD, and VSYNC are unused
+ * V4L2_MBUS_[HV]SYNC* flags should be also used for specifying
+ * configuration of hardware that uses [HV]REF signals
+ */
+#define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH BIT(2)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_HSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW BIT(3)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH BIT(4)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_VSYNC_ACTIVE_LOW BIT(5)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_PCLK_SAMPLE_RISING BIT(6)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_PCLK_SAMPLE_FALLING BIT(7)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ACTIVE_HIGH BIT(8)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ACTIVE_LOW BIT(9)
+/* FIELD = 0/1 - Field1 (odd)/Field2 (even) */
+#define V4L2_MBUS_FIELD_EVEN_HIGH BIT(10)
+/* FIELD = 1/0 - Field1 (odd)/Field2 (even) */
+#define V4L2_MBUS_FIELD_EVEN_LOW BIT(11)
+/* Active state of Sync-on-green (SoG) signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively. */
+#define V4L2_MBUS_VIDEO_SOG_ACTIVE_HIGH BIT(12)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_VIDEO_SOG_ACTIVE_LOW BIT(13)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ENABLE_HIGH BIT(14)
+#define V4L2_MBUS_DATA_ENABLE_LOW BIT(15)
+
+/* Serial flags */
+/* Clock non-continuous mode support. */
+#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_NONCONTINUOUS_CLOCK BIT(0)
+
+#define V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_MAX_DATA_LANES 8
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2 - MIPI CSI-2 data bus configuration
+ * @flags: media bus (V4L2_MBUS_*) flags
+ * @data_lanes: an array of physical data lane indexes
+ * @clock_lane: physical lane index of the clock lane
+ * @num_data_lanes: number of data lanes
+ * @lane_polarities: polarity of the lanes. The order is the same of
+ * the physical lanes.
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2 {
+ unsigned int flags;
+ unsigned char data_lanes[V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_MAX_DATA_LANES];
+ unsigned char clock_lane;
+ unsigned char num_data_lanes;
+ bool lane_polarities[1 + V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_MAX_DATA_LANES];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel - parallel data bus configuration
+ * @flags: media bus (V4L2_MBUS_*) flags
+ * @bus_width: bus width in bits
+ * @data_shift: data shift in bits
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel {
+ unsigned int flags;
+ unsigned char bus_width;
+ unsigned char data_shift;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1 - CSI-1/CCP2 data bus configuration
+ * @clock_inv: polarity of clock/strobe signal
+ * false - not inverted, true - inverted
+ * @strobe: false - data/clock, true - data/strobe
+ * @lane_polarity: the polarities of the clock (index 0) and data lanes
+ * index (1)
+ * @data_lane: the number of the data lane
+ * @clock_lane: the number of the clock lane
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1 {
+ unsigned char clock_inv:1;
+ unsigned char strobe:1;
+ bool lane_polarity[2];
+ unsigned char data_lane;
+ unsigned char clock_lane;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_mbus_type - media bus type
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN: unknown bus type, no V4L2 mediabus configuration
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_PARALLEL: parallel interface with hsync and vsync
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_BT656: parallel interface with embedded synchronisation, can
+ * also be used for BT.1120
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI1: MIPI CSI-1 serial interface
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CCP2: CCP2 (Compact Camera Port 2)
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_DPHY: MIPI CSI-2 serial interface, with D-PHY
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY: MIPI CSI-2 serial interface, with C-PHY
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_DPI: MIPI VIDEO DPI interface
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_INVALID: invalid bus type (keep as last)
+ */
+enum v4l2_mbus_type {
+ V4L2_MBUS_UNKNOWN,
+ V4L2_MBUS_PARALLEL,
+ V4L2_MBUS_BT656,
+ V4L2_MBUS_CSI1,
+ V4L2_MBUS_CCP2,
+ V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_DPHY,
+ V4L2_MBUS_CSI2_CPHY,
+ V4L2_MBUS_DPI,
+ V4L2_MBUS_INVALID,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_config - media bus configuration
+ * @type: interface type
+ * @bus: bus configuration data structure
+ * @bus.parallel: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel.
+ * Used if the bus is parallel or BT.656.
+ * @bus.mipi_csi1: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1.
+ * Used if the bus is MIPI Alliance's Camera Serial
+ * Interface version 1 (MIPI CSI1) or Standard
+ * Mobile Imaging Architecture's Compact Camera Port 2
+ * (SMIA CCP2).
+ * @bus.mipi_csi2: embedded &struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2.
+ * Used if the bus is MIPI Alliance's Camera Serial
+ * Interface version 2 (MIPI CSI2).
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_config {
+ enum v4l2_mbus_type type;
+ union {
+ struct v4l2_mbus_config_parallel parallel;
+ struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi1 mipi_csi1;
+ struct v4l2_mbus_config_mipi_csi2 mipi_csi2;
+ } bus;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fill_pix_format - Ancillary routine that fills a &struct
+ * v4l2_pix_format fields from a &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt.
+ *
+ * @pix_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_pix_format to be filled
+ * @mbus_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt to be used as model
+ */
+static inline void
+v4l2_fill_pix_format(struct v4l2_pix_format *pix_fmt,
+ const struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt)
+{
+ pix_fmt->width = mbus_fmt->width;
+ pix_fmt->height = mbus_fmt->height;
+ pix_fmt->field = mbus_fmt->field;
+ pix_fmt->colorspace = mbus_fmt->colorspace;
+ pix_fmt->ycbcr_enc = mbus_fmt->ycbcr_enc;
+ pix_fmt->quantization = mbus_fmt->quantization;
+ pix_fmt->xfer_func = mbus_fmt->xfer_func;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fill_mbus_format - Ancillary routine that fills a &struct
+ * v4l2_mbus_framefmt from a &struct v4l2_pix_format and a
+ * data format code.
+ *
+ * @mbus_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt to be filled
+ * @pix_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_pix_format to be used as model
+ * @code: data format code (from &enum v4l2_mbus_pixelcode)
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_fill_mbus_format(struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt,
+ const struct v4l2_pix_format *pix_fmt,
+ u32 code)
+{
+ mbus_fmt->width = pix_fmt->width;
+ mbus_fmt->height = pix_fmt->height;
+ mbus_fmt->field = pix_fmt->field;
+ mbus_fmt->colorspace = pix_fmt->colorspace;
+ mbus_fmt->ycbcr_enc = pix_fmt->ycbcr_enc;
+ mbus_fmt->quantization = pix_fmt->quantization;
+ mbus_fmt->xfer_func = pix_fmt->xfer_func;
+ mbus_fmt->code = code;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fill_pix_format_mplane - Ancillary routine that fills a &struct
+ * v4l2_pix_format_mplane fields from a media bus structure.
+ *
+ * @pix_mp_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane to be filled
+ * @mbus_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt to be used as model
+ */
+static inline void
+v4l2_fill_pix_format_mplane(struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane *pix_mp_fmt,
+ const struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt)
+{
+ pix_mp_fmt->width = mbus_fmt->width;
+ pix_mp_fmt->height = mbus_fmt->height;
+ pix_mp_fmt->field = mbus_fmt->field;
+ pix_mp_fmt->colorspace = mbus_fmt->colorspace;
+ pix_mp_fmt->ycbcr_enc = mbus_fmt->ycbcr_enc;
+ pix_mp_fmt->quantization = mbus_fmt->quantization;
+ pix_mp_fmt->xfer_func = mbus_fmt->xfer_func;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_fill_mbus_format_mplane - Ancillary routine that fills a &struct
+ * v4l2_mbus_framefmt from a &struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane.
+ *
+ * @mbus_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt to be filled
+ * @pix_mp_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane to be used as model
+ */
+static inline void
+v4l2_fill_mbus_format_mplane(struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *mbus_fmt,
+ const struct v4l2_pix_format_mplane *pix_mp_fmt)
+{
+ mbus_fmt->width = pix_mp_fmt->width;
+ mbus_fmt->height = pix_mp_fmt->height;
+ mbus_fmt->field = pix_mp_fmt->field;
+ mbus_fmt->colorspace = pix_mp_fmt->colorspace;
+ mbus_fmt->ycbcr_enc = pix_mp_fmt->ycbcr_enc;
+ mbus_fmt->quantization = pix_mp_fmt->quantization;
+ mbus_fmt->xfer_func = pix_mp_fmt->xfer_func;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h b/include/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6c8eb2b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-mem2mem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,893 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Memory-to-memory device framework for Video for Linux 2.
+ *
+ * Helper functions for devices that use memory buffers for both source
+ * and destination.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
+ * Pawel Osciak, <pawel@osciak.com>
+ * Marek Szyprowski, <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_V4L2_MEM2MEM_H
+#define _MEDIA_V4L2_MEM2MEM_H
+
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_m2m_ops - mem-to-mem device driver callbacks
+ * @device_run: required. Begin the actual job (transaction) inside this
+ * callback.
+ * The job does NOT have to end before this callback returns
+ * (and it will be the usual case). When the job finishes,
+ * v4l2_m2m_job_finish() or v4l2_m2m_buf_done_and_job_finish()
+ * has to be called.
+ * @job_ready: optional. Should return 0 if the driver does not have a job
+ * fully prepared to run yet (i.e. it will not be able to finish a
+ * transaction without sleeping). If not provided, it will be
+ * assumed that one source and one destination buffer are all
+ * that is required for the driver to perform one full transaction.
+ * This method may not sleep.
+ * @job_abort: optional. Informs the driver that it has to abort the currently
+ * running transaction as soon as possible (i.e. as soon as it can
+ * stop the device safely; e.g. in the next interrupt handler),
+ * even if the transaction would not have been finished by then.
+ * After the driver performs the necessary steps, it has to call
+ * v4l2_m2m_job_finish() or v4l2_m2m_buf_done_and_job_finish() as
+ * if the transaction ended normally.
+ * This function does not have to (and will usually not) wait
+ * until the device enters a state when it can be stopped.
+ */
+struct v4l2_m2m_ops {
+ void (*device_run)(void *priv);
+ int (*job_ready)(void *priv);
+ void (*job_abort)(void *priv);
+};
+
+struct video_device;
+struct v4l2_m2m_dev;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx - represents a queue for buffers ready to be
+ * processed
+ *
+ * @q: pointer to struct &vb2_queue
+ * @rdy_queue: List of V4L2 mem-to-mem queues
+ * @rdy_spinlock: spin lock to protect the struct usage
+ * @num_rdy: number of buffers ready to be processed
+ * @buffered: is the queue buffered?
+ *
+ * Queue for buffers ready to be processed as soon as this
+ * instance receives access to the device.
+ */
+
+struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx {
+ struct vb2_queue q;
+
+ struct list_head rdy_queue;
+ spinlock_t rdy_spinlock;
+ u8 num_rdy;
+ bool buffered;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_m2m_ctx - Memory to memory context structure
+ *
+ * @q_lock: struct &mutex lock
+ * @new_frame: valid in the device_run callback: if true, then this
+ * starts a new frame; if false, then this is a new slice
+ * for an existing frame. This is always true unless
+ * V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_M2M_HOLD_CAPTURE_BUF is set, which
+ * indicates slicing support.
+ * @is_draining: indicates device is in draining phase
+ * @last_src_buf: indicate the last source buffer for draining
+ * @next_buf_last: next capture queud buffer will be tagged as last
+ * @has_stopped: indicate the device has been stopped
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ * @cap_q_ctx: Capture (output to memory) queue context
+ * @out_q_ctx: Output (input from memory) queue context
+ * @queue: List of memory to memory contexts
+ * @job_flags: Job queue flags, used internally by v4l2-mem2mem.c:
+ * %TRANS_QUEUED, %TRANS_RUNNING and %TRANS_ABORT.
+ * @finished: Wait queue used to signalize when a job queue finished.
+ * @priv: Instance private data
+ *
+ * The memory to memory context is specific to a file handle, NOT to e.g.
+ * a device.
+ */
+struct v4l2_m2m_ctx {
+ /* optional cap/out vb2 queues lock */
+ struct mutex *q_lock;
+
+ bool new_frame;
+
+ bool is_draining;
+ struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *last_src_buf;
+ bool next_buf_last;
+ bool has_stopped;
+
+ /* internal use only */
+ struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev;
+
+ struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx cap_q_ctx;
+
+ struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx out_q_ctx;
+
+ /* For device job queue */
+ struct list_head queue;
+ unsigned long job_flags;
+ wait_queue_head_t finished;
+
+ void *priv;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_m2m_buffer - Memory to memory buffer
+ *
+ * @vb: pointer to struct &vb2_v4l2_buffer
+ * @list: list of m2m buffers
+ */
+struct v4l2_m2m_buffer {
+ struct vb2_v4l2_buffer vb;
+ struct list_head list;
+};
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_get_curr_priv() - return driver private data for the currently
+ * running instance or NULL if no instance is running
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ */
+void *v4l2_m2m_get_curr_priv(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_get_vq() - return vb2_queue for the given type
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @type: type of the V4L2 buffer, as defined by enum &v4l2_buf_type
+ */
+struct vb2_queue *v4l2_m2m_get_vq(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_try_schedule() - check whether an instance is ready to be added to
+ * the pending job queue and add it if so.
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ *
+ * There are three basic requirements an instance has to meet to be able to run:
+ * 1) at least one source buffer has to be queued,
+ * 2) at least one destination buffer has to be queued,
+ * 3) streaming has to be on.
+ *
+ * If a queue is buffered (for example a decoder hardware ringbuffer that has
+ * to be drained before doing streamoff), allow scheduling without v4l2 buffers
+ * on that queue.
+ *
+ * There may also be additional, custom requirements. In such case the driver
+ * should supply a custom callback (job_ready in v4l2_m2m_ops) that should
+ * return 1 if the instance is ready.
+ * An example of the above could be an instance that requires more than one
+ * src/dst buffer per transaction.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_try_schedule(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_job_finish() - inform the framework that a job has been finished
+ * and have it clean up
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ *
+ * Called by a driver to yield back the device after it has finished with it.
+ * Should be called as soon as possible after reaching a state which allows
+ * other instances to take control of the device.
+ *
+ * This function has to be called only after &v4l2_m2m_ops->device_run
+ * callback has been called on the driver. To prevent recursion, it should
+ * not be called directly from the &v4l2_m2m_ops->device_run callback though.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_job_finish(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev,
+ struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_buf_done_and_job_finish() - return source/destination buffers with
+ * state and inform the framework that a job has been finished and have it
+ * clean up
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @state: vb2 buffer state passed to v4l2_m2m_buf_done().
+ *
+ * Drivers that set V4L2_BUF_CAP_SUPPORTS_M2M_HOLD_CAPTURE_BUF must use this
+ * function instead of job_finish() to take held buffers into account. It is
+ * optional for other drivers.
+ *
+ * This function removes the source buffer from the ready list and returns
+ * it with the given state. The same is done for the destination buffer, unless
+ * it is marked 'held'. In that case the buffer is kept on the ready list.
+ *
+ * After that the job is finished (see job_finish()).
+ *
+ * This allows for multiple output buffers to be used to fill in a single
+ * capture buffer. This is typically used by stateless decoders where
+ * multiple e.g. H.264 slices contribute to a single decoded frame.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_buf_done_and_job_finish(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev,
+ struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ enum vb2_buffer_state state);
+
+static inline void
+v4l2_m2m_buf_done(struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *buf, enum vb2_buffer_state state)
+{
+ vb2_buffer_done(&buf->vb2_buf, state);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_clear_state() - clear encoding/decoding state
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline void
+v4l2_m2m_clear_state(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ m2m_ctx->next_buf_last = false;
+ m2m_ctx->is_draining = false;
+ m2m_ctx->has_stopped = false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_mark_stopped() - set current encoding/decoding state as stopped
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline void
+v4l2_m2m_mark_stopped(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ m2m_ctx->next_buf_last = false;
+ m2m_ctx->is_draining = false;
+ m2m_ctx->has_stopped = true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_is_last() - return the current encoding/decoding session
+ * draining management state of next queued capture buffer
+ *
+ * This last capture buffer should be tagged with V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST to notify
+ * the end of the capture session.
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline bool
+v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_is_last(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ return m2m_ctx->is_draining && m2m_ctx->next_buf_last;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_has_stopped() - return the current encoding/decoding session
+ * stopped state
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline bool
+v4l2_m2m_has_stopped(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ return m2m_ctx->has_stopped;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_is_last_draining_src_buf() - return the output buffer draining
+ * state in the current encoding/decoding session
+ *
+ * This will identify the last output buffer queued before a session stop
+ * was required, leading to an actual encoding/decoding session stop state
+ * in the encoding/decoding process after being processed.
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @vbuf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer
+ */
+static inline bool
+v4l2_m2m_is_last_draining_src_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf)
+{
+ return m2m_ctx->is_draining && vbuf == m2m_ctx->last_src_buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_last_buffer_done() - marks the buffer with LAST flag and DONE
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @vbuf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_last_buffer_done(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_suspend() - stop new jobs from being run and wait for current job
+ * to finish
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ *
+ * Called by a driver in the suspend hook. Stop new jobs from being run, and
+ * wait for current running job to finish.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_suspend(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_resume() - resume job running and try to run a queued job
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ *
+ * Called by a driver in the resume hook. This reverts the operation of
+ * v4l2_m2m_suspend() and allows job to be run. Also try to run a queued job if
+ * there is any.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_resume(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_reqbufs() - multi-queue-aware REQBUFS multiplexer
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @reqbufs: pointer to struct &v4l2_requestbuffers
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_reqbufs(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct v4l2_requestbuffers *reqbufs);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_querybuf() - multi-queue-aware QUERYBUF multiplexer
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @buf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer
+ *
+ * See v4l2_m2m_mmap() documentation for details.
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_querybuf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_qbuf() - enqueue a source or destination buffer, depending on
+ * the type
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @buf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_qbuf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_dqbuf() - dequeue a source or destination buffer, depending on
+ * the type
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @buf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_dqbuf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_prepare_buf() - prepare a source or destination buffer, depending on
+ * the type
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @buf: pointer to struct &v4l2_buffer
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_prepare_buf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_create_bufs() - create a source or destination buffer, depending
+ * on the type
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @create: pointer to struct &v4l2_create_buffers
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_create_bufs(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct v4l2_create_buffers *create);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_expbuf() - export a source or destination buffer, depending on
+ * the type
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @eb: pointer to struct &v4l2_exportbuffer
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_expbuf(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct v4l2_exportbuffer *eb);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_streamon() - turn on streaming for a video queue
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @type: type of the V4L2 buffer, as defined by enum &v4l2_buf_type
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_streamon(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_streamoff() - turn off streaming for a video queue
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @type: type of the V4L2 buffer, as defined by enum &v4l2_buf_type
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_streamoff(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_update_start_streaming_state() - update the encoding/decoding
+ * session state when a start of streaming of a video queue is requested
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @q: queue
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_update_start_streaming_state(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_update_stop_streaming_state() - update the encoding/decoding
+ * session state when a stop of streaming of a video queue is requested
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @q: queue
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_update_stop_streaming_state(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_encoder_cmd() - execute an encoder command
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @ec: pointer to the encoder command
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_encoder_cmd(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *ec);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_decoder_cmd() - execute a decoder command
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @dc: pointer to the decoder command
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_poll() - poll replacement, for destination buffers only
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @wait: pointer to struct &poll_table_struct
+ *
+ * Call from the driver's poll() function. Will poll both queues. If a buffer
+ * is available to dequeue (with dqbuf) from the source queue, this will
+ * indicate that a non-blocking write can be performed, while read will be
+ * returned in case of the destination queue.
+ */
+__poll_t v4l2_m2m_poll(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct poll_table_struct *wait);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_mmap() - source and destination queues-aware mmap multiplexer
+ *
+ * @file: pointer to struct &file
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @vma: pointer to struct &vm_area_struct
+ *
+ * Call from driver's mmap() function. Will handle mmap() for both queues
+ * seamlessly for the video buffer, which will receive normal per-queue offsets
+ * and proper vb2 queue pointers. The differentiation is made outside
+ * vb2 by adding a predefined offset to buffers from one of the queues
+ * and subtracting it before passing it back to vb2. Only drivers (and
+ * thus applications) receive modified offsets.
+ */
+int v4l2_m2m_mmap(struct file *file, struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_MMU
+unsigned long v4l2_m2m_get_unmapped_area(struct file *file, unsigned long addr,
+ unsigned long len, unsigned long pgoff,
+ unsigned long flags);
+#endif
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_init() - initialize per-driver m2m data
+ *
+ * @m2m_ops: pointer to struct v4l2_m2m_ops
+ *
+ * Usually called from driver's ``probe()`` function.
+ *
+ * Return: returns an opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ */
+struct v4l2_m2m_dev *v4l2_m2m_init(const struct v4l2_m2m_ops *m2m_ops);
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER)
+void v4l2_m2m_unregister_media_controller(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev);
+int v4l2_m2m_register_media_controller(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev,
+ struct video_device *vdev, int function);
+#else
+static inline void
+v4l2_m2m_unregister_media_controller(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev)
+{
+}
+
+static inline int
+v4l2_m2m_register_media_controller(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev,
+ struct video_device *vdev, int function)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_release() - cleans up and frees a m2m_dev structure
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ *
+ * Usually called from driver's ``remove()`` function.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_release(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_ctx_init() - allocate and initialize a m2m context
+ *
+ * @m2m_dev: opaque pointer to the internal data to handle M2M context
+ * @drv_priv: driver's instance private data
+ * @queue_init: a callback for queue type-specific initialization function
+ * to be used for initializing vb2_queues
+ *
+ * Usually called from driver's ``open()`` function.
+ */
+struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *v4l2_m2m_ctx_init(struct v4l2_m2m_dev *m2m_dev,
+ void *drv_priv,
+ int (*queue_init)(void *priv, struct vb2_queue *src_vq, struct vb2_queue *dst_vq));
+
+static inline void v4l2_m2m_set_src_buffered(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ bool buffered)
+{
+ m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.buffered = buffered;
+}
+
+static inline void v4l2_m2m_set_dst_buffered(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ bool buffered)
+{
+ m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.buffered = buffered;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_ctx_release() - release m2m context
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ *
+ * Usually called from driver's release() function.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_ctx_release(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_buf_queue() - add a buffer to the proper ready buffers list.
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @vbuf: pointer to struct &vb2_v4l2_buffer
+ *
+ * Call from vb2_queue_ops->ops->buf_queue, vb2_queue_ops callback.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_buf_queue(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_num_src_bufs_ready() - return the number of source buffers ready for
+ * use
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline
+unsigned int v4l2_m2m_num_src_bufs_ready(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ unsigned int num_buf_rdy;
+ unsigned long flags;
+
+ spin_lock_irqsave(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.rdy_spinlock, flags);
+ num_buf_rdy = m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.num_rdy;
+ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.rdy_spinlock, flags);
+
+ return num_buf_rdy;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_num_dst_bufs_ready() - return the number of destination buffers
+ * ready for use
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline
+unsigned int v4l2_m2m_num_dst_bufs_ready(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ unsigned int num_buf_rdy;
+ unsigned long flags;
+
+ spin_lock_irqsave(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.rdy_spinlock, flags);
+ num_buf_rdy = m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.num_rdy;
+ spin_unlock_irqrestore(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.rdy_spinlock, flags);
+
+ return num_buf_rdy;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_next_buf() - return next buffer from the list of ready buffers
+ *
+ * @q_ctx: pointer to struct @v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx
+ */
+struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *v4l2_m2m_next_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_next_src_buf() - return next source buffer from the list of ready
+ * buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_next_src_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ return v4l2_m2m_next_buf(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_next_dst_buf() - return next destination buffer from the list of
+ * ready buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_next_dst_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ return v4l2_m2m_next_buf(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_last_buf() - return last buffer from the list of ready buffers
+ *
+ * @q_ctx: pointer to struct @v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx
+ */
+struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *v4l2_m2m_last_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_last_src_buf() - return last destination buffer from the list of
+ * ready buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_last_src_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ return v4l2_m2m_last_buf(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_last_dst_buf() - return last destination buffer from the list of
+ * ready buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_last_dst_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ return v4l2_m2m_last_buf(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf() - iterate over a list of destination ready
+ * buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @b: current buffer of type struct v4l2_m2m_buffer
+ */
+#define v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf(m2m_ctx, b) \
+ list_for_each_entry(b, &m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.rdy_queue, list)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf() - iterate over a list of source ready buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @b: current buffer of type struct v4l2_m2m_buffer
+ */
+#define v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf(m2m_ctx, b) \
+ list_for_each_entry(b, &m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.rdy_queue, list)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf_safe() - iterate over a list of destination ready
+ * buffers safely
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @b: current buffer of type struct v4l2_m2m_buffer
+ * @n: used as temporary storage
+ */
+#define v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf_safe(m2m_ctx, b, n) \
+ list_for_each_entry_safe(b, n, &m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.rdy_queue, list)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf_safe() - iterate over a list of source ready
+ * buffers safely
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @b: current buffer of type struct v4l2_m2m_buffer
+ * @n: used as temporary storage
+ */
+#define v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf_safe(m2m_ctx, b, n) \
+ list_for_each_entry_safe(b, n, &m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.rdy_queue, list)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_get_src_vq() - return vb2_queue for source buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline
+struct vb2_queue *v4l2_m2m_get_src_vq(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ return &m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx.q;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_get_dst_vq() - return vb2_queue for destination buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline
+struct vb2_queue *v4l2_m2m_get_dst_vq(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ return &m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx.q;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_buf_remove() - take off a buffer from the list of ready buffers and
+ * return it
+ *
+ * @q_ctx: pointer to struct @v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx
+ */
+struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *v4l2_m2m_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove() - take off a source buffer from the list of ready
+ * buffers and return it
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ return v4l2_m2m_buf_remove(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove() - take off a destination buffer from the list of
+ * ready buffers and return it
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx)
+{
+ return v4l2_m2m_buf_remove(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_buf() - take off exact buffer from the list of ready
+ * buffers
+ *
+ * @q_ctx: pointer to struct @v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx
+ * @vbuf: the buffer to be removed
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx,
+ struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove_by_buf() - take off exact source buffer from the list
+ * of ready buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @vbuf: the buffer to be removed
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove_by_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf)
+{
+ v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_buf(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx, vbuf);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove_by_buf() - take off exact destination buffer from the
+ * list of ready buffers
+ *
+ * @m2m_ctx: m2m context assigned to the instance given by struct &v4l2_m2m_ctx
+ * @vbuf: the buffer to be removed
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove_by_buf(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx,
+ struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *vbuf)
+{
+ v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_buf(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx, vbuf);
+}
+
+struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_idx(struct v4l2_m2m_queue_ctx *q_ctx, unsigned int idx);
+
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_src_buf_remove_by_idx(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, unsigned int idx)
+{
+ return v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_idx(&m2m_ctx->out_q_ctx, idx);
+}
+
+static inline struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+v4l2_m2m_dst_buf_remove_by_idx(struct v4l2_m2m_ctx *m2m_ctx, unsigned int idx)
+{
+ return v4l2_m2m_buf_remove_by_idx(&m2m_ctx->cap_q_ctx, idx);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_m2m_buf_copy_metadata() - copy buffer metadata from
+ * the output buffer to the capture buffer
+ *
+ * @out_vb: the output buffer that is the source of the metadata.
+ * @cap_vb: the capture buffer that will receive the metadata.
+ * @copy_frame_flags: copy the KEY/B/PFRAME flags as well.
+ *
+ * This helper function copies the timestamp, timecode (if the TIMECODE
+ * buffer flag was set), field and the TIMECODE, KEYFRAME, BFRAME, PFRAME
+ * and TSTAMP_SRC_MASK flags from @out_vb to @cap_vb.
+ *
+ * If @copy_frame_flags is false, then the KEYFRAME, BFRAME and PFRAME
+ * flags are not copied. This is typically needed for encoders that
+ * set this bits explicitly.
+ */
+void v4l2_m2m_buf_copy_metadata(const struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *out_vb,
+ struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *cap_vb,
+ bool copy_frame_flags);
+
+/* v4l2 request helper */
+
+void v4l2_m2m_request_queue(struct media_request *req);
+
+/* v4l2 ioctl helpers */
+
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_reqbufs(struct file *file, void *priv,
+ struct v4l2_requestbuffers *rb);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_create_bufs(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_create_buffers *create);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_querybuf(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_expbuf(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_exportbuffer *eb);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_qbuf(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_dqbuf(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_prepare_buf(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *buf);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_streamon(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_streamoff(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_encoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *ec);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_try_encoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_encoder_cmd *ec);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_try_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_stateless_try_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *fh,
+ struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc);
+int v4l2_m2m_ioctl_stateless_decoder_cmd(struct file *file, void *priv,
+ struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *dc);
+int v4l2_m2m_fop_mmap(struct file *file, struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+__poll_t v4l2_m2m_fop_poll(struct file *file, poll_table *wait);
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_V4L2_MEM2MEM_H */
+
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-rect.h b/include/media/v4l2-rect.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd587d0c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-rect.h
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * v4l2-rect.h - v4l2_rect helper functions
+ *
+ * Copyright 2014 Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_RECT_H_
+#define _V4L2_RECT_H_
+
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_set_size_to() - copy the width/height values.
+ * @r: rect whose width and height fields will be set
+ * @size: rect containing the width and height fields you need.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_rect_set_size_to(struct v4l2_rect *r,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *size)
+{
+ r->width = size->width;
+ r->height = size->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_set_min_size() - width and height of r should be >= min_size.
+ * @r: rect whose width and height will be modified
+ * @min_size: rect containing the minimal width and height
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_rect_set_min_size(struct v4l2_rect *r,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *min_size)
+{
+ if (r->width < min_size->width)
+ r->width = min_size->width;
+ if (r->height < min_size->height)
+ r->height = min_size->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_set_max_size() - width and height of r should be <= max_size
+ * @r: rect whose width and height will be modified
+ * @max_size: rect containing the maximum width and height
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_rect_set_max_size(struct v4l2_rect *r,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *max_size)
+{
+ if (r->width > max_size->width)
+ r->width = max_size->width;
+ if (r->height > max_size->height)
+ r->height = max_size->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_map_inside()- r should be inside boundary.
+ * @r: rect that will be modified
+ * @boundary: rect containing the boundary for @r
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_rect_map_inside(struct v4l2_rect *r,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *boundary)
+{
+ v4l2_rect_set_max_size(r, boundary);
+ if (r->left < boundary->left)
+ r->left = boundary->left;
+ if (r->top < boundary->top)
+ r->top = boundary->top;
+ if (r->left + r->width > boundary->left + boundary->width)
+ r->left = boundary->left + boundary->width - r->width;
+ if (r->top + r->height > boundary->top + boundary->height)
+ r->top = boundary->top + boundary->height - r->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_same_size() - return true if r1 has the same size as r2
+ * @r1: rectangle.
+ * @r2: rectangle.
+ *
+ * Return true if both rectangles have the same size.
+ */
+static inline bool v4l2_rect_same_size(const struct v4l2_rect *r1,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *r2)
+{
+ return r1->width == r2->width && r1->height == r2->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_same_position() - return true if r1 has the same position as r2
+ * @r1: rectangle.
+ * @r2: rectangle.
+ *
+ * Return true if both rectangles have the same position
+ */
+static inline bool v4l2_rect_same_position(const struct v4l2_rect *r1,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *r2)
+{
+ return r1->top == r2->top && r1->left == r2->left;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_equal() - return true if r1 equals r2
+ * @r1: rectangle.
+ * @r2: rectangle.
+ *
+ * Return true if both rectangles have the same size and position.
+ */
+static inline bool v4l2_rect_equal(const struct v4l2_rect *r1,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *r2)
+{
+ return v4l2_rect_same_size(r1, r2) && v4l2_rect_same_position(r1, r2);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_intersect() - calculate the intersection of two rects.
+ * @r: intersection of @r1 and @r2.
+ * @r1: rectangle.
+ * @r2: rectangle.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_rect_intersect(struct v4l2_rect *r,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *r1,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *r2)
+{
+ int right, bottom;
+
+ r->top = max(r1->top, r2->top);
+ r->left = max(r1->left, r2->left);
+ bottom = min(r1->top + r1->height, r2->top + r2->height);
+ right = min(r1->left + r1->width, r2->left + r2->width);
+ r->height = max(0, bottom - r->top);
+ r->width = max(0, right - r->left);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_scale() - scale rect r by to/from
+ * @r: rect to be scaled.
+ * @from: from rectangle.
+ * @to: to rectangle.
+ *
+ * This scales rectangle @r horizontally by @to->width / @from->width and
+ * vertically by @to->height / @from->height.
+ *
+ * Typically @r is a rectangle inside @from and you want the rectangle as
+ * it would appear after scaling @from to @to. So the resulting @r will
+ * be the scaled rectangle inside @to.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_rect_scale(struct v4l2_rect *r,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *from,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *to)
+{
+ if (from->width == 0 || from->height == 0) {
+ r->left = r->top = r->width = r->height = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ r->left = (((r->left - from->left) * to->width) / from->width) & ~1;
+ r->width = ((r->width * to->width) / from->width) & ~1;
+ r->top = ((r->top - from->top) * to->height) / from->height;
+ r->height = (r->height * to->height) / from->height;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_overlap() - do r1 and r2 overlap?
+ * @r1: rectangle.
+ * @r2: rectangle.
+ *
+ * Returns true if @r1 and @r2 overlap.
+ */
+static inline bool v4l2_rect_overlap(const struct v4l2_rect *r1,
+ const struct v4l2_rect *r2)
+{
+ /*
+ * IF the left side of r1 is to the right of the right side of r2 OR
+ * the left side of r2 is to the right of the right side of r1 THEN
+ * they do not overlap.
+ */
+ if (r1->left >= r2->left + r2->width ||
+ r2->left >= r1->left + r1->width)
+ return false;
+ /*
+ * IF the top side of r1 is below the bottom of r2 OR
+ * the top side of r2 is below the bottom of r1 THEN
+ * they do not overlap.
+ */
+ if (r1->top >= r2->top + r2->height ||
+ r2->top >= r1->top + r1->height)
+ return false;
+ return true;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_rect_enclosed() - is r1 enclosed in r2?
+ * @r1: rectangle.
+ * @r2: rectangle.
+ *
+ * Returns true if @r1 is enclosed in @r2.
+ */
+static inline bool v4l2_rect_enclosed(struct v4l2_rect *r1,
+ struct v4l2_rect *r2)
+{
+ if (r1->left < r2->left || r1->top < r2->top)
+ return false;
+ if (r1->left + r1->width > r2->left + r2->width)
+ return false;
+ if (r1->top + r1->height > r2->top + r2->height)
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h b/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2f80c9c81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-subdev.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1504 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * V4L2 sub-device support header.
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2008 Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _V4L2_SUBDEV_H
+#define _V4L2_SUBDEV_H
+
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/v4l2-subdev.h>
+#include <media/media-entity.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-async.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-common.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-dev.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-fh.h>
+#include <media/v4l2-mediabus.h>
+
+/* generic v4l2_device notify callback notification values */
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_RX_NOTIFY _IOW('v', 0, u32)
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_RX_FIFO_SERVICE_REQ 0x00000001
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_RX_END_OF_RX_DETECTED 0x00000002
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_RX_HW_FIFO_OVERRUN 0x00000004
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_RX_SW_FIFO_OVERRUN 0x00000008
+
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_TX_NOTIFY _IOW('v', 1, u32)
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_TX_FIFO_SERVICE_REQ 0x00000001
+
+#define V4L2_DEVICE_NOTIFY_EVENT _IOW('v', 2, struct v4l2_event)
+
+struct v4l2_device;
+struct v4l2_ctrl_handler;
+struct v4l2_event;
+struct v4l2_event_subscription;
+struct v4l2_fh;
+struct v4l2_subdev;
+struct v4l2_subdev_fh;
+struct tuner_setup;
+struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_decode_vbi_line - used to decode_vbi_line
+ *
+ * @is_second_field: Set to 0 for the first (odd) field;
+ * set to 1 for the second (even) field.
+ * @p: Pointer to the sliced VBI data from the decoder. On exit, points to
+ * the start of the payload.
+ * @line: Line number of the sliced VBI data (1-23)
+ * @type: VBI service type (V4L2_SLICED_*). 0 if no service found
+ */
+struct v4l2_decode_vbi_line {
+ u32 is_second_field;
+ u8 *p;
+ u32 line;
+ u32 type;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Sub-devices are devices that are connected somehow to the main bridge
+ * device. These devices are usually audio/video muxers/encoders/decoders or
+ * sensors and webcam controllers.
+ *
+ * Usually these devices are controlled through an i2c bus, but other buses
+ * may also be used.
+ *
+ * The v4l2_subdev struct provides a way of accessing these devices in a
+ * generic manner. Most operations that these sub-devices support fall in
+ * a few categories: core ops, audio ops, video ops and tuner ops.
+ *
+ * More categories can be added if needed, although this should remain a
+ * limited set (no more than approx. 8 categories).
+ *
+ * Each category has its own set of ops that subdev drivers can implement.
+ *
+ * A subdev driver can leave the pointer to the category ops NULL if
+ * it does not implement them (e.g. an audio subdev will generally not
+ * implement the video category ops). The exception is the core category:
+ * this must always be present.
+ *
+ * These ops are all used internally so it is no problem to change, remove
+ * or add ops or move ops from one to another category. Currently these
+ * ops are based on the original ioctls, but since ops are not limited to
+ * one argument there is room for improvement here once all i2c subdev
+ * drivers are converted to use these ops.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Core ops: it is highly recommended to implement at least these ops:
+ *
+ * log_status
+ * g_register
+ * s_register
+ *
+ * This provides basic debugging support.
+ *
+ * The ioctl ops is meant for generic ioctl-like commands. Depending on
+ * the use-case it might be better to use subdev-specific ops (currently
+ * not yet implemented) since ops provide proper type-checking.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_subdev_io_pin_bits - Subdevice external IO pin configuration
+ * bits
+ *
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_DISABLE: disables a pin config. ENABLE assumed.
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_OUTPUT: set it if pin is an output.
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_INPUT: set it if pin is an input.
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_SET_VALUE: to set the output value via
+ * &struct v4l2_subdev_io_pin_config->value.
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_ACTIVE_LOW: pin active is bit 0.
+ * Otherwise, ACTIVE HIGH is assumed.
+ */
+enum v4l2_subdev_io_pin_bits {
+ V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_DISABLE = 0,
+ V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_OUTPUT = 1,
+ V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_INPUT = 2,
+ V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_SET_VALUE = 3,
+ V4L2_SUBDEV_IO_PIN_ACTIVE_LOW = 4,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_io_pin_config - Subdevice external IO pin configuration
+ *
+ * @flags: bitmask with flags for this pin's config, whose bits are defined by
+ * &enum v4l2_subdev_io_pin_bits.
+ * @pin: Chip external IO pin to configure
+ * @function: Internal signal pad/function to route to IO pin
+ * @value: Initial value for pin - e.g. GPIO output value
+ * @strength: Pin drive strength
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_io_pin_config {
+ u32 flags;
+ u8 pin;
+ u8 function;
+ u8 value;
+ u8 strength;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops - Define core ops callbacks for subdevs
+ *
+ * @log_status: callback for VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_io_pin_config: configure one or more chip I/O pins for chips that
+ * multiplex different internal signal pads out to IO pins. This function
+ * takes a pointer to an array of 'n' pin configuration entries, one for
+ * each pin being configured. This function could be called at times
+ * other than just subdevice initialization.
+ *
+ * @init: initialize the sensor registers to some sort of reasonable default
+ * values. Do not use for new drivers and should be removed in existing
+ * drivers.
+ *
+ * @load_fw: load firmware.
+ *
+ * @reset: generic reset command. The argument selects which subsystems to
+ * reset. Passing 0 will always reset the whole chip. Do not use for new
+ * drivers without discussing this first on the linux-media mailinglist.
+ * There should be no reason normally to reset a device.
+ *
+ * @s_gpio: set GPIO pins. Very simple right now, might need to be extended with
+ * a direction argument if needed.
+ *
+ * @command: called by in-kernel drivers in order to call functions internal
+ * to subdev drivers driver that have a separate callback.
+ *
+ * @ioctl: called at the end of ioctl() syscall handler at the V4L2 core.
+ * used to provide support for private ioctls used on the driver.
+ *
+ * @compat_ioctl32: called when a 32 bits application uses a 64 bits Kernel,
+ * in order to fix data passed from/to userspace.
+ *
+ * @g_register: callback for VIDIOC_DBG_G_REGISTER() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_register: callback for VIDIOC_DBG_S_REGISTER() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_power: puts subdevice in power saving mode (on == 0) or normal operation
+ * mode (on == 1).
+ *
+ * @interrupt_service_routine: Called by the bridge chip's interrupt service
+ * handler, when an interrupt status has be raised due to this subdev,
+ * so that this subdev can handle the details. It may schedule work to be
+ * performed later. It must not sleep. **Called from an IRQ context**.
+ *
+ * @subscribe_event: used by the drivers to request the control framework that
+ * for it to be warned when the value of a control changes.
+ *
+ * @unsubscribe_event: remove event subscription from the control framework.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops {
+ int (*log_status)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+ int (*s_io_pin_config)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, size_t n,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_io_pin_config *pincfg);
+ int (*init)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 val);
+ int (*load_fw)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+ int (*reset)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 val);
+ int (*s_gpio)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 val);
+ long (*command)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+ long (*ioctl)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int cmd, void *arg);
+#ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT
+ long (*compat_ioctl32)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int cmd,
+ unsigned long arg);
+#endif
+#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG
+ int (*g_register)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg);
+ int (*s_register)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_dbg_register *reg);
+#endif
+ int (*s_power)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int on);
+ int (*interrupt_service_routine)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ u32 status, bool *handled);
+ int (*subscribe_event)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+ struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+ int (*unsubscribe_event)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_fh *fh,
+ struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops - Callbacks used when v4l device was opened
+ * in radio mode.
+ *
+ * @standby: puts the tuner in standby mode. It will be woken up
+ * automatically the next time it is used.
+ *
+ * @s_radio: callback that switches the tuner to radio mode.
+ * drivers should explicitly call it when a tuner ops should
+ * operate on radio mode, before being able to handle it.
+ * Used on devices that have both AM/FM radio receiver and TV.
+ *
+ * @s_frequency: callback for VIDIOC_S_FREQUENCY() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @g_frequency: callback for VIDIOC_G_FREQUENCY() ioctl handler code.
+ * freq->type must be filled in. Normally done by video_ioctl2()
+ * or the bridge driver.
+ *
+ * @enum_freq_bands: callback for VIDIOC_ENUM_FREQ_BANDS() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @g_tuner: callback for VIDIOC_G_TUNER() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_tuner: callback for VIDIOC_S_TUNER() ioctl handler code. @vt->type must be
+ * filled in. Normally done by video_ioctl2 or the
+ * bridge driver.
+ *
+ * @g_modulator: callback for VIDIOC_G_MODULATOR() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_modulator: callback for VIDIOC_S_MODULATOR() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_type_addr: sets tuner type and its I2C addr.
+ *
+ * @s_config: sets tda9887 specific stuff, like port1, port2 and qss
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * On devices that have both AM/FM and TV, it is up to the driver
+ * to explicitly call s_radio when the tuner should be switched to
+ * radio mode, before handling other &struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops
+ * that would require it. An example of such usage is::
+ *
+ * static void s_frequency(void *priv, const struct v4l2_frequency *f)
+ * {
+ * ...
+ * if (f.type == V4L2_TUNER_RADIO)
+ * v4l2_device_call_all(v4l2_dev, 0, tuner, s_radio);
+ * ...
+ * v4l2_device_call_all(v4l2_dev, 0, tuner, s_frequency);
+ * }
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops {
+ int (*standby)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+ int (*s_radio)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+ int (*s_frequency)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_frequency *freq);
+ int (*g_frequency)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_frequency *freq);
+ int (*enum_freq_bands)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_frequency_band *band);
+ int (*g_tuner)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_tuner *vt);
+ int (*s_tuner)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_tuner *vt);
+ int (*g_modulator)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_modulator *vm);
+ int (*s_modulator)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_modulator *vm);
+ int (*s_type_addr)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct tuner_setup *type);
+ int (*s_config)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_priv_tun_config *config);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops - Callbacks used for audio-related settings
+ *
+ * @s_clock_freq: set the frequency (in Hz) of the audio clock output.
+ * Used to slave an audio processor to the video decoder, ensuring that
+ * audio and video remain synchronized. Usual values for the frequency
+ * are 48000, 44100 or 32000 Hz. If the frequency is not supported, then
+ * -EINVAL is returned.
+ *
+ * @s_i2s_clock_freq: sets I2S speed in bps. This is used to provide a standard
+ * way to select I2S clock used by driving digital audio streams at some
+ * board designs. Usual values for the frequency are 1024000 and 2048000.
+ * If the frequency is not supported, then %-EINVAL is returned.
+ *
+ * @s_routing: used to define the input and/or output pins of an audio chip,
+ * and any additional configuration data.
+ * Never attempt to use user-level input IDs (e.g. Composite, S-Video,
+ * Tuner) at this level. An i2c device shouldn't know about whether an
+ * input pin is connected to a Composite connector, become on another
+ * board or platform it might be connected to something else entirely.
+ * The calling driver is responsible for mapping a user-level input to
+ * the right pins on the i2c device.
+ *
+ * @s_stream: used to notify the audio code that stream will start or has
+ * stopped.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops {
+ int (*s_clock_freq)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 freq);
+ int (*s_i2s_clock_freq)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 freq);
+ int (*s_routing)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 input, u32 output, u32 config);
+ int (*s_stream)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int enable);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry_csi2
+ *
+ * @vc: CSI-2 virtual channel
+ * @dt: CSI-2 data type ID
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry_csi2 {
+ u8 vc;
+ u8 dt;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_flags - media bus frame description flags
+ *
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_LEN_MAX:
+ * Indicates that &struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry->length field
+ * specifies maximum data length.
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_BLOB:
+ * Indicates that the format does not have line offsets, i.e.
+ * the receiver should use 1D DMA.
+ */
+enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_flags {
+ V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_LEN_MAX = BIT(0),
+ V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_BLOB = BIT(1),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry - media bus frame description structure
+ *
+ * @flags: bitmask flags, as defined by &enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_flags.
+ * @pixelcode: media bus pixel code, valid if @flags
+ * %FRAME_DESC_FL_BLOB is not set.
+ * @length: number of octets per frame, valid if @flags
+ * %V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_FL_LEN_MAX is set.
+ * @bus: Bus-specific frame descriptor parameters
+ * @bus.csi2: CSI-2-specific bus configuration
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry {
+ enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_flags flags;
+ u32 pixelcode;
+ u32 length;
+ union {
+ struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry_csi2 csi2;
+ } bus;
+};
+
+ /*
+ * If this number is too small, it should be dropped altogether and the
+ * API switched to a dynamic number of frame descriptor entries.
+ */
+#define V4L2_FRAME_DESC_ENTRY_MAX 8
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_type - media bus frame description type
+ *
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_UNDEFINED:
+ * Undefined frame desc type. Drivers should not use this, it is
+ * for backwards compatibility.
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_PARALLEL:
+ * Parallel media bus.
+ * @V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_CSI2:
+ * CSI-2 media bus. Frame desc parameters must be set in
+ * &struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry->csi2.
+ */
+enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_type {
+ V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_UNDEFINED = 0,
+ V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_PARALLEL,
+ V4L2_MBUS_FRAME_DESC_TYPE_CSI2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc - media bus data frame description
+ * @type: type of the bus (enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_type)
+ * @entry: frame descriptors array
+ * @num_entries: number of entries in @entry array
+ */
+struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc {
+ enum v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_type type;
+ struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc_entry entry[V4L2_FRAME_DESC_ENTRY_MAX];
+ unsigned short num_entries;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_subdev_pre_streamon_flags - Flags for pre_streamon subdev core op
+ *
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_PRE_STREAMON_FL_MANUAL_LP: Set the transmitter to either LP-11
+ * or LP-111 mode before call to s_stream().
+ */
+enum v4l2_subdev_pre_streamon_flags {
+ V4L2_SUBDEV_PRE_STREAMON_FL_MANUAL_LP = BIT(0),
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops - Callbacks used when v4l device was opened
+ * in video mode.
+ *
+ * @s_routing: see s_routing in audio_ops, except this version is for video
+ * devices.
+ *
+ * @s_crystal_freq: sets the frequency of the crystal used to generate the
+ * clocks in Hz. An extra flags field allows device specific configuration
+ * regarding clock frequency dividers, etc. If not used, then set flags
+ * to 0. If the frequency is not supported, then -EINVAL is returned.
+ *
+ * @g_std: callback for VIDIOC_G_STD() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_std: callback for VIDIOC_S_STD() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_std_output: set v4l2_std_id for video OUTPUT devices. This is ignored by
+ * video input devices.
+ *
+ * @g_std_output: get current standard for video OUTPUT devices. This is ignored
+ * by video input devices.
+ *
+ * @querystd: callback for VIDIOC_QUERYSTD() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @g_tvnorms: get &v4l2_std_id with all standards supported by the video
+ * CAPTURE device. This is ignored by video output devices.
+ *
+ * @g_tvnorms_output: get v4l2_std_id with all standards supported by the video
+ * OUTPUT device. This is ignored by video capture devices.
+ *
+ * @g_input_status: get input status. Same as the status field in the
+ * &struct v4l2_input
+ *
+ * @s_stream: used to notify the driver that a video stream will start or has
+ * stopped.
+ *
+ * @g_pixelaspect: callback to return the pixelaspect ratio.
+ *
+ * @g_frame_interval: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FRAME_INTERVAL()
+ * ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_frame_interval: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FRAME_INTERVAL()
+ * ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_dv_timings: Set custom dv timings in the sub device. This is used
+ * when sub device is capable of setting detailed timing information
+ * in the hardware to generate/detect the video signal.
+ *
+ * @g_dv_timings: Get custom dv timings in the sub device.
+ *
+ * @query_dv_timings: callback for VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @s_rx_buffer: set a host allocated memory buffer for the subdev. The subdev
+ * can adjust @size to a lower value and must not write more data to the
+ * buffer starting at @data than the original value of @size.
+ *
+ * @pre_streamon: May be called before streaming is actually started, to help
+ * initialising the bus. Current usage is to set a CSI-2 transmitter to
+ * LP-11 or LP-111 mode before streaming. See &enum
+ * v4l2_subdev_pre_streamon_flags.
+ *
+ * pre_streamon shall return error if it cannot perform the operation as
+ * indicated by the flags argument. In particular, -EACCES indicates lack
+ * of support for the operation. The caller shall call post_streamoff for
+ * each successful call of pre_streamon.
+ *
+ * @post_streamoff: Called after streaming is stopped, but if and only if
+ * pre_streamon was called earlier.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops {
+ int (*s_routing)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 input, u32 output, u32 config);
+ int (*s_crystal_freq)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 freq, u32 flags);
+ int (*g_std)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *norm);
+ int (*s_std)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id norm);
+ int (*s_std_output)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id std);
+ int (*g_std_output)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *std);
+ int (*querystd)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *std);
+ int (*g_tvnorms)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *std);
+ int (*g_tvnorms_output)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, v4l2_std_id *std);
+ int (*g_input_status)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 *status);
+ int (*s_stream)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, int enable);
+ int (*g_pixelaspect)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_fract *aspect);
+ int (*g_frame_interval)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval *interval);
+ int (*s_frame_interval)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval *interval);
+ int (*s_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings);
+ int (*g_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings);
+ int (*query_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings *timings);
+ int (*s_rx_buffer)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, void *buf,
+ unsigned int *size);
+ int (*pre_streamon)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 flags);
+ int (*post_streamoff)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_vbi_ops - Callbacks used when v4l device was opened
+ * in video mode via the vbi device node.
+ *
+ * @decode_vbi_line: video decoders that support sliced VBI need to implement
+ * this ioctl. Field p of the &struct v4l2_decode_vbi_line is set to the
+ * start of the VBI data that was generated by the decoder. The driver
+ * then parses the sliced VBI data and sets the other fields in the
+ * struct accordingly. The pointer p is updated to point to the start of
+ * the payload which can be copied verbatim into the data field of the
+ * &struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data. If no valid VBI data was found, then the
+ * type field is set to 0 on return.
+ *
+ * @s_vbi_data: used to generate VBI signals on a video signal.
+ * &struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data is filled with the data packets that
+ * should be output. Note that if you set the line field to 0, then that
+ * VBI signal is disabled. If no valid VBI data was found, then the type
+ * field is set to 0 on return.
+ *
+ * @g_vbi_data: used to obtain the sliced VBI packet from a readback register.
+ * Not all video decoders support this. If no data is available because
+ * the readback register contains invalid or erroneous data %-EIO is
+ * returned. Note that you must fill in the 'id' member and the 'field'
+ * member (to determine whether CC data from the first or second field
+ * should be obtained).
+ *
+ * @g_sliced_vbi_cap: callback for VIDIOC_G_SLICED_VBI_CAP() ioctl handler
+ * code.
+ *
+ * @s_raw_fmt: setup the video encoder/decoder for raw VBI.
+ *
+ * @g_sliced_fmt: retrieve the current sliced VBI settings.
+ *
+ * @s_sliced_fmt: setup the sliced VBI settings.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_vbi_ops {
+ int (*decode_vbi_line)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_decode_vbi_line *vbi_line);
+ int (*s_vbi_data)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data *vbi_data);
+ int (*g_vbi_data)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_data *vbi_data);
+ int (*g_sliced_vbi_cap)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_cap *cap);
+ int (*s_raw_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_vbi_format *fmt);
+ int (*g_sliced_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_format *fmt);
+ int (*s_sliced_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_sliced_vbi_format *fmt);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_sensor_ops - v4l2-subdev sensor operations
+ * @g_skip_top_lines: number of lines at the top of the image to be skipped.
+ * This is needed for some sensors, which always corrupt
+ * several top lines of the output image, or which send their
+ * metadata in them.
+ * @g_skip_frames: number of frames to skip at stream start. This is needed for
+ * buggy sensors that generate faulty frames when they are
+ * turned on.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_sensor_ops {
+ int (*g_skip_top_lines)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 *lines);
+ int (*g_skip_frames)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u32 *frames);
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum v4l2_subdev_ir_mode- describes the type of IR supported
+ *
+ * @V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_MODE_PULSE_WIDTH: IR uses struct ir_raw_event records
+ */
+enum v4l2_subdev_ir_mode {
+ V4L2_SUBDEV_IR_MODE_PULSE_WIDTH,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters - Parameters for IR TX or TX
+ *
+ * @bytes_per_data_element: bytes per data element of data in read or
+ * write call.
+ * @mode: IR mode as defined by &enum v4l2_subdev_ir_mode.
+ * @enable: device is active if true
+ * @interrupt_enable: IR interrupts are enabled if true
+ * @shutdown: if true: set hardware to low/no power, false: normal mode
+ *
+ * @modulation: if true, it uses carrier, if false: baseband
+ * @max_pulse_width: maximum pulse width in ns, valid only for baseband signal
+ * @carrier_freq: carrier frequency in Hz, valid only for modulated signal
+ * @duty_cycle: duty cycle percentage, valid only for modulated signal
+ * @invert_level: invert signal level
+ *
+ * @invert_carrier_sense: Send 0/space as a carrier burst. used only in TX.
+ *
+ * @noise_filter_min_width: min time of a valid pulse, in ns. Used only for RX.
+ * @carrier_range_lower: Lower carrier range, in Hz, valid only for modulated
+ * signal. Used only for RX.
+ * @carrier_range_upper: Upper carrier range, in Hz, valid only for modulated
+ * signal. Used only for RX.
+ * @resolution: The receive resolution, in ns . Used only for RX.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters {
+ unsigned int bytes_per_data_element;
+ enum v4l2_subdev_ir_mode mode;
+
+ bool enable;
+ bool interrupt_enable;
+ bool shutdown;
+
+ bool modulation;
+ u32 max_pulse_width;
+ unsigned int carrier_freq;
+ unsigned int duty_cycle;
+ bool invert_level;
+
+ /* Tx only */
+ bool invert_carrier_sense;
+
+ /* Rx only */
+ u32 noise_filter_min_width;
+ unsigned int carrier_range_lower;
+ unsigned int carrier_range_upper;
+ u32 resolution;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_ir_ops - operations for IR subdevices
+ *
+ * @rx_read: Reads received codes or pulse width data.
+ * The semantics are similar to a non-blocking read() call.
+ * @rx_g_parameters: Get the current operating parameters and state of
+ * the IR receiver.
+ * @rx_s_parameters: Set the current operating parameters and state of
+ * the IR receiver. It is recommended to call
+ * [rt]x_g_parameters first to fill out the current state, and only change
+ * the fields that need to be changed. Upon return, the actual device
+ * operating parameters and state will be returned. Note that hardware
+ * limitations may prevent the actual settings from matching the requested
+ * settings - e.g. an actual carrier setting of 35,904 Hz when 36,000 Hz
+ * was requested. An exception is when the shutdown parameter is true.
+ * The last used operational parameters will be returned, but the actual
+ * state of the hardware be different to minimize power consumption and
+ * processing when shutdown is true.
+ *
+ * @tx_write: Writes codes or pulse width data for transmission.
+ * The semantics are similar to a non-blocking write() call.
+ * @tx_g_parameters: Get the current operating parameters and state of
+ * the IR transmitter.
+ * @tx_s_parameters: Set the current operating parameters and state of
+ * the IR transmitter. It is recommended to call
+ * [rt]x_g_parameters first to fill out the current state, and only change
+ * the fields that need to be changed. Upon return, the actual device
+ * operating parameters and state will be returned. Note that hardware
+ * limitations may prevent the actual settings from matching the requested
+ * settings - e.g. an actual carrier setting of 35,904 Hz when 36,000 Hz
+ * was requested. An exception is when the shutdown parameter is true.
+ * The last used operational parameters will be returned, but the actual
+ * state of the hardware be different to minimize power consumption and
+ * processing when shutdown is true.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_ir_ops {
+ /* Receiver */
+ int (*rx_read)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u8 *buf, size_t count,
+ ssize_t *num);
+
+ int (*rx_g_parameters)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters *params);
+ int (*rx_s_parameters)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters *params);
+
+ /* Transmitter */
+ int (*tx_write)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, u8 *buf, size_t count,
+ ssize_t *num);
+
+ int (*tx_g_parameters)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters *params);
+ int (*tx_s_parameters)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_ir_parameters *params);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config - Used for storing subdev pad information.
+ *
+ * @try_fmt: &struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt
+ * @try_crop: &struct v4l2_rect to be used for crop
+ * @try_compose: &struct v4l2_rect to be used for compose
+ *
+ * This structure only needs to be passed to the pad op if the 'which' field
+ * of the main argument is set to %V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY. For
+ * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE it is safe to pass %NULL.
+ *
+ * Note: This struct is also used in active state, and the 'try' prefix is
+ * historical and to be removed.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config {
+ struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt try_fmt;
+ struct v4l2_rect try_crop;
+ struct v4l2_rect try_compose;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_state - Used for storing subdev state information.
+ *
+ * @_lock: default for 'lock'
+ * @lock: mutex for the state. May be replaced by the user.
+ * @pads: &struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config array
+ *
+ * This structure only needs to be passed to the pad op if the 'which' field
+ * of the main argument is set to %V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY. For
+ * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_ACTIVE it is safe to pass %NULL.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_state {
+ /* lock for the struct v4l2_subdev_state fields */
+ struct mutex _lock;
+ struct mutex *lock;
+ struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config *pads;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops - v4l2-subdev pad level operations
+ *
+ * @init_cfg: initialize the pad config to default values
+ * @enum_mbus_code: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE() ioctl handler
+ * code.
+ * @enum_frame_size: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE() ioctl handler
+ * code.
+ *
+ * @enum_frame_interval: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL() ioctl
+ * handler code.
+ *
+ * @get_fmt: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_FMT() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @set_fmt: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_FMT() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @get_selection: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @set_selection: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @get_edid: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_EDID() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @set_edid: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_EDID() ioctl handler code.
+ *
+ * @dv_timings_cap: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_DV_TIMINGS_CAP() ioctl handler
+ * code.
+ *
+ * @enum_dv_timings: callback for VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS() ioctl handler
+ * code.
+ *
+ * @link_validate: used by the media controller code to check if the links
+ * that belongs to a pipeline can be used for stream.
+ *
+ * @get_frame_desc: get the current low level media bus frame parameters.
+ *
+ * @set_frame_desc: set the low level media bus frame parameters, @fd array
+ * may be adjusted by the subdev driver to device capabilities.
+ *
+ * @get_mbus_config: get the media bus configuration of a remote sub-device.
+ * The media bus configuration is usually retrieved from the
+ * firmware interface at sub-device probe time, immediately
+ * applied to the hardware and eventually adjusted by the
+ * driver. Remote sub-devices (usually video receivers) shall
+ * use this operation to query the transmitting end bus
+ * configuration in order to adjust their own one accordingly.
+ * Callers should make sure they get the most up-to-date as
+ * possible configuration from the remote end, likely calling
+ * this operation as close as possible to stream on time. The
+ * operation shall fail if the pad index it has been called on
+ * is not valid or in case of unrecoverable failures.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops {
+ int (*init_cfg)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state);
+ int (*enum_mbus_code)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_mbus_code_enum *code);
+ int (*enum_frame_size)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_frame_size_enum *fse);
+ int (*enum_frame_interval)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_frame_interval_enum *fie);
+ int (*get_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_format *format);
+ int (*set_fmt)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_format *format);
+ int (*get_selection)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_selection *sel);
+ int (*set_selection)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_selection *sel);
+ int (*get_edid)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_edid *edid);
+ int (*set_edid)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_edid *edid);
+ int (*dv_timings_cap)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *cap);
+ int (*enum_dv_timings)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *timings);
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+ int (*link_validate)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct media_link *link,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_format *source_fmt,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_format *sink_fmt);
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */
+ int (*get_frame_desc)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad,
+ struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc *fd);
+ int (*set_frame_desc)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad,
+ struct v4l2_mbus_frame_desc *fd);
+ int (*get_mbus_config)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, unsigned int pad,
+ struct v4l2_mbus_config *config);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_ops - Subdev operations
+ *
+ * @core: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @tuner: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @audio: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @video: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @vbi: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_vbi_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @ir: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_ir_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @sensor: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_sensor_ops. Can be %NULL
+ * @pad: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops. Can be %NULL
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_ops {
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops *core;
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops *tuner;
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops *audio;
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops *video;
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_vbi_ops *vbi;
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_ir_ops *ir;
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_sensor_ops *sensor;
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops *pad;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_internal_ops - V4L2 subdev internal ops
+ *
+ * @registered: called when this subdev is registered. When called the v4l2_dev
+ * field is set to the correct v4l2_device.
+ *
+ * @unregistered: called when this subdev is unregistered. When called the
+ * v4l2_dev field is still set to the correct v4l2_device.
+ *
+ * @open: called when the subdev device node is opened by an application.
+ *
+ * @close: called when the subdev device node is closed. Please note that
+ * it is possible for @close to be called after @unregistered!
+ *
+ * @release: called when the last user of the subdev device is gone. This
+ * happens after the @unregistered callback and when the last open
+ * filehandle to the v4l-subdevX device node was closed. If no device
+ * node was created for this sub-device, then the @release callback
+ * is called right after the @unregistered callback.
+ * The @release callback is typically used to free the memory containing
+ * the v4l2_subdev structure. It is almost certainly required for any
+ * sub-device that sets the V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE flag.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * Never call this from drivers, only the v4l2 framework can call
+ * these ops.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_internal_ops {
+ int (*registered)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+ void (*unregistered)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+ int (*open)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh);
+ int (*close)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_fh *fh);
+ void (*release)(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+};
+
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_NAME_SIZE 32
+
+/* Set this flag if this subdev is a i2c device. */
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_I2C (1U << 0)
+/* Set this flag if this subdev is a spi device. */
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_SPI (1U << 1)
+/* Set this flag if this subdev needs a device node. */
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE (1U << 2)
+/*
+ * Set this flag if this subdev generates events.
+ * Note controls can send events, thus drivers exposing controls
+ * should set this flag.
+ */
+#define V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_EVENTS (1U << 3)
+
+struct regulator_bulk_data;
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_platform_data - regulators config struct
+ *
+ * @regulators: Optional regulators used to power on/off the subdevice
+ * @num_regulators: Number of regululators
+ * @host_priv: Per-subdevice data, specific for a certain video host device
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_platform_data {
+ struct regulator_bulk_data *regulators;
+ int num_regulators;
+
+ void *host_priv;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev - describes a V4L2 sub-device
+ *
+ * @entity: pointer to &struct media_entity
+ * @list: List of sub-devices
+ * @owner: The owner is the same as the driver's &struct device owner.
+ * @owner_v4l2_dev: true if the &sd->owner matches the owner of @v4l2_dev->dev
+ * owner. Initialized by v4l2_device_register_subdev().
+ * @flags: subdev flags. Can be:
+ * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_I2C - Set this flag if this subdev is a i2c device;
+ * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_IS_SPI - Set this flag if this subdev is a spi device;
+ * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_DEVNODE - Set this flag if this subdev needs a
+ * device node;
+ * %V4L2_SUBDEV_FL_HAS_EVENTS - Set this flag if this subdev generates
+ * events.
+ *
+ * @v4l2_dev: pointer to struct &v4l2_device
+ * @ops: pointer to struct &v4l2_subdev_ops
+ * @internal_ops: pointer to struct &v4l2_subdev_internal_ops.
+ * Never call these internal ops from within a driver!
+ * @ctrl_handler: The control handler of this subdev. May be NULL.
+ * @name: Name of the sub-device. Please notice that the name must be unique.
+ * @grp_id: can be used to group similar subdevs. Value is driver-specific
+ * @dev_priv: pointer to private data
+ * @host_priv: pointer to private data used by the device where the subdev
+ * is attached.
+ * @devnode: subdev device node
+ * @dev: pointer to the physical device, if any
+ * @fwnode: The fwnode_handle of the subdev, usually the same as
+ * either dev->of_node->fwnode or dev->fwnode (whichever is non-NULL).
+ * @async_list: Links this subdev to a global subdev_list or @notifier->done
+ * list.
+ * @asd: Pointer to respective &struct v4l2_async_subdev.
+ * @notifier: Pointer to the managing notifier.
+ * @subdev_notifier: A sub-device notifier implicitly registered for the sub-
+ * device using v4l2_async_register_subdev_sensor().
+ * @pdata: common part of subdevice platform data
+ * @state_lock: A pointer to a lock used for all the subdev's states, set by the
+ * driver. This is optional. If NULL, each state instance will get
+ * a lock of its own.
+ * @active_state: Active state for the subdev (NULL for subdevs tracking the
+ * state internally). Initialized by calling
+ * v4l2_subdev_init_finalize().
+ *
+ * Each instance of a subdev driver should create this struct, either
+ * stand-alone or embedded in a larger struct.
+ *
+ * This structure should be initialized by v4l2_subdev_init() or one of
+ * its variants: v4l2_spi_subdev_init(), v4l2_i2c_subdev_init().
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev {
+#if defined(CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER)
+ struct media_entity entity;
+#endif
+ struct list_head list;
+ struct module *owner;
+ bool owner_v4l2_dev;
+ u32 flags;
+ struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev;
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops;
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_internal_ops *internal_ops;
+ struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *ctrl_handler;
+ char name[V4L2_SUBDEV_NAME_SIZE];
+ u32 grp_id;
+ void *dev_priv;
+ void *host_priv;
+ struct video_device *devnode;
+ struct device *dev;
+ struct fwnode_handle *fwnode;
+ struct list_head async_list;
+ struct v4l2_async_subdev *asd;
+ struct v4l2_async_notifier *notifier;
+ struct v4l2_async_notifier *subdev_notifier;
+ struct v4l2_subdev_platform_data *pdata;
+ struct mutex *state_lock;
+
+ /*
+ * The fields below are private, and should only be accessed via
+ * appropriate functions.
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * TODO: active_state should most likely be changed from a pointer to an
+ * embedded field. For the time being it's kept as a pointer to more
+ * easily catch uses of active_state in the cases where the driver
+ * doesn't support it.
+ */
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *active_state;
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * media_entity_to_v4l2_subdev - Returns a &struct v4l2_subdev from
+ * the &struct media_entity embedded in it.
+ *
+ * @ent: pointer to &struct media_entity.
+ */
+#define media_entity_to_v4l2_subdev(ent) \
+({ \
+ typeof(ent) __me_sd_ent = (ent); \
+ \
+ __me_sd_ent ? \
+ container_of(__me_sd_ent, struct v4l2_subdev, entity) : \
+ NULL; \
+})
+
+/**
+ * vdev_to_v4l2_subdev - Returns a &struct v4l2_subdev from
+ * the &struct video_device embedded on it.
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ */
+#define vdev_to_v4l2_subdev(vdev) \
+ ((struct v4l2_subdev *)video_get_drvdata(vdev))
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_subdev_fh - Used for storing subdev information per file handle
+ *
+ * @vfh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ * @state: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_state
+ * @owner: module pointer to the owner of this file handle
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_fh {
+ struct v4l2_fh vfh;
+ struct module *owner;
+#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API)
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state;
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * to_v4l2_subdev_fh - Returns a &struct v4l2_subdev_fh from
+ * the &struct v4l2_fh embedded on it.
+ *
+ * @fh: pointer to &struct v4l2_fh
+ */
+#define to_v4l2_subdev_fh(fh) \
+ container_of(fh, struct v4l2_subdev_fh, vfh)
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_pad_format - ancillary routine to call
+ * &struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config->try_fmt
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @state: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_state
+ * @pad: index of the pad in the &struct v4l2_subdev_state->pads array
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_mbus_framefmt *
+v4l2_subdev_get_pad_format(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+ unsigned int pad)
+{
+ if (WARN_ON(!state))
+ return NULL;
+ if (WARN_ON(pad >= sd->entity.num_pads))
+ pad = 0;
+ return &state->pads[pad].try_fmt;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_pad_crop - ancillary routine to call
+ * &struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config->try_crop
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @state: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_state.
+ * @pad: index of the pad in the &struct v4l2_subdev_state->pads array.
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_rect *
+v4l2_subdev_get_pad_crop(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+ unsigned int pad)
+{
+ if (WARN_ON(!state))
+ return NULL;
+ if (WARN_ON(pad >= sd->entity.num_pads))
+ pad = 0;
+ return &state->pads[pad].try_crop;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_pad_compose - ancillary routine to call
+ * &struct v4l2_subdev_pad_config->try_compose
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @state: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_state.
+ * @pad: index of the pad in the &struct v4l2_subdev_state->pads array.
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_rect *
+v4l2_subdev_get_pad_compose(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+ unsigned int pad)
+{
+ if (WARN_ON(!state))
+ return NULL;
+ if (WARN_ON(pad >= sd->entity.num_pads))
+ pad = 0;
+ return &state->pads[pad].try_compose;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Temprary helpers until uses of v4l2_subdev_get_try_* functions have been
+ * renamed
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_get_try_format(sd, state, pad) \
+ v4l2_subdev_get_pad_format(sd, state, pad)
+
+#define v4l2_subdev_get_try_crop(sd, state, pad) \
+ v4l2_subdev_get_pad_crop(sd, state, pad)
+
+#define v4l2_subdev_get_try_compose(sd, state, pad) \
+ v4l2_subdev_get_pad_compose(sd, state, pad)
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API */
+
+extern const struct v4l2_file_operations v4l2_subdev_fops;
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_set_subdevdata - Sets V4L2 dev private device data
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @p: pointer to the private device data to be stored.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_set_subdevdata(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, void *p)
+{
+ sd->dev_priv = p;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_get_subdevdata - Gets V4L2 dev private device data
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * Returns the pointer to the private device data to be stored.
+ */
+static inline void *v4l2_get_subdevdata(const struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+ return sd->dev_priv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_set_subdev_hostdata - Sets V4L2 dev private host data
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @p: pointer to the private data to be stored.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_set_subdev_hostdata(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, void *p)
+{
+ sd->host_priv = p;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_get_subdev_hostdata - Gets V4L2 dev private data
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ *
+ * Returns the pointer to the private host data to be stored.
+ */
+static inline void *v4l2_get_subdev_hostdata(const struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+ return sd->host_priv;
+}
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_fwnode_pad_1_to_1 - Get pad number from a subdev fwnode
+ * endpoint, assuming 1:1 port:pad
+ *
+ * @entity: Pointer to the subdev entity
+ * @endpoint: Pointer to a parsed fwnode endpoint
+ *
+ * This function can be used as the .get_fwnode_pad operation for
+ * subdevices that map port numbers and pad indexes 1:1. If the endpoint
+ * is owned by the subdevice, the function returns the endpoint port
+ * number.
+ *
+ * Returns the endpoint port number on success or a negative error code.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_get_fwnode_pad_1_to_1(struct media_entity *entity,
+ struct fwnode_endpoint *endpoint);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_link_validate_default - validates a media link
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @link: pointer to &struct media_link
+ * @source_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_format
+ * @sink_fmt: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_format
+ *
+ * This function ensures that width, height and the media bus pixel
+ * code are equal on both source and sink of the link.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_link_validate_default(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ struct media_link *link,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_format *source_fmt,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_format *sink_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_link_validate - validates a media link
+ *
+ * @link: pointer to &struct media_link
+ *
+ * This function calls the subdev's link_validate ops to validate
+ * if a media link is valid for streaming. It also internally
+ * calls v4l2_subdev_link_validate_default() to ensure that
+ * width, height and the media bus pixel code are equal on both
+ * source and sink of the link.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_link_validate(struct media_link *link);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_subdev_state_alloc - allocate v4l2_subdev_state
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev for which the state is being allocated.
+ * @lock_name: name of the state lock
+ * @key: lock_class_key for the lock
+ *
+ * Must call __v4l2_subdev_state_free() when state is no longer needed.
+ *
+ * Not to be called directly by the drivers.
+ */
+struct v4l2_subdev_state *__v4l2_subdev_state_alloc(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ const char *lock_name,
+ struct lock_class_key *key);
+
+/**
+ * __v4l2_subdev_state_free - free a v4l2_subdev_state
+ *
+ * @state: v4l2_subdev_state to be freed.
+ *
+ * Not to be called directly by the drivers.
+ */
+void __v4l2_subdev_state_free(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_init_finalize() - Finalizes the initialization of the subdevice
+ * @sd: The subdev
+ *
+ * This function finalizes the initialization of the subdev, including
+ * allocation of the active state for the subdev.
+ *
+ * This function must be called by the subdev drivers that use the centralized
+ * active state, after the subdev struct has been initialized and
+ * media_entity_pads_init() has been called, but before registering the
+ * subdev.
+ *
+ * The user must call v4l2_subdev_cleanup() when the subdev is being removed.
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_init_finalize(sd) \
+ ({ \
+ static struct lock_class_key __key; \
+ const char *name = KBUILD_BASENAME \
+ ":" __stringify(__LINE__) ":sd->active_state->lock"; \
+ __v4l2_subdev_init_finalize(sd, name, &__key); \
+ })
+
+int __v4l2_subdev_init_finalize(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, const char *name,
+ struct lock_class_key *key);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_cleanup() - Releases the resources allocated by the subdevice
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ *
+ * This function will release the resources allocated in
+ * v4l2_subdev_init_finalize.
+ */
+void v4l2_subdev_cleanup(struct v4l2_subdev *sd);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_lock_state() - Locks the subdev state
+ * @state: The subdevice state
+ *
+ * Locks the given subdev state.
+ *
+ * The state must be unlocked with v4l2_subdev_unlock_state() after use.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_subdev_lock_state(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state)
+{
+ mutex_lock(state->lock);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_unlock_state() - Unlocks the subdev state
+ * @state: The subdevice state
+ *
+ * Unlocks the given subdev state.
+ */
+static inline void v4l2_subdev_unlock_state(struct v4l2_subdev_state *state)
+{
+ mutex_unlock(state->lock);
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_unlocked_active_state() - Checks that the active subdev state
+ * is unlocked and returns it
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ *
+ * Returns the active state for the subdevice, or NULL if the subdev does not
+ * support active state. If the state is not NULL, calls
+ * lockdep_assert_not_held() to issue a warning if the state is locked.
+ *
+ * This function is to be used e.g. when getting the active state for the sole
+ * purpose of passing it forward, without accessing the state fields.
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_subdev_state *
+v4l2_subdev_get_unlocked_active_state(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+ if (sd->active_state)
+ lockdep_assert_not_held(sd->active_state->lock);
+ return sd->active_state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_locked_active_state() - Checks that the active subdev state
+ * is locked and returns it
+ *
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ *
+ * Returns the active state for the subdevice, or NULL if the subdev does not
+ * support active state. If the state is not NULL, calls lockdep_assert_held()
+ * to issue a warning if the state is not locked.
+ *
+ * This function is to be used when the caller knows that the active state is
+ * already locked.
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_subdev_state *
+v4l2_subdev_get_locked_active_state(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+ if (sd->active_state)
+ lockdep_assert_held(sd->active_state->lock);
+ return sd->active_state;
+}
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_lock_and_get_active_state() - Locks and returns the active subdev
+ * state for the subdevice
+ * @sd: The subdevice
+ *
+ * Returns the locked active state for the subdevice, or NULL if the subdev
+ * does not support active state.
+ *
+ * The state must be unlocked with v4l2_subdev_unlock_state() after use.
+ */
+static inline struct v4l2_subdev_state *
+v4l2_subdev_lock_and_get_active_state(struct v4l2_subdev *sd)
+{
+ if (sd->active_state)
+ v4l2_subdev_lock_state(sd->active_state);
+ return sd->active_state;
+}
+
+#if defined(CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_get_fmt() - Fill format based on state
+ * @sd: subdevice
+ * @state: subdevice state
+ * @format: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_format
+ *
+ * Fill @format->format field based on the information in the @format struct.
+ *
+ * This function can be used by the subdev drivers which support active state to
+ * implement v4l2_subdev_pad_ops.get_fmt if the subdev driver does not need to
+ * do anything special in their get_fmt op.
+ *
+ * Returns 0 on success, error value otherwise.
+ */
+int v4l2_subdev_get_fmt(struct v4l2_subdev *sd, struct v4l2_subdev_state *state,
+ struct v4l2_subdev_format *format);
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API */
+
+#endif /* CONFIG_MEDIA_CONTROLLER */
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_init - initializes the sub-device struct
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev to be initialized
+ * @ops: pointer to &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ */
+void v4l2_subdev_init(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ const struct v4l2_subdev_ops *ops);
+
+extern const struct v4l2_subdev_ops v4l2_subdev_call_wrappers;
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_call - call an operation of a v4l2_subdev.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of callbacks functions.
+ * @f: callback function to be called.
+ * The callback functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * Example: err = v4l2_subdev_call(sd, video, s_std, norm);
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_call(sd, o, f, args...) \
+ ({ \
+ struct v4l2_subdev *__sd = (sd); \
+ int __result; \
+ if (!__sd) \
+ __result = -ENODEV; \
+ else if (!(__sd->ops->o && __sd->ops->o->f)) \
+ __result = -ENOIOCTLCMD; \
+ else if (v4l2_subdev_call_wrappers.o && \
+ v4l2_subdev_call_wrappers.o->f) \
+ __result = v4l2_subdev_call_wrappers.o->f( \
+ __sd, ##args); \
+ else \
+ __result = __sd->ops->o->f(__sd, ##args); \
+ __result; \
+ })
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_call_state_active - call an operation of a v4l2_subdev which
+ * takes state as a parameter, passing the
+ * subdev its active state.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of callbacks functions.
+ * @f: callback function to be called.
+ * The callback functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * This is similar to v4l2_subdev_call(), except that this version can only be
+ * used for ops that take a subdev state as a parameter. The macro will get the
+ * active state, lock it before calling the op and unlock it after the call.
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_call_state_active(sd, o, f, args...) \
+ ({ \
+ int __result; \
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state; \
+ state = v4l2_subdev_get_unlocked_active_state(sd); \
+ if (state) \
+ v4l2_subdev_lock_state(state); \
+ __result = v4l2_subdev_call(sd, o, f, state, ##args); \
+ if (state) \
+ v4l2_subdev_unlock_state(state); \
+ __result; \
+ })
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_call_state_try - call an operation of a v4l2_subdev which
+ * takes state as a parameter, passing the
+ * subdev a newly allocated try state.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @o: name of the element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops that contains @f.
+ * Each element there groups a set of callbacks functions.
+ * @f: callback function to be called.
+ * The callback functions are defined in groups, according to
+ * each element at &struct v4l2_subdev_ops.
+ * @args: arguments for @f.
+ *
+ * This is similar to v4l2_subdev_call_state_active(), except that as this
+ * version allocates a new state, this is only usable for
+ * V4L2_SUBDEV_FORMAT_TRY use cases.
+ *
+ * Note: only legacy non-MC drivers may need this macro.
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_call_state_try(sd, o, f, args...) \
+ ({ \
+ int __result; \
+ static struct lock_class_key __key; \
+ const char *name = KBUILD_BASENAME \
+ ":" __stringify(__LINE__) ":state->lock"; \
+ struct v4l2_subdev_state *state = \
+ __v4l2_subdev_state_alloc(sd, name, &__key); \
+ v4l2_subdev_lock_state(state); \
+ __result = v4l2_subdev_call(sd, o, f, state, ##args); \
+ v4l2_subdev_unlock_state(state); \
+ __v4l2_subdev_state_free(state); \
+ __result; \
+ })
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_has_op - Checks if a subdev defines a certain operation.
+ *
+ * @sd: pointer to the &struct v4l2_subdev
+ * @o: The group of callback functions in &struct v4l2_subdev_ops
+ * which @f is a part of.
+ * @f: callback function to be checked for its existence.
+ */
+#define v4l2_subdev_has_op(sd, o, f) \
+ ((sd)->ops->o && (sd)->ops->o->f)
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_subdev_notify_event() - Delivers event notification for subdevice
+ * @sd: The subdev for which to deliver the event
+ * @ev: The event to deliver
+ *
+ * Will deliver the specified event to all userspace event listeners which are
+ * subscribed to the v42l subdev event queue as well as to the bridge driver
+ * using the notify callback. The notification type for the notify callback
+ * will be %V4L2_DEVICE_NOTIFY_EVENT.
+ */
+void v4l2_subdev_notify_event(struct v4l2_subdev *sd,
+ const struct v4l2_event *ev);
+
+#endif /* _V4L2_SUBDEV_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-uvc.h b/include/media/v4l2-uvc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b010a36fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-uvc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * v4l2 uvc internal API header
+ *
+ * Some commonly needed functions for uvc drivers
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LINUX_V4L2_UVC_H
+#define __LINUX_V4L2_UVC_H
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * GUIDs
+ */
+#define UVC_GUID_UVC_CAMERA \
+ {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, \
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01}
+#define UVC_GUID_UVC_OUTPUT \
+ {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, \
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02}
+#define UVC_GUID_UVC_MEDIA_TRANSPORT_INPUT \
+ {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, \
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x03}
+#define UVC_GUID_UVC_PROCESSING \
+ {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, \
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x01}
+#define UVC_GUID_UVC_SELECTOR \
+ {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, \
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x02}
+#define UVC_GUID_EXT_GPIO_CONTROLLER \
+ {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, \
+ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x01, 0x03}
+
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_MJPEG \
+ { 'M', 'J', 'P', 'G', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_YUY2 \
+ { 'Y', 'U', 'Y', '2', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_YUY2_ISIGHT \
+ { 'Y', 'U', 'Y', '2', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_NV12 \
+ { 'N', 'V', '1', '2', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_YV12 \
+ { 'Y', 'V', '1', '2', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_I420 \
+ { 'I', '4', '2', '0', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_UYVY \
+ { 'U', 'Y', 'V', 'Y', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y800 \
+ { 'Y', '8', '0', '0', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y8 \
+ { 'Y', '8', ' ', ' ', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y10 \
+ { 'Y', '1', '0', ' ', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y12 \
+ { 'Y', '1', '2', ' ', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y16 \
+ { 'Y', '1', '6', ' ', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_BY8 \
+ { 'B', 'Y', '8', ' ', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_BA81 \
+ { 'B', 'A', '8', '1', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_GBRG \
+ { 'G', 'B', 'R', 'G', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_GRBG \
+ { 'G', 'R', 'B', 'G', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_RGGB \
+ { 'R', 'G', 'G', 'B', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_BG16 \
+ { 'B', 'G', '1', '6', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_GB16 \
+ { 'G', 'B', '1', '6', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_RG16 \
+ { 'R', 'G', '1', '6', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_GR16 \
+ { 'G', 'R', '1', '6', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_RGBP \
+ { 'R', 'G', 'B', 'P', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_BGR3 \
+ { 0x7d, 0xeb, 0x36, 0xe4, 0x4f, 0x52, 0xce, 0x11, \
+ 0x9f, 0x53, 0x00, 0x20, 0xaf, 0x0b, 0xa7, 0x70}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_BGR4 \
+ { 0x7e, 0xeb, 0x36, 0xe4, 0x4f, 0x52, 0xce, 0x11, \
+ 0x9f, 0x53, 0x00, 0x20, 0xaf, 0x0b, 0xa7, 0x70}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_M420 \
+ { 'M', '4', '2', '0', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_H264 \
+ { 'H', '2', '6', '4', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_H265 \
+ { 'H', '2', '6', '5', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y8I \
+ { 'Y', '8', 'I', ' ', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y12I \
+ { 'Y', '1', '2', 'I', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Z16 \
+ { 'Z', '1', '6', ' ', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_RW10 \
+ { 'R', 'W', '1', '0', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_INVZ \
+ { 'I', 'N', 'V', 'Z', 0x90, 0x2d, 0x58, 0x4a, \
+ 0x92, 0x0b, 0x77, 0x3f, 0x1f, 0x2c, 0x55, 0x6b}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_INZI \
+ { 'I', 'N', 'Z', 'I', 0x66, 0x1a, 0x42, 0xa2, \
+ 0x90, 0x65, 0xd0, 0x18, 0x14, 0xa8, 0xef, 0x8a}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_INVI \
+ { 'I', 'N', 'V', 'I', 0xdb, 0x57, 0x49, 0x5e, \
+ 0x8e, 0x3f, 0xf4, 0x79, 0x53, 0x2b, 0x94, 0x6f}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_CNF4 \
+ { 'C', ' ', ' ', ' ', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_D3DFMT_L8 \
+ {0x32, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_KSMEDIA_L8_IR \
+ {0x32, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+
+#define UVC_GUID_FORMAT_HEVC \
+ { 'H', 'E', 'V', 'C', 0x00, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00, \
+ 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x38, 0x9b, 0x71}
+
+/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Video formats
+ */
+
+struct uvc_format_desc {
+ char *name;
+ u8 guid[16];
+ u32 fcc;
+};
+
+static struct uvc_format_desc uvc_fmts[] = {
+ {
+ .name = "YUV 4:2:2 (YUYV)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_YUY2,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "YUV 4:2:2 (YUYV)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_YUY2_ISIGHT,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUYV,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "YUV 4:2:0 (NV12)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_NV12,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "MJPEG",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_MJPEG,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_MJPEG,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "YVU 4:2:0 (YV12)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_YV12,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVU420,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "YUV 4:2:0 (I420)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_I420,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "YUV 4:2:0 (M420)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_M420,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_M420,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "YUV 4:2:2 (UYVY)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_UYVY,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_UYVY,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Greyscale 8-bit (Y800)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y800,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Greyscale 8-bit (Y8 )",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y8,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Greyscale 8-bit (D3DFMT_L8)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_D3DFMT_L8,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "IR 8-bit (L8_IR)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_KSMEDIA_L8_IR,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Greyscale 10-bit (Y10 )",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y10,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Greyscale 12-bit (Y12 )",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y12,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Greyscale 16-bit (Y16 )",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y16,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y16,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "BGGR Bayer (BY8 )",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_BY8,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "BGGR Bayer (BA81)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_BA81,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR8,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "GBRG Bayer (GBRG)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_GBRG,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG8,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "GRBG Bayer (GRBG)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_GRBG,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG8,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "RGGB Bayer (RGGB)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_RGGB,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB8,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "RGB565",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_RGBP,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_RGB565,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "BGR 8:8:8 (BGR3)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_BGR3,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "BGRA/X 8:8:8:8 (BGR4)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_BGR4,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_XBGR32,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "H.264",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_H264,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_H264,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "H.265",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_H265,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_HEVC,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Greyscale 8 L/R (Y8I)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y8I,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y8I,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Greyscale 12 L/R (Y12I)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Y12I,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y12I,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Depth data 16-bit (Z16)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_Z16,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_Z16,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Bayer 10-bit (SRGGB10P)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_RW10,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10P,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Bayer 16-bit (SBGGR16)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_BG16,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR16,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Bayer 16-bit (SGBRG16)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_GB16,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG16,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Bayer 16-bit (SRGGB16)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_RG16,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB16,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Bayer 16-bit (SGRBG16)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_GR16,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG16,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Depth data 16-bit (Z16)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_INVZ,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_Z16,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "Greyscale 10-bit (Y10 )",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_INVI,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_Y10,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "IR:Depth 26-bit (INZI)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_INZI,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_INZI,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "4-bit Depth Confidence (Packed)",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_CNF4,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_CNF4,
+ },
+ {
+ .name = "HEVC",
+ .guid = UVC_GUID_FORMAT_HEVC,
+ .fcc = V4L2_PIX_FMT_HEVC,
+ },
+};
+
+static inline struct uvc_format_desc *uvc_format_by_guid(const u8 guid[16])
+{
+ unsigned int len = ARRAY_SIZE(uvc_fmts);
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) {
+ if (memcmp(guid, uvc_fmts[i].guid, 16) == 0)
+ return &uvc_fmts[i];
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+#endif /* __LINUX_V4L2_UVC_H */
diff --git a/include/media/v4l2-vp9.h b/include/media/v4l2-vp9.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..05478ad6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/v4l2-vp9.h
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later */
+/*
+ * Helper functions for vp9 codecs.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Collabora, Ltd.
+ *
+ * Author: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzej.p@collabora.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_V4L2_VP9_H
+#define _MEDIA_V4L2_VP9_H
+
+#include <media/v4l2-ctrls.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_vp9_frame_mv_context - motion vector-related probabilities
+ *
+ * @joint: motion vector joint probabilities.
+ * @sign: motion vector sign probabilities.
+ * @classes: motion vector class probabilities.
+ * @class0_bit: motion vector class0 bit probabilities.
+ * @bits: motion vector bits probabilities.
+ * @class0_fr: motion vector class0 fractional bit probabilities.
+ * @fr: motion vector fractional bit probabilities.
+ * @class0_hp: motion vector class0 high precision fractional bit probabilities.
+ * @hp: motion vector high precision fractional bit probabilities.
+ *
+ * A member of v4l2_vp9_frame_context.
+ */
+struct v4l2_vp9_frame_mv_context {
+ u8 joint[3];
+ u8 sign[2];
+ u8 classes[2][10];
+ u8 class0_bit[2];
+ u8 bits[2][10];
+ u8 class0_fr[2][2][3];
+ u8 fr[2][3];
+ u8 class0_hp[2];
+ u8 hp[2];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context - frame probabilities, including motion-vector related
+ *
+ * @tx8: TX 8x8 probabilities.
+ * @tx16: TX 16x16 probabilities.
+ * @tx32: TX 32x32 probabilities.
+ * @coef: coefficient probabilities.
+ * @skip: skip probabilities.
+ * @inter_mode: inter mode probabilities.
+ * @interp_filter: interpolation filter probabilities.
+ * @is_inter: is inter-block probabilities.
+ * @comp_mode: compound prediction mode probabilities.
+ * @single_ref: single ref probabilities.
+ * @comp_ref: compound ref probabilities.
+ * @y_mode: Y prediction mode probabilities.
+ * @uv_mode: UV prediction mode probabilities.
+ * @partition: partition probabilities.
+ * @mv: motion vector probabilities.
+ *
+ * Drivers which need to keep track of frame context(s) can use this struct.
+ * The members correspond to probability tables, which are specified only implicitly in the
+ * vp9 spec. Section 10.5 "Default probability tables" contains all the types of involved
+ * tables, i.e. the actual tables are of the same kind, and when they are reset (which is
+ * mandated by the spec sometimes) they are overwritten with values from the default tables.
+ */
+struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context {
+ u8 tx8[2][1];
+ u8 tx16[2][2];
+ u8 tx32[2][3];
+ u8 coef[4][2][2][6][6][3];
+ u8 skip[3];
+ u8 inter_mode[7][3];
+ u8 interp_filter[4][2];
+ u8 is_inter[4];
+ u8 comp_mode[5];
+ u8 single_ref[5][2];
+ u8 comp_ref[5];
+ u8 y_mode[4][9];
+ u8 uv_mode[10][9];
+ u8 partition[16][3];
+
+ struct v4l2_vp9_frame_mv_context mv;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct v4l2_vp9_frame_symbol_counts - pointers to arrays of symbol counts
+ *
+ * @partition: partition counts.
+ * @skip: skip counts.
+ * @intra_inter: is inter-block counts.
+ * @tx32p: TX32 counts.
+ * @tx16p: TX16 counts.
+ * @tx8p: TX8 counts.
+ * @y_mode: Y prediction mode counts.
+ * @uv_mode: UV prediction mode counts.
+ * @comp: compound prediction mode counts.
+ * @comp_ref: compound ref counts.
+ * @single_ref: single ref counts.
+ * @mv_mode: inter mode counts.
+ * @filter: interpolation filter counts.
+ * @mv_joint: motion vector joint counts.
+ * @sign: motion vector sign counts.
+ * @classes: motion vector class counts.
+ * @class0: motion vector class0 bit counts.
+ * @bits: motion vector bits counts.
+ * @class0_fp: motion vector class0 fractional bit counts.
+ * @fp: motion vector fractional bit counts.
+ * @class0_hp: motion vector class0 high precision fractional bit counts.
+ * @hp: motion vector high precision fractional bit counts.
+ * @coeff: coefficient counts.
+ * @eob: eob counts
+ *
+ * The fields correspond to what is specified in section 8.3 "Clear counts process" of the spec.
+ * Different pieces of hardware can report the counts in different order, so we cannot rely on
+ * simply overlaying a struct on a relevant block of memory. Instead we provide pointers to
+ * arrays or array of pointers to arrays in case of coeff, or array of pointers for eob.
+ */
+struct v4l2_vp9_frame_symbol_counts {
+ u32 (*partition)[16][4];
+ u32 (*skip)[3][2];
+ u32 (*intra_inter)[4][2];
+ u32 (*tx32p)[2][4];
+ u32 (*tx16p)[2][4];
+ u32 (*tx8p)[2][2];
+ u32 (*y_mode)[4][10];
+ u32 (*uv_mode)[10][10];
+ u32 (*comp)[5][2];
+ u32 (*comp_ref)[5][2];
+ u32 (*single_ref)[5][2][2];
+ u32 (*mv_mode)[7][4];
+ u32 (*filter)[4][3];
+ u32 (*mv_joint)[4];
+ u32 (*sign)[2][2];
+ u32 (*classes)[2][11];
+ u32 (*class0)[2][2];
+ u32 (*bits)[2][10][2];
+ u32 (*class0_fp)[2][2][4];
+ u32 (*fp)[2][4];
+ u32 (*class0_hp)[2][2];
+ u32 (*hp)[2][2];
+ u32 (*coeff[4][2][2][6][6])[3];
+ u32 *eob[4][2][2][6][6][2];
+};
+
+extern const u8 v4l2_vp9_kf_y_mode_prob[10][10][9]; /* Section 10.4 of the spec */
+extern const u8 v4l2_vp9_kf_partition_probs[16][3]; /* Section 10.4 of the spec */
+extern const u8 v4l2_vp9_kf_uv_mode_prob[10][9]; /* Section 10.4 of the spec */
+extern const struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context v4l2_vp9_default_probs; /* Section 10.5 of the spec */
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_vp9_fw_update_probs() - Perform forward update of vp9 probabilities
+ *
+ * @probs: current probabilities values
+ * @deltas: delta values from compressed header
+ * @dec_params: vp9 frame decoding parameters
+ *
+ * This function performs forward updates of probabilities for the vp9 boolean decoder.
+ * The frame header can contain a directive to update the probabilities (deltas), if so, then
+ * the deltas are provided in the header, too. The userspace parses those and passes the said
+ * deltas struct to the kernel.
+ */
+void v4l2_vp9_fw_update_probs(struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context *probs,
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_compressed_hdr *deltas,
+ const struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_frame *dec_params);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_vp9_reset_frame_ctx() - Reset appropriate frame context
+ *
+ * @dec_params: vp9 frame decoding parameters
+ * @frame_context: array of the 4 frame contexts
+ *
+ * This function resets appropriate frame contexts, based on what's in dec_params.
+ *
+ * Returns the frame context index after the update, which might be reset to zero if
+ * mandated by the spec.
+ */
+u8 v4l2_vp9_reset_frame_ctx(const struct v4l2_ctrl_vp9_frame *dec_params,
+ struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context *frame_context);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_vp9_adapt_coef_probs() - Perform backward update of vp9 coefficients probabilities
+ *
+ * @probs: current probabilities values
+ * @counts: values of symbol counts after the current frame has been decoded
+ * @use_128: flag to request that 128 is used as update factor if true, otherwise 112 is used
+ * @frame_is_intra: flag indicating that FrameIsIntra is true
+ *
+ * This function performs backward updates of coefficients probabilities for the vp9 boolean
+ * decoder. After a frame has been decoded the counts of how many times a given symbol has
+ * occurred are known and are used to update the probability of each symbol.
+ */
+void v4l2_vp9_adapt_coef_probs(struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context *probs,
+ struct v4l2_vp9_frame_symbol_counts *counts,
+ bool use_128,
+ bool frame_is_intra);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_vp9_adapt_noncoef_probs() - Perform backward update of vp9 non-coefficients probabilities
+ *
+ * @probs: current probabilities values
+ * @counts: values of symbol counts after the current frame has been decoded
+ * @reference_mode: specifies the type of inter prediction to be used. See
+ * &v4l2_vp9_reference_mode for more details
+ * @interpolation_filter: specifies the filter selection used for performing inter prediction.
+ * See &v4l2_vp9_interpolation_filter for more details
+ * @tx_mode: specifies the TX mode. See &v4l2_vp9_tx_mode for more details
+ * @flags: combination of V4L2_VP9_FRAME_FLAG_* flags
+ *
+ * This function performs backward updates of non-coefficients probabilities for the vp9 boolean
+ * decoder. After a frame has been decoded the counts of how many times a given symbol has
+ * occurred are known and are used to update the probability of each symbol.
+ */
+void v4l2_vp9_adapt_noncoef_probs(struct v4l2_vp9_frame_context *probs,
+ struct v4l2_vp9_frame_symbol_counts *counts,
+ u8 reference_mode, u8 interpolation_filter, u8 tx_mode,
+ u32 flags);
+
+/**
+ * v4l2_vp9_seg_feat_enabled() - Check if a segmentation feature is enabled
+ *
+ * @feature_enabled: array of 8-bit flags (for all segments)
+ * @feature: id of the feature to check
+ * @segid: id of the segment to look up
+ *
+ * This function returns true if a given feature is active in a given segment.
+ */
+bool
+v4l2_vp9_seg_feat_enabled(const u8 *feature_enabled,
+ unsigned int feature,
+ unsigned int segid);
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_V4L2_VP9_H */
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf-core.h b/include/media/videobuf-core.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e01b2e9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf-core.h
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * generic helper functions for handling video4linux capture buffers
+ *
+ * (c) 2007 Mauro Carvalho Chehab, <mchehab@kernel.org>
+ *
+ * Highly based on video-buf written originally by:
+ * (c) 2001,02 Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org>
+ * (c) 2006 Mauro Carvalho Chehab, <mchehab@kernel.org>
+ * (c) 2006 Ted Walther and John Sokol
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIDEOBUF_CORE_H
+#define _VIDEOBUF_CORE_H
+
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+#define UNSET (-1U)
+
+
+struct videobuf_buffer;
+struct videobuf_queue;
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*
+ * A small set of helper functions to manage video4linux buffers.
+ *
+ * struct videobuf_buffer holds the data structures used by the helper
+ * functions, additionally some commonly used fields for v4l buffers
+ * (width, height, lists, waitqueue) are in there. That struct should
+ * be used as first element in the drivers buffer struct.
+ *
+ * about the mmap helpers (videobuf_mmap_*):
+ *
+ * The mmaper function allows to map any subset of contiguous buffers.
+ * This includes one mmap() call for all buffers (which the original
+ * video4linux API uses) as well as one mmap() for every single buffer
+ * (which v4l2 uses).
+ *
+ * If there is a valid mapping for a buffer, buffer->baddr/bsize holds
+ * userspace address + size which can be fed into the
+ * videobuf_dma_init_user function listed above.
+ *
+ */
+
+struct videobuf_mapping {
+ unsigned int count;
+ struct videobuf_queue *q;
+};
+
+enum videobuf_state {
+ VIDEOBUF_NEEDS_INIT = 0,
+ VIDEOBUF_PREPARED = 1,
+ VIDEOBUF_QUEUED = 2,
+ VIDEOBUF_ACTIVE = 3,
+ VIDEOBUF_DONE = 4,
+ VIDEOBUF_ERROR = 5,
+ VIDEOBUF_IDLE = 6,
+};
+
+struct videobuf_buffer {
+ unsigned int i;
+ u32 magic;
+
+ /* info about the buffer */
+ unsigned int width;
+ unsigned int height;
+ unsigned int bytesperline; /* use only if != 0 */
+ unsigned long size;
+ enum v4l2_field field;
+ enum videobuf_state state;
+ struct list_head stream; /* QBUF/DQBUF list */
+
+ /* touched by irq handler */
+ struct list_head queue;
+ wait_queue_head_t done;
+ unsigned int field_count;
+ u64 ts;
+
+ /* Memory type */
+ enum v4l2_memory memory;
+
+ /* buffer size */
+ size_t bsize;
+
+ /* buffer offset (mmap + overlay) */
+ size_t boff;
+
+ /* buffer addr (userland ptr!) */
+ unsigned long baddr;
+
+ /* for mmap'ed buffers */
+ struct videobuf_mapping *map;
+
+ /* Private pointer to allow specific methods to store their data */
+ int privsize;
+ void *priv;
+};
+
+struct videobuf_queue_ops {
+ int (*buf_setup)(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ unsigned int *count, unsigned int *size);
+ int (*buf_prepare)(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ struct videobuf_buffer *vb,
+ enum v4l2_field field);
+ void (*buf_queue)(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ struct videobuf_buffer *vb);
+ void (*buf_release)(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ struct videobuf_buffer *vb);
+};
+
+#define MAGIC_QTYPE_OPS 0x12261003
+
+/* Helper operations - device type dependent */
+struct videobuf_qtype_ops {
+ u32 magic;
+
+ struct videobuf_buffer *(*alloc_vb)(size_t size);
+ void *(*vaddr) (struct videobuf_buffer *buf);
+ int (*iolock) (struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ struct videobuf_buffer *vb,
+ struct v4l2_framebuffer *fbuf);
+ int (*sync) (struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ struct videobuf_buffer *buf);
+ int (*mmap_mapper) (struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ struct videobuf_buffer *buf,
+ struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+};
+
+struct videobuf_queue {
+ struct mutex vb_lock;
+ struct mutex *ext_lock;
+ spinlock_t *irqlock;
+ struct device *dev;
+
+ wait_queue_head_t wait; /* wait if queue is empty */
+
+ enum v4l2_buf_type type;
+ unsigned int msize;
+ enum v4l2_field field;
+ enum v4l2_field last; /* for field=V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE */
+ struct videobuf_buffer *bufs[VIDEO_MAX_FRAME];
+ const struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops;
+ struct videobuf_qtype_ops *int_ops;
+
+ unsigned int streaming:1;
+ unsigned int reading:1;
+
+ /* capture via mmap() + ioctl(QBUF/DQBUF) */
+ struct list_head stream;
+
+ /* capture via read() */
+ unsigned int read_off;
+ struct videobuf_buffer *read_buf;
+
+ /* driver private data */
+ void *priv_data;
+};
+
+static inline void videobuf_queue_lock(struct videobuf_queue *q)
+{
+ if (!q->ext_lock)
+ mutex_lock(&q->vb_lock);
+}
+
+static inline void videobuf_queue_unlock(struct videobuf_queue *q)
+{
+ if (!q->ext_lock)
+ mutex_unlock(&q->vb_lock);
+}
+
+int videobuf_waiton(struct videobuf_queue *q, struct videobuf_buffer *vb,
+ int non_blocking, int intr);
+int videobuf_iolock(struct videobuf_queue *q, struct videobuf_buffer *vb,
+ struct v4l2_framebuffer *fbuf);
+
+struct videobuf_buffer *videobuf_alloc_vb(struct videobuf_queue *q);
+
+/* Used on videobuf-dvb */
+void *videobuf_queue_to_vaddr(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ struct videobuf_buffer *buf);
+
+void videobuf_queue_core_init(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ const struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops,
+ struct device *dev,
+ spinlock_t *irqlock,
+ enum v4l2_buf_type type,
+ enum v4l2_field field,
+ unsigned int msize,
+ void *priv,
+ struct videobuf_qtype_ops *int_ops,
+ struct mutex *ext_lock);
+int videobuf_queue_is_busy(struct videobuf_queue *q);
+void videobuf_queue_cancel(struct videobuf_queue *q);
+
+enum v4l2_field videobuf_next_field(struct videobuf_queue *q);
+int videobuf_reqbufs(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ struct v4l2_requestbuffers *req);
+int videobuf_querybuf(struct videobuf_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+int videobuf_qbuf(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+int videobuf_dqbuf(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *b, int nonblocking);
+int videobuf_streamon(struct videobuf_queue *q);
+int videobuf_streamoff(struct videobuf_queue *q);
+
+void videobuf_stop(struct videobuf_queue *q);
+
+int videobuf_read_start(struct videobuf_queue *q);
+void videobuf_read_stop(struct videobuf_queue *q);
+ssize_t videobuf_read_stream(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ char __user *data, size_t count, loff_t *ppos,
+ int vbihack, int nonblocking);
+ssize_t videobuf_read_one(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ char __user *data, size_t count, loff_t *ppos,
+ int nonblocking);
+__poll_t videobuf_poll_stream(struct file *file,
+ struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ poll_table *wait);
+
+int videobuf_mmap_setup(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ unsigned int bcount, unsigned int bsize,
+ enum v4l2_memory memory);
+int __videobuf_mmap_setup(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ unsigned int bcount, unsigned int bsize,
+ enum v4l2_memory memory);
+int videobuf_mmap_free(struct videobuf_queue *q);
+int videobuf_mmap_mapper(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf-dma-contig.h b/include/media/videobuf-dma-contig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..525883b2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf-dma-contig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * helper functions for physically contiguous capture buffers
+ *
+ * The functions support hardware lacking scatter gather support
+ * (i.e. the buffers must be linear in physical memory)
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Magnus Damm
+ */
+#ifndef _VIDEOBUF_DMA_CONTIG_H
+#define _VIDEOBUF_DMA_CONTIG_H
+
+#include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
+#include <media/videobuf-core.h>
+
+void videobuf_queue_dma_contig_init(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ const struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops,
+ struct device *dev,
+ spinlock_t *irqlock,
+ enum v4l2_buf_type type,
+ enum v4l2_field field,
+ unsigned int msize,
+ void *priv,
+ struct mutex *ext_lock);
+
+dma_addr_t videobuf_to_dma_contig(struct videobuf_buffer *buf);
+void videobuf_dma_contig_free(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ struct videobuf_buffer *buf);
+
+#endif /* _VIDEOBUF_DMA_CONTIG_H */
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf-dma-sg.h b/include/media/videobuf-dma-sg.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..930ff8d45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf-dma-sg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * helper functions for SG DMA video4linux capture buffers
+ *
+ * The functions expect the hardware being able to scatter gather
+ * (i.e. the buffers are not linear in physical memory, but fragmented
+ * into PAGE_SIZE chunks). They also assume the driver does not need
+ * to touch the video data.
+ *
+ * (c) 2007 Mauro Carvalho Chehab, <mchehab@kernel.org>
+ *
+ * Highly based on video-buf written originally by:
+ * (c) 2001,02 Gerd Knorr <kraxel@bytesex.org>
+ * (c) 2006 Mauro Carvalho Chehab, <mchehab@kernel.org>
+ * (c) 2006 Ted Walther and John Sokol
+ */
+#ifndef _VIDEOBUF_DMA_SG_H
+#define _VIDEOBUF_DMA_SG_H
+
+#include <media/videobuf-core.h>
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+/*
+ * A small set of helper functions to manage buffers (both userland
+ * and kernel) for DMA.
+ *
+ * videobuf_dma_init_*()
+ * creates a buffer. The userland version takes a userspace
+ * pointer + length. The kernel version just wants the size and
+ * does memory allocation too using vmalloc_32().
+ *
+ * videobuf_dma_*()
+ * see Documentation/core-api/dma-api-howto.rst, these functions to
+ * basically the same. The map function does also build a
+ * scatterlist for the buffer (and unmap frees it ...)
+ *
+ * videobuf_dma_free()
+ * no comment ...
+ *
+ */
+
+struct videobuf_dmabuf {
+ u32 magic;
+
+ /* for userland buffer */
+ int offset;
+ size_t size;
+ struct page **pages;
+
+ /* for kernel buffers */
+ void *vaddr;
+ struct page **vaddr_pages;
+ dma_addr_t *dma_addr;
+ struct device *dev;
+
+ /* for overlay buffers (pci-pci dma) */
+ dma_addr_t bus_addr;
+
+ /* common */
+ struct scatterlist *sglist;
+ int sglen;
+ unsigned long nr_pages;
+ int direction;
+};
+
+struct videobuf_dma_sg_memory {
+ u32 magic;
+
+ /* for mmap'ed buffers */
+ struct videobuf_dmabuf dma;
+};
+
+/*
+ * Scatter-gather DMA buffer API.
+ *
+ * These functions provide a simple way to create a page list and a
+ * scatter-gather list from a kernel, userspace of physical address and map the
+ * memory for DMA operation.
+ *
+ * Despite the name, this is totally unrelated to videobuf, except that
+ * videobuf-dma-sg uses the same API internally.
+ */
+int videobuf_dma_free(struct videobuf_dmabuf *dma);
+
+int videobuf_dma_unmap(struct device *dev, struct videobuf_dmabuf *dma);
+struct videobuf_dmabuf *videobuf_to_dma(struct videobuf_buffer *buf);
+
+void *videobuf_sg_alloc(size_t size);
+
+void videobuf_queue_sg_init(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ const struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops,
+ struct device *dev,
+ spinlock_t *irqlock,
+ enum v4l2_buf_type type,
+ enum v4l2_field field,
+ unsigned int msize,
+ void *priv,
+ struct mutex *ext_lock);
+
+#endif /* _VIDEOBUF_DMA_SG_H */
+
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf-vmalloc.h b/include/media/videobuf-vmalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e930dbb9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf-vmalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
+/*
+ * helper functions for vmalloc capture buffers
+ *
+ * The functions expect the hardware being able to scatter gather
+ * (i.e. the buffers are not linear in physical memory, but fragmented
+ * into PAGE_SIZE chunks). They also assume the driver does not need
+ * to touch the video data.
+ *
+ * (c) 2007 Mauro Carvalho Chehab, <mchehab@kernel.org>
+ */
+#ifndef _VIDEOBUF_VMALLOC_H
+#define _VIDEOBUF_VMALLOC_H
+
+#include <media/videobuf-core.h>
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+struct videobuf_vmalloc_memory {
+ u32 magic;
+
+ void *vaddr;
+
+ /* remap_vmalloc_range seems to need to run
+ * after mmap() on some cases */
+ struct vm_area_struct *vma;
+};
+
+void videobuf_queue_vmalloc_init(struct videobuf_queue *q,
+ const struct videobuf_queue_ops *ops,
+ struct device *dev,
+ spinlock_t *irqlock,
+ enum v4l2_buf_type type,
+ enum v4l2_field field,
+ unsigned int msize,
+ void *priv,
+ struct mutex *ext_lock);
+
+void *videobuf_to_vmalloc(struct videobuf_buffer *buf);
+
+void videobuf_vmalloc_free(struct videobuf_buffer *buf);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-core.h b/include/media/videobuf2-core.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3253bd2f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-core.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1274 @@
+/*
+ * videobuf2-core.h - Video Buffer 2 Core Framework
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_CORE_H
+#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_CORE_H
+
+#include <linux/mm_types.h>
+#include <linux/mutex.h>
+#include <linux/poll.h>
+#include <linux/dma-buf.h>
+#include <linux/bitops.h>
+#include <media/media-request.h>
+#include <media/frame_vector.h>
+
+#define VB2_MAX_FRAME (32)
+#define VB2_MAX_PLANES (8)
+
+/**
+ * enum vb2_memory - type of memory model used to make the buffers visible
+ * on userspace.
+ *
+ * @VB2_MEMORY_UNKNOWN: Buffer status is unknown or it is not used yet on
+ * userspace.
+ * @VB2_MEMORY_MMAP: The buffers are allocated by the Kernel and it is
+ * memory mapped via mmap() ioctl. This model is
+ * also used when the user is using the buffers via
+ * read() or write() system calls.
+ * @VB2_MEMORY_USERPTR: The buffers was allocated in userspace and it is
+ * memory mapped via mmap() ioctl.
+ * @VB2_MEMORY_DMABUF: The buffers are passed to userspace via DMA buffer.
+ */
+enum vb2_memory {
+ VB2_MEMORY_UNKNOWN = 0,
+ VB2_MEMORY_MMAP = 1,
+ VB2_MEMORY_USERPTR = 2,
+ VB2_MEMORY_DMABUF = 4,
+};
+
+struct vb2_fileio_data;
+struct vb2_threadio_data;
+struct vb2_buffer;
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_mem_ops - memory handling/memory allocator operations.
+ * @alloc: allocate video memory and, optionally, allocator private data,
+ * return ERR_PTR() on failure or a pointer to allocator private,
+ * per-buffer data on success; the returned private structure
+ * will then be passed as @buf_priv argument to other ops in this
+ * structure. The size argument to this function shall be
+ * *page aligned*.
+ * @put: inform the allocator that the buffer will no longer be used;
+ * usually will result in the allocator freeing the buffer (if
+ * no other users of this buffer are present); the @buf_priv
+ * argument is the allocator private per-buffer structure
+ * previously returned from the alloc callback.
+ * @get_dmabuf: acquire userspace memory for a hardware operation; used for
+ * DMABUF memory types.
+ * @get_userptr: acquire userspace memory for a hardware operation; used for
+ * USERPTR memory types; vaddr is the address passed to the
+ * videobuf2 layer when queuing a video buffer of USERPTR type;
+ * should return an allocator private per-buffer structure
+ * associated with the buffer on success, ERR_PTR() on failure;
+ * the returned private structure will then be passed as @buf_priv
+ * argument to other ops in this structure.
+ * @put_userptr: inform the allocator that a USERPTR buffer will no longer
+ * be used.
+ * @attach_dmabuf: attach a shared &struct dma_buf for a hardware operation;
+ * used for DMABUF memory types; dev is the alloc device
+ * dbuf is the shared dma_buf; returns ERR_PTR() on failure;
+ * allocator private per-buffer structure on success;
+ * this needs to be used for further accesses to the buffer.
+ * @detach_dmabuf: inform the exporter of the buffer that the current DMABUF
+ * buffer is no longer used; the @buf_priv argument is the
+ * allocator private per-buffer structure previously returned
+ * from the attach_dmabuf callback.
+ * @map_dmabuf: request for access to the dmabuf from allocator; the allocator
+ * of dmabuf is informed that this driver is going to use the
+ * dmabuf.
+ * @unmap_dmabuf: releases access control to the dmabuf - allocator is notified
+ * that this driver is done using the dmabuf for now.
+ * @prepare: called every time the buffer is passed from userspace to the
+ * driver, useful for cache synchronisation, optional.
+ * @finish: called every time the buffer is passed back from the driver
+ * to the userspace, also optional.
+ * @vaddr: return a kernel virtual address to a given memory buffer
+ * associated with the passed private structure or NULL if no
+ * such mapping exists.
+ * @cookie: return allocator specific cookie for a given memory buffer
+ * associated with the passed private structure or NULL if not
+ * available.
+ * @num_users: return the current number of users of a memory buffer;
+ * return 1 if the videobuf2 layer (or actually the driver using
+ * it) is the only user.
+ * @mmap: setup a userspace mapping for a given memory buffer under
+ * the provided virtual memory region.
+ *
+ * Those operations are used by the videobuf2 core to implement the memory
+ * handling/memory allocators for each type of supported streaming I/O method.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ * #) Required ops for USERPTR types: get_userptr, put_userptr.
+ *
+ * #) Required ops for MMAP types: alloc, put, num_users, mmap.
+ *
+ * #) Required ops for read/write access types: alloc, put, num_users, vaddr.
+ *
+ * #) Required ops for DMABUF types: attach_dmabuf, detach_dmabuf,
+ * map_dmabuf, unmap_dmabuf.
+ */
+struct vb2_mem_ops {
+ void *(*alloc)(struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+ struct device *dev,
+ unsigned long size);
+ void (*put)(void *buf_priv);
+ struct dma_buf *(*get_dmabuf)(struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+ void *buf_priv,
+ unsigned long flags);
+
+ void *(*get_userptr)(struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+ struct device *dev,
+ unsigned long vaddr,
+ unsigned long size);
+ void (*put_userptr)(void *buf_priv);
+
+ void (*prepare)(void *buf_priv);
+ void (*finish)(void *buf_priv);
+
+ void *(*attach_dmabuf)(struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+ struct device *dev,
+ struct dma_buf *dbuf,
+ unsigned long size);
+ void (*detach_dmabuf)(void *buf_priv);
+ int (*map_dmabuf)(void *buf_priv);
+ void (*unmap_dmabuf)(void *buf_priv);
+
+ void *(*vaddr)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *buf_priv);
+ void *(*cookie)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *buf_priv);
+
+ unsigned int (*num_users)(void *buf_priv);
+
+ int (*mmap)(void *buf_priv, struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_plane - plane information.
+ * @mem_priv: private data with this plane.
+ * @dbuf: dma_buf - shared buffer object.
+ * @dbuf_mapped: flag to show whether dbuf is mapped or not
+ * @bytesused: number of bytes occupied by data in the plane (payload).
+ * @length: size of this plane (NOT the payload) in bytes. The maximum
+ * valid size is MAX_UINT - PAGE_SIZE.
+ * @min_length: minimum required size of this plane (NOT the payload) in bytes.
+ * @length is always greater or equal to @min_length, and like
+ * @length, it is limited to MAX_UINT - PAGE_SIZE.
+ * @m: Union with memtype-specific data.
+ * @m.offset: when memory in the associated struct vb2_buffer is
+ * %VB2_MEMORY_MMAP, equals the offset from the start of
+ * the device memory for this plane (or is a "cookie" that
+ * should be passed to mmap() called on the video node).
+ * @m.userptr: when memory is %VB2_MEMORY_USERPTR, a userspace pointer
+ * pointing to this plane.
+ * @m.fd: when memory is %VB2_MEMORY_DMABUF, a userspace file
+ * descriptor associated with this plane.
+ * @data_offset: offset in the plane to the start of data; usually 0,
+ * unless there is a header in front of the data.
+ *
+ * Should contain enough information to be able to cover all the fields
+ * of &struct v4l2_plane at videodev2.h.
+ */
+struct vb2_plane {
+ void *mem_priv;
+ struct dma_buf *dbuf;
+ unsigned int dbuf_mapped;
+ unsigned int bytesused;
+ unsigned int length;
+ unsigned int min_length;
+ union {
+ unsigned int offset;
+ unsigned long userptr;
+ int fd;
+ } m;
+ unsigned int data_offset;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum vb2_io_modes - queue access methods.
+ * @VB2_MMAP: driver supports MMAP with streaming API.
+ * @VB2_USERPTR: driver supports USERPTR with streaming API.
+ * @VB2_READ: driver supports read() style access.
+ * @VB2_WRITE: driver supports write() style access.
+ * @VB2_DMABUF: driver supports DMABUF with streaming API.
+ */
+enum vb2_io_modes {
+ VB2_MMAP = BIT(0),
+ VB2_USERPTR = BIT(1),
+ VB2_READ = BIT(2),
+ VB2_WRITE = BIT(3),
+ VB2_DMABUF = BIT(4),
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum vb2_buffer_state - current video buffer state.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_DEQUEUED: buffer under userspace control.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_IN_REQUEST: buffer is queued in media request.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_PREPARING: buffer is being prepared in videobuf2.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED: buffer queued in videobuf2, but not in driver.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_ACTIVE: buffer queued in driver and possibly used
+ * in a hardware operation.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE: buffer returned from driver to videobuf2, but
+ * not yet dequeued to userspace.
+ * @VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR: same as above, but the operation on the buffer
+ * has ended with an error, which will be reported
+ * to the userspace when it is dequeued.
+ */
+enum vb2_buffer_state {
+ VB2_BUF_STATE_DEQUEUED,
+ VB2_BUF_STATE_IN_REQUEST,
+ VB2_BUF_STATE_PREPARING,
+ VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED,
+ VB2_BUF_STATE_ACTIVE,
+ VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE,
+ VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR,
+};
+
+struct vb2_queue;
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_buffer - represents a video buffer.
+ * @vb2_queue: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with the queue to
+ * which this driver belongs.
+ * @index: id number of the buffer.
+ * @type: buffer type.
+ * @memory: the method, in which the actual data is passed.
+ * @num_planes: number of planes in the buffer
+ * on an internal driver queue.
+ * @timestamp: frame timestamp in ns.
+ * @request: the request this buffer is associated with.
+ * @req_obj: used to bind this buffer to a request. This
+ * request object has a refcount.
+ */
+struct vb2_buffer {
+ struct vb2_queue *vb2_queue;
+ unsigned int index;
+ unsigned int type;
+ unsigned int memory;
+ unsigned int num_planes;
+ u64 timestamp;
+ struct media_request *request;
+ struct media_request_object req_obj;
+
+ /* private: internal use only
+ *
+ * state: current buffer state; do not change
+ * synced: this buffer has been synced for DMA, i.e. the
+ * 'prepare' memop was called. It is cleared again
+ * after the 'finish' memop is called.
+ * prepared: this buffer has been prepared, i.e. the
+ * buf_prepare op was called. It is cleared again
+ * after the 'buf_finish' op is called.
+ * copied_timestamp: the timestamp of this capture buffer was copied
+ * from an output buffer.
+ * skip_cache_sync_on_prepare: when set buffer's ->prepare() function
+ * skips cache sync/invalidation.
+ * skip_cache_sync_on_finish: when set buffer's ->finish() function
+ * skips cache sync/invalidation.
+ * queued_entry: entry on the queued buffers list, which holds
+ * all buffers queued from userspace
+ * done_entry: entry on the list that stores all buffers ready
+ * to be dequeued to userspace
+ * vb2_plane: per-plane information; do not change
+ */
+ enum vb2_buffer_state state;
+ unsigned int synced:1;
+ unsigned int prepared:1;
+ unsigned int copied_timestamp:1;
+ unsigned int skip_cache_sync_on_prepare:1;
+ unsigned int skip_cache_sync_on_finish:1;
+
+ struct vb2_plane planes[VB2_MAX_PLANES];
+ struct list_head queued_entry;
+ struct list_head done_entry;
+#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG
+ /*
+ * Counters for how often these buffer-related ops are
+ * called. Used to check for unbalanced ops.
+ */
+ u32 cnt_mem_alloc;
+ u32 cnt_mem_put;
+ u32 cnt_mem_get_dmabuf;
+ u32 cnt_mem_get_userptr;
+ u32 cnt_mem_put_userptr;
+ u32 cnt_mem_prepare;
+ u32 cnt_mem_finish;
+ u32 cnt_mem_attach_dmabuf;
+ u32 cnt_mem_detach_dmabuf;
+ u32 cnt_mem_map_dmabuf;
+ u32 cnt_mem_unmap_dmabuf;
+ u32 cnt_mem_vaddr;
+ u32 cnt_mem_cookie;
+ u32 cnt_mem_num_users;
+ u32 cnt_mem_mmap;
+
+ u32 cnt_buf_out_validate;
+ u32 cnt_buf_init;
+ u32 cnt_buf_prepare;
+ u32 cnt_buf_finish;
+ u32 cnt_buf_cleanup;
+ u32 cnt_buf_queue;
+ u32 cnt_buf_request_complete;
+
+ /* This counts the number of calls to vb2_buffer_done() */
+ u32 cnt_buf_done;
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_ops - driver-specific callbacks.
+ *
+ * These operations are not called from interrupt context except where
+ * mentioned specifically.
+ *
+ * @queue_setup: called from VIDIOC_REQBUFS() and VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS()
+ * handlers before memory allocation. It can be called
+ * twice: if the original number of requested buffers
+ * could not be allocated, then it will be called a
+ * second time with the actually allocated number of
+ * buffers to verify if that is OK.
+ * The driver should return the required number of buffers
+ * in \*num_buffers, the required number of planes per
+ * buffer in \*num_planes, the size of each plane should be
+ * set in the sizes\[\] array and optional per-plane
+ * allocator specific device in the alloc_devs\[\] array.
+ * When called from VIDIOC_REQBUFS(), \*num_planes == 0,
+ * the driver has to use the currently configured format to
+ * determine the plane sizes and \*num_buffers is the total
+ * number of buffers that are being allocated. When called
+ * from VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS(), \*num_planes != 0 and it
+ * describes the requested number of planes and sizes\[\]
+ * contains the requested plane sizes. In this case
+ * \*num_buffers are being allocated additionally to
+ * q->num_buffers. If either \*num_planes or the requested
+ * sizes are invalid callback must return %-EINVAL.
+ * @wait_prepare: release any locks taken while calling vb2 functions;
+ * it is called before an ioctl needs to wait for a new
+ * buffer to arrive; required to avoid a deadlock in
+ * blocking access type.
+ * @wait_finish: reacquire all locks released in the previous callback;
+ * required to continue operation after sleeping while
+ * waiting for a new buffer to arrive.
+ * @buf_out_validate: called when the output buffer is prepared or queued
+ * to a request; drivers can use this to validate
+ * userspace-provided information; this is required only
+ * for OUTPUT queues.
+ * @buf_init: called once after allocating a buffer (in MMAP case)
+ * or after acquiring a new USERPTR buffer; drivers may
+ * perform additional buffer-related initialization;
+ * initialization failure (return != 0) will prevent
+ * queue setup from completing successfully; optional.
+ * @buf_prepare: called every time the buffer is queued from userspace
+ * and from the VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF() ioctl; drivers may
+ * perform any initialization required before each
+ * hardware operation in this callback; drivers can
+ * access/modify the buffer here as it is still synced for
+ * the CPU; drivers that support VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS() must
+ * also validate the buffer size; if an error is returned,
+ * the buffer will not be queued in driver; optional.
+ * @buf_finish: called before every dequeue of the buffer back to
+ * userspace; the buffer is synced for the CPU, so drivers
+ * can access/modify the buffer contents; drivers may
+ * perform any operations required before userspace
+ * accesses the buffer; optional. The buffer state can be
+ * one of the following: %DONE and %ERROR occur while
+ * streaming is in progress, and the %PREPARED state occurs
+ * when the queue has been canceled and all pending
+ * buffers are being returned to their default %DEQUEUED
+ * state. Typically you only have to do something if the
+ * state is %VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE, since in all other cases
+ * the buffer contents will be ignored anyway.
+ * @buf_cleanup: called once before the buffer is freed; drivers may
+ * perform any additional cleanup; optional.
+ * @start_streaming: called once to enter 'streaming' state; the driver may
+ * receive buffers with @buf_queue callback
+ * before @start_streaming is called; the driver gets the
+ * number of already queued buffers in count parameter;
+ * driver can return an error if hardware fails, in that
+ * case all buffers that have been already given by
+ * the @buf_queue callback are to be returned by the driver
+ * by calling vb2_buffer_done() with %VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED.
+ * If you need a minimum number of buffers before you can
+ * start streaming, then set
+ * &vb2_queue->min_buffers_needed. If that is non-zero
+ * then @start_streaming won't be called until at least
+ * that many buffers have been queued up by userspace.
+ * @stop_streaming: called when 'streaming' state must be disabled; driver
+ * should stop any DMA transactions or wait until they
+ * finish and give back all buffers it got from &buf_queue
+ * callback by calling vb2_buffer_done() with either
+ * %VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE or %VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR; may use
+ * vb2_wait_for_all_buffers() function
+ * @buf_queue: passes buffer vb to the driver; driver may start
+ * hardware operation on this buffer; driver should give
+ * the buffer back by calling vb2_buffer_done() function;
+ * it is always called after calling VIDIOC_STREAMON()
+ * ioctl; might be called before @start_streaming callback
+ * if user pre-queued buffers before calling
+ * VIDIOC_STREAMON().
+ * @buf_request_complete: a buffer that was never queued to the driver but is
+ * associated with a queued request was canceled.
+ * The driver will have to mark associated objects in the
+ * request as completed; required if requests are
+ * supported.
+ */
+struct vb2_ops {
+ int (*queue_setup)(struct vb2_queue *q,
+ unsigned int *num_buffers, unsigned int *num_planes,
+ unsigned int sizes[], struct device *alloc_devs[]);
+
+ void (*wait_prepare)(struct vb2_queue *q);
+ void (*wait_finish)(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+ int (*buf_out_validate)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+ int (*buf_init)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+ int (*buf_prepare)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+ void (*buf_finish)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+ void (*buf_cleanup)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+
+ int (*start_streaming)(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int count);
+ void (*stop_streaming)(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+ void (*buf_queue)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+
+ void (*buf_request_complete)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_buf_ops - driver-specific callbacks.
+ *
+ * @verify_planes_array: Verify that a given user space structure contains
+ * enough planes for the buffer. This is called
+ * for each dequeued buffer.
+ * @init_buffer: given a &vb2_buffer initialize the extra data after
+ * struct vb2_buffer.
+ * For V4L2 this is a &struct vb2_v4l2_buffer.
+ * @fill_user_buffer: given a &vb2_buffer fill in the userspace structure.
+ * For V4L2 this is a &struct v4l2_buffer.
+ * @fill_vb2_buffer: given a userspace structure, fill in the &vb2_buffer.
+ * If the userspace structure is invalid, then this op
+ * will return an error.
+ * @copy_timestamp: copy the timestamp from a userspace structure to
+ * the &struct vb2_buffer.
+ */
+struct vb2_buf_ops {
+ int (*verify_planes_array)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, const void *pb);
+ void (*init_buffer)(struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+ void (*fill_user_buffer)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *pb);
+ int (*fill_vb2_buffer)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, struct vb2_plane *planes);
+ void (*copy_timestamp)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, const void *pb);
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_queue - a videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * @type: private buffer type whose content is defined by the vb2-core
+ * caller. For example, for V4L2, it should match
+ * the types defined on &enum v4l2_buf_type.
+ * @io_modes: supported io methods (see &enum vb2_io_modes).
+ * @alloc_devs: &struct device memory type/allocator-specific per-plane device
+ * @dev: device to use for the default allocation context if the driver
+ * doesn't fill in the @alloc_devs array.
+ * @dma_attrs: DMA attributes to use for the DMA.
+ * @bidirectional: when this flag is set the DMA direction for the buffers of
+ * this queue will be overridden with %DMA_BIDIRECTIONAL direction.
+ * This is useful in cases where the hardware (firmware) writes to
+ * a buffer which is mapped as read (%DMA_TO_DEVICE), or reads from
+ * buffer which is mapped for write (%DMA_FROM_DEVICE) in order
+ * to satisfy some internal hardware restrictions or adds a padding
+ * needed by the processing algorithm. In case the DMA mapping is
+ * not bidirectional but the hardware (firmware) trying to access
+ * the buffer (in the opposite direction) this could lead to an
+ * IOMMU protection faults.
+ * @fileio_read_once: report EOF after reading the first buffer
+ * @fileio_write_immediately: queue buffer after each write() call
+ * @allow_zero_bytesused: allow bytesused == 0 to be passed to the driver
+ * @quirk_poll_must_check_waiting_for_buffers: Return %EPOLLERR at poll when QBUF
+ * has not been called. This is a vb1 idiom that has been adopted
+ * also by vb2.
+ * @supports_requests: this queue supports the Request API.
+ * @requires_requests: this queue requires the Request API. If this is set to 1,
+ * then supports_requests must be set to 1 as well.
+ * @uses_qbuf: qbuf was used directly for this queue. Set to 1 the first
+ * time this is called. Set to 0 when the queue is canceled.
+ * If this is 1, then you cannot queue buffers from a request.
+ * @uses_requests: requests are used for this queue. Set to 1 the first time
+ * a request is queued. Set to 0 when the queue is canceled.
+ * If this is 1, then you cannot queue buffers directly.
+ * @allow_cache_hints: when set user-space can pass cache management hints in
+ * order to skip cache flush/invalidation on ->prepare() or/and
+ * ->finish().
+ * @non_coherent_mem: when set queue will attempt to allocate buffers using
+ * non-coherent memory.
+ * @lock: pointer to a mutex that protects the &struct vb2_queue. The
+ * driver can set this to a mutex to let the v4l2 core serialize
+ * the queuing ioctls. If the driver wants to handle locking
+ * itself, then this should be set to NULL. This lock is not used
+ * by the videobuf2 core API.
+ * @owner: The filehandle that 'owns' the buffers, i.e. the filehandle
+ * that called reqbufs, create_buffers or started fileio.
+ * This field is not used by the videobuf2 core API, but it allows
+ * drivers to easily associate an owner filehandle with the queue.
+ * @ops: driver-specific callbacks
+ * @mem_ops: memory allocator specific callbacks
+ * @buf_ops: callbacks to deliver buffer information.
+ * between user-space and kernel-space.
+ * @drv_priv: driver private data.
+ * @subsystem_flags: Flags specific to the subsystem (V4L2/DVB/etc.). Not used
+ * by the vb2 core.
+ * @buf_struct_size: size of the driver-specific buffer structure;
+ * "0" indicates the driver doesn't want to use a custom buffer
+ * structure type. In that case a subsystem-specific struct
+ * will be used (in the case of V4L2 that is
+ * ``sizeof(struct vb2_v4l2_buffer)``). The first field of the
+ * driver-specific buffer structure must be the subsystem-specific
+ * struct (vb2_v4l2_buffer in the case of V4L2).
+ * @timestamp_flags: Timestamp flags; ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TIMESTAMP_*`` and
+ * ``V4L2_BUF_FLAG_TSTAMP_SRC_*``
+ * @gfp_flags: additional gfp flags used when allocating the buffers.
+ * Typically this is 0, but it may be e.g. %GFP_DMA or %__GFP_DMA32
+ * to force the buffer allocation to a specific memory zone.
+ * @min_buffers_needed: the minimum number of buffers needed before
+ * @start_streaming can be called. Used when a DMA engine
+ * cannot be started unless at least this number of buffers
+ * have been queued into the driver.
+ */
+/*
+ * Private elements (won't appear at the uAPI book):
+ * @mmap_lock: private mutex used when buffers are allocated/freed/mmapped
+ * @memory: current memory type used
+ * @dma_dir: DMA mapping direction.
+ * @bufs: videobuf2 buffer structures
+ * @num_buffers: number of allocated/used buffers
+ * @queued_list: list of buffers currently queued from userspace
+ * @queued_count: number of buffers queued and ready for streaming.
+ * @owned_by_drv_count: number of buffers owned by the driver
+ * @done_list: list of buffers ready to be dequeued to userspace
+ * @done_lock: lock to protect done_list list
+ * @done_wq: waitqueue for processes waiting for buffers ready to be dequeued
+ * @streaming: current streaming state
+ * @start_streaming_called: @start_streaming was called successfully and we
+ * started streaming.
+ * @error: a fatal error occurred on the queue
+ * @waiting_for_buffers: used in poll() to check if vb2 is still waiting for
+ * buffers. Only set for capture queues if qbuf has not yet been
+ * called since poll() needs to return %EPOLLERR in that situation.
+ * @is_multiplanar: set if buffer type is multiplanar
+ * @is_output: set if buffer type is output
+ * @copy_timestamp: set if vb2-core should set timestamps
+ * @last_buffer_dequeued: used in poll() and DQBUF to immediately return if the
+ * last decoded buffer was already dequeued. Set for capture queues
+ * when a buffer with the %V4L2_BUF_FLAG_LAST is dequeued.
+ * @fileio: file io emulator internal data, used only if emulator is active
+ * @threadio: thread io internal data, used only if thread is active
+ * @name: queue name, used for logging purpose. Initialized automatically
+ * if left empty by drivers.
+ */
+struct vb2_queue {
+ unsigned int type;
+ unsigned int io_modes;
+ struct device *dev;
+ unsigned long dma_attrs;
+ unsigned int bidirectional:1;
+ unsigned int fileio_read_once:1;
+ unsigned int fileio_write_immediately:1;
+ unsigned int allow_zero_bytesused:1;
+ unsigned int quirk_poll_must_check_waiting_for_buffers:1;
+ unsigned int supports_requests:1;
+ unsigned int requires_requests:1;
+ unsigned int uses_qbuf:1;
+ unsigned int uses_requests:1;
+ unsigned int allow_cache_hints:1;
+ unsigned int non_coherent_mem:1;
+
+ struct mutex *lock;
+ void *owner;
+
+ const struct vb2_ops *ops;
+ const struct vb2_mem_ops *mem_ops;
+ const struct vb2_buf_ops *buf_ops;
+
+ void *drv_priv;
+ u32 subsystem_flags;
+ unsigned int buf_struct_size;
+ u32 timestamp_flags;
+ gfp_t gfp_flags;
+ u32 min_buffers_needed;
+
+ struct device *alloc_devs[VB2_MAX_PLANES];
+
+ /* private: internal use only */
+ struct mutex mmap_lock;
+ unsigned int memory;
+ enum dma_data_direction dma_dir;
+ struct vb2_buffer *bufs[VB2_MAX_FRAME];
+ unsigned int num_buffers;
+
+ struct list_head queued_list;
+ unsigned int queued_count;
+
+ atomic_t owned_by_drv_count;
+ struct list_head done_list;
+ spinlock_t done_lock;
+ wait_queue_head_t done_wq;
+
+ unsigned int streaming:1;
+ unsigned int start_streaming_called:1;
+ unsigned int error:1;
+ unsigned int waiting_for_buffers:1;
+ unsigned int waiting_in_dqbuf:1;
+ unsigned int is_multiplanar:1;
+ unsigned int is_output:1;
+ unsigned int copy_timestamp:1;
+ unsigned int last_buffer_dequeued:1;
+
+ struct vb2_fileio_data *fileio;
+ struct vb2_threadio_data *threadio;
+
+ char name[32];
+
+#ifdef CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG
+ /*
+ * Counters for how often these queue-related ops are
+ * called. Used to check for unbalanced ops.
+ */
+ u32 cnt_queue_setup;
+ u32 cnt_wait_prepare;
+ u32 cnt_wait_finish;
+ u32 cnt_start_streaming;
+ u32 cnt_stop_streaming;
+#endif
+};
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_allows_cache_hints() - Return true if the queue allows cache
+ * and memory consistency hints.
+ *
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue
+ */
+static inline bool vb2_queue_allows_cache_hints(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+ return q->allow_cache_hints && q->memory == VB2_MEMORY_MMAP;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_plane_vaddr() - Return a kernel virtual address of a given plane.
+ * @vb: pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in
+ * question belongs to.
+ * @plane_no: plane number for which the address is to be returned.
+ *
+ * This function returns a kernel virtual address of a given plane if
+ * such a mapping exist, NULL otherwise.
+ */
+void *vb2_plane_vaddr(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_plane_cookie() - Return allocator specific cookie for the given plane.
+ * @vb: pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in
+ * question belongs to.
+ * @plane_no: plane number for which the cookie is to be returned.
+ *
+ * This function returns an allocator specific cookie for a given plane if
+ * available, NULL otherwise. The allocator should provide some simple static
+ * inline function, which would convert this cookie to the allocator specific
+ * type that can be used directly by the driver to access the buffer. This can
+ * be for example physical address, pointer to scatter list or IOMMU mapping.
+ */
+void *vb2_plane_cookie(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_buffer_done() - inform videobuf2 that an operation on a buffer
+ * is finished.
+ * @vb: pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to be used.
+ * @state: state of the buffer, as defined by &enum vb2_buffer_state.
+ * Either %VB2_BUF_STATE_DONE if the operation finished
+ * successfully, %VB2_BUF_STATE_ERROR if the operation finished
+ * with an error or %VB2_BUF_STATE_QUEUED.
+ *
+ * This function should be called by the driver after a hardware operation on
+ * a buffer is finished and the buffer may be returned to userspace. The driver
+ * cannot use this buffer anymore until it is queued back to it by videobuf
+ * by the means of &vb2_ops->buf_queue callback. Only buffers previously queued
+ * to the driver by &vb2_ops->buf_queue can be passed to this function.
+ *
+ * While streaming a buffer can only be returned in state DONE or ERROR.
+ * The &vb2_ops->start_streaming op can also return them in case the DMA engine
+ * cannot be started for some reason. In that case the buffers should be
+ * returned with state QUEUED to put them back into the queue.
+ */
+void vb2_buffer_done(struct vb2_buffer *vb, enum vb2_buffer_state state);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_discard_done() - discard all buffers marked as DONE.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * This function is intended to be used with suspend/resume operations. It
+ * discards all 'done' buffers as they would be too old to be requested after
+ * resume.
+ *
+ * Drivers must stop the hardware and synchronize with interrupt handlers and/or
+ * delayed works before calling this function to make sure no buffer will be
+ * touched by the driver and/or hardware.
+ */
+void vb2_discard_done(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_wait_for_all_buffers() - wait until all buffers are given back to vb2.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * This function will wait until all buffers that have been given to the driver
+ * by &vb2_ops->buf_queue are given back to vb2 with vb2_buffer_done(). It
+ * doesn't call &vb2_ops->wait_prepare/&vb2_ops->wait_finish pair.
+ * It is intended to be called with all locks taken, for example from
+ * &vb2_ops->stop_streaming callback.
+ */
+int vb2_wait_for_all_buffers(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_querybuf() - query video buffer information.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @index: id number of the buffer.
+ * @pb: buffer struct passed from userspace.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_QUERYBUF() operation. It is called
+ * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * The passed buffer should have been verified.
+ *
+ * This function fills the relevant information for the userspace.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+void vb2_core_querybuf(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int index, void *pb);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_reqbufs() - Initiate streaming.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @memory: memory type, as defined by &enum vb2_memory.
+ * @flags: auxiliary queue/buffer management flags. Currently, the only
+ * used flag is %V4L2_MEMORY_FLAG_NON_COHERENT.
+ * @count: requested buffer count.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_REQBUF() operation. It is called
+ * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) verifies streaming parameters passed from the userspace;
+ * #) sets up the queue;
+ * #) negotiates number of buffers and planes per buffer with the driver
+ * to be used during streaming;
+ * #) allocates internal buffer structures (&struct vb2_buffer), according to
+ * the agreed parameters;
+ * #) for MMAP memory type, allocates actual video memory, using the
+ * memory handling/allocation routines provided during queue initialization.
+ *
+ * If req->count is 0, all the memory will be freed instead.
+ *
+ * If the queue has been allocated previously by a previous vb2_core_reqbufs()
+ * call and the queue is not busy, memory will be reallocated.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_reqbufs(struct vb2_queue *q, enum vb2_memory memory,
+ unsigned int flags, unsigned int *count);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_create_bufs() - Allocate buffers and any required auxiliary structs
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @memory: memory type, as defined by &enum vb2_memory.
+ * @flags: auxiliary queue/buffer management flags.
+ * @count: requested buffer count.
+ * @requested_planes: number of planes requested.
+ * @requested_sizes: array with the size of the planes.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_CREATE_BUFS() operation. It is
+ * called internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like
+ * ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) verifies parameter sanity;
+ * #) calls the &vb2_ops->queue_setup queue operation;
+ * #) performs any necessary memory allocations.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_create_bufs(struct vb2_queue *q, enum vb2_memory memory,
+ unsigned int flags, unsigned int *count,
+ unsigned int requested_planes,
+ const unsigned int requested_sizes[]);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_prepare_buf() - Pass ownership of a buffer from userspace
+ * to the kernel.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @index: id number of the buffer.
+ * @pb: buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_prepare_buf handler in driver.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF() operation. It is
+ * called internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like
+ * ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * The passed buffer should have been verified.
+ *
+ * This function calls vb2_ops->buf_prepare callback in the driver
+ * (if provided), in which driver-specific buffer initialization can
+ * be performed.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_prepare_buf(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int index, void *pb);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_qbuf() - Queue a buffer from userspace
+ *
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @index: id number of the buffer
+ * @pb: buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ * v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_qbuf handler in driver
+ * @req: pointer to &struct media_request, may be NULL.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_QBUF() operation. It is called
+ * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) If @req is non-NULL, then the buffer will be bound to this
+ * media request and it returns. The buffer will be prepared and
+ * queued to the driver (i.e. the next two steps) when the request
+ * itself is queued.
+ * #) if necessary, calls &vb2_ops->buf_prepare callback in the driver
+ * (if provided), in which driver-specific buffer initialization can
+ * be performed;
+ * #) if streaming is on, queues the buffer in driver by the means of
+ * &vb2_ops->buf_queue callback for processing.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_qbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int index, void *pb,
+ struct media_request *req);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_dqbuf() - Dequeue a buffer to the userspace
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue
+ * @pindex: pointer to the buffer index. May be NULL
+ * @pb: buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ * v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_dqbuf handler in driver.
+ * @nonblocking: if true, this call will not sleep waiting for a buffer if no
+ * buffers ready for dequeuing are present. Normally the driver
+ * would be passing (file->f_flags & O_NONBLOCK) here.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_DQBUF() operation. It is called
+ * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) calls buf_finish callback in the driver (if provided), in which
+ * driver can perform any additional operations that may be required before
+ * returning the buffer to userspace, such as cache sync,
+ * #) the buffer struct members are filled with relevant information for
+ * the userspace.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_dqbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int *pindex, void *pb,
+ bool nonblocking);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_streamon() - Implements VB2 stream ON logic
+ *
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue
+ * @type: type of the queue to be started.
+ * For V4L2, this is defined by &enum v4l2_buf_type type.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_STREAMON() operation. It is called
+ * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_streamon(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_streamoff() - Implements VB2 stream OFF logic
+ *
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue
+ * @type: type of the queue to be started.
+ * For V4L2, this is defined by &enum v4l2_buf_type type.
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_STREAMOFF() operation. It is
+ * called internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like
+ * ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_streamoff(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_expbuf() - Export a buffer as a file descriptor.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @fd: pointer to the file descriptor associated with DMABUF
+ * (set by driver).
+ * @type: buffer type.
+ * @index: id number of the buffer.
+ * @plane: index of the plane to be exported, 0 for single plane queues
+ * @flags: file flags for newly created file, as defined at
+ * include/uapi/asm-generic/fcntl.h.
+ * Currently, the only used flag is %O_CLOEXEC.
+ * is supported, refer to manual of open syscall for more details.
+ *
+ *
+ * Videobuf2 core helper to implement VIDIOC_EXPBUF() operation. It is called
+ * internally by VB2 by an API-specific handler, like ``videobuf2-v4l2.h``.
+ *
+ * Return: returns zero on success; an error code otherwise.
+ */
+int vb2_core_expbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, int *fd, unsigned int type,
+ unsigned int index, unsigned int plane, unsigned int flags);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_queue_init() - initialize a videobuf2 queue
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * This structure should be allocated in driver
+ *
+ * The &vb2_queue structure should be allocated by the driver. The driver is
+ * responsible of clearing it's content and setting initial values for some
+ * required entries before calling this function.
+ *
+ * .. note::
+ *
+ * The following fields at @q should be set before calling this function:
+ * &vb2_queue->ops, &vb2_queue->mem_ops, &vb2_queue->type.
+ */
+int vb2_core_queue_init(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_queue_release() - stop streaming, release the queue and free memory
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * This function stops streaming and performs necessary clean ups, including
+ * freeing video buffer memory. The driver is responsible for freeing
+ * the &struct vb2_queue itself.
+ */
+void vb2_core_queue_release(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_error() - signal a fatal error on the queue
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * Flag that a fatal unrecoverable error has occurred and wake up all processes
+ * waiting on the queue. Polling will now set %EPOLLERR and queuing and dequeuing
+ * buffers will return %-EIO.
+ *
+ * The error flag will be cleared when canceling the queue, either from
+ * vb2_streamoff() or vb2_queue_release(). Drivers should thus not call this
+ * function before starting the stream, otherwise the error flag will remain set
+ * until the queue is released when closing the device node.
+ */
+void vb2_queue_error(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_mmap() - map video buffers into application address space.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @vma: pointer to &struct vm_area_struct with the vma passed
+ * to the mmap file operation handler in the driver.
+ *
+ * Should be called from mmap file operation handler of a driver.
+ * This function maps one plane of one of the available video buffers to
+ * userspace. To map whole video memory allocated on reqbufs, this function
+ * has to be called once per each plane per each buffer previously allocated.
+ *
+ * When the userspace application calls mmap, it passes to it an offset returned
+ * to it earlier by the means of &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_querybuf handler.
+ * That offset acts as a "cookie", which is then used to identify the plane
+ * to be mapped.
+ *
+ * This function finds a plane with a matching offset and a mapping is performed
+ * by the means of a provided memory operation.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from the mmap handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_mmap(struct vb2_queue *q, struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_MMU
+/**
+ * vb2_get_unmapped_area - map video buffers into application address space.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @addr: memory address.
+ * @len: buffer size.
+ * @pgoff: page offset.
+ * @flags: memory flags.
+ *
+ * This function is used in noMMU platforms to propose address mapping
+ * for a given buffer. It's intended to be used as a handler for the
+ * &file_operations->get_unmapped_area operation.
+ *
+ * This is called by the mmap() syscall routines will call this
+ * to get a proposed address for the mapping, when ``!CONFIG_MMU``.
+ */
+unsigned long vb2_get_unmapped_area(struct vb2_queue *q,
+ unsigned long addr,
+ unsigned long len,
+ unsigned long pgoff,
+ unsigned long flags);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * vb2_core_poll() - implements poll syscall() logic.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @file: &struct file argument passed to the poll
+ * file operation handler.
+ * @wait: &poll_table wait argument passed to the poll
+ * file operation handler.
+ *
+ * This function implements poll file operation handler for a driver.
+ * For CAPTURE queues, if a buffer is ready to be dequeued, the userspace will
+ * be informed that the file descriptor of a video device is available for
+ * reading.
+ * For OUTPUT queues, if a buffer is ready to be dequeued, the file descriptor
+ * will be reported as available for writing.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from poll handler in driver.
+ */
+__poll_t vb2_core_poll(struct vb2_queue *q, struct file *file,
+ poll_table *wait);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_read() - implements read() syscall logic.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @data: pointed to target userspace buffer
+ * @count: number of bytes to read
+ * @ppos: file handle position tracking pointer
+ * @nonblock: mode selector (1 means blocking calls, 0 means nonblocking)
+ */
+size_t vb2_read(struct vb2_queue *q, char __user *data, size_t count,
+ loff_t *ppos, int nonblock);
+/**
+ * vb2_write() - implements write() syscall logic.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @data: pointed to target userspace buffer
+ * @count: number of bytes to write
+ * @ppos: file handle position tracking pointer
+ * @nonblock: mode selector (1 means blocking calls, 0 means nonblocking)
+ */
+size_t vb2_write(struct vb2_queue *q, const char __user *data, size_t count,
+ loff_t *ppos, int nonblock);
+
+/**
+ * typedef vb2_thread_fnc - callback function for use with vb2_thread.
+ *
+ * @vb: pointer to struct &vb2_buffer.
+ * @priv: pointer to a private data.
+ *
+ * This is called whenever a buffer is dequeued in the thread.
+ */
+typedef int (*vb2_thread_fnc)(struct vb2_buffer *vb, void *priv);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_thread_start() - start a thread for the given queue.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @fnc: &vb2_thread_fnc callback function.
+ * @priv: priv pointer passed to the callback function.
+ * @thread_name:the name of the thread. This will be prefixed with "vb2-".
+ *
+ * This starts a thread that will queue and dequeue until an error occurs
+ * or vb2_thread_stop() is called.
+ *
+ * .. attention::
+ *
+ * This function should not be used for anything else but the videobuf2-dvb
+ * support. If you think you have another good use-case for this, then please
+ * contact the linux-media mailing list first.
+ */
+int vb2_thread_start(struct vb2_queue *q, vb2_thread_fnc fnc, void *priv,
+ const char *thread_name);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_thread_stop() - stop the thread for the given queue.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+int vb2_thread_stop(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_is_streaming() - return streaming status of the queue.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+static inline bool vb2_is_streaming(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+ return q->streaming;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_fileio_is_active() - return true if fileio is active.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * This returns true if read() or write() is used to stream the data
+ * as opposed to stream I/O. This is almost never an important distinction,
+ * except in rare cases. One such case is that using read() or write() to
+ * stream a format using %V4L2_FIELD_ALTERNATE is not allowed since there
+ * is no way you can pass the field information of each buffer to/from
+ * userspace. A driver that supports this field format should check for
+ * this in the &vb2_ops->queue_setup op and reject it if this function returns
+ * true.
+ */
+static inline bool vb2_fileio_is_active(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+ return q->fileio;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_is_busy() - return busy status of the queue.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * This function checks if queue has any buffers allocated.
+ */
+static inline bool vb2_is_busy(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+ return (q->num_buffers > 0);
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_get_drv_priv() - return driver private data associated with the queue.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+static inline void *vb2_get_drv_priv(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+ return q->drv_priv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_set_plane_payload() - set bytesused for the plane @plane_no.
+ * @vb: pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in
+ * question belongs to.
+ * @plane_no: plane number for which payload should be set.
+ * @size: payload in bytes.
+ */
+static inline void vb2_set_plane_payload(struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+ unsigned int plane_no, unsigned long size)
+{
+ /*
+ * size must never be larger than the buffer length, so
+ * warn and clamp to the buffer length if that's the case.
+ */
+ if (plane_no < vb->num_planes) {
+ if (WARN_ON_ONCE(size > vb->planes[plane_no].length))
+ size = vb->planes[plane_no].length;
+ vb->planes[plane_no].bytesused = size;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_get_plane_payload() - get bytesused for the plane plane_no
+ * @vb: pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in
+ * question belongs to.
+ * @plane_no: plane number for which payload should be set.
+ */
+static inline unsigned long vb2_get_plane_payload(struct vb2_buffer *vb,
+ unsigned int plane_no)
+{
+ if (plane_no < vb->num_planes)
+ return vb->planes[plane_no].bytesused;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_plane_size() - return plane size in bytes.
+ * @vb: pointer to &struct vb2_buffer to which the plane in
+ * question belongs to.
+ * @plane_no: plane number for which size should be returned.
+ */
+static inline unsigned long
+vb2_plane_size(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no)
+{
+ if (plane_no < vb->num_planes)
+ return vb->planes[plane_no].length;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_start_streaming_called() - return streaming status of driver.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+static inline bool vb2_start_streaming_called(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+ return q->start_streaming_called;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_clear_last_buffer_dequeued() - clear last buffer dequeued flag of queue.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+static inline void vb2_clear_last_buffer_dequeued(struct vb2_queue *q)
+{
+ q->last_buffer_dequeued = false;
+}
+
+/**
+ * vb2_get_buffer() - get a buffer from a queue
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @index: buffer index
+ *
+ * This function obtains a buffer from a queue, by its index.
+ * Keep in mind that there is no refcounting involved in this
+ * operation, so the buffer lifetime should be taken into
+ * consideration.
+ */
+static inline struct vb2_buffer *vb2_get_buffer(struct vb2_queue *q,
+ unsigned int index)
+{
+ if (index < q->num_buffers)
+ return q->bufs[index];
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * The following functions are not part of the vb2 core API, but are useful
+ * functions for videobuf2-*.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * vb2_buffer_in_use() - return true if the buffer is in use and
+ * the queue cannot be freed (by the means of VIDIOC_REQBUFS(0)) call.
+ *
+ * @vb: buffer for which plane size should be returned.
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ */
+bool vb2_buffer_in_use(struct vb2_queue *q, struct vb2_buffer *vb);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_verify_memory_type() - Check whether the memory type and buffer type
+ * passed to a buffer operation are compatible with the queue.
+ *
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @memory: memory model, as defined by enum &vb2_memory.
+ * @type: private buffer type whose content is defined by the vb2-core
+ * caller. For example, for V4L2, it should match
+ * the types defined on enum &v4l2_buf_type.
+ */
+int vb2_verify_memory_type(struct vb2_queue *q,
+ enum vb2_memory memory, unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_request_object_is_buffer() - return true if the object is a buffer
+ *
+ * @obj: the request object.
+ */
+bool vb2_request_object_is_buffer(struct media_request_object *obj);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_request_buffer_cnt() - return the number of buffers in the request
+ *
+ * @req: the request.
+ */
+unsigned int vb2_request_buffer_cnt(struct media_request *req);
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_CORE_H */
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h b/include/media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5be313cbf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-dma-contig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*
+ * videobuf2-dma-contig.h - DMA contig memory allocator for videobuf2
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_DMA_CONTIG_H
+#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_DMA_CONTIG_H
+
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+#include <linux/dma-mapping.h>
+
+static inline dma_addr_t
+vb2_dma_contig_plane_dma_addr(struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no)
+{
+ dma_addr_t *addr = vb2_plane_cookie(vb, plane_no);
+
+ return *addr;
+}
+
+int vb2_dma_contig_set_max_seg_size(struct device *dev, unsigned int size);
+static inline void vb2_dma_contig_clear_max_seg_size(struct device *dev) { }
+
+extern const struct vb2_mem_ops vb2_dma_contig_memops;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h b/include/media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f28fcb0cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-dma-sg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/*
+ * videobuf2-dma-sg.h - DMA scatter/gather memory allocator for videobuf2
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: Andrzej Pietrasiewicz <andrzejtp2010@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_DMA_SG_H
+#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_DMA_SG_H
+
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+
+static inline struct sg_table *vb2_dma_sg_plane_desc(
+ struct vb2_buffer *vb, unsigned int plane_no)
+{
+ return (struct sg_table *)vb2_plane_cookie(vb, plane_no);
+}
+
+extern const struct vb2_mem_ops vb2_dma_sg_memops;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-dvb.h b/include/media/videobuf2-dvb.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d577b945
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-dvb.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 */
+#ifndef _VIDEOBUF2_DVB_H_
+#define _VIDEOBUF2_DVB_H_
+
+#include <media/dvbdev.h>
+#include <media/dmxdev.h>
+#include <media/dvb_demux.h>
+#include <media/dvb_net.h>
+#include <media/dvb_frontend.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+
+/* We don't actually need to include media-device.h here */
+struct media_device;
+
+/*
+ * TODO: This header file should be replaced with videobuf2-core.h
+ * Currently, vb2_thread is not a stuff of videobuf2-core,
+ * since vb2_thread has many dependencies on videobuf2-v4l2.
+ */
+
+struct vb2_dvb {
+ /* filling that the job of the driver */
+ char *name;
+ struct dvb_frontend *frontend;
+ struct vb2_queue dvbq;
+
+ /* vb2-dvb state info */
+ struct mutex lock;
+ int nfeeds;
+
+ /* vb2_dvb_(un)register manages this */
+ struct dvb_demux demux;
+ struct dmxdev dmxdev;
+ struct dmx_frontend fe_hw;
+ struct dmx_frontend fe_mem;
+ struct dvb_net net;
+};
+
+struct vb2_dvb_frontend {
+ struct list_head felist;
+ int id;
+ struct vb2_dvb dvb;
+};
+
+struct vb2_dvb_frontends {
+ struct list_head felist;
+ struct mutex lock;
+ struct dvb_adapter adapter;
+ int active_fe_id; /* Indicates which frontend in the felist is in use */
+ int gate; /* Frontend with gate control 0=!MFE,1=fe0,2=fe1 etc */
+};
+
+int vb2_dvb_register_bus(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f,
+ struct module *module,
+ void *adapter_priv,
+ struct device *device,
+ struct media_device *mdev,
+ short *adapter_nr,
+ int mfe_shared);
+
+void vb2_dvb_unregister_bus(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f);
+
+struct vb2_dvb_frontend *vb2_dvb_alloc_frontend(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f, int id);
+void vb2_dvb_dealloc_frontends(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f);
+
+struct vb2_dvb_frontend *vb2_dvb_get_frontend(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f, int id);
+int vb2_dvb_find_frontend(struct vb2_dvb_frontends *f, struct dvb_frontend *p);
+
+#endif /* _VIDEOBUF2_DVB_H_ */
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-memops.h b/include/media/videobuf2-memops.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd4a46331
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-memops.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*
+ * videobuf2-memops.h - generic memory handling routines for videobuf2
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
+ * Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_MEMOPS_H
+#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_MEMOPS_H
+
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+#include <linux/mm.h>
+#include <linux/refcount.h>
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_vmarea_handler - common vma refcount tracking handler.
+ *
+ * @refcount: pointer to &refcount_t entry in the buffer.
+ * @put: callback to function that decreases buffer refcount.
+ * @arg: argument for @put callback.
+ */
+struct vb2_vmarea_handler {
+ refcount_t *refcount;
+ void (*put)(void *arg);
+ void *arg;
+};
+
+extern const struct vm_operations_struct vb2_common_vm_ops;
+
+struct frame_vector *vb2_create_framevec(unsigned long start,
+ unsigned long length);
+void vb2_destroy_framevec(struct frame_vector *vec);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-v4l2.h b/include/media/videobuf2-v4l2.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a8458878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-v4l2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,390 @@
+/*
+ * videobuf2-v4l2.h - V4L2 driver helper framework
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_V4L2_H
+#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_V4L2_H
+
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+#include <media/videobuf2-core.h>
+
+#if VB2_MAX_FRAME != VIDEO_MAX_FRAME
+#error VB2_MAX_FRAME != VIDEO_MAX_FRAME
+#endif
+
+#if VB2_MAX_PLANES != VIDEO_MAX_PLANES
+#error VB2_MAX_PLANES != VIDEO_MAX_PLANES
+#endif
+
+struct video_device;
+
+/**
+ * struct vb2_v4l2_buffer - video buffer information for v4l2.
+ *
+ * @vb2_buf: embedded struct &vb2_buffer.
+ * @flags: buffer informational flags.
+ * @field: field order of the image in the buffer, as defined by
+ * &enum v4l2_field.
+ * @timecode: frame timecode.
+ * @sequence: sequence count of this frame.
+ * @request_fd: the request_fd associated with this buffer
+ * @is_held: if true, then this capture buffer was held
+ * @planes: plane information (userptr/fd, length, bytesused, data_offset).
+ *
+ * Should contain enough information to be able to cover all the fields
+ * of &struct v4l2_buffer at ``videodev2.h``.
+ */
+struct vb2_v4l2_buffer {
+ struct vb2_buffer vb2_buf;
+
+ __u32 flags;
+ __u32 field;
+ struct v4l2_timecode timecode;
+ __u32 sequence;
+ __s32 request_fd;
+ bool is_held;
+ struct vb2_plane planes[VB2_MAX_PLANES];
+};
+
+/* VB2 V4L2 flags as set in vb2_queue.subsystem_flags */
+#define VB2_V4L2_FL_SUPPORTS_M2M_HOLD_CAPTURE_BUF (1 << 0)
+
+/*
+ * to_vb2_v4l2_buffer() - cast struct vb2_buffer * to struct vb2_v4l2_buffer *
+ */
+#define to_vb2_v4l2_buffer(vb) \
+ container_of(vb, struct vb2_v4l2_buffer, vb2_buf)
+
+/**
+ * vb2_find_buffer() - Find a buffer with given timestamp
+ *
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @timestamp: the timestamp to find.
+ *
+ * Returns the buffer with the given @timestamp, or NULL if not found.
+ */
+struct vb2_buffer *vb2_find_buffer(struct vb2_queue *q, u64 timestamp);
+
+int vb2_querybuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_reqbufs() - Wrapper for vb2_core_reqbufs() that also verifies
+ * the memory and type values.
+ *
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @req: &struct v4l2_requestbuffers passed from userspace to
+ * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_reqbufs handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_reqbufs(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_requestbuffers *req);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_create_bufs() - Wrapper for vb2_core_create_bufs() that also verifies
+ * the memory and type values.
+ *
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @create: creation parameters, passed from userspace to
+ * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_create_bufs handler in driver
+ */
+int vb2_create_bufs(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_create_buffers *create);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_prepare_buf() - Pass ownership of a buffer from userspace to the kernel
+ *
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device, may be NULL.
+ * @b: buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_prepare_buf handler in driver
+ *
+ * Should be called from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_prepare_buf ioctl handler
+ * of a driver.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) verifies the passed buffer,
+ * #) calls &vb2_ops->buf_prepare callback in the driver (if provided),
+ * in which driver-specific buffer initialization can be performed.
+ * #) if @b->request_fd is non-zero and @mdev->ops->req_queue is set,
+ * then bind the prepared buffer to the request.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_prepare_buf handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_prepare_buf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_qbuf() - Queue a buffer from userspace
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @mdev: pointer to &struct media_device, may be NULL.
+ * @b: buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_qbuf handler in driver
+ *
+ * Should be called from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_qbuf handler of a driver.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) verifies the passed buffer;
+ * #) if @b->request_fd is non-zero and @mdev->ops->req_queue is set,
+ * then bind the buffer to the request.
+ * #) if necessary, calls &vb2_ops->buf_prepare callback in the driver
+ * (if provided), in which driver-specific buffer initialization can
+ * be performed;
+ * #) if streaming is on, queues the buffer in driver by the means of
+ * &vb2_ops->buf_queue callback for processing.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_qbuf handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_qbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct media_device *mdev,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *b);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_expbuf() - Export a buffer as a file descriptor
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @eb: export buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_expbuf handler in driver
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_expbuf handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_expbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_exportbuffer *eb);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_dqbuf() - Dequeue a buffer to the userspace
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @b: buffer structure passed from userspace to
+ * &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_dqbuf handler in driver
+ * @nonblocking: if true, this call will not sleep waiting for a buffer if no
+ * buffers ready for dequeuing are present. Normally the driver
+ * would be passing (&file->f_flags & %O_NONBLOCK) here
+ *
+ * Should be called from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_dqbuf ioctl handler
+ * of a driver.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) verifies the passed buffer;
+ * #) calls &vb2_ops->buf_finish callback in the driver (if provided), in which
+ * driver can perform any additional operations that may be required before
+ * returning the buffer to userspace, such as cache sync;
+ * #) the buffer struct members are filled with relevant information for
+ * the userspace.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_dqbuf handler in driver.
+ */
+int vb2_dqbuf(struct vb2_queue *q, struct v4l2_buffer *b, bool nonblocking);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_streamon - start streaming
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @type: type argument passed from userspace to vidioc_streamon handler,
+ * as defined by &enum v4l2_buf_type.
+ *
+ * Should be called from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_streamon handler of a driver.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * 1) verifies current state
+ * 2) passes any previously queued buffers to the driver and starts streaming
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from &v4l2_ioctl_ops->vidioc_streamon handler in the driver.
+ */
+int vb2_streamon(struct vb2_queue *q, enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_streamoff - stop streaming
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @type: type argument passed from userspace to vidioc_streamoff handler
+ *
+ * Should be called from vidioc_streamoff handler of a driver.
+ *
+ * This function:
+ *
+ * #) verifies current state,
+ * #) stop streaming and dequeues any queued buffers, including those previously
+ * passed to the driver (after waiting for the driver to finish).
+ *
+ * This call can be used for pausing playback.
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from vidioc_streamoff handler in the driver
+ */
+int vb2_streamoff(struct vb2_queue *q, enum v4l2_buf_type type);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_init() - initialize a videobuf2 queue
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * The vb2_queue structure should be allocated by the driver. The driver is
+ * responsible of clearing it's content and setting initial values for some
+ * required entries before calling this function.
+ * q->ops, q->mem_ops, q->type and q->io_modes are mandatory. Please refer
+ * to the struct vb2_queue description in include/media/videobuf2-core.h
+ * for more information.
+ */
+int __must_check vb2_queue_init(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_init_name() - initialize a videobuf2 queue with a name
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @name: the queue name
+ *
+ * This function initializes the vb2_queue exactly like vb2_queue_init(),
+ * and additionally sets the queue name. The queue name is used for logging
+ * purpose, and should uniquely identify the queue within the context of the
+ * device it belongs to. This is useful to attribute kernel log messages to the
+ * right queue for m2m devices or other devices that handle multiple queues.
+ */
+int __must_check vb2_queue_init_name(struct vb2_queue *q, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_release() - stop streaming, release the queue and free memory
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ *
+ * This function stops streaming and performs necessary clean ups, including
+ * freeing video buffer memory. The driver is responsible for freeing
+ * the vb2_queue structure itself.
+ */
+void vb2_queue_release(struct vb2_queue *q);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_change_type() - change the type of an inactive vb2_queue
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @type: the type to change to (V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_*)
+ *
+ * This function changes the type of the vb2_queue. This is only possible
+ * if the queue is not busy (i.e. no buffers have been allocated).
+ *
+ * vb2_queue_change_type() can be used to support multiple buffer types using
+ * the same queue. The driver can implement v4l2_ioctl_ops.vidioc_reqbufs and
+ * v4l2_ioctl_ops.vidioc_create_bufs functions and call vb2_queue_change_type()
+ * before calling vb2_ioctl_reqbufs() or vb2_ioctl_create_bufs(), and thus
+ * "lock" the buffer type until the buffers have been released.
+ */
+int vb2_queue_change_type(struct vb2_queue *q, unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_poll() - implements poll userspace operation
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @file: file argument passed to the poll file operation handler
+ * @wait: wait argument passed to the poll file operation handler
+ *
+ * This function implements poll file operation handler for a driver.
+ * For CAPTURE queues, if a buffer is ready to be dequeued, the userspace will
+ * be informed that the file descriptor of a video device is available for
+ * reading.
+ * For OUTPUT queues, if a buffer is ready to be dequeued, the file descriptor
+ * will be reported as available for writing.
+ *
+ * If the driver uses struct v4l2_fh, then vb2_poll() will also check for any
+ * pending events.
+ *
+ * The return values from this function are intended to be directly returned
+ * from poll handler in driver.
+ */
+__poll_t vb2_poll(struct vb2_queue *q, struct file *file, poll_table *wait);
+
+/*
+ * The following functions are not part of the vb2 core API, but are simple
+ * helper functions that you can use in your struct v4l2_file_operations,
+ * struct v4l2_ioctl_ops and struct vb2_ops. They will serialize if vb2_queue->lock
+ * or video_device->lock is set, and they will set and test the queue owner
+ * (vb2_queue->owner) to check if the calling filehandle is permitted to do the
+ * queuing operation.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * vb2_queue_is_busy() - check if the queue is busy
+ * @q: pointer to &struct vb2_queue with videobuf2 queue.
+ * @file: file through which the vb2 queue access is performed
+ *
+ * The queue is considered busy if it has an owner and the owner is not the
+ * @file.
+ *
+ * Queue ownership is acquired and checked by some of the v4l2_ioctl_ops helpers
+ * below. Drivers can also use this function directly when they need to
+ * open-code ioctl handlers, for instance to add additional checks between the
+ * queue ownership test and the call to the corresponding vb2 operation.
+ */
+static inline bool vb2_queue_is_busy(struct vb2_queue *q, struct file *file)
+{
+ return q->owner && q->owner != file->private_data;
+}
+
+/* struct v4l2_ioctl_ops helpers */
+
+int vb2_ioctl_reqbufs(struct file *file, void *priv,
+ struct v4l2_requestbuffers *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_create_bufs(struct file *file, void *priv,
+ struct v4l2_create_buffers *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_prepare_buf(struct file *file, void *priv,
+ struct v4l2_buffer *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_querybuf(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_buffer *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_qbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_buffer *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_dqbuf(struct file *file, void *priv, struct v4l2_buffer *p);
+int vb2_ioctl_streamon(struct file *file, void *priv, enum v4l2_buf_type i);
+int vb2_ioctl_streamoff(struct file *file, void *priv, enum v4l2_buf_type i);
+int vb2_ioctl_expbuf(struct file *file, void *priv,
+ struct v4l2_exportbuffer *p);
+
+/* struct v4l2_file_operations helpers */
+
+int vb2_fop_mmap(struct file *file, struct vm_area_struct *vma);
+int vb2_fop_release(struct file *file);
+int _vb2_fop_release(struct file *file, struct mutex *lock);
+ssize_t vb2_fop_write(struct file *file, const char __user *buf,
+ size_t count, loff_t *ppos);
+ssize_t vb2_fop_read(struct file *file, char __user *buf,
+ size_t count, loff_t *ppos);
+__poll_t vb2_fop_poll(struct file *file, poll_table *wait);
+#ifndef CONFIG_MMU
+unsigned long vb2_fop_get_unmapped_area(struct file *file, unsigned long addr,
+ unsigned long len, unsigned long pgoff, unsigned long flags);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * vb2_video_unregister_device - unregister the video device and release queue
+ *
+ * @vdev: pointer to &struct video_device
+ *
+ * If the driver uses vb2_fop_release()/_vb2_fop_release(), then it should use
+ * vb2_video_unregister_device() instead of video_unregister_device().
+ *
+ * This function will call video_unregister_device() and then release the
+ * vb2_queue if streaming is in progress. This will stop streaming and
+ * this will simplify the unbind sequence since after this call all subdevs
+ * will have stopped streaming as well.
+ */
+void vb2_video_unregister_device(struct video_device *vdev);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_ops_wait_prepare - helper function to lock a struct &vb2_queue
+ *
+ * @vq: pointer to &struct vb2_queue
+ *
+ * ..note:: only use if vq->lock is non-NULL.
+ */
+void vb2_ops_wait_prepare(struct vb2_queue *vq);
+
+/**
+ * vb2_ops_wait_finish - helper function to unlock a struct &vb2_queue
+ *
+ * @vq: pointer to &struct vb2_queue
+ *
+ * ..note:: only use if vq->lock is non-NULL.
+ */
+void vb2_ops_wait_finish(struct vb2_queue *vq);
+
+struct media_request;
+int vb2_request_validate(struct media_request *req);
+void vb2_request_queue(struct media_request *req);
+
+#endif /* _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_V4L2_H */
diff --git a/include/media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h b/include/media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a63fe6621
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/videobuf2-vmalloc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/*
+ * videobuf2-vmalloc.h - vmalloc memory allocator for videobuf2
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2010 Samsung Electronics
+ *
+ * Author: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
+ *
+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_VMALLOC_H
+#define _MEDIA_VIDEOBUF2_VMALLOC_H
+
+#include <media/videobuf2-v4l2.h>
+
+extern const struct vb2_mem_ops vb2_vmalloc_memops;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/include/media/vsp1.h b/include/media/vsp1.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..48f4a5023
--- /dev/null
+++ b/include/media/vsp1.h
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ */
+/*
+ * vsp1.h -- R-Car VSP1 API
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2015 Renesas Electronics Corporation
+ *
+ * Contact: Laurent Pinchart (laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com)
+ */
+#ifndef __MEDIA_VSP1_H__
+#define __MEDIA_VSP1_H__
+
+#include <linux/scatterlist.h>
+#include <linux/types.h>
+#include <linux/videodev2.h>
+
+struct device;
+
+int vsp1_du_init(struct device *dev);
+
+#define VSP1_DU_STATUS_COMPLETE BIT(0)
+#define VSP1_DU_STATUS_WRITEBACK BIT(1)
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_du_lif_config - VSP LIF configuration
+ * @width: output frame width
+ * @height: output frame height
+ * @interlaced: true for interlaced pipelines
+ * @callback: frame completion callback function (optional). When a callback
+ * is provided, the VSP driver guarantees that it will be called once
+ * and only once for each vsp1_du_atomic_flush() call.
+ * @callback_data: data to be passed to the frame completion callback
+ */
+struct vsp1_du_lif_config {
+ unsigned int width;
+ unsigned int height;
+ bool interlaced;
+
+ void (*callback)(void *data, unsigned int status, u32 crc);
+ void *callback_data;
+};
+
+int vsp1_du_setup_lif(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index,
+ const struct vsp1_du_lif_config *cfg);
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_du_atomic_config - VSP atomic configuration parameters
+ * @pixelformat: plane pixel format (V4L2 4CC)
+ * @pitch: line pitch in bytes for the first plane
+ * @mem: DMA memory address for each plane of the frame buffer
+ * @src: source rectangle in the frame buffer (integer coordinates)
+ * @dst: destination rectangle on the display (integer coordinates)
+ * @alpha: alpha value (0: fully transparent, 255: fully opaque)
+ * @zpos: Z position of the plane (from 0 to number of planes minus 1)
+ * @premult: true for premultiplied alpha
+ */
+struct vsp1_du_atomic_config {
+ u32 pixelformat;
+ unsigned int pitch;
+ dma_addr_t mem[3];
+ struct v4l2_rect src;
+ struct v4l2_rect dst;
+ unsigned int alpha;
+ unsigned int zpos;
+ bool premult;
+};
+
+/**
+ * enum vsp1_du_crc_source - Source used for CRC calculation
+ * @VSP1_DU_CRC_NONE: CRC calculation disabled
+ * @VSP1_DU_CRC_PLANE: Perform CRC calculation on an input plane
+ * @VSP1_DU_CRC_OUTPUT: Perform CRC calculation on the composed output
+ */
+enum vsp1_du_crc_source {
+ VSP1_DU_CRC_NONE,
+ VSP1_DU_CRC_PLANE,
+ VSP1_DU_CRC_OUTPUT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_du_crc_config - VSP CRC computation configuration parameters
+ * @source: source for CRC calculation
+ * @index: index of the CRC source plane (when source is set to plane)
+ */
+struct vsp1_du_crc_config {
+ enum vsp1_du_crc_source source;
+ unsigned int index;
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_du_writeback_config - VSP writeback configuration parameters
+ * @pixelformat: plane pixel format (V4L2 4CC)
+ * @pitch: line pitch in bytes for the first plane
+ * @mem: DMA memory address for each plane of the frame buffer
+ */
+struct vsp1_du_writeback_config {
+ u32 pixelformat;
+ unsigned int pitch;
+ dma_addr_t mem[3];
+};
+
+/**
+ * struct vsp1_du_atomic_pipe_config - VSP atomic pipe configuration parameters
+ * @crc: CRC computation configuration
+ * @writeback: writeback configuration
+ */
+struct vsp1_du_atomic_pipe_config {
+ struct vsp1_du_crc_config crc;
+ struct vsp1_du_writeback_config writeback;
+};
+
+void vsp1_du_atomic_begin(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index);
+int vsp1_du_atomic_update(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index,
+ unsigned int rpf,
+ const struct vsp1_du_atomic_config *cfg);
+void vsp1_du_atomic_flush(struct device *dev, unsigned int pipe_index,
+ const struct vsp1_du_atomic_pipe_config *cfg);
+int vsp1_du_map_sg(struct device *dev, struct sg_table *sgt);
+void vsp1_du_unmap_sg(struct device *dev, struct sg_table *sgt);
+
+#endif /* __MEDIA_VSP1_H__ */